Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2017

Registration No. 333-        

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ROKU, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   4841   26-2087865

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

(408) 556-9040

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Anthony Wood

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Roku, Inc.

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

(408) 556-9040

(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mark P. Tanoury

John T. McKenna

Seth J. Gottlieb

Alex K. Kassai

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 843-5000

 

Stephen H. Kay

David Y. Oh

Roku, Inc.

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

(408) 556-9040

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer        Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
       Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☒

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

 Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate 

Offering Price (1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $11,590.00

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

 


The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 


 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued September 1, 2017

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

 

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

Roku, Inc. is offering              shares of its Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares of Class A common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this offering, with our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders representing approximately     % of such voting power.

 

 

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “ROKU.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws. Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16.

 

 

PRICE $         A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

      

Underwriting
Discounts

and
Commissions (1)

      

Proceeds to

Roku

 

Per share

       $                   $                   $           

Total

       $                              $                              $                      

 

(1) See “Underwriters” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional              shares of Class A common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on                     , 2017.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY    CITIGROUP

 

ALLEN & COMPANY LLC    RBC CAPITAL MARKETS

 

NEEDHAM & COMPANY   OPPENHEIMER & CO.   WILLIAM BLAIR

                    , 2017

 


 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

We are in a golden age of TV. Our mission is to be the streaming platform that connects the entire TV ecosystem.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Roku Active accounts2 15.1M1 +43%

Roku Quarterly Streaming Hours3 3.5B1 + 60%

Roku ARPU4 $11.221 +35%

Annual Streaming Hours

0.9B 2012

1.7B 2013

3.2B 2014

5.5B 2015

9.4B 2016

11.9B5 TTM

Roku®

1 Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2017, and year-over-year comparison to the same period in the prior year.

2 Active Accounts represent distinct users who have streamed content on our platform in the last thirty days of the period.

3 Streaming hours are the aggregate amount of time users streamed content from channels on our platform in a given period.

4 Average Revenue per User (ARPU) represents platform revenue during the preceding four quarters divided by the average number of active accounts at the end of the period and the end of the prior four fiscal quarters.

5 Represents total streaming hours over the 12 months ended June 30, 2017.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary

   1

A Letter From Anthony Wood

   15

Risk Factors

   16

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   46

Industry and Market Data

   48

Use of Proceeds

   49

Dividend Policy

   49

Capitalization

   50

Dilution

   53

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

   56

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   60

Business

   91

Executive Compensation

   112

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

   127

Principal Stockholders

   130

Description of Capital Stock

   133

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   140

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of our Class A Common Stock

   143

Underwriters

   147

Legal Matters

   156

Experts

   156

Where Can You Find Additional Information

   156

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1
 

 

 

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters, have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than as contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters, take responsibility for, or can provide any assurance about the reliability of, any information that others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Until                     , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our Class A common stock discussed under the heading “Risk Factors,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Except as otherwise indicated herein or as the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Roku,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Roku, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

ROKU, INC.

Overview

We pioneered streaming to the TV. Roku connects users to the streaming content they love, enables content publishers to build and monetize large audiences, and provides advertisers with unique capabilities to engage consumers. We do this at scale today. As of June 30, 2017, we had 15.1 million active accounts. By comparison, the fourth largest multichannel video programming video distributor in the United States had approximately 13.3 million subscribers as of June 30, 2017. Our users streamed more than 6.7 billion hours on the Roku platform in the six months ended June 30, 2017, 62% growth from the six months ended June 30, 2016. TV streaming’s disruptive content distribution model is shifting billions of dollars of economic value. Roku is capitalizing on this large economic opportunity as a leading TV streaming platform for users, content publishers and advertisers.

Consumers win with TV streaming—they get a better user experience, more entertainment options and more control over what they spend on content. When users want to enjoy streaming entertainment, they start at the Roku home screen where we put users first by helping them find the content they want to watch. From our home screen, users can easily search, discover and access over 500,000 movies and TV episodes in the United States, as well as live sports, music, news and more. Users can also compare the price of content from various channels available on our platform and choose from ad-supported, subscription and transactional video on-demand content. The Roku platform delivers a significant expansion in consumer choice. Consumers can personalize their content selection with cable TV replacement offerings and other streaming services that suit their budgets and needs. Ad-supported channels available on the Roku platform include CBS News, Crackle, The CW and Vice; subscription channels include HBO Now, Hulu and Netflix, as well as traditional pay TV replacement services like DirecTV Now, Sling TV and Sony PlayStation Vue; and transactional channels include Amazon Video, Google Play and Vudu. Consumers are increasingly streaming ad-supported content. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, hours streamed on the Roku platform that included advertising grew to 2.9 billion hours, up 76% year-over-year from the six months ended June 30, 2016. Last year, searching for free content was the top reason users visited our website other than to manage their Roku accounts.

Roku operates the number one TV streaming platform in the United States as measured by total hours streamed, according to a survey conducted in the first quarter of 2017 by Kantar Millward Brown that we commissioned. Content publishers and advertisers win with Roku because our large and growing user base simplifies their access to the fragmented and complex over the top, or OTT, market and we provide them with direct to consumer engagement and monetization opportunities. We provide our content publishers with access to the most engaged OTT audience, as measured by average hours streamed, and the ability to monetize their content with advertising, subscription or transactional business models. Furthermore, as a pure play, neutral TV streaming platform, we are better able to serve content publishers compared to other platforms that have diversified business operations and competitive content offerings. Advertisers on our platform can reach our

 



 

1


Table of Contents

desirable OTT audience with ads that are more relevant, interactive and measurable than advertising delivered on traditional linear TV. As traditional TV audiences shrink, OTT audiences have become increasingly important to advertisers who must continue to reach large audiences. Our growth in active accounts and hours streamed has attracted more content publishers and advertisers to our TV streaming platform, creating a better user experience, which in turn attracts more users.

We have achieved significant growth. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, we generated revenue of $199.7 million, up 23% from $162.3 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016. In fiscal 2016, we generated revenue of $398.6 million, up 25% from $319.9 million in fiscal 2015. We generate player revenue from the sale of streaming players and platform revenue primarily from advertising and subscription revenue share on our platform. We earn platform revenue as users engage with content on our platform and we intend to continue to grow platform revenue by monetizing our TV streaming platform. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, player revenue represented 59% of total revenue and declined 2%, and platform revenue represented 41% of total revenue and grew 91% from the six months ended July 2, 2016. In fiscal 2016, player revenue represented 74% of total revenue and grew 9%, and platform revenue represented 26% of total revenue and grew 110% from fiscal 2015. In fiscal 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively, advertising revenue represented 63% and 67% of total platform revenue.

While we currently generate a majority of our revenue from sales of our streaming players, our business model is to grow gross profit by increasing the number of active accounts and growing average revenue per user, or ARPU, which we believe represents the inherent value of our business model. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, we generated gross profit of $76.5 million, up 52% from $50.3 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016. In fiscal 2016, we generated gross profit of $121.0 million, up 35% from $89.8 million in fiscal 2015. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, player gross profit represented 19% of total gross profit and declined 28%, and platform gross profit represented 81% of total gross profit and grew 104% from the six months ended July 2, 2016. In fiscal 2016, player gross profit represented 36% of total gross profit and declined 9%, and platform gross profit represented 64% of total gross profit and grew 87% from fiscal 2015. ARPU, which we define as our platform revenue during the preceding four fiscal quarters divided by the average of the number of active accounts at the end of that period and the end of the prior four fiscal quarters, was $11.22 per active user in the period ended June 30, 2017 and $9.28 per active user in 2016, up 43% from $6.48 in 2015.

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, our net loss was $(24.2) million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $(14.0) million. In fiscal 2016 our net loss was $(42.8) million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $(29.9) million. See the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for a reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDA and net loss, the most directly comparable generally accepted accounting principle, or GAAP, financial measure and a discussion about the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe all TV content will be available through streaming. The rapid adoption of TV streaming has disrupted the traditional linear TV distribution model, creating new options for consumers and new economic opportunities for content publishers and advertisers. OTT viewing has become mainstream in the United States. According to an April 2017 comScore report, 51 million U.S. homes have used OTT, and OTT has a 54% reach among homes with WiFi. Although traditional live TV still represents the majority of hours viewed by consumers, it declined year-over-year from 2015 to 2016 among adults by 1.5% on a Nielsen’s ratings basis, while streaming hours continue to grow both on an absolute basis, as well as on a percentage of total hours viewed basis. According to Activate, a high-tech, media and consumer retail consultancy firm in New York, it is projected that the average daily video consumption will increase to over 7 hours in 2018, 34% of which is attributed to digital video content, from 6.5 hours in 2013, 18% of which was attributed to digital video content. Further, the number of traditional pay TV subscribers continues to decline as consumers increasingly favor a

 



 

2


Table of Contents

streaming experience. As stated in a July 2017 eMarketer report, there were 25 million U.S. cord-cutter and cord-never households in 2016. We believe these consumer trends are creating significant opportunities for the TV streaming market.

When ad-supported TV is streamed, it creates an opportunity for content publishers and advertisers to use advanced digital advertising capabilities, such as one-to-one personalized delivery. We believe this presents a large market opportunity for streaming advertising to the TV. Consumers have watched TV content on an ad-supported basis since the 1940s. According to a March 2017 eMarketer report, the traditional TV advertising spend is large and continues to grow. In 2016, traditional TV advertising spend in the United States totaled $71 billion, and is expected to grow to approximately $80 billion in 2021. Simultaneously, total OTT revenue worldwide is expected to reach $60 billion by 2022, from $32 billion in 2016, with the greatest share of revenue in the United States, according to Ovum. While the majority of OTT revenue in the United States in 2016 was generated on a subscription or transactional basis according to Ovum, we believe there is a large opportunity for growth in the OTT advertising market given the long-standing consumer model of choosing ad-supported content, in addition to paid content.

How Our TV Streaming Platform Provides Value to Users, Content Publishers and Advertisers

Users. We provide a best-in-class TV experience for our users which drives our user growth and hours streamed. Key benefits we offer users include:

 

    Simple intuitive interface. Our user interface is easy to navigate and makes the search and discovery of relevant content a seamless part of the user experience. Our powerful cross-channel search capabilities make it easy to find TV episodes and movies across a wide variety of channels.

 

    Choice, control and value. From the Roku home page users can choose content on an ad-supported, subscription or transactional basis, and users are able to decide what content they want to pay for. We use simple and intuitive navigation to quickly bring users to the content they desire and compare price among available channels to select what they watch.

 

    Access to exceptional streamed content. Consumers are attracted to great content, and we believe that we offer unmatched breadth and depth of TV streaming content when compared to any other OTT platform.

Content Publishers. We provide a robust platform for content publishers to build and monetize OTT audiences. We offer over 5,000 streaming channels on our platform in the United States and over 3,000 internationally. Key benefits we offer content publishers include:

 

    Direct-to-consumer distribution. Through our platform, content publishers can directly reach large and relevant audiences, including consumers who no longer use traditional linear TV services. We are an increasingly valuable partner to content publishers who deliver content exclusively via streaming, as well as traditional TV content programmers and distributors.

 

    Ease of publishing and monetization. We make it easy for content publishers to launch streaming offerings on the Roku platform and build their audience through our open publishing platform. Our solution also allows content publishers to partner with Roku to sell advertising, and to designate Roku to monetize their content using our advertising sales or billing services.

 

    Unmatched opportunity to drive tune in. We enable content publishers to drive tune in, or increase the audience for their content, through a range of advertising capabilities on our platform. Content publishers are featured prominently throughout a user’s experience on the Roku platform, such as channel promotions during the new user setup process and through ads in our user interface, including on the Roku home screen. We employ a wide variety of data-driven capabilities to help content publishers broaden their user base, drive engagement, and retain existing users.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

Advertisers. Our TV streaming platform provides a differentiated advertising opportunity. We serve advertisers across multiple industry verticals and in 2016, we worked with seven of the ten largest advertisers in the United States as ranked by Ad Age. Some of the key benefits we offer advertisers include:

 

    Access to a hard to reach audience. With audiences consuming more TV via OTT, cord-cutters and cord-nevers are on the rise and traditional linear TV ratings are in decline, advertisers are increasingly focused on OTT platforms to reach the population of consumers who are watching less traditional linear TV. We aggregate this audience on our platform for advertisers.

 

    Best of TV and digital advertising delivery. Video advertising on our platform offers the best of both traditional TV and advanced digital advertising. We offer the large format sight, sound and motion of traditional TV advertising and the relevance, interactivity and measurability of digital advertising—all within the context of what the user is watching. Our advertising capabilities offer many relevance and measurement advantages when compared to traditional TV advertising, because ads are delivered in real-time based on personalized user insights.

 

    Large scale. Our platform offers advertisers access to the most engaged OTT audience, as measured by hours streamed, and we believe it offers the largest number of ad-supported TV streaming channels. Advertisers benefit because they can reach a large audience across a variety of video genres and audience attributes. We have 15.1 million active accounts streaming an average of approximately three hours per day across thousands of channels as of the second quarter of 2017. Given our significant scale, the age, gender and geographic demographics of our U.S. user base are approximately the same as the overall U.S. population, which we believe makes us attractive to a wide variety of advertisers.

Our Products

Advertising. Our advertising products enable advertisers to serve relevant ads to our users and measure return on investment. Our primary advertising products include:

 

    Video ads . Our ad-supported content publishers use video ads to monetize our audiences and we also use video ads to monetize our platform. Video ads are sold as 15-second or 30-second spots inserted before a program starts, or during a program break, within channels on the Roku platform where we have video inventory access. One of the ways we secure video ad insertion rights from content publishers is via our distribution deals with those publishers. In addition, many publishers also authorize us to fill their own unsold inventory. For many small and medium publishers on our platform, Roku sells all or a majority of the ads on their channels.

 

    Interactive video ads. We offer advertisers the ability to make their TV advertising interactive with customized clickable overlays that invite viewers to engage more intimately with brands, by watching additional videos, obtaining offer details, getting a coupon code via text or finding the nearest retailer to buy a product.

 

    Audience development promotions. We utilize a variety of ad placements, particularly native display ads, on the Roku home screen and screen saver, to promote content publishers and their services to our users. We help them to drive channel downloads and traffic to their channels, and to drive subscriptions or movie and TV show consumption. Given our strategic role as a user’s TV streaming home screen, we are increasingly able to predict a user’s likelihood of taking action in response to an ad we serve. We also sell branded buttons on our remote controls which are reserved for content publishers who are in more prominent placement on the remote to drive incremental usage and reduce friction by allowing the user to launch straight to the channel.

 

    Brand sponsorships. We support a variety of promotional opportunities for advertisers, such as sponsored themes to take over our home screen and content sponsorships to give users the opportunity to experience a free movie or show (e.g. “Family movie night brought to you by…”).

 



 

4


Table of Contents

Roku TVs. Roku TVs are manufactured and sold by our TV brand licensees, integrate our Roku Operating System, or Roku OS, and leverage our smart TV hardware reference design. Current licensee brands include Element, Hisense, Hitachi, Insignia, RCA, Sharp and TCL. Roku TVs are available in sizes ranging from 24” to 65” at leading retailers in the United States, Canada and Mexico. In 2017, we expect over 150 models to be available to consumers in North America, up from approximately 100 in 2016, featuring a wide range of prices as well as picture and display capabilities.

Streaming Players. We offer a popular, industry-leading line of streaming players for sale under the Roku brand in the United States, Canada, Mexico, the United Kingdom, France and the Republic of Ireland, that allow users to access our TV streaming platform. All players run on the Roku OS and stream content via built-in Ethernet or Wi-Fi capability, depending on the model.

Competitive Strengths

 

    Large and engaged user base . Millions of users come to the Roku home screen to stream billions of hours of content per year. According to an analysis of Nielsen data from their national panel, Roku players accounted for approximately 48% of TV-connected digital streaming device usage (as compared among the top four brands) in the U.S. for the month of December 2016. Roku provides a best-in-class user experience by removing the complexity and driving the proliferation of OTT TV streaming. As we grow our large and engaged user base, we become an increasingly important partner for our content publishers and advertiser partners. As we attract more partners, our user experience improves, attracting more users to our platform in a virtuous cycle.

 

    Roku OS purpose built for TV streaming. Our proprietary Roku OS is purpose built to manage TV streaming and integrates our streaming software, APIs, user interface, advertising technology stack, billing services and data insight tools. We continue to invest significantly in the Roku OS, and we believe it is difficult to replicate.

 

    Powerful data analytics engine . Users have a direct relationship with Roku, and we provide their TV streaming home screen. This provides us with detailed insights about our users and their behavior on our platform, such as what channels they install and what content they search for. We collect and process 18 terabytes of uncompressed data per day, and we are able to develop actionable insights from the data on our platform to improve our user experience, as well as to enable our content publishers and advertisers to find relevant users and engage them.

 

    Neutral OTT platform. We are a neutral OTT platform, making us an attractive partner. We do not focus on competing with content publishers on our platform, but instead, look to partner with publishers to build their audiences and maximize our mutual success on the platform. As a result, unlike other TV streaming platforms, we have not developed any original programming and do not have our own subscription service or video on-demand store. In addition, we do not compete directly with our retailers or our TV brand partners. We also endeavor to build trust with our users by providing unbiased search results and recommendations.

 

    Ability to power TV streaming at low cost. The Roku OS is designed for exceptional performance using relatively low cost hardware. This approach enables us to drive account growth by offering Roku players at great value to consumers. We also believe we will be able to continue to drive active account growth from our TV brand partnerships. The low bill of materials required to run the Roku OS enables our TV brand license partners to build smart TVs using our operating system that are more competitively priced. As smart TVs take over most of the overall TV installed base over time, we believe we can power a very large portion of TVs based on our unique solution for TV brands.

 

   

Ability to rapidly deploy IP-based solution. There were over 918 million pay TV subscribers worldwide in 2016, according to Ovum. According to Kagan, a media research group within S&P Global Market intelligence, it is estimated, that 273 million cable boxes were shipped worldwide in

 



 

5


Table of Contents
 

2016. Given the technology benefits of delivering content via internet instead of cable or satellite, many service operators are adding Internet protocol based, or IP-based, solutions for their customers. The Roku Powered program enables service operators to rapidly deploy an IP-based solution to deliver content to their subscribers.

Growth Strategy

We are capitalizing on the large economic opportunity for a leading TV streaming platform for users, content publishers and advertisers. Our key growth strategies include:

 

    Grow active accounts. We intend to increase user adoption of the Roku platform by continuing to improve our user experience, to increase the depth and breadth of our content offering, and to enhance our TV streaming platform. We plan to continue to attract more users with a highly compelling TV streaming value proposition that allows users to access the largest collection of channel applications, pay only for the channels that they want, utilize the best search and discovery tools, and navigate a simple and easy to use user interface. We also plan to increase active accounts by continuing to expand our retail presence and grow our Roku OS licensing program for TV brands and service operators.

 

    Grow hours streamed. We intend to increase user engagement and hours streamed by offering more content that is easier to find and discover on our platform. By increasing the available content on our platform and making it easily accessible, we have diversified the type of content streamed. To improve content discovery, we introduced “More Ways to Watch” on Roku TVs. This feature uses automatic content recognition technology to suggest relevant content options to users.

 

    Grow ARPU. We expect to continue to grow ARPU by growing hours streamed and our monetization capabilities. We have experienced the fastest growth in hours streamed from our advertising-based content as measured by the number of hours streamed in the six months ended June 30, 2016, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2017. We are increasing the monetization of these hours by expanding our advertising capabilities both on and off the Roku platform.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

    We have incurred operating losses in the past, expect to incur operating losses in the future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

 

    TV streaming is highly competitive and many companies, including large technology companies, TV brands and service operators, are actively focusing on this industry. If we fail to differentiate ourselves and compete successfully with these companies it will be difficult for us to attract users and our business will be harmed.

 

    We may not be successful in our efforts to further monetize our streaming platform, which may harm our business.

 

    We depend on a small number of content publishers for a majority of our streaming hours and if we fail to monetize these relationships, directly or indirectly, our business could be harmed.

 

    We operate in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects. If TV streaming develops more slowly than we expect, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed. In addition, our future growth depends on the growth of TV streaming advertising.

 



 

6


Table of Contents
    If we are unable to maintain an adequate supply of ad inventory on our platform, our business may be harmed.

 

    Our players and Roku TVs must operate with various offerings, technologies and systems from our content publishers that we do not control. If Roku devices do not operate effectively with those offerings, technologies and systems, our business may be harmed.

 

    Changes in consumer viewing habits could harm our business.

 

    If we fail to obtain and maintain popular content, we may fail to retain existing users and attract new users.

 

    If the advertisements on our platform are not relevant or not engaging to our users, our growth in active accounts and hours streamed may be adversely impacted.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business may be harmed.

In addition, we are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, and therefore we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. We have not elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.”

Corporate Information

We originally organized as a limited liability company in Delaware in October 2002 and subsequently incorporated in Delaware in February 2008. Our principal executive offices are located at 150 Winchester Circle, Los Gatos, California 95032, and our telephone number is (408) 556-9040. Our website address is www.roku.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

Roku, the Roku logo and other trade names, trademarks or service marks of Roku appearing in this prospectus are the property of Roku. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered

                shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


             shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


             shares

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  


             shares

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock offered

  


             shares

Voting rights

   We have two classes of authorized common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share, on all matters that are subject to stockholder vote. Following this offering, each share of Class B common stock may be converted into one share of Class A common stock at the option of the holder thereof, and will be converted into one share of Class A common stock upon transfer thereof, subject to certain exceptions. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
   The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility and create a public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, research and development, business development, sales and marketing activities and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of, or investments in, technologies or businesses that complement our business, although we have no commitments or agreements to enter into such

 



 

8


Table of Contents
   acquisitions or investments. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Risk factors

   See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq symbol

   “ROKU”

The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 514,491,589 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of June 30, 2017, and excludes:

 

    147,361,901 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2017 with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.65 per share and 19,320,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options which were granted in August 2017 with an exercise price of $1.47 per share;

 

    13,355,811 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2017 with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.45 per share, which are expected to remain outstanding after the closing of this offering;

 

    2,143,700 shares of our Class B common stock issued in July 2017 upon the automatic net exercise of a warrant to purchase 2,250,000 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017;

 

    25,533,017 additional shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2017 (excluding options granted in August 2017), which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

                     shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as (i) any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan and (ii) upon the expiration or termination prior to exercise of any shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, an equal number of shares of Class A common stock; and

 

                     shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the reclassification of all 29,426,596 outstanding shares of our common stock into an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock;

 

    that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file in connection with the closing of this offering, and our amended and restated bylaws adopted in connection with this offering are effective;

 

    the conversion of all 485,064,993 outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an equal number of shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering;

 

    the conversion of all of our outstanding warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock into warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering;

 



 

9


Table of Contents
    no exercise of outstanding options or warrants; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of Class A common stock.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and results for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

Prior to 2017, our fiscal year was the 52- or 53-week period that ends on the last Saturday of December. Our fiscal years 2015 and 2016 ended on December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, respectively. In 2017, we changed our fiscal year-end to match the calendar year-end. Fiscal year 2015 spanned 52 weeks and fiscal year 2016 spanned 53 weeks. The two fiscal quarters ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017 spanned 27 weeks and 26 weeks, respectively, and references to the six months ended July 2, 2016 refer to the two fiscal quarters ended July 2, 2016, unless otherwise indicated.

You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

                                                                                           
     Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 26,     December 31,     July 2,     June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Net revenue:

        

Player

   $ 269,977     $ 293,929     $ 119,116     $ 117,329  

Platform

     49,880       104,720       43,140       82,391  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     319,857       398,649       162,256       199,720  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Player (1)

     221,416       249,821       99,375       103,122  

Platform (1)

     8,663       27,783       12,549       20,121  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     230,079       277,604       111,924       123,243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit:

        

Player

     48,561       44,108       19,741       14,207  

Platform

     41,217       76,937       30,591       62,270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     89,778       121,045       50,332       76,477  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development (1)

     50,469       76,177       38,471       48,118  

Sales and marketing (1)

     45,153       52,888       26,245       28,722  

General and administrative (1)

     31,708       35,341       18,255       20,855  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     127,330       164,406       82,971       97,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (37,552     (43,361     (32,639     (21,218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

11


Table of Contents
                                                                                           
     Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 26,     December 31,     July 2,     June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

   $ (696   $ 146     $ (131   $ (471

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     (1,768     888       (394     (2,651

Other income (expense), net

     (448     (220     (25     211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (40,464     (42,547     (33,189     (24,129

Income tax expense

     147       211       53       86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (40,611   $ (42,758   $ (33,242   $ (24,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (1.68   $ (1.50   $ (1.18   $ (0.83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (2)

     24,183,442       28,475,699       28,177,035       29,196,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders-basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

     $ (0.08     $ (0.04
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders-basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

       513,540,692         514,261,184  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other Financial and Operational Data (unaudited):

        

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands) (3)

   $ (29,713   $ (29,853   $ (25,784   $ (14,045

Hours Streamed (in millions) (4)

     5,498       9,351       4,172       6,742  

Active Accounts (in thousands) (5)

     9,179       13,383       10,552       15,116  

ARPU for the preceding four fiscal quarters (in dollars) (6)

   $ 6.48     $ 9.28     $ 8.32     $ 11.22  

 

(1) Stock-based compensation was allocated as follows:

 

                                                                                           
     Fiscal Year Ended      Six Months Ended  
     December 26,      December 31,     

July 2,

    

June 30,

 
     2015      2016      2016      2017  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of player revenue

   $ 90      $ 136      $ 58      $ 74  

Cost of platform revenue

     54        224        102        40  

Research and development

     1,685        2,766        1,273        1,881  

Sales and marketing

     1,678        2,292        1,157        1,291  

General and administrative

     1,777        2,788        1,415        1,307  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 5,284      $ 8,206      $ 4,005      $ 4,593  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of basic and diluted net loss per common share and pro forma net loss per common share.
(3)

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, plus: other (income) expense, net, stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, and income tax expense. See the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for a reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDA and net loss, the most directly comparable

 



 

12


Table of Contents
  generally accepted accounting principle, or GAAP, financial measure and a discussion about the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA.
(4) We define hours streamed as the aggregate amount of time users streamed content from channels on our platform in a given period, including both channels installed from our channel stores and non-certified channels. Non-certified channels are channels that are accessed by users utilizing a code provided to the user by the content publisher and are not found in the Roku Channel Store. In each of the periods presented, hours streamed from non-certified channels comprised less than 8% of total hours streamed. Hours streamed are reported on a calendar basis.
(5) We define active accounts as the number of distinct user accounts that have streamed any content on our platform in the last 30 days of the period. Active accounts are reported on a calendar basis.
(6) We define average revenue per user as our platform revenue during the preceding four fiscal quarters divided by the average of the number of active accounts at the end of that period and the end of the prior four fiscal quarters.

 

     As of June 30, 2017  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash

   $ 70,169     $ 70,169     

Total assets

     184,996       184,996     

Long term debt

     22,811       22,811     

Preferred stock warrant liability

     14,673           

Total liabilities

     185,166       170,493     

Convertible preferred stock

     213,180           

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (213,350     14,503     

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 485,064,993 shares of Class B common stock and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital immediately upon the closing of this offering.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column further reflects the receipt of $         million in net proceeds from our sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 



 

13


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information about our financial results, we disclose within this prospectus Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We have provided below a reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDA and net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure we use to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions for the allocation of capital. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors. While we believe that this non-GAAP financial measure is useful in evaluating our business, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Some limitations of Adjusted EBITDA are:

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not include other (income) expense, net, which primarily includes changes in the fair value of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock and interest expense;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not include the impact of stock-based compensation;

 

    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash used for capital expenditures for such replacements or for new capital expenditures;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

    Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently or not at all, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net loss and our financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    July 2,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

        

Net loss

   $ (40,611   $ (42,758   $ (33,242   $ (24,215

Other (income) expense, net

     2,912       (814     550       2,911  

Stock-based compensation

     5,284       8,206       4,005       4,593  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,555       5,302       2,850       2,580  

Income tax expense

     147       211       53       86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (29,713   $ (29,853   $ (25,784   $ (14,045
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

14


Table of Contents

A LETTER FROM ANTHONY WOOD

Do you watch TV?

Most people do, and there are probably many shows that you absolutely love to watch and can’t wait to see. We are in a golden age of TV, with more creators developing more amazing content than ever before.

At the same time, you probably also say “but I am watching TV differently than I used to.” Except for sports and a few other live events, you are probably watching a lot less live TV, and with increasing frequency streaming content to your TV.

The massive TV ecosystem is in the midst of a complete re-platforming, with streaming (aka OTT) at the heart of the industry’s transformation. Companies like Netflix and Hulu—and there are hundreds more—are delighting consumers by making streamed content available on the consumer’s terms, when and how you want it, paying only for what you want.

Over time, I believe that streaming will allow consumers on-demand access to every movie and TV show ever made as well as brand new categories of short form videos and specialty content. As this essentially infinite amount of content is unleashed and made available from many sources, a new challenge emerges:

 

    How will you find the best content, the kind of content you stay up all night watching?

 

    In a world where TV distribution is changing so dramatically, how will content publishers get paid so they can keep creating shows?

 

    How will advertisers connect with the massive, yet fragmented audience in an OTT world?

That’s where Roku comes in.

Our mission is to be the TV streaming platform that connects the entire TV ecosystem. We connect consumers with the content they love. We help content publishers find their audience and make money. We are pushing TV advertising out of the 1940s—when Bulova watches launched the first TV ad—and into the data-driven, machine learning, era of relevant and interactive TV ads. We partner with TV brands and service operators so they can thrive in this rapidly changing ad world.

I believe that just like mainframe operating systems didn’t transition to PCs, and just like PC operating systems didn’t make the transition to phones (is your phone powered by Windows?), TVs will be powered by a purpose-built operating system optimized for streaming.

Roku shipped the first Netflix player. Since then, we have expanded and delivered our platform through millions of little boxes and sticks that plug into the TV, and increasingly our OS is directly powering the TV itself.

Since starting Roku 15 years ago, we have been leading the streaming revolution. I believe the TV ecosystem is at a tipping point, and I couldn’t be more excited about what the next 15 years of transformation and disruption will bring.

It’s a great time to be in the TV streaming business!

Anthony

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, it could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. Unless otherwise indicated, references to our business being harmed in these risk factors will include harm to our business, reputation, user growth and engagement, financial condition, results of operations, revenue, gross profit and future prospects. In such event, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have incurred operating losses in the past, expect to incur operating losses in the future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We began operations in 2002 and for all of our history we have experienced net losses and negative cash flows from operations. As of June 30, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $244.0 million and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, we experienced a net loss of $(24.2) million. We expect our operating expenses to increase in the future as we expand our operations. Furthermore, as a public company, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. If our revenue and gross profit do not grow at a greater rate than our operating expenses, we will not be able to achieve and maintain profitability. We expect to incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including without limitation the other risks and uncertainties described herein. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating or legal expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other factors that may result in losses in future periods. If our expenses exceed our revenue, we may never achieve or maintain profitability and our business may be harmed.

TV streaming is highly competitive and many companies, including large technology companies, TV brands and service operators, are actively focusing on this industry. If we fail to differentiate ourselves and compete successfully with these companies, it will be difficult for us to attract users and our business will be harmed.

TV streaming is increasingly competitive and global. Our success depends in part on attracting and retaining users on, and effective monetization of, our TV streaming platform. To attract and retain users, we need to be able to respond efficiently to changes in consumer tastes and preferences and continue to increase the type and number of content offerings. Effective monetization requires us to continue to update the features and functionality of our streaming platform for users, content publishers and advertisers. We must also effectively support the most popular sources of streaming content, such as Netflix, Amazon.com, Inc. and Hulu, including rapid responses to actual and anticipated market trends in the U.S. TV streaming industry.

Companies such as Amazon.com, Apple Inc. and Google Inc. offer TV streaming products that compete with our streaming players. Amazon.com has also recently launched a co-branded TV that natively runs its TV streaming platform that competes with Roku TV. In addition, Google licenses its operating system software for integration into smart TVs and service provider set top boxes. These companies have the financial resources to subsidize the cost of their streaming devices in order to promote their other products and services making it harder for us to acquire new users and increase hours streamed. These companies could also implement standards or technology that are not compatible with our products or that provide a better streaming experience on competitive products. These companies also promote their brands through traditional forms of advertising, such as TV commercials, as well as Internet advertising or website product placement, and have greater resources than us to devote to such efforts.

In addition, many TV brands, such as LG, Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. and VIZIO, Inc., offer their own TV streaming solutions within their TVs. Other devices, such as Microsoft’s Xbox and Sony’s PlayStation game

 

16


Table of Contents

consoles and many DVD and Blu-ray players, also incorporate TV streaming functionality. Similarly, some service operators, such as Comcast and Cablevision, offer TV streaming applications as part of their cable service plans and can leverage their existing consumer bases, installation networks, broadband delivery networks and name recognition to gain traction in the TV streaming market. If users of TV streaming content prefer these alternative products to Roku streaming players and Roku TVs, we may not able to achieve our expected growth in player revenue or gross profit.

We expect competition in TV streaming from the large technology companies and service operators described above, as well as new and growing companies, to increase in the future. This increased competition could result in pricing pressure, lower revenue and gross profit or the failure of our players, Roku TV and our platform to gain or maintain broad market acceptance. To remain competitive and maintain our position as a leading TV streaming provider we need to continuously invest in product development, marketing, service and support and device distribution infrastructure. We may not have sufficient resources to continue to make the investments needed to maintain our competitive position. In addition, most of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than us, which provide them with advantages in developing, marketing or servicing new products and offerings. As a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to market demand, devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sales of their products or the distribution of their content, and influence market acceptance of their products better than we can. These competitors may also be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies or standards and may be able to deliver products and services at a lower cost. Increased competition could reduce our market share, revenue and operating margins, increase our operating costs, harm our competitive position and otherwise harm our business.

We may not be successful in our efforts to further monetize our streaming platform, which may harm our business.

In addition to generating player revenue, our business model depends on our ability to generate platform revenue from content publishers and advertisers. We generate platform revenue from advertising campaigns and on a transactional basis from new subscription purchases and content transactions that occur on our platform. As such, we are seeking to expand our user base and increase the number of hours that are streamed across our platform in an effort to create additional platform revenue opportunities and grow our ARPU, which we define as our platform revenue during the preceding four fiscal quarters divided by the average of the number of active accounts at the end of that period and the end of the prior four fiscal quarters. The total number of hours streamed, however, does not correlate with platform revenue or ARPU on a period-by-period basis, because we do not monetize every hour streamed on our platform. As our user base grows and as we increase the amount of content offered and streamed across our platform, we must effectively monetize our expanding user base and streaming activity.

Our ability to deliver more relevant advertisements to our users and to increase our platform’s value to advertisers depends on the collection of user engagement data, which may be restricted or prevented by a number of factors. Users may decide to opt out or restrict our ability to collect personal viewing data or to provide them with more relevant advertisements. Content publishers may also refuse to allow us to collect data regarding user engagement or refuse to implement mechanisms we request to ensure compliance with our legal obligations or technical requirements. For example, we are not able to fully utilize program level viewing data from many of our most popular channels to improve the relevancy of advertisements provided to our users. Other channels available on our platform, such as Amazon, Hulu and YouTube, are focused on increasing user engagement and time spent within their channel by allowing them to purchase additional content and streaming services within their channels. In addition, we do not currently monetize content provided on non-certified channels on our platform. If our users spend most of their time within particular channels where we have limited or no ability to place advertisements or leverage user information, or users opt out from our ability to collect data for use in providing more relevant advertisements, then we may not be able to achieve our expected growth in platform revenue or gross profit. If we are unable to further monetize our platform, our business may be harmed.

 

17


Table of Contents

To date, the majority of the hours streamed on our platform have consisted of subscription video on demand content; however, in order to materially increase the monetization of our platform through the sale of advertising-supported video, we will need our users to stream significantly more ad-supported content. Furthermore, our efforts to monetize our platform through ad-supported content is still developing, and may not grow as we expect. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in monetizing our platform through the sale of advertising-supported video.

We depend on a small number of content publishers for a majority of our streaming hours, and if we fail to monetize these relationships, directly or indirectly, our business could be harmed.

Historically, a small number of content publishers have accounted for a significant portion of the content streamed across our platform and the terms and conditions of our relationships with content publishers vary. For fiscal 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, content streamed from our top five streaming channels accounted for approximately 70% and 69%, respectively, of the total hours of content streamed across our platform, with Netflix alone accounting for approximately one-third of all hours streamed in each period. However, although Netflix is the largest provider of content across our platform, revenue generated from Netflix was not material to our overall revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2017, and we do not expect revenue from Netflix to be material to our operating results for the foreseeable future. In addition, our agreements with content publishers generally have a term of one to three years and can be terminated before the end of the term by the content publisher under certain circumstances, such as if we materially breach the agreement, become insolvent, enter bankruptcy, commit fraud or fail to adhere to the content publisher’s security requirements. Further, we receive no revenue from YouTube, the most viewed ad-supported channel by hours streamed on our platform for fiscal 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017. If we fail to maintain our relationships with the content publishers that account for a significant amount of the content streamed by our users or if these content publishers face problems in delivering their content across our platform, we may lose users and our business may be harmed.

We operate in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects. If TV streaming develops more slowly than we expect, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed. In addition, our future growth depends on the growth of TV streaming advertising.

TV streaming is relatively new and rapidly evolving industry, making our business and prospects difficult to evaluate. The growth and profitability of this industry and the level of demand and market acceptance for our products and TV platform are subject to a high degree of uncertainty. We believe that the continued growth of streaming as an entertainment alternative will depend on the availability and growth of cost-effective broadband Internet access, the quality of broadband content delivery, the quality and reliability of new devices and technology, the cost for users relative to other sources of content, as well as the quality and breadth of content that is delivered across streaming platforms. These technologies, products and content offerings continue to emerge and evolve. Users, content publishers or advertisers may find TV streaming platforms to be less attractive than traditional TV, which would harm our business. In addition, many advertisers continue to devote a substantial portion of their advertising budgets to traditional advertising, such as TV, radio and print. The future growth of our business depends on the growth of TV streaming advertising, and on advertisers increasing spend on such advertising. We cannot be certain that they will do so. If advertisers do not perceive meaningful benefits of TV streaming advertising, then this market may develop more slowly than we expect, which could adversely impact our operating results and our ability to grow our business.

If we are unable to maintain an adequate supply of video ad inventory on our platform, our business may be harmed.

We may fail to attract content publishers that generate sufficient ad-supported content hours on our platform and continue to grow our video ad inventory. Our business model depends on our ability to grow video ad inventory on our platform and sell it to advertisers. We grow ad inventory by adding and retaining content publishers on our

 

18


Table of Contents

platform with ad-supported channels that we can monetize. In addition, we do not have access to all video ad inventory on our platform, and we may not secure access in the future. The amount, quality and cost of inventory available to us can change at any time. If we are unable to grow and maintain a sufficient supply of quality video advertising inventory at reasonable costs to keep up with demand, our business may be harmed.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and we compete for advertising revenue with other Internet streaming platforms and services, as well as traditional media, such as radio, broadcast, cable and satellite TV and satellite and Internet radio. These competitors offer content and other advertising mediums that may be more attractive to advertisers than our TV streaming platform. These competitors are often very large and have more advertising experience and financial resources than we do, which may adversely affect our ability to compete for advertisers and may result in lower revenue and gross profit from advertising. If we are unable to increase our advertising revenue by, among other things, continuing to improve our platform’s data capabilities to further optimize and measure advertisers’ campaigns, increase our advertising inventory and expand our advertising sales team and programmatic capabilities, our business and our growth prospects may be harmed. We may not be able to compete effectively or adapt to any such changes or trends, which would harm our ability to grow our advertising revenue and harm our business.

Our players and Roku TVs must operate with various offerings, technologies and systems from our content publishers that we do not control. If Roku devices do not operate effectively with those offerings, technologies and systems, our business may be harmed.

Our Roku OS is designed for performance using relatively low cost hardware, which enables us to drive user growth with our players and Roku TVs offered at a low cost to consumers. However, our hardware must be interoperable with all channels and other offerings, technologies and systems from our content publishers, including virtual multi-channel video programming distributors such as Sling TV. We have no control over these offerings, technologies and systems beyond our channel certification requirements, and if our players don’t provide our users with a high quality experience on those offerings on a cost effective basis or if changes are made to those offerings that are not compatible with our players, we may be unable to increase user growth and content hours streamed, we may be required to increase our hardware costs and our business will be harmed. We plan to continue to introduce new products regularly and we have experienced that it takes time to optimize such products to function well with these offerings, technologies and systems. In addition, many of our largest content publishers have the right to test and certify our new products before we can publish their channels on new products. These certification processes can be time consuming and introduce third party dependencies into our product release cycles. If content publishers do not certify new products on a timely basis, or require us to make changes in order to obtain certifications, our product release plans may be adversely impacted. To continue to grow our active accounts and user engagement, we will need to prioritize development of our products to work better with new offerings, technologies and systems. If we are unable to maintain consistent operability of Roku devices that is on parity with or better than other platforms, our business could be harmed. In addition, any future changes to offerings, technologies and systems from our content publishers such as virtual service operators may impact the accessibility, speed, functionality, and other performance aspects of our products, which issues are likely to occur in the future from time to time. We may not successfully develop products that operate effectively with these offerings, technologies or systems. If it becomes more difficult for our users to access and use these offerings, technologies or systems, our business could be harmed.

Changes in consumer viewing habits could harm our business.

The manner in which consumers access streaming content is changing rapidly. As the technological infrastructure for Internet access continues to improve and evolve, consumers will be presented with more opportunities to access video, music and games on-demand with interactive capabilities. Time spent on mobile devices is growing rapidly, in particular by young adults streaming video content, including popular streaming channels like Netflix and YouTube, as well as content from cable or satellite providers available live or

 

19


Table of Contents

on-demand on mobile devices. In addition, personal computers, smart TVs, DVD players, Blu-ray players, gaming consoles and cable set top boxes allow users to access streaming entertainment content. If other streaming or technology providers are able to respond and take advantage of changes in consumer viewing habits and technologies better than us, our business could be harmed.

New entrants may enter the TV streaming market with unique service offerings or approaches to providing video. In addition, our competitors may enter into business combinations or alliances that strengthen their competitive positions. If new technologies render the TV streaming market obsolete or we are unable to successfully compete with current and new competitors and technologies, our business will be harmed, and we may not be able to increase or maintain our market share and revenue.

If we fail to obtain or maintain popular content, we may fail to retain existing users and attract new users.

We have invested a significant amount of time to cultivate relationships with our content publishers; however, such relationships may not continue to grow or yield further financial results. We currently have over 5,000 streaming channels on our platform in the United States and over 3,000 channels in our international markets, and we must continuously maintain existing relationships and identify and establish new relationships with content publishers to provide popular content. In order to remain competitive, we must consistently meet user demand for popular streaming channels and content; particularly as we launch new players or enter new markets, including international markets. If we are not successful in helping our content publishers launch and maintain streaming channels that attract and retain a significant number of users on our platform or if we are not able to do so in a cost-effective manner, our business will be harmed. Our ability to successfully help content publishers maintain and expand their channel offerings on a cost-effective basis largely depends on our ability to:

 

    effectively market new streaming channels and enhancements to our existing streaming channels;

 

    minimize launch delays of new and updated streaming channels; and

 

    minimize platform downtime and other technical difficulties.

If we fail to help our content publishers maintain and expand their channel offerings our business may be harmed.

If the advertisements on our platform are not relevant or not engaging to our users, our growth in active accounts and hours streamed may be adversely impacted.

We have made, and are continuing to make, investments to enable advertisers to deliver relevant advertising content to users on our platform. Existing and prospective Roku advertisers may not be successful in serving ads that lead to and maintain user engagement. Those ads may seem irrelevant, repetitive or overly targeted and intrusive. We are continuously seeking to balance the objectives of our users and advertisers with our desire to provide an optimal user experience, but we may not be successful in achieving a balance that continues to attract and retain users and advertisers. If we do not introduce relevant advertisements or such advertisements are overly intrusive and impede the use of our TV streaming platform, our users may stop using our platform which will harm our business.

Our growth will depend in part upon our ability to develop relationships with TV brands and, to a lesser extent, service operators.

We developed, and intend to continue to develop, relationships with TV brands and service operators in both the United States and international markets. Our licensing arrangements are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and complete. Our potential partners include TV brands, cable and satellite companies and telecommunication providers. Under these license arrangements, we generally have limited control over the amount and timing of resources these entities dedicate to the relationship. If our TV brand or service operator partners fail to meet their forecasts for distributing licensed devices, our business may be harmed.

 

20


Table of Contents

We license our Roku OS to certain TV brands to manufacture co-branded smart TVs, or Roku TVs. The primary economic benefits that we derive from these license arrangements have been and will likely continue to be indirect, primarily from growing our active accounts and increasing hours streamed. We have not received, nor do we expect to receive significant license revenue from these arrangements in the near term, but we expect to incur expenses in connection with these commercial agreements. If these arrangements do not result in increased users, hours streamed or we are unable to increase the revenue under these arrangements, our business may be harmed. The loss of a relationship with a TV brand or service operator could harm our results of operations, damage our reputation, increase pricing and promotional pressures from other partners and distribution channels or increase our marketing costs. If we are not successful in maintaining existing and creating new relationships with TV brands and, to a lesser extent, service operators, or if we encounter technological, content licensing or other impediments to our development of these relationships, our ability to grow our business could be adversely impacted.

If our users sign up for offerings and services outside of our platform or though other channels on our platform, our business may be harmed.

We earn revenue by acquiring subscribers for certain of our content publishers activated on or through our platform. If users do not use our platform for these purchases or subscriptions for any reason, and instead pay for services directly with content publishers or by other means that we do not receive attribution for, our business may be harmed. In addition, certain channels available on our platform allow users to purchase additional streaming services from within their channels. The revenues we earn from these transactions are generally not equivalent to the revenues we earn from activations on or through our platform that we receive full attribution credit for. Accordingly, if users activate their subscriptions for content or services through other channels on our platform, our business may be harmed.

If we were to lose the services of our Chief Executive Officer or other members of our senior management team, we may not be able to execute our business strategy.

Our success depends in a large part upon the continued service of key members of our senior management team. In particular, our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Wood, is critical to our overall management, as well as the continued development of our devices and the Roku platform, our culture and our strategic direction. All of our executive officers are at will employees, and we do not maintain any key person life insurance policies. The loss of any member of our senior management team could harm our business.

If we are unable to attract and retain highly qualified employees, we may not be able to continue to grow our business.

Our ability to compete and grow depends in large part on the efforts and talents of our employees. Our employees, particularly engineers and other product developers, are in high demand, and we devote significant resources to identifying, hiring, training, successfully integrating and retaining these employees. As competition with other companies’ increases, we may incur significant expenses in attracting and retaining high quality engineers and other employees. The loss of employees or the inability to hire additional skilled employees as necessary to support the rapid growth of our business and the scale of our operations could result in significant disruptions to our business, and the integration of replacement personnel could be time-consuming and expensive and cause additional disruptions to our business.

We believe a critical component to our success and our ability to retain our best people is our culture. As we continue to grow and develop a public company infrastructure, we may find it difficult to maintain our entrepreneurial, execution-focused culture. In addition, many of our employees, may be able to receive significant proceeds from sales of our equity in the public markets after our initial public offering, which may reduce their motivation to continue to work for us. Moreover, this offering could create disparities in wealth among our employees, which may harm our culture and relations among employees and our business.

 

21


Table of Contents

Most of our agreements with content publishers are not long term. Any disruption in the renewal of such agreements may result in the removal of certain content from our platform and may harm our active account growth and engagement.

We enter into agreements with all our content publishers, which have varying expiration dates; typically over one to three years. Upon expiration of these agreements, we are required to re-negotiate and renew these agreements in order to continue providing offerings from these content publishers on our platform. For example, since 2008, we have offered Netflix on our platform pursuant to a series of multi-year contracts. We are in the final year of our current application distribution agreement with Netflix and we anticipate that this contract will be extended or renewed prior to its expiration. We may not be able to reach a satisfactory agreement before our existing agreements have expired. If we are unable to renew such agreements on a timely basis, we may be required to temporarily or permanently remove certain content from our platform. The loss of such content from our platform for any period of time may harm our business.

If our content publishers do not continue to develop channels for our platform and participate in new features that we may introduce from time to time, our business may be harmed.

As our platform and products evolve, we will continue to introduce new features, which may or may not be attractive to our content publishers or meet their requirements. For example, some content publishers have elected not to participate in our cross-channel search feature, our integrated advertising framework, known as RAF, or have imposed limits on our data gathering for usage within their channels. In addition, our platform utilizes our proprietary Brightscript scripting language in order to allow our content publishers to develop and create channels on our platform. If we introduce new features or utilize a new scripting language in the future, such a change may not comply with our content publisher’s certification requirements. In addition, our content publishers may find other languages, such as HTML5, more attractive to develop for and shift their resources to developing their channels on other platforms. If content publishers do not find our platform simple and attractive to develop channels for, do not value and participate in all of the features and functionality that our platform offers, or determine that our software developer kit or new features of our platform do not meet their certification requirements, our business may be harmed.

Our quarterly operating results may be volatile and are difficult to predict, and our stock price may decline if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors.

Our revenue, gross profit and other operating results could vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year and may fail to match our past performance due to a variety of factors, including many factors that are outside of our control. Factors that may contribute to the variability of our operating results and cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate include:

 

    the entrance of new competitors or competitive products in our market, whether by established or new companies;

 

    our ability to retain and grow our active account base and increase engagement among new and existing users;

 

    our revenue mix, which drives gross profit;

 

    seasonal or other shifts in advertising revenue or player sales;

 

    the timing of the launch of new or updated products, streaming channels or features;

 

    the addition or loss of popular content;

 

    the ability of retailers to anticipate consumer demand;

 

    an increase in the manufacturing or component costs of our players or the manufacturing or component costs of our TV brand licensees’ for Roku TVs; and

 

22


Table of Contents
    an increase in costs associated with protecting our intellectual property, defending against third-party intellectual property infringement allegations or procuring rights to third-party intellectual property.

Our gross profit margins vary across our devices and platform offerings. Player revenue has a lower gross margin compared to platform revenue derived through our arrangements with advertising, content distribution, billing and licensing activities. Gross margins on our players vary across player models and can change over time as a result of product transitions, pricing and configuration changes, component costs, player returns and other cost fluctuations. In addition, our gross margin and operating margin percentages, as well as overall profitability, may be adversely impacted as a result of a shift in device, geographic or sales channel mix, component cost increases, price competition, or the introduction of new players, including those that have higher cost structures with flat or reduced pricing. We have in the past and may in the future strategically reduce our player gross margin in an effort to increase our active accounts and grow our gross profit. As a result, our player revenue may not increase as rapidly as it has historically, or at all, and, unless we are able to adequately increase our platform revenue and grow our active accounts, we may be unable to grow gross profit and our business will be harmed. If a reduction in gross margin does not result in an increase in our active accounts and gross profit, our financial results may suffer and our business may be harmed.

Our revenue and gross profit are subject to seasonality and if our sales during the holiday season fall below our expectations, our business may be harmed.

Seasonal consumer shopping patterns significantly affect our business. Specifically, our revenue and gross profit are traditionally strongest in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year due to higher consumer purchases and increased advertising during holiday periods. Fourth quarter revenue comprised 40% and 37% of our fiscal 2015 and 2016 total net revenue, respectively, and fourth quarter gross profit comprised 39% and 37% of our fiscal 2015 and 2016 gross profit, respectively. Furthermore, a significant percentage of our player sales through retailers in the fourth quarter are pursuant to committed sales agreements with retailers for which we recognize significant discounts in the average selling prices in the third quarter in an effort to grow our active accounts, which will reduce our player gross margin.

Given the seasonal nature of our player sales, accurate forecasting is critical to our operations. We anticipate that this seasonal impact on revenue and gross profit is likely to continue and any shortfall in expected fourth quarter revenue, due to macroeconomic conditions, a decline in the effectiveness of our promotional activities, actions by our competitors or disruptions in our supply or distribution chain, or for any other reason, would cause our results of operations to suffer significantly. For example, delays or disruptions at U.S. ports of entry could adversely affect our or our licensees’ ability to timely deliver players and co-branded Roku TVs to retailers during the holiday season. A substantial portion of our expenses are personnel related and include salaries, stock-based compensation and benefits that are not seasonal in nature. Accordingly, in the event of a revenue shortfall, we would be unable to mitigate the negative impact on margins, at least in the short term, and our business would be harmed.

We and our TV brand partners depend on our retail sales channels to effectively market and sell our players and Roku TVs, and if we or our partners fail to maintain and expand effective retail sales channels we could experience lower player or Roku TV sales.

To continue to acquire new active accounts, we must maintain and expand our retail sales channels. The majority of our players and Roku TVs are sold through traditional brick and mortar retailers, such as Best Buy, Costco, Target and Walmart, including their online sales platforms, and online retailers such as Amazon.com. To a lesser extent, we sell players directly through our website and internationally through distributors. In 2015 and 2016, Amazon.com, Best Buy and Walmart each accounted for more than 10% of our player revenue and are expected to each account for more than 10% of our player revenue in fiscal 2017. These three retailers collectively accounted for 57% and 61% of our player revenue in fiscal 2015 and 2016, respectively. These retailers and our international distributors also sell products offered by our competitors. We have no minimum

 

23


Table of Contents

purchase commitments or long-term contracts with any of these retailers or distributors. If one or several retailers or distributors were to discontinue selling our players or Roku TVs, or choose not to prominently display those devices in their stores or on their websites, the volume of Roku devices sold could decrease, which would harm our business. Traditional retailers have limited shelf and end cap space in their stores and limited promotional budgets, and online retailers have limited prime website product placement space. Competition is intense for these resources, and a competitor with more extensive product lines and stronger brand identity, such as Apple or Google, possesses greater bargaining power with retailers. In addition, one of our online retailers, Amazon.com, sells its own competitive TV streaming products and is able to market and promote these products more prominently on its website, and could refuse to offer our devices. Any reduction in our ability to place and promote our devices, or increased competition for available shelf or website placement, would require us to increase our marketing expenditures simply to maintain our product visibility, which may harm our business. In particular, the availability of product placement during peak retail periods, such as the holiday season, is critical to our revenue growth, and if we are unable to effectively sell our devices during these periods, our business would be harmed.

If our efforts to build a strong brand and maintain customer satisfaction and loyalty are not successful, we may not be able to attract or retain users, and our business may be harmed.

Building and maintaining a strong brand is important to attract and retain users, as potential users have a number of TV streaming choices. Successfully building a brand is a time consuming and comprehensive endeavor, and can be positively and negatively impacted by any number of factors. Some of these factors, such as the quality or pricing of our players or our customer service, are within our control. Other factors, such as the quality and reliability of Roku TVs and the quality of the content that our content publishers provide, may be out of our control, yet users may nonetheless attribute those factors to us. Our competitors may be able to achieve and maintain brand awareness and market share more quickly and effectively than we can. Many of our competitors are larger companies and promote their brands through traditional forms of advertising, such as print media and TV commercials, and have substantial resources to devote to such efforts. Our competitors may also have greater resources to utilize Internet advertising or website product placement more effectively than we can. If we are unable to execute on building a strong brand, it may be difficult to differentiate our business and platform from our competitors in the marketplace, therefore our ability to attract and retain users may be adversely affected and our business may be harmed.

We must successfully manage device introductions and transitions in order to remain competitive.

We must continually develop new and improved devices that meet changing consumer demands. Moreover, the introduction of a new device is a complex task, involving significant expenditures in research and development, promotion and sales channel development, and management of existing inventories to reduce the cost associated with returns and slow moving inventory. As new devices are introduced, we have to monitor closely the inventory at our contract manufacturers, and phase out the manufacture of prior versions in a controlled manner. For example, in 2017 we participated in the introduction of dozens of new models of Roku TVs with TCL that incorporate new high-dynamic range technologies and high-end Roku TVs with Hisense that feature new 4K technologies and larger screen sizes. Whether users will broadly adopt new devices is not certain. Our future success will depend on our ability to develop new and competitively priced devices and add new desirable content and features to our platform. Moreover, we must introduce new devices in a timely and cost-effective manner, and we must secure production orders for those devices from our contract manufacturers and component suppliers. The development of new devices is a highly complex process, and while our research and development efforts are aimed at solving increasingly complex problems, we do not expect that all of our projects will be successful. The successful development and introduction of new devices depends on a number of factors, including the following:

 

    the accuracy of our forecasts for market requirements beyond near term visibility;

 

    our ability to anticipate and react to new technologies and evolving consumer trends;

 

24


Table of Contents
    our development, licensing or acquisition of new technologies;

 

    our timely completion of new designs and development;

 

    the ability of our contract manufacturers to cost-effectively manufacture our new devices;

 

    the availability of materials and key components used in the manufacture of our new devices; and

 

    our ability to attract and retain world-class research and development personnel.

If any of these or other factors becomes problematic, we may not be able to develop and introduce new devices in a timely or cost-effective manner, and our business may be harmed.

We do not have manufacturing capabilities and depend upon a small number of contract manufacturers, and our operations could be disrupted if we encounter problems with these contract manufacturers.

We do not have any internal manufacturing capabilities and primarily rely upon two contract manufacturers, Hon Hai Precision Industry Co. Ltd., or Foxconn, and Lite-On Technology Corporation, or Lite-On, to build our devices. Our contract manufacturers are vulnerable to capacity constraints and reduced component availability, and our control over delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs, particularly when components are in short supply or when we introduce a new device or feature, is limited. In addition, we have limited control over Foxconn’s and Lite-On’s quality systems and controls, and therefore must rely on Foxconn and Lite-On to manufacture our devices to our quality and performance standards and specifications. Delays, component shortages and other manufacturing and supply problems could impair the retail distribution of our devices and ultimately our brand. Furthermore, any adverse change in our contract manufacturers’ financial or business condition could disrupt our ability to supply devices to our retailers and distributors.

Our contracts with Foxconn and Lite-On do not obligate these manufacturers to supply our devices in any specific quantity or at any specific price. In the event either Foxconn or Lite-On is unable to fulfill our production requirements in a timely manner or decide to terminate their relationship with us, our order fulfillment may be delayed and we would have to identify, select and qualify acceptable alternative contract manufacturers. Alternative contract manufacturers may not be available to us when needed or may not be in a position to satisfy our production requirements at commercially reasonable prices or to our quality and performance standards. Any significant interruption in manufacturing at Foxconn or Lite-On would require us to reduce our supply of devices to our retailers and distributors, which in turn would reduce our revenue. In addition, the Foxconn and Lite-On facilities are located in the People’s Republic of China and may be subject to political, economic, social and legal uncertainties that may harm our relationships with these parties. We believe that the international location of these facilities increases supply risk, including the risk of supply interruptions. Furthermore, any manufacturing issues affecting the quality of our products, including Roku TVs or players, could harm our business.

If Foxconn or Lite-On fail for any reason to continue manufacturing our devices in required volumes and at high quality levels, or at all, we would have to identify, select and qualify acceptable alternative contract manufacturers. Alternative contract manufacturers may not be available to us when needed, or may not be in a position to satisfy our production requirements at commercially reasonable prices or to our quality and performance standards. Any significant interruption in manufacturing at Foxconn or Lite-On would require us to reduce our supply of devices to our retailers and distributors, which in turn would reduce our revenue and user growth.

If we fail to accurately forecast our manufacturing requirements and manage our inventory with our contract manufacturers, we could incur additional costs, experience manufacturing delays and lose revenue.

We bear supply risk under our contract manufacturing arrangements with Foxconn and Lite-On. Lead times for the materials and components that Foxconn and Lite-On order on our behalf through different component

 

25


Table of Contents

suppliers vary significantly and depend on numerous factors, including the specific supplier, contract terms and market demand for a component at a given time. Lead times for certain key materials and components incorporated into our devices are currently lengthy, requiring our contract manufacturers to order materials and components several months in advance. If we overestimate our production requirements, our contract manufacturers may purchase excess components and build excess inventory. If our contract manufacturers, at our request, purchase excess components that are unique to our players or build excess players, we could be required to pay for these excess components or players. In the past, we have agreed to reimburse our contract manufacturers for purchased components that were not used as a result of our decision to discontinue players or the use of particular components. If we incur costs to cover excess supply commitments, this would harm our business.

Conversely, if we underestimate our player requirements, our contract manufacturers may have inadequate component inventory, which could interrupt the manufacturing of our players and result in delays or cancellation of orders from retailers and distributors. In addition, from time to time we have experienced unanticipated increases in demand that resulted in the need to ship devices via air freight, which is more expensive than ocean freight, and adversely affected our device gross margin during such periods of high demand, for example, during end-of-year holidays. If we fail to accurately forecast our manufacturing requirements, our business may be harmed.

Our players incorporate key components from sole source suppliers and if our contract manufacturers are unable to source these components on a timely basis, due to fabrication capacity issues or other material supply constraints, we will not be able to deliver our players to our retailers and distributors.

We depend on sole source suppliers for key components in our players. Our players utilize specific system on chip, or SoC, WiFi silicon products and WiFi front-end modules from various manufacturers, depending on the player, for which we do not have a second source. Although this approach allows us to maximize player performance on lower cost hardware, reduce engineering qualification costs and develop stronger relationships with our strategic suppliers, this also creates supply chain risk. These sole source suppliers could be constrained by fabrication capacity issues or material supply issues, stop producing such components, cease operations or be acquired by, or enter into exclusive arrangements with, our competitors or other companies. Neither we nor our contract manufacturers have long-term supply agreements with these suppliers. Instead, our contract manufacturers typically purchase the components required to manufacture our devices on a purchase order basis. As a result, most of these suppliers can stop selling to us at any time, requiring us to find another source, or can raise their prices, which could impact our gross margins. Any such interruption or delay may force us to seek similar components from alternative sources, which may not be available. Switching from a sole source supplier would require that we redesign our players to accommodate new components, and would require us to re-qualify our players with regulatory bodies, such as the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, which would be costly and time-consuming.

Our reliance on sole source suppliers involves a number of additional risks, including risks related to:

 

    supplier capacity constraints;

 

    price increases;

 

    timely delivery;

 

    component quality; and

 

    delays in, or the inability to execute on, a supplier roadmap for components and technologies.

Any interruption in the supply of sole source components for our players could adversely affect our ability to meet scheduled player deliveries to our retailers and distributors, result in lost sales and higher expenses and harm our business.

 

26


Table of Contents

If we have difficulty managing our growth in operating expenses, our business could be harmed.

We have experienced significant growth in research and development, sales and marketing, support services and operations in recent years and expect to continue to expand these activities. For example, our research and development expenses increased from $38.5 million for the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $48.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. In addition, in January 2016, we moved our corporate headquarters and are still in the process of securing sublessors for our old office space. Although we have sublet a portion of our old office space, we continue to incur rent expense on the remaining space, and if we are unable to find sublessors for all or a substantial portion of this remaining space, our quarterly financial performance will be impacted as a result of this additional expense through 2020. Our historical growth has placed, and expected future growth will continue to place, significant demands on our management, as well as our financial and operational resources, to:

 

    manage a larger organization;

 

    hire more employees, including engineers with relevant skills and experience;

 

    expand our manufacturing and distribution capacity;

 

    increase our sales and marketing efforts;

 

    broaden our customer support capabilities;

 

    support a larger number of TV brand and service operators;

 

    implement appropriate operational and financial systems;

 

    expand internationally; and

 

    maintain effective financial disclosure controls and procedures.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to execute our business strategies and our business will be harmed.

We may be unable to successfully expand our international operations. In addition, our international expansion plans, if implemented, will subject us to a variety of risks that may harm our business.

We currently generate almost all of our revenue in the United States and have limited experience marketing, selling and supporting our players and monetizing our platform outside the United States. In addition, we have limited experience managing the administrative aspects of a global organization. While we intend to continue to explore opportunities to expand our business in international markets in which we see compelling opportunities to build relationships with users, advertisers and retail distributors, TV brands and service operators, we may not be able to create or maintain international market demand for our devices and TV streaming platform. In addition, as we expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. We may also be subject to new statutory restrictions and risks. For example, there may be no foreign equivalents to the Digital Millennium Copyright Act to shield us from liability in connection with infringing materials that content publishers may make available on our platform. In addition, we may be required in international jurisdictions to offer longer warranty periods than we currently offer in the United States. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and financial condition may be harmed.

In the course of expanding our international operations and operating overseas, we will be subject to a variety of risks, including:

 

    differing regulatory requirements, including tax laws, trade laws, labor regulations, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

 

    greater difficulty supporting and localizing our devices and platform;

 

27


Table of Contents
    our ability to deliver or provide access to popular streaming channels to users in certain international markets;

 

    different or unique competitive pressures as a result of, among other things, the presence of local consumer electronics companies and the greater availability of free content on over-the-air channels in certain countries;

 

    challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, compensation and benefits and compliance programs;

 

    differing legal and court systems, including limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection;

 

    risk of change in international political or economic conditions;

 

    restrictions on the repatriation of earnings; and

 

    working capital constraints.

If we experience higher device returns than we expect and are unable to resell such returned devices as refurbished devices our business could be harmed.

We offer customers who purchase devices through our website 30 days to return such devices. We also generally honor the return policies of our retail and distribution partners, who typically allow customers to return devices, even with open packaging within certain time periods that may exceed 30 days. We generally resell any returned devices as refurbished devices. In the event we decide to permanently reduce the retail prices of our devices, we provide price protection to certain distribution partners for the devices they hold in inventory at the time of the price drop. To the extent we experience a greater number of returns than we expect, are unable to resell returned devices as refurbished devices or are required to provide price protection in amounts greater than we expect, our business could be harmed.

We are subject to payment-related risks and, if our advertisers or advertising agencies do not pay or dispute their invoices, our business may be harmed.

Many of our contracts with advertising agencies provide that if the advertiser does not pay the agency, the agency is not liable to us, and we must seek payment solely from the advertiser, a type of arrangement called sequential liability. Contracting with these agencies, which in some cases have or may develop higher-risk credit profiles, may subject us to greater credit risk than if we were to contract directly with advertisers. This credit risk may vary depending on the nature of an advertising agency’s aggregated advertiser base. We may also be involved in disputes with agencies and their advertisers over the operation of our platform or the terms of our agreements. If we are unable to collect or make adjustments to bills, we could incur write-offs for bad debt, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the periods in which the write-offs occur. In the future, bad debt may exceed reserves for such contingencies and our bad debt exposure may increase over time. Any increase in write-offs for bad debt could have a materially negative effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. If we are not paid by our advertisers or advertising agencies on time or at all, our business may be harmed.

Any significant disruption in our computer systems or those of third parties we utilize in our operations could result in a loss or degradation of service on our platform and could harm our business.

We rely on the expertise of our engineering and software development teams for the performance and operation of our platform and computer systems. Service interruptions, errors in our software or the unavailability of computer systems used in our operations could diminish the overall attractiveness of our devices and platform to existing and potential users. We utilize computer systems located either in our facilities or those of third-party server hosting providers and third-party Internet-based or cloud computing services. Although we

 

28


Table of Contents

generally enter into service level agreements with these parties, we exercise no control over their operations, which makes us vulnerable to any errors, interruptions or delays that they may experience. In the future, we may transition additional features of our services from our managed hosting systems to cloud computing services, which may require significant expenditures and engineering resources. If we are unable to manage a transition effectively, we may experience operational delays and inefficiencies until the transition is complete. Upon the expiration or termination of any of our agreements with third-party vendors, we may not be able to replace their services in a timely manner or on terms and conditions, including service levels and cost, that are favorable to us, and a transition from one vendor to another vendor could subject us to operational delays and inefficiencies until the transition is complete. In addition, fires, floods, earthquakes, power losses, telecommunications failures, break-ins and similar events could damage these systems and hardware or cause them to fail completely. As we do not maintain entirely redundant systems, a disrupting event could result in prolonged downtime of our operations and could adversely affect our business. Any disruption in the services provided by these vendors could have adverse impacts on our business reputation, customer relations and operating results.

Our servers and those of the third parties we use in our operations may be vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions, which could lead to interruptions and delays in platform availability and operations, as well as the loss, misuse or theft of personal and identifying information of our users. We also rely on third-party contractors to collect, process, transmit and store personal information of our users, including our users’ credit card data. We maintain limited insurance policies to cover losses relating to our systems. Though it is difficult to determine what harm may directly result from any specific interruption or breach, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of our network infrastructure to the satisfaction of our users may harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing users and attract new users. Because of our prominence in the TV streaming industry, we believe we may be a particularly attractive target for hackers. Our platform also incorporates licensed software from third-parties, including open source software, and we may also be vulnerable to attacks that focus on such third-party software. Any attempts by hackers to disrupt our platform, our devices, website, computer systems or our mobile apps, if successful, could harm our business, be expensive to remedy and damage our reputation. Efforts to prevent hackers from entering our computer systems or exploiting vulnerabilities in our devices are expensive to implement and may not be effective in detecting or preventing intrusion or vulnerabilities. Such unauthorized access to users’ data could damage our reputation and our business and could expose us of the risk to contractual damages, litigation and regulatory fines and penalties that could harm our business.

If any aspect of our computer systems fails, it may lead to downtime or slow processing time, either of which may harm the experience of users. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, service disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors and capacity constraints. We expect to continue to make significant investments in our technology infrastructure to maintain and improve the user experience and platform performance. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate increasingly complex services and functions, increasing numbers of users, and actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business may be harmed.

Changes in how network operators manage data that travel across their networks could harm our business.

Our business relies upon the ability of consumers to access high-quality streaming content through the Internet. As a result, the growth of our business depends on our users’ ability to obtain low-cost, high-speed access to the Internet, which relies in part on the network operators’ continuing willingness to upgrade and maintain their equipment as needed to sustain a robust Internet infrastructure as well as their continued willingness to preserve the open and interconnected nature of the Internet. We exercise no control over network operators, which makes us vulnerable to any errors, interruptions or delays in their operations. Any material disruption in Internet services could harm our business.

To the extent that the number of Internet users continues to increase, network congestion could adversely affect the reliability of our platform. We may also face increased costs of doing business if network operators

 

29


Table of Contents

engage in discriminatory practices with respect to streamed video content in an effort to monetize access to their networks by data providers. In the past, ISPs have attempted to implement usage-based pricing, bandwidth caps and traffic “shaping” or throttling. To the extent network operators were to create tiers of Internet access service and either charge us for access to these tiers or prohibit our content offerings from being available on some or all of these tiers, our quality of service could decline, our operating expenses could increase and our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired, each of which would harm our business.

In addition, most network operators that provide consumers with access to the Internet also provide these consumers with multichannel video programming. These network operators have an incentive to use their network infrastructure in a manner adverse to the continued growth and success of other companies seeking to distribute similar video programming. To the extent that network operators are able to provide preferential treatment to their own data and content, as opposed to ours, our business could be harmed.

We could become subject to litigation regarding intellectual property rights that could be costly, result in the loss of rights important to our devices and platform or otherwise harm our business.

Some Internet, technology and media companies, including some of our competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights and trademarks, which they may use to assert claims against us. Third parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights. As we face increasing competition, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against us will grow. Plaintiffs who have no relevant product revenue may not be deterred by our own issued patents and pending patent applications in bringing intellectual property rights claims against us. The cost of patent litigation or other proceedings, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Some of our competitors may be better able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings because of their substantially greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also require significant management time and divert management from our business. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could harm our business.

As a result of intellectual property infringement claims, or to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek licenses from third parties. These licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, with the potential for our competitors to gain access to the same intellectual property. In addition, the rights that we secure under intellectual property licenses may not include rights to all of the intellectual property owned or controlled by the licensor, and the scope of the licenses granted to us may not include rights covering all of the products and services provided by us and our licensees. Furthermore, an adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to pay damages, potentially including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a party’s intellectual property; cease making, licensing or using technologies that are alleged to infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property of others; expend additional development resources to redesign our solutions; enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies, content or materials; and to indemnify our partners and other third parties. In addition, any lawsuits regarding intellectual property rights, regardless of their success, could be expensive to resolve and would divert the time and attention of our management and technical personnel.

Under our agreements with many of our content publishers, licensees, contract manufacturers and suppliers, we are required to provide indemnification in the event our technology is alleged to infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.

In certain of our agreements we indemnify our content publishers, licensees, manufacturing partners and suppliers. We could incur significant expenses defending these partners if they are sued for patent infringement based on allegations related to our technology. In addition, if a partner were to lose a lawsuit and in turn seek

 

30


Table of Contents

indemnification from us, we could be subject to significant monetary liabilities. In addition, because the devices sold by our licensing partners and TV brands often involve the use of third-party technology, this increases our exposure to litigation in circumstances where there is a claim of infringement asserted against the player in question, even if the claim does not pertain to our technology.

If we fail to protect or enforce our intellectual property or proprietary rights, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We regard the protection of our patents, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, trade dress, domain names and other intellectual property or proprietary rights as critical to our success. We strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions. We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with all our employees, consultants, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology. However, we cannot be certain that we have executed such agreements with all parties who may have helped to develop our intellectual property or who had access to our proprietary information, nor can we be certain that our agreements will not be breached. Any party with whom we have executed such an agreement could potentially breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. We cannot guarantee that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Detecting the disclosure or misappropriation of a trade secret and enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, time-consuming and could result in substantial costs and the outcome of such a claim is unpredictable. Further, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property or proprietary rights both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent the disclosure of our trade secrets to third parties, or if our competitors independently develop any of our trade secrets, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could harm our business.

We have filed and will in the future file patent applications on inventions that we deem to be innovative. There is no guarantee that our patent applications will issue as granted patents, that the scope of the protection gained will be sufficient or that an issued patent may subsequently be deemed invalid or unenforceable. Patent laws, and scope of coverage afforded by them, have recently been subject to significant changes, such as the change to “first-to-file” from “first-to-invent” resulting from the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act. This change in the determination of inventorship may result in inventors and companies having to file patent applications more frequently to preserve rights in their inventions, which may favor larger competitors that have the resources to file more patent applications. Another change to the patent laws may incentivize third parties to challenge any issued patent in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, as opposed to having to bring such an action in U.S. federal court. Any invalidation of a patent claim could have a significant impact on our ability to protect the innovations contained within our devices and platform and could harm our business.

The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions to maintain patent applications and issued patents. We may fail to take the necessary actions and to pay the applicable fees to obtain or maintain our patents. Noncompliance with these requirements can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to use our technologies and enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case.

We pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. We are seeking to protect our trademarks, patents and domain names in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and time-consuming and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every location.

 

31


Table of Contents

Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property or proprietary rights, protect our trade secrets or determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights claimed by others. Any litigation of this nature, regardless of outcome or merit, could result in substantial costs, adverse publicity or diversion of management and technical resources, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. If we fail to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property or proprietary rights, our business may be harmed.

We and our third-party contractors collect, process, transmit and store the personal information of our users, which creates legal obligations and exposes us to potential liability.

We collect, process, transmit and store information about our users’ device usage patterns, and rely on third-party contractors to collect, process, transmit and store personal information of our users, including our users’ credit card data. Further, we and third parties use tracking technologies, including cookies, device identifiers and related technologies, to help us manage and track our users’ interactions with our platform, devices, website and partners’ content streaming channels and deliver relevant advertising for ourselves and on behalf of our partners on our devices.

We collect information about the interaction of users with our devices, our advertisements and our partners’ streaming channels. To deliver relevant advertisements effectively, we must successfully leverage this data as well as data provided by third parties. Our ability to collect and use such data could be restricted by a number of factors, including consumers choosing to opt out from our collection of this data or the ability of our advertisers to use such data to provide more relevant advertisements, restrictions imposed by advertisers, content publishers and service providers, changes in technology, and new developments in laws, regulations and industry standards. For example, our privacy policy outlines the type of data we collect and discloses to users how to disable or restrict such data collection and the use of such data in providing more relevant advertisements. Any restrictions on our ability to collect data could harm our ability to grow our revenue, particularly our advertising revenue which depends on engaging the relevant recipients of advertising campaigns.

Various federal and state laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of the data we receive from and about our users. The regulatory environment for the collection and use of consumer data by device manufacturers, online service providers, content distributors, advertisers and publishers is very unsettled in the United States and internationally. Privacy groups and government bodies, including the Federal Trade Commission, have increasingly scrutinized privacy issues with respect to devices that link personal identities or user and device data, with data collected through the Internet, and we expect such scrutiny to continue to increase. The United States and foreign governments have enacted and are considering regulations that could significantly restrict industry participants’ ability to collect, use and share personal information and pseudonymous data, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can place cookies or other tracking technologies. Any failure or perceived failure to comply with privacy-related legal obligations, or any compromise of security of user data, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, contractual indemnity or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others. In addition to potential liability, these events could harm our business.

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards and contractual obligations. Increased regulation of data collection, use and distribution practices, including self-regulation and industry standards, changes in existing laws, enactment of new laws, increased enforcement activity, and changes in interpretation of laws could increase our cost of compliance and operation, limit our ability to grow our business or otherwise harm our business.

If service operators refuse to authenticate streaming channels on our platform, our users may be restricted from accessing certain content on our platform and our business may be harmed.

Certain service operators, including pay TV providers, have from time to time refused to grant our users access to streaming content through “TV Everywhere” channels and have made that content available only on

 

32


Table of Contents

certain devices favored by such service operators, including devices offered by that service operator or its partners. If major service operators do not authenticate popular TV Everywhere channels on our platform, we may be unable to offer a broad selection of popular streaming channels and consumers may not purchase or use our streaming players. If we are unable to continue to provide access to popular streaming channels on our platform, our business may be harmed.

United States or international rules that permit ISPs to limit Internet data consumption by users, including unreasonable discrimination in the provision of broadband Internet access services, could harm our business.

Laws, regulations or court rulings that adversely affect the popularity or growth in use of the Internet, including decisions that undermine open and neutrally administered Internet access, could decrease customer demand for our service offerings, may impose additional burdens on us or could cause us to incur additional expenses or alter our business model. On February 26, 2015, the FCC adopted open Internet rules intended to protect the ability of consumers and content producers to send and receive legal information on the Internet. The FCC’s Open Internet Order prohibits broadband Internet access service providers from: (i) blocking access to legal content, applications, services or non-harmful devices; (ii) throttling, impairing or degrading performance based on content, applications, services or non-harmful devices; and (iii) charging more for favorable delivery of content or favoring self-provisioned content over third-party content. The Open Internet Order also prohibits broadband Internet access service providers from unreasonably interfering with consumers’ ability to select, access and use the lawful content, applications, services or devices of their choosing as well as edge providers’ ability to make lawful content, applications, services or devices available to consumers.

On June 14, 2016, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit upheld the Open Internet Order against a challenge by twelve parties, including AT&T Inc., the United States Telecom Association and the National Cable & Telecommunications Association. On May 1, 2017, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit denied rehearing en banc . Multiple parties subsequently requested and received additional time to seek further review of the Open Internet Order from the Supreme Court of the United States. Petitions for certiorari in the proceeding are now due September 28, 2017. In the interim, the FCC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking on May 18, 2017 that proposes to limit or reverse some of the provisions of the Open Internet Order, including its prohibitions against blocking, throttling and paid prioritization. To the extent the appellate courts or the FCC do not uphold sufficient safeguards to protect against discriminatory conduct or in the event that any existing or future rules fail to offer protections against such conduct, network operators may seek to extract fees from us or our content publishers to deliver our traffic or otherwise engage in blocking, throttling or other discriminatory practices, and our business could be harmed.

As we expand internationally, government regulation protecting the non-discriminatory provision of Internet access may be nascent or non-existent. In those markets where regulatory safeguards against unreasonable discrimination are nascent or non-existent and where local network operators possess substantial market power, we could experience anti-competitive practices that could impede our growth, cause us to incur additional expenses or otherwise harm our business. Future regulations or changes in laws and regulations or their existing interpretations or applications could also hinder our operational flexibility, raise compliance costs and result in additional liabilities for us, which may harm our business.

Broadband Internet providers are subject to government regulation, and changes in current or future laws or regulations that negatively impact our content publishers could harm our business.

The FCC exercises jurisdiction over many broadband Internet providers in the United States. The FCC could promulgate new regulations or interpret existing regulations in a manner that would cause us or our content publishers to incur significant compliance costs or force us to alter or eliminate certain features or functionality of our products or services which may harm our business. Future FCC regulation affecting providers of broadband Internet access services could impede the penetration of broadband Internet access into certain markets or affect the prices they may charge in such markets. As part of its February 26, 2015 network neutrality

 

33


Table of Contents

order, the FCC changed the regulatory classification of broadband Internet service from a lightly regulated “information service” to a common carrier “telecommunication service.” It also extended regulation to Internet traffic exchange and interconnection arrangements. On May 18, 2017, the FCC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking proposing to reinstate the classification of broadband Internet service as an “information service” that would not be subject to common carrier regulation. Classification as a telecommunications service could subject broadband Internet access to significant new regulation, including rate regulation, although the FCC has decided to forbear at this time from applying many common carrier requirements, including price regulation; market entry and exit regulation; the obligation to contribute to the federal universal service fund; and telephone-specific interconnection and unbundling requirements. Furthermore, many broadband Internet providers provide traditional telecommunications services that are subject to FCC and state rate regulation of interstate telecommunications services, and are recipients of federal universal service fund payments, which are intended to subsidize telecommunications services in areas that are expensive to serve. Changes in rate regulations or in universal service funding rules, either at the federal or state level, could adversely affect these broadband Internet providers’ revenue and capital spending plans. In addition, various international regulatory bodies have jurisdiction over non-United States broadband Internet providers. To the extent these broadband Internet providers are adversely affected by laws or regulations regarding their business, products or service offerings, our business would be harmed.

If government regulations relating to the Internet or other areas of our business change, we may need to alter the manner in which we conduct our business and we may incur greater operating expenses.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws, as well as regulations and laws specific to the Internet, which may include laws and regulations related to user privacy, data collection and protection, consumer protection, payment processing, taxation, intellectual property, electronic contracts, Internet access and content restrictions. We cannot guarantee that we have been or will be fully compliant in every jurisdiction. Litigation and regulatory proceedings are inherently uncertain, and the laws and regulations governing issues such as privacy, payment processing, taxation and consumer protection related to the Internet continue to develop. For example, laws relating to the liability of providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties have been tested by a number of claims, including actions based on invasion of privacy and other torts, unfair competition, copyright and trademark infringement, and other theories based on the nature and content of the materials searched, the advertisements posted or the content provided by users. Moreover, as Internet commerce and advertising continues to evolve, increasing regulation by federal, state and foreign regulatory authorities becomes more likely.

As we develop new devices, and improve our TV streaming platform, we may also be subject to new laws and regulations specific to such technologies. For example, in developing our Roku TV reference design, we were required to understand, address and comply with an evolving regulatory framework for developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling TVs. If we fail to adequately address or comply with such regulations regarding the manufacture and sale of TVs, we may be subject to fines or sanctions, and our licensees may be unable to sell Roku TVs at all, which would harm our business and our ability to grow our user base.

Laws relating to privacy and data collection continue to proliferate, often with little harmonization between jurisdictions and little guidance. A number of existing bills are pending in U.S. Congress that contain provisions that would regulate how companies can use cookies and other tracking technologies to collect and use user information. The European Union has already enacted laws requiring advertisers or companies like ours to obtain informed consent from users for the placement of cookies or other tracking technologies and the delivery of relevant advertisements. If the third parties that we work with, such as contract payment processing services, content publishers, vendors or developers violate or are alleged to violate applicable privacy or security laws, industry standards, our contractual obligations, or our policies, such violations and alleged violations may also put our users’ information at risk and could in turn harm our business. Any of these consequences could cause our users, advertisers or publishers to lose trust in us, which could harm our business. Furthermore, any failure on our part to comply with these laws may subject us to liability and reputational harm.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our use of data to deliver relevant advertising on our platform places us and our content publishers at risk for claims under various unsettled laws, including the Video Privacy Protection Act, or VPPA. Some of our content publishers have been engaged in litigation over alleged violations of the VPPA relating to activities on our platform in connection with advertising provided by unrelated third parties. The Federal Trade Commission has also revised its rules implementing the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, or COPPA Rules, broadening the applicability of the COPPA Rules, including the types of information that are subject to these regulations, and could effectively apply to limit the information that we or our content publishers and advertisers collect and use through certain content publishers, the content of advertisements and in relation to certain channel partner content. We and our content publishers and advertisers could be at risk for violation or alleged violation of these and other privacy laws.

Our actual or perceived failure to adequately protect personal data could harm our business.

A variety of state, national, foreign, and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal data. These privacy and data protection-related laws and regulations are evolving, with new or modified laws and regulations proposed and implemented frequently and existing laws and regulations subject to new or different interpretations. Compliance with these laws and regulations can be costly and can delay or impede the development of new products.

We historically have relied upon adherence to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and compliance with the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework under Directive 95/46/EC, commonly referred to as the Data Protection Directive, agreed to by the U.S. Department of Commerce and the EU. The U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework, which established means for legitimizing the transfer of personal data by U.S. companies from the European Economic Area, or EEA, to the United States, recently was invalidated by a decision of the European Court of Justice, or the ECJ.

On July 12, 2016, the European Commission adopted the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield, which provides a framework for the transfer of personal data of EU data subjects, and on May 4, 2016, the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which will replace Directive 95/46/EC, was formally published. The GDPR will go into effect on May 25, 2018 and as a regulation as opposed to a directive will be directly applicable in EU member states. Among other things, the GDPR applies to data controllers and processors outside of the EU whose processing activities relate to the offering of goods or services to, or monitoring the behavior within the EU of, EU data subjects.

In light of these developments, we are reviewing our business practices and may find it necessary or desirable to make changes to our personal data handling to cause our transfer and receipt of EEA residents’ personal data to be legitimized under applicable European law. The regulation of data privacy in the EU continues to evolve, and it is not possible to predict the ultimate content, and therefore the effect, of data protection regulation over time.

Our actual or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations or to protect personal data, could result in enforcement actions and significant penalties against us, which could result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, subject us to claims or other remedies and may harm our business.

If we are found liable for content that we distribute through our players, our business would be harmed.

As a distributor of content, we face potential liability for negligence, copyright, patent or trademark infringement, public performance royalties or other claims based on the nature and content of materials that we distribute. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or the DMCA, is intended, in part, to limit the liability of eligible service providers for caching, hosting or linking to, user content that includes materials that infringe copyrights or other rights. We rely on the protections provided by the DMCA in conducting our business. However, the DMCA and similar statutes and doctrines that we may rely on in the future is subject to uncertain

 

35


Table of Contents

judicial interpretation and regulatory and legislative amendments. Moreover, the DMCA only provides protection primarily in the United States. If the rules around these statutes and doctrines change, if international jurisdictions refuse to apply similar protections or if a court were to disagree with our application of those rules to our business, we could incur liability and our business could be harmed. If we become liable for these types of claims as a result of the content that is streamed over our platform, then our business may suffer. Litigation to defend these claims could be costly and the expenses and damages arising from any liability could harm our business. Our insurance may not be adequate to cover these types of claims or any liability that may be imposed on us.

In addition, we may be adversely impacted if copyright holders assert claims, or commence litigation, alleging copyright infringement against the developers of channels that are distributed on our platform. While our platform policies prohibit streaming content on our platform without distribution rights from the copyright holder, and we maintain processes and systems for the reporting and removal of infringing content, in certain instances our platform has been misused by unaffiliated third parties to unlawfully distribute copyrighted content. For example, we are involved in litigation in Mexico that was commenced by a large Mexican pay TV and Internet access provider. This case principally targeted entities that are alleged to sell unlicensed content to consumers using our platform, among other means. At the commencement of this case, a court issued a temporary ban on the importation and sale of Roku devices in Mexico, which remains in effect. In the three months ended June 30, 2017, we recorded a charge of $1.0 million for a write-down of inventory on hand and on order and a charge of $0.7 million for sales incentives to sell inventory in other sales channels, each due to the Mexico sales ban. Our involvement in this litigation, or similar legal matters in the future, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and other costs, and be disruptive to our business.

Our devices are highly technical and may contain undetected hardware errors or software bugs, which could manifest themselves in ways that could harm our reputation and our business.

Our devices and those of our licensees are highly technical and have contained and may in the future contain undetected software bugs or hardware errors. These bugs and errors can manifest themselves in any number of ways in our devices or our platform, including through diminished performance, security vulnerabilities, data quality in logs or interpretation of data, malfunctions or even permanently disabled devices. Some errors in our devices may only be discovered after a device has been shipped and used by users, and may in some cases only be detected under certain circumstances or after extended use. We update our software on a regular basis and, despite our quality assurance processes, we could introduce bugs in the process of updating our software. The introduction of a serious software bug, could result in devices becoming permanently disabled. We offer a limited one year warranty in the United States and any such defects discovered in our devices after commercial release could result in loss of revenue or delay in revenue recognition, loss of customer goodwill and users and increased service costs, any of which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. We could also face claims for product or information liability, tort or breach of warranty. In addition, our device contracts with users contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, which may not be upheld. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention and adversely affect the market’s perception of Roku and our devices. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our business could be harmed.

Components used in our devices may fail as a result of manufacturing, design or other defects over which we have no control and render our devices permanently inoperable.

We rely on third-party component suppliers to provide certain functionalities needed for the operation and use of our devices. Any errors or defects in such third-party technology could result in errors in our devices that could harm our business. If these components have a manufacturing, design or other defect, they can cause our devices to fail and render them permanently inoperable. For example, the typical means by which our users connect their home networks to our devices is by way of a Wi-Fi access point in the home network router. If the

 

36


Table of Contents

Wi-Fi receiver in our device fails, then our device cannot detect a home network’s Wi-Fi access point, and our device will not be able to display or deliver any content to the TV screen. As a result, we may have to replace these devices at our sole cost and expense. Should we have a widespread problem of this kind, our reputation in the market could be adversely affected and our replacement of these devices would harm our business.

If we are unable to obtain necessary or desirable third-party technology licenses, our ability to develop new devices or platform enhancements may be impaired.

We utilize commercially available off-the-shelf technology in the development of our devices and platform. As we continue to introduce new features or improvements to our devices and the Roku platform, we may be required to license additional technologies from third parties. These third-party licenses may be unavailable to us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain necessary third-party licenses, we may be required to obtain substitute technologies with lower quality or performance standards, or at a greater cost, any of which could harm the competitiveness of our devices, platform and our business.

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our devices and our TV streaming platform.

We incorporate open source software in our TV streaming platform. From time to time, companies that incorporate open source software into their products have faced claims challenging the ownership of open source software and/or compliance with open source license terms. Therefore, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Although we monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source software licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to sell our devices. In such event, we could be required to make our proprietary software generally available to third parties, including competitors, at no cost, to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our devices, to re-engineer our devices or to discontinue the sale of our devices in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or at all, any of which could harm our business.

The quality of our customer support is important to our users and licensees, and if we fail to provide adequate levels of customer support we could lose users and licensees, which would harm our business.

Our users and licensees depend on our customer support organization to resolve any issues relating to devices. A high level of support is critical for the successful marketing and sale of our devices. We currently outsource our customer support operation to a third-party customer support organization. If we do not effectively train, update and manage our third-party customer support organization who assists our users in using our devices, and if that support organization does not succeed in helping them quickly resolve any issues or provide effective ongoing support, it could adversely affect our ability to sell our devices to users and harm our reputation with potential new users and our licensees.

We will need to improve our operational and financial systems to support our expected growth, increasingly complex business arrangements, and rules governing revenue and expense recognition and any inability to do so could adversely affect our billing services and financial reporting.

We have increasingly complex business arrangements with our content publishers and licensees, and the rules that govern revenue and expense recognition in our business are increasingly complex. To manage the expected growth of our operations and increasing complexity, we will need to improve our operational and financial systems, procedures and controls and continue to increase systems automation to reduce reliance on manual operations. Any inability to do so will negatively affect our billing services and financial reporting. Our current and planned systems, procedures and controls may not be adequate to support our complex arrangements and the rules governing revenue and expense recognition for our future operations and expected growth. Delays

 

37


Table of Contents

or problems associated with any improvement or expansion of our operational and financial systems and controls could adversely affect our relationships with our users, content publishers or licensees; cause harm to our reputation and brand; and could also result in errors in our financial and other reporting.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock may be adversely affected.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, following the later of the date we are deemed to be an “accelerated filer” or a “large accelerated filer,” each as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time-consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our Class A common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We may pursue acquisitions, which involve a number of risks, and if we are unable to address and resolve these risks successfully, such acquisitions could harm our business.

We may in the future acquire businesses, products or technologies to expand our offerings and capabilities, user base and business. We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, a wide array of potential strategic transactions; however, we have no experience completing or integrating acquisitions. Any acquisition could be material to our financial condition and results of operations and any anticipated benefits from an acquisition may never materialize. In addition, the process of integrating acquired businesses, products or technologies may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. Acquisitions in international markets would involve additional risks, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries. We may not be able to address these risks successfully, or at all, without incurring significant costs, delays or other operational problems and if we were unable to address such risks successfully our business could be harmed.

We have a credit facility that provides our lender with a first-priority lien against substantially all of our assets and contains financial covenants and other restrictions on our actions that may limit our operational flexibility or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition.

We entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank in November 2014, which was amended in May 2015 and June 2017, providing for a $30.0 million revolving line of credit. In June 2017, we entered into a subordinated loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, which provides for a term loan borrowing of up to $40.0 million with a minimum of $25.0 million to be initially

 

38


Table of Contents

drawn at the close of the agreement and a $5.0 million sublimit for letters of credit. Our loan agreements with Silicon Valley Bank contain a number of restrictive covenants, and the terms may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to certain changes in our business or industry, or take future actions. Pursuant to these agreements, we granted Silicon Valley Bank a security interest in substantially all of our assets. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Silicon Valley Bank Loan and Security Agreement.”

If we fail to comply with the covenants or payments specified in our credit facility, Silicon Valley Bank could declare an event of default, which would give it the right to terminate its commitment to provide additional loans and declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, Silicon Valley Bank would have the right to proceed against the assets we provided as collateral pursuant to the credit facility. If the debt under this credit facility was accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash or be able to sell sufficient assets to repay this debt, which would harm our business and financial condition.

If we fail to comply with the laws and regulations relating to the collection of sales tax and payment of income taxes in the various states in which we do business, we could be exposed to unexpected costs, expenses, penalties and fees as a result of our noncompliance, which could harm our business.

By engaging in business activities in the United States, we become subject to various state laws and regulations, including requirements to collect sales tax from our sales within those states, and the payment of income taxes on revenue generated from activities in those states. The laws and regulations governing the collection of sales tax for sales on our website and payment of income taxes are numerous, complex, and vary from state to state. A successful assertion by one or more states that we were required to collect sales or other taxes or to pay income taxes where we did not could result in substantial tax liabilities, fees and expenses, including substantial interest and penalty charges, which could harm our business.

We may require additional capital to meet our financial obligations and support planned business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

We intend to continue to make significant investments to support planned business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new devices and enhance the Roku platform, maintain adequate levels of inventory to support our retail partners’ demand requirements, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses, personnel and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our then existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. Any debt financing we secure could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we were to violate the restrictive covenants, we could incur penalties, increased expenses and an acceleration of the payment terms of our outstanding debt, which could in turn harm our business.

We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may be harmed.

Our facilities are located near known earthquake fault zones, and the occurrence of an earthquake or other natural disaster could cause damage to our facilities and computer systems, which could require us to curtail or cease operations.

Our principal offices and a network operations center are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, an area known for earthquakes, and are thus vulnerable to damage. We are also vulnerable to damage from other types of

 

39


Table of Contents

disasters, including power loss, fire, floods, communications failures and similar events. If any disaster were to occur, our ability to operate our business at our facilities could be impaired.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our stock prior to this offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class B common stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this initial public offering, has one vote per share. Stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering, and our President and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony Wood, will hold approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, but will control approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, following this offering, and therefore will have significant influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of Roku or our assets, for the foreseeable future. If Mr. Wood’s employment with us is terminated, he will continue to have the same influence over matters requiring stockholder approval.

In addition, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Because of the 10-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock even when the shares of Class B common stock represent as little as 10% of the combined voting power of all outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Mr. Wood retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock. As a board member, Mr. Wood owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As a stockholder, even a controlling stockholder, Mr. Wood is entitled to vote his shares in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally.

There has been no prior market for our Class A common stock. An active market may not develop or be sustainable and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our Class A common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our Class A common stock may not develop after this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable.

 

40


Table of Contents

Our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares of Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price, if at all.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of our Class A common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section, and others beyond our control, including:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

    changes in projected operational and financial results;

 

    loss by us of key content publishers;

 

    changes in laws or regulations applicable to our devices or platform;

 

    the commencement or conclusion of legal proceedings that involve us;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

    announcements of new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital-raising activities or commitments;

 

    additions or departures of key personnel;

 

    issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;

 

    the use by investors or analysts of third-party data regarding our business that may not reflect our financial performance;

 

    fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

    sales of our Class A common stock;

 

    share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

    the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements; and

 

    general economic and market conditions.

Furthermore, the stock markets frequently experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, elections, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the market price of our Class A common stock. If the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could harm our business.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not yield a return.

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. Investors may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively could impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy or could require us to raise additional capital.

 

41


Table of Contents

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $        per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2017, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of Class B common stock. In addition, we have issued options and warrants to acquire our Class B common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options and warrants are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.

Future sales and issuances of our capital stock or rights to purchase capital stock could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

We may issue additional securities following the closing of this offering. Future sales and issuances of our capital stock or rights to purchase our capital stock could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders. We may sell Class A common stock, convertible securities and other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner as we may determine from time to time. If we sell any such securities in subsequent transactions, investors may be materially diluted. New investors in such subsequent transactions could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our Class A common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

Equity research analysts do not currently provide research coverage of our Class A common stock, and we cannot assure you that any equity research analysts will adequately provide research coverage of our Class A common stock after the closing of this offering. A lack of adequate research coverage may adversely affect the liquidity and market price of our Class A common stock. To the extent we obtain equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control of the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our Class A common stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts cease coverage of our company, or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Substantial future sales of shares of our Class A common stock could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market following the closing of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.

Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                  shares of Class A common stock and 514,491,589 shares of Class B common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding

 

42


Table of Contents

options or warrants and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering. Of these shares, only the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after the offering. All of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all the shares of our capital stock are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our capital stock during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. may, in their sole discretion and without prior notice, permit our stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. After the lock-up agreements expire, all 514,491,589 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017 will become eligible for sale, of which              shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements.

In addition, as of June 30, 2017, there were 147,361,901 shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding options. We intend to register all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, and upon exercise of settlement of any options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will be able to be freely sold in the public market upon issuance as permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. The shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of these shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options or warrants are exercised, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Holders of 498,420,804 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file on our behalf or for other stockholders. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriters.”

We will incur costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States, which may harm our business.

As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or Nasdaq, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If, notwithstanding our efforts, we fail to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

 

43


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we intend to comply only with reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies. As a result, our Class A common stock could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of over $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Class A or Class B common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings to grow our business and for general corporate purposes. Moreover, our outstanding loan and security agreements contain prohibitions on the payment of cash dividends on our capital stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management or hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our Class A common stock may be lower as a result.

There are provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect following this offering, that may make it difficult for a third-party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of Roku, even if a change in control was considered favorable by our stockholders.

Our charter documents will also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, such as:

 

    establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

    permitting the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

 

    providing that directors may only be removed for cause;

 

    prohibiting cumulative voting for directors;

 

    requiring super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

    authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

 

44


Table of Contents
    eliminating the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

    prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; and

 

    reflecting our two classes of common stock as described above.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibit a person who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Any provision in our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our Class A common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business.

 

45


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial condition, business strategy and plans, and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potentially,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, regarding, among other things:

 

    our financial performance, including our revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses and our ability to attain and sustain profitability;

 

    our ability to attract and retain users and increase hours streamed;

 

    our ability to attract and retain advertisers;

 

    our ability to attract and retain additional TV brands and service operators to license our platform;

 

    our ability to license popular content on our platform, including the renewals of our existing agreements with content publishers;

 

    changes in consumer viewing habits or the growth of TV streaming;

 

    the growth of our relevant markets, including the growth in advertising spend on TV streaming platforms, and our ability to successfully grow our business in those markets;

 

    our ability to adapt to changing market conditions and technological developments, including with respect to developing integrations with our platform partners;

 

    our ability to develop and launch new streaming devices and provide ancillary services and support;

 

    our ability to compete effectively with existing competitors and new market entrants;

 

    our ability to successfully manage domestic and international expansion;

 

    our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

 

    security breaches and system failures;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property; and

 

    our ability to stay in compliance with laws and regulations that currently apply or may become applicable to our business both in the United States and internationally.

These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors that could harm our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot assure you that the events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur.

 

46


Table of Contents

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including the independent industry publications set forth below, as well as reports that we commissioned, and is subject to a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosures contained in this prospectus and we believe the information from the industry publications and other third-party sources included in this prospectus is reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The sources of these independent publications are provided below:

 

    Activate, “ Think Again—Tech and Media Outlook 2016 ,” dated October 20, 2015.

 

    Activate, “ Think Again—Tech and Media Outlook 2017 ,” dated October 25, 2016.

 

    comScore, “ State of OTT ,” dated April 2017.

 

    eMarketer, “ US Ad Spending—The eMarketer Forecast for 2017 ,” dated March 2017.

 

    eMarketer, “ US Non-Pay TV Subscription Households, by Type, 2016-2021 ,” dated July 11, 2017.

 

    Kagan, “ Global Set-Top Box Forecast ,” dated October 25, 2016.

 

    Nielsen, “ The Nielsen Total Audience Report Q4 2016 ,” dated April 2017.

 

    Ovum, “ World Television Information Service Forecasting Tool ,” dated January 24, 2017.

 

    Sandvine, “ 2016 Global Internet Phenomena—Latin America and North America ,” as revised June 21, 2016.

In addition, we have commissioned the following report:

 

    Kantar Millward Brown, “ Roku Streaming Leadership Study Q1 2017 ,” dated March 2017.

The content of the foregoing sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein. Nielsen data reflects estimates of market conditions based on samples, and is prepared primarily as a marketing research tool for the media industry and others in the media industry. References to Nielsen should not be considered as Nielsen’s opinion as to the value of any security or the advisability of investing in the Company.

 

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $        million at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, we estimate that the net proceeds will be approximately $        million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase or decrease, respectively, our net proceeds by $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility and create a public market for our Class A common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, research and development, sales and marketing activities and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies or businesses that complement our business, although we have no commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments. We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The terms of our outstanding loan and security agreement also restricts our ability to pay dividends. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors.

 

49


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of June 30, 2017 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, to reflect:

 

    the conversion of all 485,064,993 outstanding shares of preferred stock into an equal number of shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering;

 

    the reclassification of all 29,426,596 common stock into an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock;

 

    the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the conversion of warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of our Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering; and

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, to give further effect to the sale by us of                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth in the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

50


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2017  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash

   $ 70,169     $ 70,169     $               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

   $ 22,811     $ 22,811     $  

Preferred stock warrant liability

     14,673          

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 506,208,956 shares authorized, 485,064,993 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     213,180          

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

              

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 732,000,000 shares authorized, 29,426,596 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     3          

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

              

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, 514,491,589 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

           51    

Additional paid-in capital

     30,691       258,496    

Accumulated deficit

     (244,044     (244,044  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (213,350     14,503    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 37,314     $ 37,314     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) and total capitalization by $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 514,491,589 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis and reclassified as common stock) outstanding as of June 30, 2017, and excludes:

 

    147,361,901 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2017 with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.65 per share and 19,320,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options which were granted in August 2017 with an exercise price of $1.47 per share;

 

    13,355,811 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2017 with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.45 per share, which are expected to remain outstanding after the closing of this offering;

 

    2,143,700 shares of our Class B common stock issued in July 2017 upon the automatic net exercise of a warrant to purchase 2,250,000 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017;

 

   

25,533,017 additional shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2017 (excluding options granted in August 2017), which shares

 

51


Table of Contents
 

will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

                     shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as (i) any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan and (ii) upon the expiration or termination prior to exercise of any shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, an equal number of shares of Class A common stock; and

 

                     shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

 

52


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the closing of this offering.

Our pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of June 30, 2017 was $        million, or $        per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 485,064,993 shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering.

After giving effect to (i) the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering, (ii) the reclassification of our common stock into an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock and (iii) the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017, would have been $        million, or $        per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $        per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $        per share to investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2017

   $                  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $  
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $        per share and the dilution to new investors by $        per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $        per share and the dilution to new investors by $        per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $        per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $        per share, and immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $        per share.

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2017, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above:

 

    the total number of shares of Class B common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and Class A common stock by new investors purchasing shares in this offering;

 

53


Table of Contents
    the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering; and

 

    the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     514,491,589               $                        $           

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $                 100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The total number of shares of our common stock reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 514,491,589 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis and reclassified common stock) outstanding as of June 30, 2017, and excludes:

 

    147,361,901 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2017 with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.65 per share and 19,320,000 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options which were granted in August 2017 with an exercise price of $1.47 per share;

 

    13,355,811 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2017 with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.45 per share, which are expected to remain outstanding after the closing of this offering;

 

    2,143,700 shares of our Class B common stock issued in July 2017 upon the automatic net exercise of a warrant to purchase 2,250,000 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017;

 

    25,533,017 additional shares of Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2017 (excluding options granted in August 2017), which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

                     shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as (i) any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan and (ii) upon the expiration or termination prior to exercise of any shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, an equal number of shares of Class A common stock; and

 

                     shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $        million and increase (decrease) the total consideration paid to us by new investors by     % assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and without deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

54


Table of Contents

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, including upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding warrants and options under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2017 were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these warrants and options, would own     % and new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

 

55


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

You should read the selected consolidated financial and other data together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and consolidated balance sheet data as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and results for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

Prior to 2017, our fiscal year was the 52- or 53-week period that ends on the last Saturday of December. Our fiscal years 2015 and 2016 ended on December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, respectively. In 2017, we changed our fiscal year-end to match the calendar year-end. Fiscal year 2015 spanned 52 weeks and fiscal year 2016 spanned 53 weeks. The two fiscal quarters ending July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017 spanned 27 weeks and 26 weeks, respectively, and references to the six months ended July 2, 2016 refer to the two fiscal quarters ended July 2, 2016, unless otherwise indicated.

 

                                                                                           
     Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 26,     December 31,     July 2,     June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Net revenue:

        

Player

   $ 269,977     $ 293,929     $ 119,116     $ 117,329  

Platform

     49,880       104,720       43,140       82,391  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     319,857       398,649       162,256       199,720  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Player (1)

     221,416       249,821       99,375       103,122  

Platform (1)

     8,663       27,783       12,549       20,121  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     230,079       277,604       111,924       123,243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit:

        

Player

     48,561       44,108       19,741       14,207  

Platform

     41,217       76,937       30,591       62,270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     89,778       121,045       50,332       76,477  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development (1)

     50,469       76,177       38,471       48,118  

Sales and marketing (1)

     45,153       52,888       26,245       28,722  

General and administrative (1)

     31,708       35,341       18,255       20,855  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     127,330       164,406       82,971       97,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (37,552     (43,361     (32,639     (21,218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents
                                                                                           
     Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 26,     December 31,     July 2,     June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

   $ (696   $ 146     $ (131   $ (471

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     (1,768     888       (394     (2,651

Other income (expense), net

     (448     (220     (25     211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (40,464     (42,547     (33,189     (24,129

Income tax expense

     147       211       53       86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (40,611   $ (42,758   $ (33,242   $ (24,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (1.68   $ (1.50   $ (1.18   $ (0.83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

     24,183,442       28,475,699       28,177,035       29,196,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders-basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

     $ (0.08     $ (0.04
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders-basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

       513,540,692         514,261,184  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other Financial and Operational Data (unaudited):

        

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands) (3)

   $ (29,713   $ (29,853   $ (25,784   $ (14,045

Hours Streamed (in millions) (4)

     5,498       9,351       4,172       6,742  

Active Accounts (in thousands) (5)

     9,179       13,383       10,552       15,116  

ARPU for the preceding four fiscal quarters (in dollars) (6)

   $ 6.48     $ 9.28     $ 8.32     $ 11.22  

 

(1) Stock-based compensation was allocated as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Six Months Ended  
     December 26,      December 31,     

July 2,

    

June 30,

 
     2015      2016      2016      2017  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of player revenue

   $ 90      $ 136      $ 58      $ 74  

Cost of platform revenue

     54        224        102        40  

Research and development

     1,685        2,766        1,273        1,881  

Sales and marketing

     1,678        2,292        1,157        1,291  

General and administrative

     1,777        2,788        1,415        1,307  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 5,284      $ 8,206      $ 4,005      $ 4,593  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of basic and diluted net loss per common share and pro forma net loss per common share.
(3) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, plus: other (income) expense, net, stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, and income tax expense. See the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for a reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDA and net loss, the most directly comparable generally accepted accounting principle, or GAAP, financial measure and a discussion about the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

57


Table of Contents
(4) We define hours streamed as the aggregate amount of time users streamed content from channels on our platform in a given period including both channels installed from our channel stores and non-certified channels. Non-certified channels are channels that are accessed by users utilizing a code provided to the user by the content publisher, and are not found in the Roku Channel Store. In each of the periods presented hours streamed from non-certified channels comprised less than 8% of total hours streamed. Hours streamed are reported on a calendar basis.
(5) We define active accounts as the number of distinct user accounts that have streamed any content on our platform in the last 30 days of the period. Active accounts are reported on a calendar basis.
(6) We define average revenue per user as our platform revenue during the preceding four fiscal quarters divided by the average of the number of active accounts at the end of that period and the end of the prior four fiscal quarters.

 

     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash

   $ 75,748     $ 34,562     $ 70,169  

Total assets

     176,511       179,078       184,996  

Preferred stock warrant liability

     10,878       9,990       14,673  

Long-term debt, including current portion

     15,000       15,000       22,811  

Total liabilities

     123,067       159,722       185,166  

Convertible preferred stock

     213,180       213,180       213,180  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (159,736     (193,824     (213,350

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information about our financial results, we disclose within this prospectus Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We have provided below a reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDA and net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure we use to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions for the allocation of capital. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors. While we believe that this non-GAAP financial measure is useful in evaluating our business, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Some limitations of Adjusted EBITDA are:

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not include other (income) expense, net, which primarily includes changes in fair value of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock and interest expense;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not include the impact of stock-based compensation;

 

    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash used for capital expenditures for such replacements or for new capital expenditures;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

    Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently or not at all, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

58


Table of Contents

Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net loss and our financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    July 2,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
    

(in thousands)

 

Reconciliation of Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

        

Net loss

   $ (40,611   $ (42,758   $ (33,242   $ (24,215

Other (income) expense, net

     2,912       (814     550       2,911  

Stock-based compensation

     5,284       8,206       4,005       4,593  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,555       5,302       2,850       2,580  

Income tax expense

     147       211       53       86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (29,713   $ (29,853   $ (25,784   $ (14,045
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Prior to 2017, our fiscal year was the 52- or 53-week period that ends on the last Saturday of December. Our fiscal years 2015 and 2016 ended on December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, respectively. In 2017, we changed our fiscal year-end to match the calendar year-end. Fiscal year 2015 spanned 52 weeks and fiscal year 2016 spanned 53 weeks. The two fiscal quarters ending July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017 spanned 27 weeks and 26 weeks, respectively, and references to the six months ended July 2, 2016 refer to the two fiscal quarters ended July 2, 2016, unless otherwise indicated.

Overview

We pioneered streaming to the TV. Roku connects users to the streaming content they love, enables content publishers to build and monetize large audiences, and provides advertisers with unique capabilities to engage consumers. We do this at scale today. As of June 30, 2017, we had 15.1 million active accounts. By comparison, the fourth largest multichannel video programming distributor in the United States had approximately 13.3 million subscribers as of June 30, 2017. Our users streamed more than 6.7 billion hours on the Roku platform in the six months ended June 30, 2017, 62% growth from the six months ended June 30, 2016. TV streaming’s disruptive content distribution model is shifting billions of dollars of economic value. Roku is capitalizing on this large economic opportunity as a leading TV streaming platform for users, content publishers and advertisers.

Consumers win with TV streaming—they get a better user experience, more entertainment options and more control over what they spend on content. When users want to enjoy streaming entertainment, they start at the Roku home screen where we put users first by helping them find the content they want to watch. From our home screen, users can easily search, discover and access over 500,000 movies and TV episodes in the United States, as well as live sports, music, news and more. Users can also compare the price of content from various channels available on our platform and choose from ad-supported, subscription, and transactional video on-demand content. Consumers can personalize their content selection with cable TV replacement offerings and streaming services that suit their budget and needs.

Roku operates the number one TV streaming platform in the United States as measured by total hours streamed, according to a survey conducted in the first quarter of 2017 by Kantar Millward Brown that we commissioned. Content publishers and advertisers win with Roku because our large and growing user base simplifies their access to the fragmented and complex over the top, or OTT, market and we provide them with direct to consumer engagement and monetization opportunities. We provide our content publishers with access to the most engaged OTT audience, as measured by average hours streamed and the ability to monetize their content with advertising, subscription or transactional business models. Advertisers on our platform can reach our desirable OTT audience with ads that are more relevant, interactive and measurable than advertising delivered on traditional linear TV. Our growth in active accounts and hours streamed attracts more content publishers and advertisers to our TV streaming platform, creating a better user experience, which in turn attracts more users. As our platform improves for users, content publishers and advertisers, we grow average revenue per user, or ARPU.

While we currently generate a majority of our revenue from sales of our streaming players, our business model is to grow gross profit by increasing the number of active accounts and growing ARPU, which we believe

 

60


Table of Contents

represents the inherent value of our business model. We grow new accounts through three primary channels: we sell streaming players, we partner with TV brands through our Roku TV licensing program, and we have licensing relationships with service operators. The fastest growing source of new accounts comes from our licensing partner relationships which accounted for 42% of new accounts in 2016, up from 26% in 2015. We believe we have a significant opportunity to grow platform revenue and as we further monetize TV streaming hours we will increase ARPU. ARPU, which we define as our platform revenue during the preceding four fiscal quarters divided by the average of the number of active accounts at the end of that period and the end of the prior four fiscal quarters, was $11.22 per active user in the period ended June 30, 2017 and $9.28 per active user in 2016, up 43% from $6.48 in 2015. Our success in growing ARPU will depend on our ability to increasingly generate platform revenue from content publishers and advertisers as we increase the number of active accounts.

We have achieved significant growth. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, we generated revenue of $199.7 million, up 23% from $162.3 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016. We generate player revenue from the sale of streaming players and platform revenue from advertising, content distribution, billing and licensing activities on our platform. We earn revenue as users engage on our platform and we intend to continue to grow platform revenue by further monetizing our TV streaming platform. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, player revenue represented 59% of total revenue and declined 2%, and platform revenue represented 41% of total revenue and grew 91% from the six months ended July 2, 2016.

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, we generated gross profit of $76.5 million, up 52% from $50.3 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, player gross profit represented 19% of total gross profit and declined 28%, and platform gross profit represented 81% of total gross profit and grew 104%. We are strategically decreasing our streaming player average selling prices, or ASP, to expand our active accounts, which will also reduce our player gross margin. As a result, our player revenue may not increase as rapidly as it has historically or at all, and, unless we are able to adequately increase our platform revenue and grow our active accounts, we may be unable to grow gross profit and our business will be harmed. We expect to continue to make tradeoffs away from player gross profit in favor of platform gross profit to grow active accounts more rapidly and increase monetization. In the six months ended June 30, 2017 our net loss was $(24.2) million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $(14.0) million. In fiscal 2016 our net loss was $(42.8) million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $(29.9) million. See the section titled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for a reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDA and net loss, the most directly comparable generally accepted accounting principle, or GAAP, financial measure and a discussion about the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA.

 

61


Table of Contents

Key Performance Metrics

We use the following key performance metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts and make strategic decisions. Our key performance metrics are gross profit, active accounts, hours streamed and average revenue per user.

Gross Profit

We measure the performance of our business using gross profit, and we are focused on increasing gross profit. We currently generate positive gross profit on player revenue, however, the majority of our gross profit is generated from platform revenue. We believe gross profit is the primary metric to measure the performance of our business, because we have two revenue segments with different margin profiles, and we aim to maximize our high margin platform revenue from our active accounts as they stream content on our platform.

Gross Profit

(in millions)

 

LOGO

 

62


Table of Contents

Active Accounts

We define active accounts as the number of distinct user accounts that have streamed content on our platform in the last 30 days of the period. The number of active accounts does not correspond to the number of unique individuals who actively utilize our platform or the number of devices associated with an account. For example, a single account may be used by more than one individual, such as a family, and one account may use multiple devices. We believe that the number of active accounts is a relevant measure to gauge the size of our user base and the opportunity to increase our platform revenue and gross profit.

Active Accounts

(in millions)

 

LOGO

 

63


Table of Contents

Hours Streamed

We define hours streamed as the aggregate amount of time users streamed content on our platform in a given period. We report hours streamed on a calendar basis. We believe the usage of our platform is an effective measure of user engagement and that the growth in the number of hours of content streamed across our platform reflects our success in addressing the growing user demand for TV streaming. However, our revenues from content providers are not tied to the hours streamed on their streaming channels, and the number of hours streamed does not correlate to revenue earned from such content providers or ARPU on a period-by-period basis. Additionally, increasing user engagement on our streaming platform increases our gross profit because we earn platform revenue by delivering advertising as well as generating revenue shares from subscription and transactional video on-demand partners as users engage with the Roku platform.

Quarterly Hours Streamed

(in billions)

 

LOGO

 

64


Table of Contents

Average Revenue per User

We define ARPU, as our platform revenue during the preceding four fiscal quarters divided by the average of the number of active accounts at the end of that period and the end of the prior four fiscal quarters. We measure progress in our platform business using ARPU because it helps us understand the rate at which we are monetizing our active account base.

Average Revenue per User

 

LOGO

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Rate of TV streaming and advertising shift to OTT

Consumers have significantly shifted their TV viewing behavior, and we believe all TV content will be available through streaming. Therefore, we also believe this presents a large market opportunity for streaming TV advertising. This is a critical component of our business model because our platform and player revenue, as well as our overall expense structure, is dependent on this shift. In addition, the number of hours streamed on our platform is a critical element of our business because hours determine our advertising inventory and sell through.

User acquisition strategy

Consumers become our users through three primary channels: Roku players, Roku TVs, or through a service operator we have a licensing relationship with. We monetize our user base through platform revenue. We do not optimize gross profit from the sale of our players, but we currently earn a positive gross profit on sales of our players. This is similar to a “negative” user acquisition cost. Player revenue and player gross profit may decrease over time as we strategically aim to acquire new customers through low cost player solutions.

Ability to grow and retain streaming hours

Growth in platform revenue, gross profit and ARPU will depend on growth in streaming hours. Since 2013, average quarterly streaming hours per user cohort have steadily increased over time and each subsequent cohort started engaging with our platform at a higher streaming hour base. For example, the average quarterly streaming hours per user for our 2013 cohort was initially 138 hours for the second quarter of 2013 and grew 11% annually through the fourth quarter of 2016. The average quarterly streaming hours per user for subsequent cohorts were initially 164 and 188 hours for the second quarter of 2014 and 2015, respectively, and increased annually at a similar annual rate through the fourth quarter of 2016. We have experienced high streaming hour retention, as

 

65


Table of Contents

measured by total hours streamed, per cohort per year. We measure streaming hour retention for our 15 quarterly active account cohorts, dating back to the first quarter of 2013. In the three months ended June 30, 2017, the average streaming hour retention across all 15 cohorts was 96% compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Ability to monetize users and streaming hours

Our business model depends on our ability to monetize user engagement with our platform. Content publishers distribute streaming content through subscription video on demand, or SVOD, advertising video on demand, or AVOD, and transactional video on demand, or TVOD models. Some content publishers utilize a combination of models. The majority of our streaming hours to date have been SVOD hours, in line with the current OTT market, where we can earn revenue from subscription revenue share or from display ads on our home screen or screen saver, but we do not monetize hours streamed. The fastest growing content monetization is AVOD, where we can monetize hours with video ads delivered to users as they stream content. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, hours streamed that included advertising grew to 2.9 billion, 76% growth from the six months ended June 30, 2016. We believe Roku is an important platform for advertising dollars that will be redeployed from traditional TV. Our ability to leverage our data to provide users with relevant ads and measure the effectiveness of these advertisements on our platform is also a key factor to an increased wallet share of advertising budgets spent on our platform. We evaluate the effectiveness of our AVOD offerings using a wide variety of metrics, including exposure (e.g., reach, frequency and video completion rates); demographics (e.g., what types of users we believe were exposed, including age, gender and income); top-funnel brand impact (e.g., aided/unaided recall, brand perception and purchase intent); and bottom-funnel brand impact (e.g., website visitation, store visitation and actual purchase). We conduct this evaluation through a combination of internal data and data collected through partnerships with outside research firms, all leveraging our knowledge of individual users and the fact that we serve ads on a 1:1 basis. When promoting content, such as through audience development, our typical metrics are ad impressions and clicks, channel downloads, visits, subscription trials, time spent in the channel and retention. While we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, growth in our advertising revenue as we have expanded our user base and streaming hours, our efforts to monetize our platform through AVOD content are still developing and our revenue from AVOD offerings may not grow as we expect. This means of monetization will require us to continue to attract advertising dollars to our platform as well as deliver AVOD content that appeals to users.

Continued investment in growth

We believe that our future performance will depend on the success of the investments we have made, and will continue to make, to improve the value for users, content publishers and advertisers on our platform. We must regularly update and enrich the Roku platform to meet evolving consumer behavior and deliver a superior user experience. Further, it is important that we remain a frictionless platform for content delivery and invest to provide content publishers with best-in-class publishing tools and actionable audience insights. We must continue to innovate and invest in our advertising capabilities and technology so that we attract and encourage incremental advertising spend on our platform.

Competition

The market for streaming media is continuing to grow and evolve. We face substantial competition from large technology and consumer electronics companies, including Amazon, Apple and Google. These competitors have increased consumer awareness of TV streaming and contributed to the growth of the overall market, but their resources and brand recognition pose significant competitive challenges. Our success in capitalizing on the expanding opportunities in the streaming market will depend on our ability to continue to deliver high quality devices at competitive prices, in the face of this competition.

 

66


Table of Contents

Seasonality

We generate significantly higher levels of revenue and gross profit in the fourth quarter of the year. While both platform and player revenue experience seasonality, player revenue has historically been more seasonal than platform revenue, driven by the holiday shopping season. Fourth quarter revenue comprised 40% and 37% of our fiscal 2015 and 2016 total net revenue, respectively, and fourth quarter gross profit comprised 39% and 37% of our fiscal 2015 and 2016 gross profit, respectively.

Components of Results of Operations

Player Revenue

We generate player revenue from the sale of streaming players through consumer retail distribution channels, including major brick and mortar retailers, such as Best Buy and Walmart, and online retailers, primarily Amazon.com. In our international markets, we sell our players through wholesale distributors which, in turn, sell to retailers. We currently distribute our players in Canada, Mexico, the United Kingdom, the Republic of Ireland and France. We generate most of our player revenue in the United States.

Platform Revenue

We generate platform revenue from advertising sales, subscription and transaction revenue share, sales of branded channel buttons on remote controls and licensing arrangements with TV brands and service operators. We generate most of our platform revenue in the United States. Our first-party video ad inventory includes native display ads on our home screen and screen saver, as well as ad inventory made available to us through our content publisher agreements. To satisfy existing demand, we can sell video advertising that we purchase from content publishers to supplement our first-party video ad inventory, and to a lesser extent, third-party video advertising on a revenue share basis from content publishers in our Roku Direct Publisher program.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of Player Revenue

Cost of player revenue is comprised of player manufacturing costs payable to third-party contract manufacturers, technology licenses or royalty fees, inbound and outbound freight, duty and logistics costs, third-party packaging and assembly costs, warranty costs, write-down for excess and obsolete inventory, allocated overhead costs related to facilities and customer support, and salary, benefit and stock-based compensation costs for operations personnel.

Cost of Platform Revenue

Cost of platform revenue consists of advertising inventory acquisition costs, payment processing fees, third-party cloud service fees and allocated personnel-related costs, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for Roku personnel that support platform services, including advertising and billing operations, customer service, and our TV brands and our service operator licensees. We anticipate that cost of platform revenue will increase in absolute dollars.

Operating and Other Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs, including employee salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for our engineers and other employees engaged in the development of our products including new technologies and features and functionality. In addition, research and development expenses include allocated facilities and overhead costs. We believe continued investment is important to attaining our strategic objectives and expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future.

 

67


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs, including salaries, benefits, commissions and stock-based compensation expense for our employees engaged in sales and sales support, data science and analytics, business development, product management, marketing, communications, and partner and customer support functions. Sales and marketing expenses also include costs for marketing and public relations, channel merchandising, including point of purchase and in-store displays, trade shows and other events, professional services, travel and allocated facilities and other overhead. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase as we continue to grow our business.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for our executive, finance, legal, information technology, human resources and other administrative personnel. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase following the completion of this offering due to the anticipated growth of our business and related infrastructure as well as accounting, legal, insurance, investor relations and other costs associated with becoming a public company.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Our other income (expense), net consists primarily of changes in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability, interest expense on our debt, and foreign currency remeasurement and transaction gains and losses. As the underlying shares of our convertible preferred stock warrants are contingently redeemable, we account for these warrants as a liability at fair value and re-measure the value at each balance sheet date. Any change in the fair value is recognized as other income (expense), net in our consolidated statement of operations, until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants, or the completion of a deemed liquidation event, including an initial public offering. At that time, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity.

Income Tax Expense

Our income tax expense consists primarily of income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions where we conduct business and state minimum income taxes in the United States. We have a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits related primarily to research and development. We expect to maintain this valuation allowance for the foreseeable future.

 

68


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
    

December 26,

   

December 31,

   

July 2,

   

June 30,

 
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Net revenue:

        

Player

   $ 269,977     $ 293,929     $ 119,116     $ 117,329  

Platform

     49,880       104,720       43,140       82,391  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     319,857       398,649       162,256       199,720  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Player (1)

     221,416       249,821       99,375       103,122  

Platform (1)

     8,663       27,783       12,549       20,121  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     230,079       277,604       111,924       123,243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit:

        

Player

     48,561       44,108       19,741       14,207  

Platform

     41,217       76,937       30,591       62,270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     89,778       121,045       50,332       76,477  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development (1)

     50,469       76,177       38,471       48,118  

Sales and marketing (1)

     45,153       52,888       26,245       28,722  

General and administrative (1)

     31,708       35,341       18,255       20,855  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     127,330       164,406       82,971       97,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (37,552     (43,361     (32,639     (21,218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

     (696     146       (131     (471

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     (1,768     888       (394     (2,651

Other income (expense), net

     (448     (220     (25     211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (40,464     (42,547     (33,189     (24,129

Income tax expense

     147       211       53       86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (40,611   $ (42,758   $ (33,242   $ (24,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Six Months Ended  
    

December 26,

    

December 31,

    

July 2,

    

June 30,

 
     2015      2016      2016      2017  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of player revenue

   $ 90      $ 136      $ 58      $ 74  

Cost of platform revenue

     54        224        102        40  

Research and development

     1,685        2,766        1,273        1,881  

Sales and marketing

     1,678        2,292        1,157        1,291  

General and administrative

     1,777        2,788        1,415        1,307  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 5,284      $ 8,206      $ 4,005      $ 4,593  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our results of operations as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
    

December 26,

   

December 31,

   

July 2,

   

June 30,

 
     2015     2016         2016             2017      

Net revenue:

        

Player

     84     74     73     59

Platform

     16       26       27       41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     100       100       100       100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Player

     69       63       61       52  

Platform

     3       7       8       10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     72       70       69       62  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit:

        

Player

     15       11       12       7  

Platform

     13       19       19       31  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     28       30       31       38  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     16       19       24       24  

Sales and marketing

     14       13       16       14  

General and administrative

     10       9       11       11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     40       41       51       49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (12     (11     (20     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

                 0       0  

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants

     (1           0       (1

Other income (expense), net

                 0       0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (13     (11     (20     (12

Income tax expense

                 0       0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (13 )%      (11 )%      (20 )%      (12 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of Six Months Ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017

Net Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended               
     July 2,      June 30,       
     2016      2017      Change $     Change %  
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Player, net

   $ 119,116      $ 117,329      ($ 1,787     (2 )% 

Platform

     43,140        82,391        39,251       91  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total net revenue

   $ 162,256      $ 199,720      $ 37,464       23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Player

Player revenue decreased 2% from $119.1 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $117.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. A 37% increase in the volume of players sold was offset by a 29% decrease

 

70


Table of Contents

in average selling prices, driven primarily by sales of our lower priced Roku Express which was introduced in the third quarter of 2016, and by an increase in sales incentives, including $0.7 million in sales incentives to sell inventory in other sales channels due to the Mexico sales ban.

Platform

Platform revenue increased 91% from $43.1 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $82.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase was primarily due to higher advertising and subscription and transaction revenue share of $38.4 million, as we expanded our advertising sales operations and increased our advertising inventory, and from an increase in the number of paid subscriptions. In addition, fees earned from license arrangements with TV brands increased by $1.5 million while fees earned from arrangements with service operators decreased by $0.7 million.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended      Change $     Change %  
     July 2,      June 30,       
     2016      2017       
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

          

Player

   $ 99,375      $ 103,122      $ 3,747       4

Platform

     12,549        20,121        7,572       60  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 111,924      $ 123,243      $ 11,319       10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Gross profit:

          

Player

   $ 19,741      $ 14,207      ($ 5,534     (28 )% 

Platform

     30,591        62,270        31,679       104  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Gross Profit

   $ 50,332      $ 76,477      $ 26,145       52
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Player

Cost of player revenue increased 4% from $99.4 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $103.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. Cost of player revenue increased on an absolute dollar basis primarily due to a 37% increase in the number of players sold. In addition, we incurred a charge of $1.0 million for the write-down of inventory on hand and on order due to the Mexico sales ban. The increase in cost of player revenue was partially offset by a reduction in direct manufacturing costs for most of our players.

Gross profit on player sales decreased 28% from $19.7 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $14.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to higher sales volumes of lower priced players, such as the Roku Express, and by an increase in sales incentives.

Platform

Cost of platform revenue increased 60% from $12.5 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $20.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. This increase was driven by higher inventory acquisition costs and credit card processing fees totaling $4.5 million and a $2.1 million increase in allocated overhead primarily in service operator support and advertising operations driven by the growth of our platform business.

Gross profit on platform revenue increased 104% from $30.6 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $62.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily driven by strong growth in advertising demand.

 

71


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended      Change $      Change %  
     July 2,      June 30,        
     2016      2017        

Research and development

   $ 38,471      $ 48,118      $ 9,647        25

Sales and marketing

     26,245        28,722        2,477        9  

General and administrative

     18,255        20,855        2,600        14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 82,971      $ 97,695      $ 14,724        18
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased 25% from $38.5 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $48.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase was primarily due to higher personnel-related costs of $10.8 million as a result of increased headcount for engineering and platform development. The increase in personnel-related costs was partially offset by lower facilities expenses of $2.1 million. In the six months ended July 2, 2016, we incurred $2.7 million in allocated lease exit costs associated with the move of our corporate headquarters.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses increased 9% from $26.2 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $28.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase was primarily due to higher personnel-related costs of $3.9 million as a result of increased headcount in connection with the growth of our advertising sales organization and data science team. The increase was partially offset by lower retail marketing costs of $1.0 million and lower facilities expenses of $0.5 million, primarily related to allocated lease exit costs associated with the move of our corporate headquarters, in the six months ended July 2, 2016.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased 14% from $18.3 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $20.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase was primarily due to higher personnel-related costs of $1.7 million as a result of increased headcount in finance and human resources and other professional service expenses of $0.7 million.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Six Months Ended     Change $  
     July 2,     June 30,    
         2016         2017    
     (in thousands)  

Interest expense

   $ (131   $ (471   $ (340

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants

     (394     (2,651     (2,257

Other income (expense), net

     (25     211       236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (550   $ (2,911   $ (2,361
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net, increased from $0.6 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016 to $2.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the fair value of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock.

 

72


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense

 

     Six Months Ended      Change $  
     July 2,      June 30,     
         2016              2017         
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax expense

   $ 53      $ 86      $ 33  

Income tax expense is comprised of foreign income taxes and state minimum income taxes in the United States.

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016

Net Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Change $      Change %  
    

December 26,

    

December 31,

       
     2015      2016        
     (dollars in thousands)  

Player

   $ 269,977      $ 293,929      $ 23,952        9

Platform

     49,880        104,720        54,840        110  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total net revenue

   $ 319,857      $ 398,649      $ 78,792        25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Player

Player revenue increased 9% from $270.0 million in fiscal 2015 to $293.9 million in fiscal 2016. The increase was driven primarily by an 18% increase in the volume of players sold, offset by a 10% decrease in average selling prices driven primarily by sales of our lower priced players.

Platform

Platform revenue increased 110% from $49.9 million in fiscal 2015 to $104.7 million in fiscal 2016. The increase was primarily due to higher advertising and subscription revenue share of $48.9 million, as we expanded our advertising sales operations and an increased revenue share from an increase of subscriptions through our platform. In addition, we generated an additional $4.6 million in fees earned from license arrangements with service operators.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Change $     Change %  
    

December 26,

    

December 31,

      
     2015      2016       
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

          

Player

   $ 221,416      $ 249,821      $ 28,405       13%  

Platform

     8,663        27,783        19,120       221  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 230,079      $ 277,604      $ 47,525       21%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Gross profit:

          

Player

   $ 48,561      $ 44,108      $ (4,453     (9)%  

Platform

     41,217        76,937        35,720       87     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total gross profit

   $ 89,778      $ 121,045      $ 31,267       35%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

73


Table of Contents

Player

Cost of player revenue increased 13% from $221.4 million in fiscal 2015 to $249.8 million in fiscal 2016. Cost of player revenue increased on an absolute dollar basis primarily due to the 18% increase in the volume of players sold and, to a lesser extent, to increased provisions for inventory reserves and excess component liabilities, resulting from product transitions and to increased royalty costs arising from the execution of a patent and technology license agreement with a patent owner that included a release of potential claims for past liabilities. The increase in cost of player revenue was partially offset by a reduction in direct manufacturing costs for most players.

Gross profit on player sales decreased 9% from $48.6 million in fiscal 2015 to $44.1 million in fiscal 2016. The decrease was primarily due to higher volume mix of lower margin players in addition to the items noted above.

Platform

Cost of platform revenue increased 221% from $8.7 million in fiscal 2015 to $27.8 million fiscal 2016. The increase was primarily due to higher costs incurred to acquire advertising inventory, an increase in credit card processing and other fees related to the growth of our platform billing services, and higher allocated overhead primarily in advertising operations, customer support, service operator support and third-party cloud service fees.

Gross profit on platform revenue increased 87% from $41.2 million in fiscal 2015 to $76.9 million in fiscal 2016.

Operating Expenses

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Change $      Change %  
    

December 26,

    

December 31,

       
     2015      2016        
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 50,469      $ 76,177      $ 25,708        51

Sales and marketing

     45,153        52,888        7,735        17  

General and administrative

     31,708        35,341        3,633        11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 127,330      $ 164,406      $ 37,076        29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased 51% from $50.5 million in fiscal 2015 to $76.2 million in fiscal 2016. The increase was primarily due to higher personnel-related costs of $19.3 million as a result of the hiring of additional engineering and platform development personnel, higher facility expenses of $5.3 million from our expanded engineering facilities in the United States, United Kingdom and China, and higher consulting expenses of $1.1 million.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses increased 17% from $45.2 million in fiscal 2015 to $52.9 million in fiscal 2016. The increase was primarily due to higher personnel-related costs of $8.5 million due to an increase in headcount in connection with the expansion of our platform business and marketing, as well as $2.4 million of higher facilities expenses. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in product marketing spending.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased 11% from $31.7 million in fiscal 2015 to $35.3 million in fiscal 2016. The increase was primarily due to higher personnel-related costs of $5.3 million as a result of

 

74


Table of Contents

increased headcount in finance, legal and human resources, in addition to other professional and outside service expenses of $1.3 million. These increases were largely incurred to support the growth in our business. These increases were partially offset by the recovery of a bad debt originally written off in fiscal 2015.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change $  
     December 26,     December 31,    
     2015     2016    
     (in thousands)  

Interest expense

   $ (696   $ 146     $ 842  

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants

     (1,768     888       2,656  

Other income, net

     (448     (220     228  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (2,912   $ 814     $ 3,726  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net decreased from a $2.9 million net charge in fiscal 2015 to a $0.8 million net credit in fiscal 2016. The decrease was primarily due to lower expenses related to changes in fair value of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock and a decrease in interest expense due to lower balances on borrowings under our credit facilities.

Income Tax Expense

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Change $  
     December 26,      December 31,     
     2015      2016     
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax expense

   $ 147      $ 211      $ 64  

The increase in income tax expense in fiscal 2016 was primarily due to foreign income taxes and higher state minimum income taxes in the United States.

 

75


Table of Contents

Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations Data

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data in dollars and as a percentage of revenue, as well as other financial and operational data, for each of the ten quarters ended June 30, 2017. The fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2016 spanned 14 weeks and all other quarters spanned 13 weeks. We have prepared the quarterly data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar 28,
2015
    Jun 27,
2015
    Sep 26,
2015
    Dec 26,
2015
    Apr 2,
2016
    Jul 2,
2016
    Oct 1,
2016
    Dec 31,
2016
    Mar 31,
2017
    Jun 30
2017
 
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Net revenue:

                   

Player

  $ 54,869     $ 52,937     $ 55,863     $ 106,308     $ 58,901     $ 60,215     $ 64,789     $ 110,024     $ 63,678     $ 53,651  

Platform

    8,787       10,233       10,732       20,128       19,546       23,594       24,264       37,316       36,415       45,976  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

    63,656       63,170       66,595       126,436       78,447       83,809       89,053       147,340       100,093       99,627  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                   

Player (1)

    44,866       42,000       47,260       87,290       47,904       51,471       56,156       94,290       52,910       50,212  

Platform (1)

    1,141       1,351       1,874       4,297       5,287       7,262       6,847       8,387       8,343       11,778  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    46,007       43,351       49,134       91,587       53,191       58,733       63,003       102,677       61,253       61,990  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit:

                   

Player

    10,003       10,937       8,603       19,018       10,997       8,744       8,633       15,734       10,768       3,439  

Platform

    7,646       8,882       8,858       15,831       14,259       16,332       17,417       28,929       28,072       34,198  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

    17,649       19,819       17,461       34,849       25,256       25,076       26,050       44,663       38,840       37,637  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development (1)

    10,877       11,691       13,493       14,408       20,059       18,412       18,229       19,477       22,342       25,776  

Sales and marketing (1)

    9,778       10,516       11,842       13,017       14,284       11,961       12,844       13,799       14,055       14,667  

General and administrative (1)

    6,921       6,386       8,097       10,304       9,883       8,372       9,078       8,008       10,278       10,577  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    27,576       28,593       33,432       37,729       44,226       38,745       40,151       41,284       46,675       51,020  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (9,927     (8,774     (15,971     (2,880     (18,970     (13,669     (14,101     3,379       (7,835     (13,383
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

                   

Interest expense

    (202     (173     (139     (182     (99     (32     (32     309       (167     (304

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants

    (447     (50     (1,261     (10           (394     1,481       (199     (735     (1,916

Other income (expense), net

    (237     229       (261     (179     (40     15       (41     (154     83       128  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (886     6       (1,661     (371     (139     (411     1,408       (44     (819     (2,092
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before income taxes

    (10,813     (8,768     (17,632     (3,251     (19,109     (14,080     (12,693     3,335       (8,654     (15,475

Income tax expense

    43       36       35       33       24       29       50       108       48       38  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (10,856   $ (8,804   $ (17,667   $ (3,284   $ (19,133   $ (14,109   $ (12,743   $ 3,227     $ (8,702   $ (15,513
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial and Operational Data (unaudited):

                   

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands) (2)

  $ (8,458   $ (6,888   $ (13,791   $ (576   $ (14,868   $ (10,916   $ (10,739   $ 6,670     $ (4,413   $ (9,632

Hours streamed (in millions) (3)

    1,208       1,265       1,414       1,611       1,997       2,175       2,396       2,783       3,263       3,479  

Active accounts (in thousands) (4)

    6,838       7,230       7,633       9,179       10,006       10,552       11,278       13,383       14,208       15,116  

ARPU for the preceding four fiscal quarters (in dollars) (5)

  $ 5.40     $ 5.73     $ 6.11     $ 6.48     $ 7.20     $ 8.32     $ 9.26     $ 9.28     $ 10.04     $ 11.22  

 

76


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock based compensation as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar 28,
2015
     Jun 27,
2015
     Sep 26,
2015
     Dec 26,
2015
     Apr 2,
2016
     Jul 2,
2016
     Oct 1,
2016
     Dec 31,
2016
     Mar 31,
2017
     Jun 30,
2017
 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of player revenue

   $ 27      $ 27      $ 10      $ 26      $ 36      $ 22      $ 30      $ 48      $ 36      $ 38  

Cost of platform revenue

     8        9        8        29        49        53        63        59        21        19  

Research and development

     296        425        491        473        625        648        651        842        888        993  

Sales and marketing

     247        441        515        475        583        574        580        555        601        690  

General and administrative

     312        354        530        581        725        690        687        686        629        678  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 890      $ 1,256      $ 1,554      $ 1,584      $ 2,018      $ 1,987      $ 2,011      $ 2,190      $ 2,175      $ 2,418  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), plus: other (income) expense, net, stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, and income tax expense. See “Adjusted EBITDA” in the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for more information.
(3) We define hours streamed as the aggregate amount of time users streamed content from channels on our platform in a given period including both channels installed from our channel stores and non-certified channels. Non-certified channels are channels that are accessed by users utilizing a code provided to the user by the content publisher and are not found in the Roku Channel Store. In each of the periods presented, hours streamed from non-certified channels comprised less than 8% of total hours streamed. Hours streamed are reported on a calendar basis.
(4) We define active accounts as the number of distinct user accounts that have streamed any content on our platform in the last 30 days of the period. Active accounts are reported on a calendar basis.
(5) We define average revenue per user as our platform revenue during the preceding four fiscal quarters divided by the average of the number of active accounts at the end of that period and the end of the prior four fiscal quarters.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar 28,
2015
    Jun 27,
2015
    Sep 26,
2015
    Dec 26,
2015
    Apr 2,
2016
    Jul 2,
2016
    Oct 1,
2016
    Dec 31,
2016
    Mar 31,
2017
    Jun 30,
2017
 
    (percentage values)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Net revenue:

                   

Player

    86     84     84     84     75     72     73     75     64     54

Platform

    14       16       16       16       25       28       27       25       36       46  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

    100       100       100       100       100       100       100       100       100       100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                   

Player

    70       66       71       69       61       61       63       64       53       50  

Platform

    2       2       3       3       7       9       8       6       8       12  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    72       68       74       72       68       70       71       70       61       62  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit:

                   

Player

    16       18       13       15       14       11       10       11       11       4  

Platform

    12       14       13       13       18       19       19       19       28       34  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

    28       32       26       28       32       30       29       30       39       38  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

    17       19       20       11       26       22       20       13       22       26  

Sales and marketing

    15       17       18       10       18       14       14       9       14       15  

General and administrative

    11       10       12       8       13       10       10       5       10       11  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    43       46       50       29       57       46       44       27       46       52  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (15     (14     (24     (1     (25     (16     (15     3       (7     (14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    Mar 28,
2015
    Jun 27,
2015
    Sep 26,
2015
    Dec 26,
2015
    Apr 2,
2016
    Jul 2,
2016
    Oct 1,
2016
    Dec 31,
2016
    Mar 31,
2017
    Jun 30,
2017
 
    (percentage values)  

Other income (expense), net:

                   

Interest expense

                                                          0  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    (1           (2                       2             (1     (2

Other income (expense), net

                                                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (1           (2                       2             (1     (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before income taxes

    (16     (14     (26     (1     (25     (16     (13     3       (8     (16

Income tax expense

                                                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

    (16 )%      (14 )%      (26 )%      (1 )%      (25 )%      (16 )%      (13 )%      3     (8 )%      (16 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends and Seasonality

Our overall operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors including the seasonality of our business, advertising spend by marketers and the economic cycles that influence consumer retail purchasing cycles. Our business is affected by the behavior of consumers, advertisers, economic conditions, competitive pressures and our operational decisions and related timelines, which includes the release of new products, as well as newer generations of our product offerings. Consequently, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future operating performance.

Revenue

Generally, both player and platform revenue are highest in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, which coincides with the winter holiday shopping and advertising season. We believe that this seasonality will continue to have a strong impact on our quarterly revenue. This includes retail sales of our players as well as advertising and user transactions on our billing platform. We also experience higher revenue in quarters in which we introduce new retail players such as the Roku 4 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 and the Roku Express in the third quarter of fiscal 2016. Platform revenue growth has been driven by advertising through the development of new advertising products and delivery and measurement capabilities.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue also follows a seasonal trend with the highest levels of cost in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year which coincides with the winter holiday shopping and advertising season. Mix affects both the player and platform segments in the form of the unit mix of players sold and the mix of advertising inventory available to us versus what we need to acquire from third parties.

Gross profit margin increased from the second quarter of fiscal 2015 to the second quarter of fiscal 2016 and to the second quarter of fiscal 2017 primarily due to a higher mix of platform revenue that carries a significantly higher gross margin.

Operating Expenses

Operating expense increased for the quarterly periods presented primarily due to increased personnel related expenses and corporate infrastructure costs to support our growth. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses are lowest in the fourth quarter due to seasonally high revenue. Higher operating expenses in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 were the result of expenses related to the move to our new headquarters in Los Gatos, California.

 

78


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar 28,
2015
    Jun 27,
2015
    Sep 26,
2015
    Dec 26,
2015
    Apr 2,
2016
    Jul 2,
2016
    Oct 1,
2016
    Dec 31,
2016
    Mar 31,
2017
    Jun 30,
2017
 
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,856   $ (8,804   $ (17,667   $ (3,284   $ (19,133   $ (14,109   $ (12,743   $ 3,227     $ (8,702   $ (15,513

Other (income) expense, net

    886       (6     1,661       371       139       411       (1,408     44       819       2,092  

Stock-based compensation

    890       1,256       1,554       1,584       2,018       1,987       2,011       2,190       2,175       2,418  

Depreciation and amortization

    579       630       626       720       2,084       766       1,351       1,101       1,247       1,333  

Income tax expense

    43       36       35       33       24       29       50       108       48       38  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $ (8,458   $ (6,888   $ (13,791   $ (576   $ (14,868   $ (10,916   $ (10,739   $ 6,670     $ (4,413   $ (9,632
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), plus: other (income) expense, net, stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, and income tax expense. See “Adjusted EBITDA” in the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for more information.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through cash generated from operations, private sales of equity and debt securities and borrowings under our credit facilities. As of June 30, 2017, we had cash of $70.2 million. We believe that our existing cash together with cash proceeds from our operations and amounts available under our credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new players and platform features, the continuing market acceptance of our players, advertising platform and other platform services, as well as overall economic conditions. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our then existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. Any debt financing we secure could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise such financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected. Other than as noted below, there are no known material subsequent events that could have a material impact on our cash or liquidity.

As of June 30, 2017, less than 1% of our cash was held outside the United States. These amounts were primarily held in the United Kingdom and are utilized to fund our foreign operations. The amount of unremitted earnings related to our foreign subsidiaries is not material.

 

79


Table of Contents

Silicon Valley Bank Loan and Security Agreement

In November 2014, we and Silicon Valley Bank entered into a loan and security agreement. The loan and security agreement provides for a $30.0 million revolving line of credit with a $5.0 million sublimit for letters of credit, and the availability of borrowings is subject to borrowing base limitations. The loan and security agreement provides for a lien on all of our assets, including intellectual property.

In May 2015, we entered into a first amendment to the loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank extending the revolving line to June 30, 2017. Advances carry a floating per annum interest rate equal to the prime rate or the prime rate plus 2.5% if the adjusted quick ratio (calculated as the sum of cash maintained with Silicon Valley Bank or its affiliates and net billed account receivable balances, divided by current liabilities plus all outstanding obligations to Silicon Valley Bank under the revolving line, less deferred revenue) is less than or equal to 1.0.

In June 2017, we entered into a second amendment to the loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank extending its termination date to June 30, 2019. Advances carry a floating per annum interest rate equal to, at our option, (1) the prime rate or (2) LIBOR plus 2.75%, or the prime rate plus 1% depending on certain ratios. The extension further changed the financial covenant to maintain a current ratio (calculated as current assets, divided by current liabilities less deferred revenue), greater than or equal to 1.25.

As of June 30, 2017, there were no borrowings under the line of credit and letters of credit in the amount of $1.5 million were outstanding. The interest rate on the line of credit was 4.25% as of June 30, 2017.

In June 2017, we entered into a subordinated loan and security agreement, or the 2017 Agreement, with Silicon Valley Bank. The 2017 Agreement provides for a term loan borrowing of up to $40.0 million with a minimum of $25.0 million to be initially drawn. The remaining amount of the debt is available for 24 months from the date of the 2017 Agreement and can be drawn in no less than $5.0 million increments. Advances under the term loan incur a facility fee equal to 1% of the drawn borrowings, in addition to interest payments at an interest rate equal to, at our option, (1) the prime rate plus 3.5% or (2) LIBOR plus 6.5%, subject to a 1% LIBOR floor. Additionally, the borrowings incur payment in kind interest fees equal to 2.5%, accruing to the unpaid borrowings balance, compounded monthly. Payment in kind interest may be settled in cash, at our election, during the term or at maturity. We are also obligated to pay final payment fees ranging from 1% to 4% of the borrowings depending on the timing of the payment. The maturity date of the 2017 Agreement is October 9, 2020. The 2017 Agreement provides for a lien on all of our assets, including intellectual property. As of June 30, 2017, $22.8 million under the 2017 Agreement was outstanding.

In connection with the 2017 Agreement we issued 2,451,891 warrants to purchase shares of Series H convertible preferred stock, with an exercise price of $1.52890, the price per share in our Series H financing in November 2015. The warrants are exercisable up to ten years from the date of issuance.

Our credit facilities contain customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, including, among other things, restrictions on changes in business, management, ownership or business locations, indebtedness, encumbrances, investments, mergers or acquisitions, dispositions, maintenance of collateral accounts, prepayment of other indebtedness, distributions and transactions with affiliates. The credit facilities contain customary events of default subject in certain cases to grace periods and notice requirements, including (a) failure to pay principal, interest and other obligations when due, (b) material misrepresentations, (c) breach of covenants, conditions or agreements in the credit facilities, (d) default under material indebtedness, (e) certain bankruptcy events, (f) failure to pay judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $0.5 million, (g) a material adverse change; (h) attachment, levy or restraint on business, (i) default with respect to subordinated debt, (j) cross default under our credit facilities, and (k) governments approvals being revoked.

We were in compliance with all covenants under the loan and security agreement as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

80


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
   December 26,     December 31,     July 2,     June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:

  

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (32,604   $ (32,463   $ (17,433   $ 30,213  

Cash flows (used in) investing activities

     (5,205     (8,567     (5,882     (4,500

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     58,547       (156     (14,798     9,894  

Operating Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, operating activities provided $30.2 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $24.2 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $10.5 million and an increase of $44.0 million from our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges of $10.5 million were primarily comprised of $4.6 million of stock-based compensation expense, a $2.7 million fair value remeasurement charge related to preferred stock warrant liability and $2.6 million of depreciation and amortization expense. The increase from our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $22.8 million decrease in accounts receivable due to the collection of holiday season accounts, a $15.1 million increase in deferred revenue driven by a $9.8 million pre-payment from a service operator, a $16.5 million decrease in inventories, and a $3.6 million increase in other long-term liabilities, primarily the result of entering into a multi-year licensing agreement. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by a $4.9 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other noncurrent assets, and a $6.5 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to the timing of payments.

During the six months ended July 2, 2016, operating activities used $17.4 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $33.2 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $11.6 million and an increase of $4.2 million from our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges of $11.6 million were primarily comprised of a $3.8 million loss provision related to the exit from our prior headquarters facilities, $4.0 million of stock-based compensation expenses and $2.9 million of depreciation and amortization expense. The increase from our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $9.3 million decrease in accounts receivable due to the collection of holiday sales, a $3.6 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of the growth in our business, and a $1.6 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other noncurrent assets. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by a $7.3 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to the timing of payments and a $3.4 million increase in inventory.

During fiscal 2016, operating activities used $32.5 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $42.8 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $17.8 million and a decrease of $7.5 million from our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges of $17.8 million were primarily comprised of $8.2 million of stock-based compensation expenses, $5.3 million of depreciation and amortization expense and a $3.8 million loss provision related to the exit from our prior headquarter facilities. The decrease from our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $13.3 million increase in inventory for anticipated sales of players, a $26.4 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of increases in sales of our players and platform arrangements and a $2.9 million increase in deferred cost of revenue. The decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by a $15.0 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to the timing of payments and a $19.8 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of the growth in our business.

During fiscal 2015, operating activities used $32.6 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $40.6 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $12.4 million and a decrease of $4.4 million from our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges of $12.4 million were primarily comprised of $5.3 million of stock-based

 

81


Table of Contents

compensation expenses, a $1.8 million fair value remeasurement charge related to preferred stock warrant liability, $2.6 million of depreciation and amortization expense and a $1.6 million write-off of deferred initial public offering costs. The decrease from our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $3.8 million increase in inventory for anticipated sales of players, a $14.1 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of increases in sales of our players and platform arrangements, a $3.0 million increase in deferred cost of revenue and a $1.9 million increase in prepaid assets due to the growth in our business. The decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by a $7.5 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to the timing of payments, an $8.3 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of the growth in our business and a $1.4 million increase in non-current liabilities primarily due to the deferred rent on our new headquarter lease.

Investing Activities

During the six months ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017, investing activities used $5.9 million and $4.5 million in cash, respectively, primarily on capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment and leasehold improvements primarily related to expanding our facilities.

During fiscal 2015 and 2016, investing activities used $5.2 million and $8.6 million in cash, respectively, primarily on capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment and leasehold improvements related to expanding our facilities.

Financing Activities

During the six months ended July 2, 2016, financing activities used $14.8 million in cash, driven primarily from a $15.0 million paydown on the line of credit.

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, financing activities provided $9.9 million in cash, driven primarily from $24.7 million in net proceeds on term debt, offset by a $15.0 million paydown on the line of credit.

During fiscal 2016, financing activities used $0.2 million in cash from $0.4 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, less $0.6 million in initial public offering costs paid during the period.

During fiscal 2015, financing activities provided $58.5 million in cash, resulting primarily from $45.5 million in proceeds from issuance of Series H convertible preferred stock, $15.0 million in borrowings on the line of credit, offset in part by $2.6 million in principal payments on term debt and $1.1 million in initial public offering costs paid during the period.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements in fiscal 2015, 2016 or the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

82


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

Our future minimum payments under our non-cancelable contractual obligations were as follows as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 – 3
Years
     3 – 5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Purchase commitments (1)

   $ 64,347      $ 64,347      $      $      $  

Operating lease obligations (2)

     35,824        8,138        27,664        22         

Debt (3)

     15,000        15,000                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 115,171      $ 87,485      $ 27,664      $ 22      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents commitments to purchase finished good inventory from third-party contract manufacturers.
(2) Represents future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases.
(3) Represents future principal payments under our loan and security agreements.

We utilize outsourcing partners to manufacture, assemble and test our products. These outsourcing partners acquire components and build product based on demand information supplied by us. Consistent with industry practice, we acquire product through a combination of purchase orders, supplier contracts, and open orders based on projected demand information. If there are unexpected changes to anticipated demand for our products or in the sales mix of our products, some of the firm, non-cancelable, and unconditional purchase commitments may result in our being committed to purchase excess inventory. As of June 30, 2017, we had manufacturing purchase obligations of $45.0 million.

The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the interest income generated by cash held at Silicon Valley Bank, which is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition.

Our borrowings under our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank are at variable interest rates. However, a hypothetical 100-basis point change in interest rates would not have a material impact on our borrowings or results of operations.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

Most of our sales are currently within the United States and we have minimal foreign currency risk related to our revenue. In addition, most of our operating expenses are denominated in the U.S. dollar, resulting in minimal foreign currency risks. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot accurately forecast. In the future, if our international sales increase or more of our expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our operating results may be more greatly affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which we do business. At this time we do not, but we may in the future, enter into derivatives or other financial instruments in an attempt to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk. It is difficult to predict the impact hedging activities could have on our results of operations.

 

83


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

The critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

Overview

We derive revenue primarily from sales of our players and platform services. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

We have multiple-element arrangements. In such arrangements, we combine arrangement deliverables into units of accounting and allocate the total arrangement consideration to the different units of accounting based on a relative selling price hierarchy. To determine the relative selling price of each element, we use vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, if available, third party evidence, or TPE, if VSOE is not available, or best estimated selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE are available. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were available on a standalone basis. We establish BESP considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, historical prices of products sold on a stand-alone basis, cost and gross margin objectives, competitive pricing practices and customer and market specific considerations. Revenue is recognized for each unit of accounting in accordance with our revenue recognition policy, provided that all revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Players

We sell the majority of our players through consumer retail distribution channels, including major brick and mortar and online retailers and through our website. For sales through consumer retail distribution channels, revenue recognition occurs when title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer which usually occurs upon shipment to the customers or receipt of the products by the customer depending on shipping terms. We established allowances for expected product returns and these allowances are recorded as a direct reduction to revenue. Return allowances are based on our historical experience. Certain payments to retailers and distributors such as market development funds, store promotions and price protection are recorded as a reduction of revenue. We reduce revenue at the later of the date at which the related player revenue is recognized or the date on which the program is offered. On occasion, these allowances cannot be reasonably and reliably estimated. Player revenue is then recognized at the time the players sell through to the end customer.

Our player sales include two units of accounting: hardware, which includes embedded software, and unspecified upgrades or enhancements on a when-and-if-available basis. We have determined that our hardware and the embedded software are considered a single unit of accounting, because the hardware and software individually do not have standalone value and are not sold separately. We initially record the relative selling price of the unspecified upgrades or enhancements on a when-and-if-available basis as deferred revenue, and then recognize the deferred revenue into revenue ratably on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the associated players.

Shipping charges billed to customers are included in player revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of player revenue. Revenue is recorded net of taxes collected or accrued. Sales taxes are recorded as current liabilities until remitted to the relevant government authority.

 

84


Table of Contents

Platform

We earn platform revenue from fees received from advertisers and content publishers and from licensing our technology and proprietary operating system to service operators and TV brands. Platform revenue primarily includes fees earned or derived from the sale of digital advertising, revenue sharing with content publishers for new or recurring user subscriptions activated through our platform and revenue share from user purchases of content publishers’ media through our platform. We also earn revenue from the sale of branded channel buttons on remote controls. Licensing revenue from service operators are mostly generated from unit activation or flat fees and ongoing maintenance fees. Licensing revenue from TV brands are generated on a flat fee basis or from per unit licensing fees earned.

Digital advertising includes video and display ads that are served on our TV streaming platform. Digital advertising revenue primarily consists of video and display advertising commonly sold on a cost per thousand impression basis. Advertising revenue arrangements are evidenced by a fully executed insertion order. Revenue is recognized in the period the impressions and promotional media are delivered. There is significant judgment in accounting for advertising arrangements related to whether we should report revenue based on the gross amount that we charge the advertiser or net of acquisition costs paid to content publishers. To determine if we should report revenue on a gross or net basis, we assess whether we are acting as the principal or agent in the transaction. If we are acting as the principal, we record revenue on a gross basis. If we are acting as the agent, we record revenue on a net basis. We evaluate all of the indicators in the guidance to make this determination. While no one indicator is determinative, we place the most weight on the analysis of whether we are the primary obligor. We mostly report advertising revenue on a gross basis predominantly because we are the primary obligor responsible for fulfilling the advertisement delivery and maintaining the relationship with the advertiser, including the acceptability of the services delivered. We also establish pricing with the advertiser and have discretion in supplier selection given we can choose where to place the advertisement on available inventory across our platform.

Fees derived from our revenue share from new or recurring user subscriptions activated on our platform and from purchases of content publishers’ media are recognized as transacted at the net amount retained by us, generally equal to a fixed percentage of the price charged by the content publisher or a contractual flat fee. When the content publisher is responsible for user billing, we recognize revenue from our share of the fees on an as reported basis, in arrears, on a monthly or quarterly basis.

We also earn fees through the sale of branded channel buttons on remote controls. These branded buttons provide one-touch, direct access to the providers’ content on our platform. We typically receive a fixed fee per button unit, and revenue is recognized as remote controls are shipped by us or reported as shipped by TV brands.

Revenue earned from service operators and TV brands in the licensing of our technology and proprietary operating system are accounted for under software revenue recognition guidance. We have been unable to establish VSOE for any component of these licensing arrangements and therefore these arrangements are accounted for as a single unit of accounting and all revenue related to the licensing arrangements is recognized over the term of the relationship. Arrangements with service operators are generally comprised of a license for the technology and proprietary operating system, unspecified upgrades or enhancements, hosting of a branded channel store, and engineering and support services. Arrangements with TV brands commonly include a license to the technology and proprietary operating system over a specified term including updates and upgrades.

Valuation of Inventory

We value inventory at the lower of cost or market with cost determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We base write-downs of inventories upon current facts and circumstances. We perform a detailed assessment of excess and obsolete inventory at each balance sheet date, which includes a review of, among other factors, demand requirements and market conditions. Based on this analysis, we record adjustments, when appropriate, to reflect

 

85


Table of Contents

inventory of finished products, materials on hand and purchase commitments at lower of cost or market which is based on net realizable value. We establish a reserve for players or materials which are not forecasted to be consumed. Although we try to ensure the accuracy of our forecasts of player demand and pricing assumptions, any significant unanticipated changes in demand, pricing or technological developments would significantly impact the value of our inventory and our reported operating results. If we find that our supply estimates exceed our inventory demands, our inventory will be written-down and charged to cost of revenue at the time of such a determination. Conversely, if assumptions or circumstances beyond our control change and we subsequently sell devices that have previously been written-down, our gross margin in the period of sale will be favorably impacted. We recorded inventory provisions of $1.9 million, $5.0 million, $2.3 million and $3.2 million in fiscal 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively. The inventory provisions recorded are net of the reversals of provisions for sales of previously written-down inventory for each period presented.

Allowances for Returns, Sales Incentives and Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are stated at invoice value less estimated allowances for returns, customer incentives and doubtful accounts.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Our Common Stock . Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of our common stock, as discussed in “Valuation of Common Stock” below.

 

    Expected Term. The expected term of our options is estimated using the simplified method permitted under guidance of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

    Volatility. As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility of our stock price is derived from the average historical volatility for industry peers that we consider to be comparable to us, over a period equivalent to the expected term of our stock option grants.

 

    Risk-free Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term for each of our option awards.

 

    Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield of zero.

If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

For stock options issued to non-employees, including consultants, we record an expense equal to the fair value of the options calculated using the Black-Scholes model over the service performance period. The fair value of options granted to non-employees is remeasured throughout the vesting period, and the resulting value is recognized as an expense over the period in which the services are received.

 

86


Table of Contents

Valuation of Common Stock

In the absence of a public trading market, the fair value of our common stock was determined by our board of directors, with input from management. Our board of directors intended all options granted to have an exercise price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation models were based on future expectations combined with management judgment, and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

    our operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    the hiring of key personnel;

 

    our history and the introduction of new devices and TV streaming platform features;

 

    our stage of development;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

    any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability of the common stock underlying the granted options;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly-traded companies; and

 

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of June 30, 2017 was $        million, of which $        million related to vested options and $        million related to unvested options.

After the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on Nasdaq on the date of grant.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We account for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock as a liability as the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable and, therefore, may obligate us to transfer assets at some point in the future. The warrants are recorded at fair value upon issuance and are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recognized in the statements of operations in other income (expense), net. We will continue to adjust the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event or the conversion of convertible preferred stock into Class B common stock. Upon conversion, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to equity.

Deferred Tax Assets

We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation

 

87


Table of Contents

allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through future operations.

We utilize a two-step approach to evaluate tax positions. Recognition, step one, requires evaluation of the tax position to determine if based solely on technical merits it is more likely than not, or MLTN, to be sustained upon examination. The MLTN threshold is met when the likelihood of occurrence is greater than 50%. Measurement, step two, is addressed only if step one is satisfied. In step two, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is MLTN to be realized upon ultimate settlement with tax authorities. If a position does not meet the MLTN threshold for recognition in step one, no benefit is recorded until the first subsequent period in with the MLTN threshold is met, the issue is resolved with the tax authority, or the statute of limitations expires. Positions previously recognized are derecognized when we subsequently determine that the position is no longer MLTN to be sustained.

Provision for Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with authoritative guidance, which requires the use of the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We have established a full valuation allowance to offset domestic net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from our net operating loss carry-forwards and other deferred tax assets. Our valuation allowance is attributable to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from U.S. net operating losses and other deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2016, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $129.8 million, which expire beginning in 2028. As of December 31, 2016, we had federal research and development tax credits of $9.1 million, which expire beginning in 2028 and state research and development tax credits of $7.6 million, which carry forward indefinitely.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued new guidance to address the complexity of the accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Under this guidance, when determining the classification of certain financial instruments as liabilities or equity, a down round feature no longer precludes equity classification when assessing whether the instrument is indexed to an entity’s own stock. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact of this new guidance on the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

 

88


Table of Contents

In August 2016, the FASB issued new guidance which addresses classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments related to the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact of this new guidance on the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to new accounting and reporting guidelines for leasing arrangements. The guidance requires organizations that lease assets to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet related to the rights and obligations created by those leases, regardless of whether they are classified as finance or operating leases. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The new standard is to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. We are evaluating the impact of this new guidance on the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In January 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact of this new guidance on the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to the recognition and reporting of revenue that establishes a comprehensive new revenue recognition model designed to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. In 2016, the FASB issued amendments on this guidance with the same effective date and transition guidance. The new revenue standard may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of adoption. We plan to adopt the new revenue standard in the first quarter of 2018.

To date, we have established an implementation team and are in the process of evaluating the impact of the new standard on our accounting policies, processes, and system requirements. Furthermore, we have made and will continue to make investments in systems to enable timely and accurate reporting under the new standard.

We are continuing to evaluate adoption methods and the potential impact that the implementation of this standard will have on the condensed consolidated financial statements, but have not yet determined whether the effect will be material. However, we believe this new standard will impact our accounting for revenue arrangements in the following areas:

 

    revenue from the licensing of our technology and proprietary operating system to service operators and TV brands, which will be recognized earlier and could result in greater variability in revenue recognition;

 

    estimation of variable consideration for content publisher arrangements with revenue share from user subscriptions and media purchases through its platform and the sale of branded channel buttons on its remote controls; and

 

    required disclosures.

We expect revenue recognition related to players to remain relatively unchanged under the new guidance and are in the process of evaluating the impact on our player arrangements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued new guidance which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. This guidance requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in the consolidated balance sheets. We early adopted the guidance effective December 26, 2015 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

89


Table of Contents

In April 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring debt issuance costs to be presented as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability. This will make the presentation of debt issuance costs consistent with the presentation of debt discounts or premiums. We adopted this guidance effective December 27, 2015. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to accounting for stock-based payment award transactions. The guidance is designed to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based payment award transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, classification on the statement of cash flows and forfeiture rate calculations. We adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2017. As part of this adoption, we will recognize forfeitures as they occur to determine the amount of compensation cost to be recognized in each period. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

90


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We pioneered streaming to the TV. Roku connects users to the streaming content they love, enables content publishers to build and monetize large audiences and provides advertisers with unique capabilities to engage consumers. We do this at scale today. As of June 30, 2017, we had 15.1 million active accounts. By comparison, the fourth largest multichannel video programming distributor in the United States had approximately 13.3 million subscribers as of June 30, 2017. Our users streamed more than 6.7 billion hours on the Roku platform in the six months ended June 30, 2017, 62% growth from the six months ended June 30, 2016. TV streaming’s disruptive content distribution model is shifting billions of dollars of economic value. Roku is capitalizing on this large economic opportunity for a leading TV streaming platform for users, content publishers and advertisers.

Consumers win with TV streaming—they get a better user experience, more entertainment options and more control over what they spend on content. When users want to enjoy streaming entertainment, they start at the Roku home screen where we put users first by helping them find the content they want to watch. From our home screen, users can easily search, discover and access over 500,000 movies and TV episodes in the United States, as well as live sports, music, news and more. Users can also compare the price of content from various channels available on our platform and choose from ad-supported, subscription, and transactional video on-demand content. The Roku platform delivers a significant expansion in consumer choice. Consumers can personalize their content selection with cable TV replacement offerings and other streaming services that suit their budget and needs. Ad-supported channels available on the Roku platform include CBS News, Crackle, The CW and Vice; subscription channels include HBO Now, Hulu and Netflix, as well as traditional pay TV replacement services like DirecTV Now, Sling TV and Sony PlayStation Vue; and transactional channels include Amazon Video, Google Play and Vudu. Consumers are increasingly streaming ad-supported content. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, hours streamed on the Roku platform that included advertising grew to 2.9 billion, up 76% from the six months ended June 30, 2016, searching for free content was the top reason users visited our website other than to manage their Roku accounts.

Roku operates the number one TV streaming platform in the United States as measured by total hours streamed, according to a survey conducted in the first quarter of 2017 by Kantar Millward Brown that we commissioned. Content publishers and advertisers win with Roku because our large and growing user base simplifies their access to the fragmented and complex over the top, or OTT, market and we provide them with direct to consumer engagement and monetization opportunities. We provide our content publishers with access to the most engaged OTT audience, as measured by average hours streamed, and the ability to monetize their content with advertising, subscription or transactional business models. Furthermore, as a pure play, neutral TV streaming platform, we are better able to serve content publishers compared to other platforms that have diversified business operations and competitive content offerings. Advertisers on our platform can reach our desirable OTT audience with ads that are more relevant, interactive and measurable than advertising delivered on traditional linear TV. As traditional TV audiences shrink, OTT audiences have become increasingly important to advertisers who must continue to reach large audiences. Our growth in active accounts and hours streamed has attracted more content publishers and advertisers to our TV streaming platform creating a better user experience, which in turn attracts more users.

We have achieved significant growth. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, we generated revenue of $199.7 million, up 23% from $162.3 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016. In fiscal 2016, we generated revenue of $398.6 million, up 25% from $319.9 million in fiscal 2015. We generate player revenue from the sale of streaming players and platform revenue primarily from advertising and subscription revenue share on our platform. We earn platform revenue as users engage with content on our platform and we intend to continue to grow platform revenue by monetizing our TV streaming platform. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, player revenue represented 59% of total revenue and declined 2%, and platform revenue represented 41% of total

 

91


Table of Contents

revenue and grew 91% from the six months ended July 2, 2016. In fiscal 2016, player revenue represented 74% of total revenue and grew 9%, and platform revenue represented 26% of total revenue and grew 110% from fiscal 2015.

While we currently generate a majority of our revenue from sales of our streaming players, our business model is to grow gross profit by increasing the number of active accounts and growing average revenue per user, or ARPU, which we believe represents the inherent value of our business model. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, we generated gross profit of $76.5 million, up 52% from $50.3 million in the six months ended July 2, 2016. In fiscal 2016, we generated gross profit of $121.0 million, up 35% from $89.8 million in fiscal 2015. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, player gross profit represented 19% of total gross profit and declined 28%, and platform gross profit represented 81% of total gross profit and grew 104% from the six months ended July 2, 2016. In fiscal 2016, player gross profit represented 36% of total gross profit and declined 9%, and platform gross profit represented 64% of total gross profit and grew 87% from fiscal 2015. ARPU, which we define as our platform revenue during the preceding four fiscal quarters divided by the average of the number of active accounts at the end of that period and the end of the prior four fiscal quarters, was $11.22 per active user in the period ended June 30, 2017 and $9.28 per active user in 2016, up 43% from $6.48 in 2015.

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, our net loss was $(24.2) million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $(14.0) million. In fiscal 2016 our net loss was $(42.8) million and our Adjusted EBITDA was $(29.9) million.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe all TV content will be available through streaming. The rapid adoption of TV streaming has disrupted the traditional linear TV distribution model, creating new options for consumers and new economic opportunities for content publishers and advertisers. OTT viewing has become mainstream in the United States. According to an April 2017 comScore report, 51 million U.S. homes have used OTT, and OTT has a 54% reach among homes with WiFi. Although traditional live TV still represents the majority of hours viewed by consumers, it declined year-over-year from 2015 to 2016 among adults by 1.5% on a Nielsen’s ratings basis, while streaming hours continue to grow both on an absolute basis, as well as on a percentage of total hours viewed basis. According to Activate, a high-tech, media and consumer retail consultancy firm in New York, it is projected that the average daily video consumption will increase to over 7 hours in 2018, 34% of which is attributed to digital video content, from 6.5 hours in 2013, 18% of which was attributed to digital video content. Further, the number of traditional pay TV subscribers continues to decline as consumers increasingly favor a streaming experience. As stated in a July 2017 eMarketer report, there were 25 million U.S. cord-cutter and cord-never households in 2016. We believe these consumer trends are creating significant opportunities for the TV streaming market.

When ad-supported TV is streamed, it creates an opportunity for content publishers and advertisers to use advanced digital advertising capabilities, such as one-to-one personalized delivery. We believe this presents a large market opportunity for streaming advertising to the TV. Consumers have watched TV content on an ad-supported basis since the 1940s. According to a March 2017 eMarketer report, the traditional TV advertising spend is large and continues to grow. In 2016, traditional TV advertising spend in the United States totaled $71 billion, and is expected to grow to approximately $80 billion in 2021. Simultaneously, total OTT revenue worldwide is expected to reach $60 billion by 2022, from $32 billion in 2016, with the greatest share of revenue in the United States, according to Ovum. While the majority of OTT revenue in the United States in 2016 was generated on a subscription or transactional basis according to Ovum, we believe there is a large opportunity for growth in the OTT advertising market given the long-standing consumer model of choosing ad-supported content, in addition to paid content.

 

92


Table of Contents

How Our TV Streaming Platform Provides Value to Users, Content Publishers and Advertisers

Users

Our user base and user engagement have grown rapidly. In 2016, we added 4.2 million active accounts, and average hours streamed per active account grew 9.5 hours per month as compared to 2015.

Key benefits we offer users include:

 

    Simple intuitive interface. Our user interface is easy to navigate and makes the search and discovery of relevant content a seamless part of the user experience. Our powerful cross-channel search capabilities make it easy to find TV episodes and movies across a wide variety of channels. Our optimized user interface is fast and responsive, giving our users access to their desired content with only a few clicks. We update our software several times a year to improve the TV streaming experience.

 

    Choice, control and value. From the Roku home page users can choose content on ad-supported, subscription, or transactional basis, and users are able to decide what content they want to purchase. We have also developed a companion application for the iOS and Android operating systems that allows our users to control their streaming players and explore content to view on our platform. We do not currently monetize this application. We use simple and intuitive navigation to quickly bring users to the content they desire and compare price among available channels to select what they watch, and our search results do not favor any content publisher.

 

    Access to exceptional streamed content. Consumers are attracted to great content, and we believe that we offer unmatched breadth and depth of TV streaming content when compared to any other OTT platform.

Content Publishers

We provide a robust platform for content publishers to build and monetize OTT audiences. We offer over 5,000 streaming channels on our platform in the United States and over 3,000 internationally.

Key benefits we offer content publishers include:

 

    Direct-to-consumer distribution. Through our platform, content publishers can directly reach large and relevant audiences, including consumers who no longer use traditional linear TV services. We are an increasingly valuable partner to content publishers who deliver content exclusively via streaming, as well as traditional TV content publishers programmers and distributors.

 

    Ease of publishing and monetization. We make it easy for content publishers to launch streaming offerings on the Roku platform and build their audience through our open publishing platform. For example, with Roku Direct Publisher, content publishers can launch a channel and add content to our platform without writing a single line of code. Our solution also allows content publishers to partner with Roku to sell advertising and to designate Roku to monetize their content using our advertising sales or billing services. This program is essential for small and medium-sized ad-supported publishers on our platform, given the cost and difficulty of building and scaling their own direct advertising sales teams as well as large content publishers that have historically licensed their content to distributers but may choose going forward to publish direct to consumers and monetize via advertising.

 

    Unmatched opportunity to drive tune in . We enable content publishers to drive tune in, or increase the audience for their content, through a range of advertising capabilities on our platform. Content publishers are featured prominently throughout a user’s experience on the Roku platform, such as, channel promotions during the new user setup process and through ads in our user interface, including on the Roku home screen. In addition, Hulu and Sling TV have driven subscriptions by offering incentives such as a free Roku player in exchange for a signing up for their service. We employ a wide variety of data-driven capabilities to help content publishers broaden their user base, drive engagement and retain existing users.

 

93


Table of Contents

In addition, developers can also create non-certified streaming channels, which are channels that can only be installed on a Roku device by using a dedicated access code provided to users by the channel’s developer, and therefore are not found in the Roku Channel Store. Non-certified channels are used, for example, by channel developers for testing their channels prior to general release, by companies to present training programs to their employees, or by content providers as a means of limiting access to content that is not intended for a general audience. We do not include non-certified channels in our channel count, but we do include content streamed on non-certified channels in our total hours streamed. In each of the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the six months ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017, hours streamed from non-certified channels comprised less than 8% of total hours streamed.

Advertisers

Our TV streaming platform provides a differentiated advertising opportunity. We serve advertisers across multiple industry verticals and in 2016, we worked with seven of the ten largest advertisers in the United States as ranked by Ad Age. Some of the key benefits we offer advertisers include:

 

    Access to a hard to reach audience. With audiences consuming more TV via OTT, cord-cutters and cord-nevers are on the rise, and traditional linear TV ratings are in decline, advertisers are increasingly focused on OTT platforms to reach the population of consumers who are watching less traditional linear TV. We aggregate this audience on our platform for advertisers. We also help advertisers access the hard to reach young adult demographic. Among adults aged 18-34, Roku delivers 10.2% incremental reach over linear TV, which is the additional audience (relative to TV alone) that is exclusively reachable on the Roku platform according to a June 2017 study that we commissioned.

 

    Best of TV and digital advertising delivery. Video advertising on our platform offers the best of both traditional TV and advanced digital advertising. We offer the large format sight, sound and motion of traditional TV advertising and the relevance, interactivity and measurability of digital advertising—all within the context of what the user is watching. Our advertising capabilities offer many relevance and measurement advantages when compared to traditional TV advertising, because ads are delivered in real-time based on user insights. For example, we allow advertisers to deliver ads based on traditional TV demographics such as gender, age and location, as well as behavioral attributes such as a sports fan or likelihood to click on movie promotion. Increasingly, we are using machine learning algorithms to enhance the relevancy of these ads while also being more effective with our ad inventory. Through our own measurement tools and third parties like Nielsen and comScore, we provide advertisers the capability to measure and increase ROI.

 

    Large scale. Our platform offers advertisers access to the most engaged OTT audience, as measured by average hours streamed, and we believe it connects to the largest number of ad-supported TV streaming channels. Advertisers benefit because they can reach a large audience across a variety of video genres and audience attributes. We have 15.1 million active accounts streaming an average of approximately three hours per day and accessing thousands of channels as of the second quarter of 2017. Given our significant scale, the age, gender and geographic demographics of our U.S. user base approximate those of the overall U.S. population, which we believe makes us attractive to a wide variety of advertisers. As our scale grows, we are increasingly entering into annual commitments with brands, agencies and agency holding companies. These deals provide pricing and capability advantages to advertisers, while providing higher revenue and predictability for Roku.

Competitive Strengths

Our TV streaming platform is industry-leading due to our competitive strengths which include:

 

   

Large and engaged user base . Millions of users come to the Roku home screen to stream billions of hours of content per year. According to an analysis of Nielsen data from their national panel, Roku players accounted for approximately 48% of TV-connected digital streaming device usage (as

 

94


Table of Contents
 

compared among the top four brands) in the U.S. for the month of December 2016. Most of our users have a credit card on file with Roku, enabling them to seamlessly subscribe to and purchase content through the Roku platform. Roku provides a best-in-class user experience by removing the complexity and driving the proliferation of OTT TV streaming. Roku is a strong and well-regarded brand in the TV streaming industry. As we grow our large and engaged user base, we become an increasingly important partner for our content publishers and advertiser partners. As we attract more partners, our user experience improves, attracting more users to our platform in a virtuous cycle.

 

    Roku OS purpose built for TV streaming. Our proprietary Roku OS integrates our streaming software, hardware API, user interface, advertising stack, billing services, and data insight tools, and is purpose built to manage TV streaming. The Roku OS includes the core user interface, search and discovery innovation that makes the Roku user experience best in class. It includes the integrated functionality for content publishers to add channels to our platform and monetize their content. Our advertising technology stack is built directly into the Roku OS. We will continue to invest significantly in the Roku OS, and we believe it is difficult to replicate.

 

    Powerful data analytics engine . Users have a direct relationship with Roku, and we are their TV streaming home screen. This provides us with detailed insights about our users and their behavior on our platform, such as what channels they watch. We collect and process 18 terabytes of uncompressed data per day, and we are able to develop actionable insights from the data on our platform to improve user experience, as well as enable our content publishers and advertisers to drive more value by leveraging our data platform.

 

    Neutral OTT platform. We are a neutral OTT platform, making us an attractive partner. We do not focus on competing with content publishers on our platform, but instead, look to partner with publishers to build their audiences and maximize our mutual success on the platform. As a result, unlike other TV streaming platforms, we have not developed any original programming and do not have our own subscription service or TVOD store. In addition, we do not compete directly with our retailers or our TV brand partners. We also endeavor to build trust with our users by providing unbiased search results and recommendations.

 

    Ability to power TV streaming at low cost. The Roku OS is designed for exceptional performance using relatively low cost hardware. This approach enables us to drive account growth by offering Roku players at great value to consumers. We also believe we will be able to continue to drive active account growth from our TV brand partnerships. The low bill of materials required to run the Roku OS enables our TV brand license partners to build smart TVs using our operating system that are more competitively priced. For example, TCL was the 19 th largest seller of U.S. smart TVs measured by number of units sold in 2014, prior to licensing the Roku OS and was the sixth largest seller for the year ended December 31, 2016. At the end of 2016, 13% of the smart TVs sold in the United States were powered by the Roku OS. There were over 21 million smart TVs sold in the United States in 2016, according to Ovum. As smart TVs take over most of the overall TV installed base over time, we believe we can provide the operating system for a very large portion of TVs based on our unique solution for TV brands.

 

    Ability to rapidly deploy IP-based solutions. There were over 918 million pay TV subscribers worldwide in 2016, according to Ovum. According to Kagan, a media research group within S&P Global Market Intelligence, it is estimated that 273 million cable boxes were shipped worldwide in 2016. Given the technology benefits of delivering content via internet instead of cable or satellite, many service operators are adding Internet protocol based, or IP-based, solutions for their customers. Roku enables service operators to rapidly deploy an IP-based solution to deliver content to their subscribers. For example, Sky and Telstra participate in our Roku Powered licensing program to offer their subscribers co-branded or white label versions of our players. Under this program, content may be made available through custom user interfaces and curated channel stores that we create and operate for our service operator partners.

 

95


Table of Contents

Growth Strategy

We are capitalizing on the large economic opportunity for a leading TV streaming platform for users, content publishers and advertisers. Our key growth strategies include:

 

    Grow active accounts. We intend to increase user adoption of the Roku platform by continuing to improve our user experience, to increase the depth and breadth of our content offering, and to enhance our TV streaming platform. We plan to continue to attract more users with a highly compelling TV streaming value proposition that allows users to access the largest collection of channels, pay only for the channels that they want, utilize the best search and discovery tools, and navigate a simple and easy to use user interface. We also plan to increase active accounts by continuing to expand our retail presence and grow our Roku OS licensing program for TV brands and service operators. Further, we believe international expansion represents a large opportunity to grow our active accounts. We plan to continue to invest in our international strategy over time and become a global business in the long term.

 

    Grow hours streamed. We intend to increase user engagement and hours streamed by offering more content that is easier to find and discover on our platform. By increasing the available content on our platform and making it easily accessible, we have diversified the type of content streamed. When we launched the first Netflix player in 2008, Netflix accounted for 100% of our streaming hours. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, Netflix accounted for approximately one-third of all hours streamed on the Roku platform, which is line with Netflix’s approximately 35% share of traffic on North America fixed networks, according to a Sandvine report published in 2016. To improve content discovery, we introduced “More Ways to Watch” on Roku TVs. This feature uses automatic content recognition technology to suggest relevant content options to users.

 

    Grow ARPU. We expect to continue to grow ARPU by growing hours streamed and our monetization capabilities. Advertising-based content is our fastest growing segment, and we are increasing the monetization of these hours by expanding our advertising capabilities both on and off the Roku platform. We intend to continue to leverage our data and analytics to deliver relevant advertising and improve the ability of our advertisers to optimize their campaigns and measure their results. We also plan to continue to expand our direct sales teams to increase the number of advertisers who use our services.

Technology

We believe that the core technology supporting the Roku OS is a critical competitive advantage and therefore we continue to make substantial investments in our research and development efforts to enhance our platform for users, content publishers and advertisers. We have invested in delivering broad search and discovery capabilities for our users in order to organize and manage the vast amounts of content and pricing information on our platform. Our cloud-based search and discovery features for users are powered by state-of-the-art servers and databases that are purpose-built and support large scale audiences. We have also introduced user experience technology such as private listening and voice search for certain streaming devices.

For content publishers, we offer our open Channel Developer Program to create streaming channels. The Channel Developer Program is based on our Software Development Kit, or SDK, and proprietary implementation of the Brightscript scripting language, which is optimized to provide robust performance and a consistent user experience on any device with the Roku platform. Channel Developers may also take advantage of our feed-based Roku Direct Publisher program, which does not require content publishers to write a single line of code to publish a channel on our platform.

For advertisers, the Roku Ad Framework, or RAF, technology is integrated into the Roku OS. RAF provides a variety of critical and advanced advertising capabilities, including IAB VAST ad processing, interactive rich media features, demographic measurement, device IDs, user privacy controls and compatibility with all major video ad servers, SSPs and DSPs.

 

96


Table of Contents

Our proprietary systems leverage our feature extraction, information retrieval and matching systems to provide the most relevant ads. The Roku OS also includes our core data platform that manages and analyzes 27 billion technical and user events and 18 terabytes of uncompressed data that is processed through our platform each day. We use leading big data analytic technologies to identify rich insights to improve user, content publisher and advertiser value from Roku.

Our Products

Advertising

Our advertising products enable advertisers to serve relevant ads to our users and measure return on investment. We collect a variety of information on the Roku streaming platform, including user registration data, as well as anonymized information like audience engagement with channels on our platform, use of features like search and interactions with advertisements. We gather this information and then create user segments, develop look-a-like audience and predictive models, and activate segments for use in a variety of business operations including recommendations for users and analytics for content publishers and advertisers. Our platform also provides a mechanism to match and ingest third party data sets from our advertisers and data vendors who may have demographic or other attributes that would enhance our analytics, products or advertising efforts.

We continue to refine measurement capabilities on our advertising platform. We partner with Nielsen and comScore to measure ad exposure and viewer demographics. We offer engagement analytics such as impressions, click-through rates and video completion rates. We also work with a wide variety of third-party measurement companies to measure the branding impact of the ads we serve. We have also recently established relationships with third party providers that focus on transactional or point of sale data, which enables our advertisers to compare the effectiveness of Roku ads.

Our primary advertising products include:

 

    Video ads. Our ad-supported content publishers use video ads to monetize our audiences and we also use video ads to monetize our platform. Video ads are sold as 15-second or 30-second spots inserted before a program starts or during a program break, within channels on the Roku platform where we have video inventory access. One of the ways we secure video ad insertion rights from content publishers is via our distribution deals with those publishers. In addition, many publishers also authorize us to fill their own unsold inventory. For many small and medium publishers on our platform, Roku sells all or a majority of the ads on their channels. Except for a minority of video ads that are passed unmodified in a traditional linear broadcast, all video ads are selected and delivered to a user in real-time, as the user is engaging on our platform. Digital advertisers have raised concerns about brand safety, viewability and fraud after certain issues arose between various video ad networks and major online video distributors. OTT is an attractive alternative. On the Roku platform, our video ads play full screen, are not skippable in most channels and are delivered into a curated channel list.

 

    Interactive video ads. We offer advertisers the ability to make their TV advertising interactive with customized clickable overlays that invite viewers to engage more intimately with brands, by watching additional videos, obtaining offer details, getting a coupon code via text or finding the nearest retailer to buy a product.

 

    Audience development promotions. We utilize a variety of ad placements, particularly native display ads, on the Roku home screen and screen saver, to promote content publishers and their services to our users. We help them to drive channel downloads and traffic to their channels, and to drive subscriptions or movie and TV show consumption. Given our strategic role as a user’s TV streaming home screen, we are increasingly able to predict a user’s likelihood of taking action in response to an ad we serve. We also sell branded buttons on our remote controls which are reserved for content publishers who are more prominently placed on the remote to drive incremental usage and reduce friction by allowing the user to launch straight to the channel.

 

97


Table of Contents
    Brand sponsorships. We support a variety of promotional opportunities for advertisers, such as sponsored themes to take over our home screen and content sponsorships to give users the opportunity to experience a free movie or show (e.g. “Family movie night brought to you by…”). We also sell branded buttons on remote controls. These are reserved for content publishers who are interested in more prominent placement on the remote to drive incremental usage and reduce friction by skipping straight to the channel.

Roku TVs

Roku TVs are manufactured and sold by our TV brand licensees, integrate our Roku Operating System, or Roku OS, and leverage our smart TV hardware reference design. Current licensee brands include Element, Hisense, Hitachi, Insignia, RCA, Sharp and TCL. Roku TVs are available in sizes ranging from 24” to 65” at leading retailers in the United States, Canada and Mexico. In 2017 we expect over 150 models to be available to consumers in North America, up from 100 in 2016, featuring a wide range of prices as well as picture and display capabilities. Consumers are able to choose from very affordable HD and 4K UHD models to TVs with picture quality boosted by 4K, Dolby Vision HDR and local dimming.

 

LOGO

Streaming Players

We offer a line of streaming players for sale under the Roku brand in the United States, Canada, Mexico, the United Kingdom, France and the Republic of Ireland, that allow users to access our TV streaming platform. All players run on the Roku OS, and stream content via built-in Ethernet or Wi-Fi capability, depending on the model. Our current product line for the U.S. market includes several models at a range of manufacturers’ suggested retail prices to meet the needs of different users starting at $29.99.

 

LOGO

 

98


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

We drive growth in our TV streaming platform by building relationships with content publishers, advertisers, TV brands and service operators. We have dedicated business development teams that develop and maintain relationships, to promote and build awareness of the features and advantages of Roku. Our data science team supports our sales and marketing efforts by analyzing data on our platform to increase effectiveness for our content publishers and advertisers as well as for our consumer marketing campaigns. We enter into distribution agreements with our content publishers and license their content through our dedicated content relationship management team. We sell advertising with two direct sales teams, one focused on content publishers, the other focused on traditional advertisers. Our relationship with content publishers is typically client-direct. We secure direct access to publishers’ video ad inventory as part of our distribution agreements and serve as an additional channel for content publishers to monetize their audience. These sales efforts are differentiated and complementary to that of our publishers. Whereas our publishers typically sell on a cross-platform basis and feature their brand and content in their sale, we focus on delivering a large OTT audience across many channels at once. We work with the major ad agencies and holding companies including Dentsu, Havas, Horizon, IPG, Publicis and WPP. We also offer smaller content publishers a self-serve platform to buy promotions, and are increasingly incorporating programmatic capabilities into our advertising sales. We work with TV brands to assist in all phases of the development of Roku TVs, including development, planning, manufacturing and marketing, and similarly work with service operators on the planning and development of their Roku Powered players.

We grow our users by providing consumers with low cost, widely available players and TVs and we promote them using a wide range of marketing techniques. For example, in 2016 we introduced the first TV streaming player with a price below $30, the Roku Express. The Roku Express has been our most popular player, measured by units sold, since its introduction. Our players and TVs are available at over 25,000 retail locations in the United States, Canada, France, Mexico, the Republic of Ireland and the United Kingdom. The majority of Roku players and TVs are sold in the United States through traditional brick and mortar retailers, such as Best Buy, Costco, Target and Walmart, including their online sales platforms, and online retailers such as Amazon.com. We also sell players in the United States directly through our website. In addition, in some cases, we sell our streaming players to service operators or channel partners who bundle such players with services that they sell to their customers. We also sell products internationally through distributors and to retailers such as Currys in the United Kingdom and FNAC in France. In 2015 and 2016, Amazon.com, Best Buy and Walmart each accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue and are expected to each account for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2017. These three retailers collectively accounted for 54% and 49% of our total revenue in fiscal 2015 and 2016, respectively. These retailers also sell products offered by our competitors. We support retailers with an experienced sales management team, and work closely with these retailers to assist with in-store marketing and product mix forecasting, leading us to be a category captain in many major retail locations.

Research and Development

Our research and development model relies upon a combination of in-house staff and offshore design and manufacturing partners to cost-effectively improve and enhance our platform, and to develop new players, TVs, partner licenses, features and functionality. We work closely with content publishers, advertisers, TV brands and service operators to understand their current and future needs. We have designed a product development process that captures and integrates their feedback. In addition, we solicit user feedback in the development of new features and enhancements to the Roku platform.

As of June 30, 2017, we had 395 employees in our research and development organization. Our research and development expenses were $50.5 million and $76.2 million in 2015 and 2016, respectively, and $48.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. We intend to continue to significantly invest in research and development to bring new devices to market and expand our platform and capabilities.

 

99


Table of Contents

Manufacturing

We outsource the manufacturing of our players to contract manufacturers, using our design specifications. All of our players are manufactured by Foxconn and Lite-On at their respective facilities in the People’s Republic of China. Our contracts with Foxconn and Lite-On do not obligate these manufacturers to supply devices to us in any specific quantity or at any specific price. Our manufacturing partners procure components and assemble our devices to demand forecasts we establish based upon historical trends and analysis from our sales and product management functions. Foxconn and Lite-On currently ship players to our third-party warehouses in California and England and then we ship players directly to our customers and through retailers and distributors.

Competition

The market for streaming media continues to grow rapidly and evolve. There is substantial competition in the TV streaming market for users, advertisers, and content publishers from large technology and consumer electronics companies, including Amazon, Apple and Google. The presence of these competitors in the market has increased consumer awareness of streaming and contributed to the growth of the overall market, but their resources and brand recognition pose significant competitive challenges. We expect competition to intensify in the future as more companies enter this market, the distribution of TV content through online channels continues to converge, and consumer demand increases for Internet delivery of video content.

We face competition in selling our players as we participate in the growth of the streaming market, as our competitors develop new products, develop advances in streaming technology, improve their brand awareness and improve their service offerings. For example, over the past year, competitors have released new streaming players, at prices that are competitive with or lower than our prices. In the smart TV market, our Roku TV partners compete with other brands of smart TVs from leading consumer electronics companies, such as LG, Samsung and VIZIO, and we compete for OS licensing opportunities against both in-house software developed by smart TV makers as well as software that is available for license from Google and Amazon. The primary competition that we face in our Roku Powered licensing program is from in-house software development by service operators, such as Comcast and Cablevision, who seek to integrate streaming media with their existing pay TV offerings through set-top boxes that they provide to their customers. We also compete for OS licensing opportunities for service operators against software that is available for license from Google.

We compete to attract and retain users based on a variety of factors. These factors include our content offerings, in particular, the breadth of our content library, the features of our TV streaming platform services, such as its convenience and ease of use; the relevance and usefulness of the advertising provided to users; our brand awareness in the market; and the price of our products and services. We also compete for user engagement. Many users maintain simultaneous relationships with multiple online video content publishers and shift time and money spent between them. For example, users may both subscribe to Netflix to view a movie or last season’s episodes of a current TV show and also subscribe to cable with video-on-demand of current TV shows. We believe that we compete favorably on these elements of user choice and user engagement.

The competition for advertisers depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain users. Providing advertisers with a large online audience is critical to advertisers utilizing our TV streaming platform. Further, in the streaming video market, advertisers are focused on effective advertising and return on investment. As a result, we also compete for advertisers based on the effectiveness of advertising on our platform as compared to the numerous other platforms for advertising online, including mobile. Moreover, advertisers continue to advertise offline and so we face competition from traditional media platforms, such as TV and radio. We must maintain a sufficient supply of ad inventory to meet the growing demand for OTT advertising on our TV streaming platform. Our business model depends on our ability to grow inventory for our platform. We grow ad inventory by adding content publishers to our platform with ad-supported channels that we monetize via changes to our user interface. The amount, quality and cost of inventory available to us can change at any time.

 

100


Table of Contents

Lastly, we compete to attract and retain content publishers based on our user and advertiser base, our ability to generate revenue for our content publishers and the terms of our license agreements. Our ability to license content from content publishers depends in part on the breadth of our user and advertiser base. Content publishers seek online platforms that allow them to reach an extensive and engaged audience and to monetize their content by sharing in advertising revenue. In that regard, content publishers also are focused on the terms on which they license their content to such platforms, in particular pricing and promotion.

Government Regulation

Our devices and platform are subject to numerous domestic and foreign laws and regulations covering a wide variety of subject matters. These laws and regulations include general business regulations and laws, as well as regulations and laws specific to providers of Internet-delivered streaming services and devices. New laws and regulations in these areas may have an adverse effect on our business. The costs of compliance with these laws and regulations are high and are likely to increase in the future. If we fail to comply with these laws we may be subject to significant liabilities and other penalties.

In particular, our business is subject to foreign and domestic laws and regulations applicable to companies conducting business using the Internet. Both domestic and international jurisdictions vary widely as to how, or whether, existing laws governing areas such as personal privacy and data security, consumer protection, payment processing or sales and other taxes and intellectual property apply to the Internet and e-commerce, and these laws are continually evolving. Moreover, the laws governing these areas, as well as those governing electronic contracts and Internet content and access restrictions, among other areas, are rapidly evolving. The laws in these areas are unsettled and future developments are unpredictable. Laws that lead to more stringent regulation of companies engaging in businesses using the Internet may have a negative impact on our business.

We are also subject to both general and e-commerce specific privacy laws and regulations that may require us to provide users with our policies on sharing information with third parties and advance notice of any changes to these policies. Related laws may govern the manner in which we store or transfer sensitive information or impose obligations on us in the event of a security breach or inadvertent disclosure of such information. International jurisdictions impose different, and sometimes more stringent, consumer and privacy protections. Such consumer privacy laws are constantly changing and may become more diverse and restrictive over time, challenging our ability to fully comply with these laws in all jurisdictions. Privacy laws also may limit the ability of advertisers to fully utilize our platform, which could have a negative impact on our business.

Tax regulations in domestic and international jurisdictions where we do not currently collect state or local taxes may subject us to the obligation to collect and remit such taxes, to additional taxes or to requirements intended to assist jurisdictions with their tax collection efforts. New legislation or regulation, the application of laws from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to our business or the application of existing laws and regulations to the Internet and e-commerce generally could result in significant additional taxes on our business. Further, we could be subject to fines or other payments for any past failures to comply with these requirements. The continued growth and demand for e-commerce is likely to result in more laws and regulations that impose additional compliance burdens on e-commerce companies, and any such developments could harm our business.

In addition, the Internet is a vital component of our business and also is subject to a variety of laws and regulations in jurisdictions throughout the world. We expect to rely on the historical openness and accessibility of the Internet to conduct our business, and government regulations that impede or fail to preserve the open Internet could harm our business. To the extent regulatory agencies adopt rules that allow network operators to restrict the flow of content over the Internet, such operators may seek to extract fees from us or our content publishers to deliver our traffic or may otherwise engage in blocking, throttling or other discriminatory practices with respect to our traffic, which could adversely impact our business.

Our content publishers also are subject to a wide range of government regulations that may vary by jurisdiction. Because our business depends on the availability of third-party content delivered over the Internet,

 

101


Table of Contents

increased regulation of our content publishers or changes in laws or regulations governing Internet retransmission of third-party content could increase our expenses and adversely affect our business and the attractiveness of our platform.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, patents and domain names to protect our intellectual property. Our trademarks, including “Roku” and the Roku logo and design, are an important part of our branding and the value of our business. As of June 30, 2017, we owned 33 issued United States patents (8 of which are design patents) that are scheduled to expire between 2031 and 2035, with respect to utility patents, and between 2021 and 2032, with respect to design patents. We continue to file patent applications and as of June 30, 2017, we had 56 U.S. patent applications and 24 international patent applications (21 of which are Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) applications) pending.

The claims for which we have sought patent protection apply to both our devices and software. Our patent and patent applications generally apply to the features and functions of our Roku OS and the applications associated with our platform.

We also incorporate generally available third-party software, including open source software, in our Roku OS and our platform, pursuant to licenses with such third parties. The termination of these software licenses would require redesign of parts of the Roku OS and our platform, which could delay or impair our ability to offer our devices and platform.

We enter into confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants and business partners, and generally control access and use of our proprietary and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls. These steps may not be adequate, however, and may not be effective to protect our intellectual property in the United States or other international markets in which we do business. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property rights or may challenge our issued patents. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our competitors could offer similar products and services which would harm our business.

Employees

As of June 30, 2017, we had 696 full-time employees, of which 395 were in research and development, 165 were in sales and marketing, and 136 were in general and administrative and operations. None of our employees are represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Los Gatos, California, where we lease approximately 130,000 square feet of commercial space under a lease that expires in 2020. We use this space for sales, research and development and administrative purposes. We also hold a lease for approximately 78,000 square feet of commercial office space in Saratoga, California through 2020. We have sublet a portion of this space and we intend to sublet the remainder prior to lease expiration. In addition, we maintain offices in Austin, Texas; Cambridge, United Kingdom; Los Angeles, California; Chicago, Illinois; Shanghai, China; and New York, New York.

We believe that our facilities are suitable to meet our current needs. We intend to expand our existing facilities or add new facilities as we add employees and enter new geographic markets, and we believe that suitable additional or alternative space will be available as needed to accommodate any such growth. However, we expect to incur additional expenses in connection with such new or expanded facilities.

 

102


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, we believe would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

103


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2017.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Executive Officers

     

Anthony Wood

     51     

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Steve Louden

     45     

Chief Financial Officer

Stephen Kay

     56     

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Scott Rosenberg

     43     

General Manager and Senior Vice President of Advertising

Steve Shannon

     53     

General Manager and Senior Vice President of Content & Services

Chas Smith

     57     

General Manager and Senior Vice President of Roku TV & Players

Non-Employee Directors

     

Ravi Ahuja (2)(3)

     46     

Director

Shawn Carolan (2)

     43     

Director

Jeffrey Hastings

     53     

Director

Alan Henricks (1)

     66     

Director

Neil Hunt (2)

     55     

Director

Daniel Leff (1)

     48     

Director

Ray Rothrock (2)(3)

     62     

Director

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Executive Officers

Anthony Wood is our founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since October 2002, our Chairman since February 2008 and our President since July 2011. Mr. Wood also served as our President from October 2002 to February 2010, our Chief Financial Officer from October 2002 to July 2010 and our Secretary from February 2008 to February 2011. From April 2007 to January 2008, Mr. Wood served as Vice President of Internet TV at Netflix, Inc., an online streaming media subscription service. From September 2010 to present, Mr. Wood has served as chairman of the board of directors of BrightSign LLC, a digital sign controller company, which had been a division of Roku prior to August 2010. From September 1997 to August 2001, Mr. Wood served in various capacities at ReplayTV, Inc., a digital video recorder company he founded, including as its President and Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and President of Products. From March 1996 to September 1997, Mr. Wood served as Vice President of Internet Authoring at Macromedia, Inc., a software company. From June 1995 to March 1996, Mr. Wood served as Chief Executive Officer of iband, Inc., an Internet software company. Mr. Wood holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Texas A&M University. Mr. Wood was selected to serve on our board of directors due to the perspective and experience he brings as our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer and his extensive experience in the software, hardware and online entertainment industries.

Steve Louden has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2015. From May 2009 to June 2015, Mr. Louden served in various capacities at Expedia, Inc., an Internet travel company, including as its Vice

 

104


Table of Contents

President, Corporate Finance and most recently serving as its Treasurer. Prior to joining Expedia, Mr. Louden has also previously held finance, strategy and planning roles at Washington Mutual, Inc., McKinsey & Company and the Walt Disney Company, and began his career as a financial analyst with Merrill Lynch and Co., Inc. Mr. Louden holds a B.A. in Economics and Mathematics from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Stephen Kay has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since January 2014 and our Secretary since February 2014. From June 2009 to December 2013, Mr. Kay was a Partner at Hogan Lovells LLP, an international law firm, and he served as the Managing Partner of such law firm’s Los Angeles office from January 2011 to December 2013. From January 2003 to May 2008, Mr. Kay served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel at Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc., a media and technology company. From January 1995 to December 2002, Mr. Kay was a Partner at Hogan & Hartson LLP, an international law firm. Mr. Kay holds a B.A. in History from the University of California, Berkeley and a J.D. from Boston University School of Law.

Scott Rosenberg has served as our General Manager since May 2017 and Senior Vice President of Advertising since March 2017. From November 2012 until February 2017, he served as our Vice President of Advertising. Before joining Roku, Mr. Rosenberg co-founded and served as CEO of Umami Co, a companion TV mobile application company. From January 2007 to April 2010, Mr. Rosenberg served as Vice President of Advanced Advertising at Rovi Corporation, where he led advertising sales. From July 2005 to January 2007, Mr. Rosenberg served as Director of Product Management at BlackArrow, Inc., a TV ad serving technology company. Earlier in his career, Mr. Rosenberg held product and engineering roles focused on advertising and video technologies at Replay TV, Analog Devices and Intel Corporation. Mr. Rosenberg holds a B.S.E. in Computer Science from Princeton University and was a Fulbright Fellow to Japan. He also holds an M.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and an M.B.A. from the Sloan School at MIT.

Steve Shannon has served as our General Manager and Senior Vice President of Content & Services since October 2012. From June 2009 to October 2012, Mr. Shannon served as Executive Vice President at RealD Inc., a licensor of 3D and other visual technologies. From January 2006 to February 2009, Mr. Shannon served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of Product Development at Rovi Corporation, a digital entertainment technology company. From August 2002 to December 2005, Mr. Shannon served as Executive Vice President at Akimbo Systems, Inc., a video on-demand system company that he co-founded. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Shannon served as Vice President of Marketing at ReplayTV, Inc. Mr. Shannon holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, Los Angeles and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley Haas School of Business.

Chas Smith has served as our General Manager and Senior Vice President of Roku TV & Players since August 2012 and served as our Vice President of Sales from March 2010 to July 2011. Prior to joining Roku, Mr. Smith ran his own digital media business consulting company from 2007 to March 2010. Mr. Smith also previously held executive positions at Avid Technology, a digital media company and Digidesign, a digital audio technology company.

Non-Employee Directors

Ravi Ahuja has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2013. Since June 2016, Mr. Ahuja has served as Chief Financial Officer of Fox Networks Group, an operating unit of Twenty-First Century Fox, a media company. From April 2010 to June 2016 he served as Executive Vice President, Business Operations and Development, and from May 2007 to March 2010 he served as Senior Vice President, Business Operations, of Fox Networks Group. From 1999 to 2007, Mr. Ahuja served in various executive capacities at Virgin Entertainment Group, Inc., a media company, including ultimately as its Chief Financial Officer. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Ahuja served as an associate at McKinsey & Co., a management consulting firm. Mr. Ahuja

 

105


Table of Contents

holds a B.S. in Finance and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Ahuja was selected to serve on the board of directors because of his management experience and his strong background in finance and global strategic planning.

Shawn Carolan has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2008. Since September 2004, Mr. Carolan has been a Managing Director of Menlo Ventures. Since January 2011, Mr. Carolan has served as Chief Executive Officer of Handle, Inc. From May 1997 to August 2000, Mr. Carolan served as a Senior Developer at Open Port Technology, Inc., an Internet-based messaging company. From June 1996 to September 1997, Mr. Carolan served as a graduate fellow at the University of Illinois’ Center for Computational Electromagnetics, an engineering research facility. Mr. Carolan is a member of the board of directors of IMVU, Inc. and leads the Menlo Ventures investment in Uber Technologies, Inc. Mr. Carolan was formerly a member of the board of directors of TeleNav, Inc. and YuMe, Inc. Mr. Carolan holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois, Champaign and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. Mr. Carolan was selected to serve on the board of directors because of his extensive operating and management experience with connected software, services and devices.

Jeffrey Hastings has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2011. Since August 2009, Mr. Hastings has been Chief Executive Officer of BrightSign LLC, a manufacturer of digital signage media players. From August 2007 to March 2009, Mr. Hastings served as President & General Manager, Digital Media of Corel Corporation, a software company. From August 2005 to August 2007, Mr. Hastings served as General Manager at Pinnacle Systems, Inc., a hardware and software company. From April 2004 to August 2005, Mr. Hastings served as Chief Operating Officer at M-Audio, a hardware and software company. From April 2003 to April 2004, Mr. Hastings served as President at Rio, Inc., a portable audio device company. From August 2001 to April 2003, Mr. Hastings served several roles at SonicBlue Incorporated, a consumer electronics company, with his last position being Vice President, Engineering, Operations and Customer Care. From February 2000 to August 2001, Mr. Hastings served as Executive Vice President of Products at ReplayTV, Inc. Mr. Hastings holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Purdue University. Mr. Hastings was selected to serve on the board of directors because of his extensive experience in working with digital media companies and the experience and knowledge of our company he brings as a former officer of Roku.

Alan Henricks has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2012. Since May 2009, Mr. Henricks has served as an independent consultant and board member to technology companies. Since March 2014, Mr. Henricks has served as a member of the board of directors of A10 Networks, Inc. Since May 2015 Mr. Henricks has served as a member of the board of directors of Model N. From November 2014 to June 2015, Mr. Henricks served as a member of the board of directors of Applied Predictive Technologies, Inc. From 2010 to 2015, Mr. Henricks served as a member of the board of directors of Ellie Mae, Inc. From September 2006 to May 2009, Mr. Henricks served as Chief Financial Officer of Pure Digital Technologies, Inc. Prior to September 2006, Mr. Henricks served as Chief Financial Officer of various companies including Traiana Inc., Informix Software, Inc., Documentum, Inc., Borland International, Inc., Cornish & Carey and Maxim Integrated Products, Inc. Mr. Henricks holds a B.S. in Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. Mr. Henricks was selected to serve on the board of directors because of his extensive experience serving as Chief Financial Officer of both public and private companies, as well as his prior service on public and private company boards.

Neil Hunt has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2017. From 1999 to July 2017, he served as Chief Product Officer of Netflix, Inc. Prior to Netflix, Mr. Hunt served in various engineering and product roles at the software test tool company Pure Software and its successors, Pure Atria Corporation and Rational Software. Mr. Hunt has been a non-executive member of Logitech International S.A.’s board of directors since September 2010. Mr. Hunt holds a Doctorate in Computer Science from the University of Aberdeen, U.K. and a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Durham, U.K. Mr. Hunt was selected to serve on the board of directors because of his extensive experience in the streaming media technology industry, as well as his prior service on a public company board.

 

106


Table of Contents

Daniel Leff has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2011. Since March 2013, Mr. Leff has been Founder and Managing Partner of Luminari Capital, a digital media-focused venture capital firm. From March 2008 to February 2013, Mr. Leff was a venture partner at Globespan Capital Partners, a technology-focused venture capital firm. Mr. Leff holds a B.S. in Chemistry from the University of California, Berkeley, a Ph.D. in Physical Chemistry from the University of California, Los Angeles, and an M.B.A. from the Anderson School of Management at the University California, Los Angeles. Mr. Leff was selected to serve on the board of directors because of his strong technical background, his extensive experience in working with growing technology companies and his wide-ranging domain expertise in the media industry.

Ray Rothrock has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2014. Since February 2014, Mr. Rothrock has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of RedSeal, Inc., a cyber security company. From 1988 to June 2013, Mr. Rothrock was a Partner at Venrock, a venture capital firm. Since 1994, Mr. Rothrock has served as a member of the board of directors of Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. Mr. Rothrock holds a B.S. in Nuclear Engineering from Texas A&M University, an M.S. in Nuclear Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Rothrock was selected to serve on the board of directors because of his extensive experience with technology companies, as well as his prior service on public and private company boards.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

Board Composition

Certain members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to the provisions of a voting agreement, as amended. Under the terms of this voting agreement, the stockholders who are party to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their respective shares so as to elect: (1) one director designated by Menlo Ventures X, L.P., currently Mr. Carolan; (2) one director designated by Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P., currently Mr. Leff; (3) one director designated by Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc., currently Mr. Ahuja; and (4) two directors designated by Mr. Wood, currently Messrs. Wood and Hastings. The holders of a majority of our preferred stock and common stock further designated Messrs. Henricks, Hunt and Rothrock for election to our board of directors. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Our board of directors will consist of eight members upon the closing of this offering. In accordance with the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be filed in connection with this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following the election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be                  and                 , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018;

 

    the Class II directors will be                 ,                  and                 , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019; and

 

    the Class III directors will be                 ,                  and                  , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

 

107


Table of Contents

Voting Agreement

In November 2015, we entered into an amended and restated voting agreement with certain holders of our outstanding preferred stock and warrants to purchase preferred stock, including entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures, Globespan Capital Partners and Twenty-First Century Fox. This agreement was later amended in August 2017. Shawn Carolan and Ravi Ahuja, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with Menlo Ventures and Twenty-First Century Fox, respectively. Daniel V. Leff, a member of our board of directors, was formerly affiliated with Globespan Capital Partners. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed to vote in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Pursuant to the voting agreement, the holders of our Series A preferred stock, voting as a separate class, have designated Anthony Wood and Jeffrey Hastings for election to our board of directors; the holders of our Series C preferred stock, voting as a separate class, have designated Shawn Carolan for election to our board of directors; the holders of our Series D preferred stock, voting as a separate class, have designated Daniel Leff for election to our board of directors; the holders of our Series E preferred stock, voting as a separate class, have designated Ravi Ahuja for election to our board of directors; and the holders of a majority of our Class B common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class, on an as converted basis, have designated Alan Henricks, Neil Hunt and Ray Rothrock for election to the board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Director Independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors as a listed company within one year of the closing of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Ahuja, Carolan, Henricks, Hunt, Leff and Rothrock do not have any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq. Mr. Wood is not independent given his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Hastings is not independent given his status as the Chief Executive Officer of BrightSign LLC, where Mr. Wood is a member of the board of directors and majority stockholder. Accordingly, a majority of our directors are independent, as required under applicable Nasdaq listing rules. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including their beneficial ownership of our capital stock.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

All of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations, except that with respect to the audit committee independence requirements, our audit committee will rely upon the phase-in rules of Nasdaq and the SEC, as further described below.

 

108


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Henricks, Leff and                 . Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Henricks and Leff are independent under Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is Mr. Henricks. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Henricks is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. We are permitted to phase-in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements set forth in Nasdaq rules and relevant SEC rules as follows: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, the board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.

The primary purpose of the audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our accounting, financial and other reporting and internal control practices and to oversee our independent registered accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

    selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

    helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

    developing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

    reviewing related party transactions;

 

    obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal quality control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

    approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Ahuja, Carolan, Hunt and Rothrock. Our board of directors has determined each member of the compensation committee is independent under Nasdaq listing standards, are “non-employee directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and are “outside directors” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The chair of our compensation committee is Mr. Rothrock.

The primary purpose of the compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors to oversee our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

109


Table of Contents
    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the terms of compensatory arrangements with our executive officers;

 

    administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

    selecting independent compensation consultants and assessing whether there are any conflicts of interest with any of the committee’s compensation advisers;

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management, as appropriate; and

 

    reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Ahuja and Rothrock. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Mr. Ahuja. Each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent within the meaning of applicable listing standards, is a non-employee director and is free from any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment, as determined by the board of directors in accordance with the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.

Specific responsibilities of the nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

    identifying, evaluating and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors approve, nominees for election to our board of directors;

 

    evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

    considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of the committees of the board of directors;

 

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

    evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

 

    reviewing management succession plans;

 

    developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board of directors’ performance.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions and agents and representatives, including directors and consultants. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at www.roku.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and our directors, on our website identified above. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

110


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our officers or employees. Mr. Wood serves as a member of the board of directors of BrightSign LLC, where Mr. Hastings, a member of our board of directors, serves as Chief Executive Officer.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by or paid to our non-employee directors during fiscal 2016.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in
Cash
     Option
Awards (1)
     Total  

Ravi Ahuja

   $      $      $  

Shawn Carolan

                    

Jeffrey Hastings

                    

Alan Henricks

     50,000        62,274        112,274  

Neil Hunt (2)

                    

Daniel Leff

                    

Ray Rothrock

                    

 

(1) Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our non-employee directors. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted in 2016 and the incremental fair value of stock options repriced in the fourth quarter of 2016, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our non-employee directors will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our Class A common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options.
(2) Mr. Hunt joined our board of directors in August 2017.

We currently reimburse our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending board of directors and committee meetings. From time to time, we have granted stock options to certain of our non-employee directors as compensation for their services. Mr. Hastings, Mr. Henricks, Mr. Hunt and Mr. Rothrock are our only non-employee directors who hold options to purchase Class B common stock. In May 2012, we granted Mr. Henricks an option to purchase 999,202 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.38 per share, vesting monthly over four years. In May 2016, we granted Mr. Henricks an option to purchase 125,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.17 per share, vesting monthly over one year, which stock option was repriced to have an exercise price of $0.94 per share in the fourth quarter of 2016. In May 2017, we granted Mr. Henricks and option to purchase 125,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.02 per share, vesting monthly over one year. In August 2014, we granted Mr. Hastings an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.68 per share, vesting monthly over three years. In August 2017, we granted Mr. Hastings an option to purchase 125,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.47 per share, vesting monthly over one year. In August 2017, we granted Mr. Hunt an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.47 per share, vesting monthly over four years. In August 2014, we granted Mr. Rothrock an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.68 per share, vesting monthly over four years.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

We intend to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy, pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

 

111


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2016, were:

 

    Anthony Wood, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Steve Louden, Chief Financial Officer; and

 

    Chas Smith, General Manager and Senior Vice President of Roku TV & Players

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers during fiscal 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary      Option
Awards (1)
     All Other
Compensation (2)
     Total  

Anthony Wood

     2016      $ 750,000      $ 22,380      $ 13,255      $ 785,635  

President and Chief Executive Officer

              

Steve Louden

     2016        603,251        411,033        13,255        1,027,539  

Chief Financial Officer

              

Chas Smith

     2016        488,462        736,453        13,255        1,238,170  

General Manager and Senior Vice President of Roku TV & Players

              

 

(1) Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our named executive officers. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted in 2016 and the incremental fair value of stock options repriced in the fourth quarter of 2016, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Our named executive officers will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our Class A common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options.
(2) Amounts reported include medical and life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of the named executive officer.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2016

The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2016. All awards were granted under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

                   Option Awards  

Name

   Grant Date      Vesting
Commencement
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (#)
     Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Anthony Wood

     11/18/2008        09/19/2008        12,047,049 (1)            $ 0.0267        11/17/2018  
     07/24/2012        09/18/2012        8,000,000 (2)(5)              0.46        07/23/2022  
     07/24/2012               1,000,000 (3)              0.46        07/23/2022  
     08/11/2015        08/11/2015        6,834,981 (4)(5)(14)              0.94        08/10/2025  

Steve Louden

     07/03/2015        06/26/2015        105,263 (5)(6)              0.95        07/02/2025  
     07/03/2015        06/26/2015        3,394,737 (5)(7)(14)              0.94        07/02/2025  
     05/17/2016        05/17/2016        750,000 (5)(8)(14)              0.94        05/16/2026  

 

112


Table of Contents
                   Option Awards  

Name

   Grant Date      Vesting
Commencement
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (#)
     Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Chas Smith

     10/30/2012        09/01/2012        2,000,000 (5)(9)            $ 0.46        10/30/2022  
     03/23/2015        03/23/2015        750,000 (5)(10)              0.94        03/22/2025  
     03/23/2015        09/01/2016        1,500,000 (5)(11)              0.94        03/23/2025  
     05/17/2016        05/17/2016        750,000 (5)(12)(14)              0.94        05/16/2026  
     11/08/2016        09/02/2018        800,000 (5)(13)              0.94        11/07/2026  

 

(1) This option is fully vested as of December 31, 2016. 135,870 shares have been exercised.
(2) 1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2016, 8,000,000 shares are vested.
(3) This option is subject to milestone vesting tied to our gross revenue and valuation. In November 2014, Roku’s board of directors determined that certain of these milestones have been met and that 500,000 shares subject to this option vested in September 2014 and 500,000 shares vested in September 2015. This option is early exercisable and to the extent any purchased shares are unvested as of a given date, such shares will remain subject to a right of repurchase by Roku upon the termination of the service of Mr. Wood.
(4) 1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2016, 2,278,327 shares are vested.
(5) This option is early exercisable and to the extent any of such shares are unvested as of a given date, such purchased shares will remain subject to a right of repurchase by Roku upon the termination of the service of the named executive officer. Upon the closing of a corporate transaction (as defined in the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan) (i) 25% of the shares will vest immediately, and (ii) in the event that the employee’s employment is terminated without cause by Roku or the employee terminates his employment for good reason (in either case, such termination occurring within 12 months following a corporate transaction) then 100% of the unvested shares will vest immediately, subject to the employee signing a general release of all known and unknown claims in a form acceptable to Roku.
(6) 25% of the total shares subject to this option will vest one year after the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th of the shares subject to this option will vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2016, 39,473 shares are vested.
(7) 25% of the total shares subject to this option will vest one year after the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th of the shares subject to this option will vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2016, 1,273,026 shares are vested.
(8) 1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2016, 109,375 shares are vested.
(9) 25% of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest one year after the vesting commencement date and 1/48 th of the shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2016, 2,000,000 shares are vested.
(10) 1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2016, 328,125 shares are vested.
(11) 1/24 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2016, 187,500 shares are vested.
(12) 1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2016, 109,375 shares are vested.
(13) 1/12 th of the total shares subject to this option grant will vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2016, no shares are vested.
(14) This stock option was repriced in the fourth quarter of 2016.

 

113


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including, but not limited to, the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan sponsored by us during fiscal 2016.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by Roku during fiscal 2016.

Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements

We have employment agreements with each of our executive officers other than Anthony Wood, who is our founder and serves as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. The agreements generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the executive officer’s initial base salary and initial equity grant. Each of our executive officers is a party to our severance benefit plan, which provides for certain employee benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. In addition, each of our executive officers has executed our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement. The key terms of the employment agreements are described below.

Anthony Wood

We do not have a written employment agreement with Mr. Wood. In August 2017, we increased Mr. Wood’s annual base salary to $1,000,000 from $750,000. In November 2008, we granted Mr. Wood an option to purchase 12,047,049 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.0267 per share and 3,030,303 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.33 per share, with 25% of each option vesting in September 2009 and the remainder vesting monthly over 36 months from September 2009. The latter option was repriced to $0.0294 per share in September 2010 and was fully exercised in June 2013. In July 2012, we granted Mr. Wood an option to purchase 8,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.46 per share with the shares vesting monthly over 48 months from September 2012. In July 2012, we granted Mr. Wood an option to purchase 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.46 per share with the shares subject to milestone vesting tied to our gross revenue and valuation. In August 2015, we granted Mr. Wood an option to purchase 6,834,981 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.95 per share with the shares vesting monthly over 48 months from August 2015, which stock option was repriced to have an exercise price of $0.94 per share in the fourth quarter of 2016. In August 2017, we granted Mr. Wood an option to purchase 5,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.47 per share with the shares vesting monthly over 24 months from August 2019.

Stephen Kay

In November 2013, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Kay, pursuant to which he commenced employment as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel, on an at-will basis. Mr. Kay’s annual base salary as of June 30, 2017 was $500,000. In January 2014, we granted Mr. Kay an option to purchase

 

114


Table of Contents

1,999,299 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.49 per share with 25% of the shares vesting in January 2015 and the remainder vesting monthly over 36 months from January 2015 and an option to purchase 816,324 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.49 per share with 25% of the shares vesting in December 2014 and the remainder vesting monthly over 36 months from December 2014. In March 2015, we granted Mr. Kay an option to purchase 625,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.94 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from March 2015. In November 2015, we granted Mr. Kay an option to purchase 800,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.17 per share vesting monthly over 12 months from January 2018, which stock option was repriced to have an exercise price of $0.94 per share in the fourth quarter of 2016. In May 2017, we granted Mr. Kay an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.02 per share vesting monthly over 12 months from January 2019.

Steve Louden

In June 2015, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Louden, pursuant to which he commenced employment as our Chief Financial Officer, on an at-will basis. Mr. Louden’s annual base salary as of June 30, 2017 was $575,000. In July 2015, we granted Mr. Louden an option to purchase 3,394,737 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.95 per share with 25% of the shares vesting in June 2016 and the remainder vesting monthly over 36 months from June 2016, which stock option was repriced to have an exercise price of $0.94 per share in the fourth quarter of 2016 and an option to purchase 105,263 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.95 per share with 25% of the shares vesting in June 2016 and the remainder vesting monthly over 36 months from June 2016. In May 2016, we granted Mr. Louden an option to purchase 750,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.17 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from May 2016, which stock option was repriced to have an exercise price of $0.94 per share in the fourth quarter of 2016. In May 2017, we granted Mr. Louden an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.02 per share vesting monthly over 12 months from June 2019.

Scott Rosenberg

In October 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Rosenberg, pursuant to which he commenced employment as our Vice President, Business Development, Content and Services, on an at-will basis. Mr. Rosenberg’s annual base salary as of June 30, 2017 was $500,000. In February 2013, we granted Mr. Rosenberg an option to purchase 250,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.46 per share with 25% of the shares vesting in November 2013 and the remainder vesting monthly over 36 months from November 2013. In November 2013, we granted Mr. Rosenberg an option to purchase 100,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.49 per share vesting monthly over 36 months from November 2013. In November 2014, we granted Mr. Rosenberg an option to purchase 175,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.81 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from November 2016. In March 2015, we granted Mr. Rosenberg an option to purchase 62,500 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.94 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from March 2015. In August 2015, we granted Mr. Rosenberg an option to purchase 200,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.95 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from August 2015, which stock option was repriced to have an exercise price of $0.94 per share in the fourth quarter of 2016. In May 2016, we granted Mr. Rosenberg an option to purchase 100,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.17 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from May 2016, which stock option was repriced to have an exercise price of $0.94 per share in the fourth quarter of 2016. In November 2016, we granted Mr. Rosenberg options to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.94 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from November 2016 and to purchase 100,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.94 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from November 2018. In March 2017, we granted Mr. Rosenberg an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.95 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from May 2016. In May 2017, we granted Mr. Rosenberg an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.02 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from May

 

115


Table of Contents

2017. In August 2017, we granted Mr. Rosenberg an option to purchase 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.47 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from August 2017.

Stephen Shannon

In August 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Shannon, pursuant to which he commenced employment as our General Manager, Senior Vice President, Content and Services on an at-will basis. Mr. Shannon’s annual base salary as of June 30, 2017 was $550,000. In October 2012, we granted Mr. Shannon, an option to purchase 3,500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.46 per share with 25% of the shares vesting in October 2013 and the remainder vesting monthly over 36 months from October 2013. In March 2015, we granted Mr. Shannon an option to purchase 750,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.94 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from March 2015 and an option to purchase 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.94 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from October 2016. In November 2016, we granted Mr. Shannon an option to purchase 800,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.94 per share vesting monthly over 12 months from October 2018. In March 2017, we granted Mr. Shannon an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.95 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from October 2019.

Chas Smith

In August 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Smith, pursuant to which he commenced employment as our General Manager and Senior Vice President of Roku TV & Players, on an at-will basis. Mr. Smith’s annual base salary as of June 30, 2017 was $500,000. In October 2010, we granted Mr. Smith an option to purchase 3,329,430 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.06 per share with 25% of the shares vesting in July 2011 and the remainder vesting monthly over 36 months from July 2011. In October 2012, we granted Mr. Smith an option to purchase 2,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.46 per share with 25% of the shares vesting in September 2013 and the remainder vesting monthly over 36 months from September 2013. In March 2015, we granted Mr. Smith an option to purchase 750,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.94 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from March 2015 and an option to purchase 1,500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.94 per share vesting monthly over 24 months from September 2016. In May 2016, we granted Mr. Smith an option to purchase 750,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.17 per share vesting monthly over 48 months from May 2016, which stock option were repriced to have an exercise price of $0.94 per share in the fourth quarter of 2016. In November 2016, we granted Mr. Smith an option to purchase 800,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.94 per share vesting monthly over 12 months from September 2018. In August 2017, we granted Mr. Smith an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.47 per share vesting monthly over 12 months from September 2019.

Severance Benefit Plan

Each of our executive officers and vice presidents is eligible to participate in our Severance Benefit Plan, which was approved by our board of directors in May 2016. The benefits provided under the Severance Benefit Plan supersede any similar severance benefits described in a participant’s offer letter or employment agreement. Participants in our Severance Benefit Plan will be entitled to receive a lump sum cash payment (12 months base salary for our Chief Executive Officer or 9 months base salary for all other participants) upon an involuntary termination without cause. In addition, in the event that such termination occurs, or the participant resigns for good reason, in connection with or within 12 months following a change of control, the participant will be entitled to receive the lump sum severance payment described above and 100% of the participant’s unvested shares will vest immediately. All such severance benefits are subject to the participant signing a general release of all known and unknown claims in substantially the form provided in the Severance Benefit Plan.

 

116


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans

We believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that aligns the long-term financial interests of our employees, consultants and directors with the financial interests of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that our ability to grant options and other equity-based awards helps us to attract, retain and motivate employees, consultants and directors and encourages them to devote their best efforts to our business and financial success. The principal features of our equity incentive plans and our 401(k) plan are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which, other than the 401(k) plan, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2017 Plan, in                    2017, and our stockholders approved the 2017 Plan in                    2017. Our 2017 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, performance cash awards, and other forms of equity compensation to our employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares

The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under our 2017 Plan is             , or the 2017 Plan Share Reserve. This 2017 Plan Share Reserve will include, following the date of execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering and upon the expiration or termination prior to exercise of any shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, an equal number of shares of Class A common stock. In addition, the number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2017 Plan will automatically increase on the first day of January for a period of up to 10 years, commencing on January 1, 2018, in an amount equal to         % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under our 2017 Plan is            .

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2017 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2017 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2017 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under our 2017 Plan.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2017 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under the 2017 Plan, our board of directors has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements.

The board of directors may also modify outstanding awards under our 2017 Plan, with the consent of any adversely affected participant. The board of directors has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

 

117


Table of Contents

Stock Options

Incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2017 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2017 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2017 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an option holder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 3 months following the option holder’s cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option or sale of the underlying shares following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or by our insider trading policy. If an option holder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an option holder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the option holder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. Options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

The plan administrator will determine acceptable consideration for the purchase of Class A common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option, which may include the following methods: (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order; (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise procedure; (3) the tender of shares of our Class A or Class B common stock previously owned by the option holder; (4) if the option is a nonstatutory stock option, by a net exercise arrangement; and (5) other legal consideration set forth in the applicable award agreement.

In general, options are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided by the plan administrator under our 2017 Plan. An option holder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the option holder’s death.

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options

The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our Class A common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as nonstatutory stock options. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

 

118


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards

Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, past services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ceases for any reason, we may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Class A common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess, if any, of the per share fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of exercise over the purchase price or strike price and (2) the number of shares of Class A common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. This amount may be paid in shares of our Class A or Class B common stock, in cash, in any combination of cash and shares of our common stock or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the plan administrator and set forth in the award agreement. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2017 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2017 Plan, which may be up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provides otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 3 months following the cessation of service. The term of the stock appreciation right may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or by our insider trading policy. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant (or, if applicable, a beneficiary) may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months (in the case of disability) or 18 months (in the case of death). Stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Section 162(m) Limits

Certain limits apply when we make awards under the 2017 Plan that are intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code. These limitations are intended to give us the flexibility to grant compensation that will not be subject to the $1,000,000 annual limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code at such time as necessary for us to comply with Section 162(m). In the case of stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, such awards will not cover more than                  shares of our Class A common stock in any calendar year. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than                  shares of our Class A common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $        under our 2017 Plan.

 

119


Table of Contents

Performance Awards

The 2017 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals by selecting from one or more of the following performance criteria: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (5) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (6) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (7) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (8) total stockholder return; (9) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (10) return on assets, investment or capital employed; (11) stock price; (12) margin (including gross margin); (13) income (before or after taxes); (14) operating income; (15) operating income after taxes; (16) pre-tax profit; (17) operating cash flow; (18) sales or revenue targets; (19) increases in revenue or product revenue; (20) expenses and cost reduction goals; (21) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (22) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (23) market share; (24) cash flow; (25) cash flow per share; (26) share price performance; (27) debt reduction; (28) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (29) stockholders’ equity; (30) capital expenditures; (31) debt levels; (32) operating profit or net operating profit; (33) workforce diversity; (34) growth of net income or operating income; (35) billings; (36) bookings; (37) employee retention; (38) user satisfaction; (39) the number of users (40) budget management; (41) partner satisfaction; (42) entry into or completion of strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property and acquisitions); and (43) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by board of directors.

Our board of directors may establish performance goals on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless otherwise specified by our board of directors (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the performance goals are established, our board of directors will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of the performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item.

 

120


Table of Contents

Other Stock Awards

The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our Class A common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure

In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2017 Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code), and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions

Our 2017 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, including: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder. The administrator may (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation; (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation; (3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction; (4) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us; (5) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, if any, determined by the board; or (6) make a payment, in the form determined by the board, equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the awards prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

In the event of a change in control, awards granted under the 2017 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement. Under the 2017 Plan, a change in control is defined to include (a) the acquisition of any person of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock; (b) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately prior to the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity); (c) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets to an entity that did not previously hold more than 50% of the voting power over our capital stock and (d) our stockholders approve and the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation or a complete dissolution or liquidation of Roku otherwise occurs except for a liquidation into a parent corporation and (e) individuals who constitute our incumbent board of directors ceasing to constitute at least a majority of our board of directors.

Transferability

A participant may not transfer stock awards under our 2017 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2017 Plan.

 

121


Table of Contents

Plan Amendment or Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2017 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2017 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under our 2017 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2008 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2008 Plan, in February 2008. Our 2008 Plan was amended most recently in November 2015. Our 2008 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and any of our subsidiary corporations’ employees and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock awards to our employees, officers, directors and consultants.

Our 2017 Plan will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. As a result, we do not expect to grant any additional awards under the 2008 Plan following that date, although any awards granted under the 2008 Plan will remain subject to the terms of our 2008 Plan and applicable award agreements, until such outstanding awards that are stock options are exercised, or until they terminate or expire by their terms, and until any restricted stock awards become vested, terminate or are forfeited.

Authorized Shares

The maximum number of shares of our Class B common stock that may be issued under our 2008 Plan is 199,059,586. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under our 2008 Plan is 398,119,172. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2008 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or are settled in cash do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2008 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2008 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under our 2008 Plan, although such shares may not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors administers our 2008 Plan and the stock awards granted under it. Under our 2008 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine and amend the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2008 Plan. The board may amend the 2008 Plan in these and other respects with the consent of any adversely affected participant, although certain material amendments to the 2008 Plan require stockholder approval.

Under the 2008 Plan, the board of directors also has the authority to modify outstanding awards, reprice any outstanding option, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP, although if any such action adversely affects a participant, the written consent of that participant is required.

Corporate Transactions

Our 2008 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, including: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding

 

122


Table of Contents

securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our Class B common stock outstanding prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines. The administrator may (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation; (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation; (3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction; (4) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us; or (5) make a payment, in the form determined by the board, equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the awards prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, or all participants in the same manner.

In the event of a change in control, awards granted under the 2008 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement. Under the 2008 Plan, a change in control is defined to include (a) the acquisition by any person of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock; (b) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the our stockholders immediately prior to the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity); (c) our stockholders approve or our board of directors approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation or a complete dissolution or liquidation of Roku otherwise occurs except for a liquidation into a parent corporation; and (d) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets to an entity that did not previously hold more than 50% of the voting power of our stock.

Transferability

Under our 2008 Plan, the board of directors may provide for limitations on the transferability of awards, in its sole discretion. Option awards are generally not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except as otherwise provided under our 2008 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2008 Plan, although certain material amendments require the approval of our stockholders, and amendments that would impair the rights of any participant require the consent of that participant.

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP in            , 2017, and our stockholders approved our ESPP in            , 2017. The ESPP will become effective immediately on the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code for U.S. employees. In addition, the ESPP authorizes grants of purchase rights that do not comply with Section 423 of the Code under a separate non-423 component. In particular, where such purchase rights are granted to employees who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States, our board of directors may adopt rules that are beyond the scope of Section 423 of the Code.

Share Reserve

Following this offering, the ESPP authorizes the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock under purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of

 

123


Table of Contents

shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1st of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2018 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective in the fiscal year ending in December 2017) through January 1, 2027, by the lesser of (1)            % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month before the date of the automatic increase, and (2)             shares; provided that before the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (1) and (2). As of the date hereof, no shares of our Class A common stock have been purchased under the ESPP.

Administration

Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our Class A common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. We currently intend to have six (6) month offerings with one purchase period per offering, except that the first purchase period under our first offering may be longer than six months, depending on the date on which the underwriting agreement relating to this offering becomes effective. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deduction.

Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to             % of their earnings (as defined in the ESPP) for the purchase of our Class A common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, Class A common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share that is at least the lesser of (1) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the first date of an offering, or (2) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the date of purchase. For the initial offering, which we expect will commence on the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement relating to this offering, the fair market value on the first day of the offering period will be the price at which shares of Class A common stock are first sold to the public.

Limitations

Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors, including: (1) being customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (2) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year, or (3) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our Class A common stock based on the fair market value per share of our Class A common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding and the maximum number of shares an employee may purchase during a single purchase period is                 . Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value under Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure

In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to: (1) the

 

124


Table of Contents

number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights, and (4) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions

In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction, and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue, or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days before such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

ESPP Amendment or Termination

Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation up to certain Code limits, which are updated annually. We have the ability to make matching and discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan but have not done so to date. Employee contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their own contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, with the related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan are deductible by us when made, and contributions and earnings on those amounts are not taxable to the employees until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Insurance Premiums

We pay premiums for medical insurance and dental insurance for all full-time employees, including our named executive officers. We also pay premiums for life insurance and long-term disability insurance benefits for all full-time employees, including our named executive officers. These benefits are available to all full-time employees, subject to applicable laws.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Upon the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

125


Table of Contents
    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any executive officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these certificate of incorporation and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, executive officers or employees for which indemnification has been sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our Class A and Class B common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to the expiration of the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or executive officer has entered into with the underwriters.

 

126


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2014 to which we have been a participant, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation and other arrangements that are described in the section titled “Executive Compensation” or that were approved by our compensation committee.

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

Preferred Stock Financings

In October 2014, we issued an aggregate of 19,237,429 shares of our Series G preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.29955 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $25.0 million. In November 2015, we issued an aggregate of 29,759,957 shares of our Series H preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.5289 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $45.5 million. The following table summarizes purchases of preferred stock by holders of more than five percent of our capital stock and their affiliated entities and our directors. None of our executive officers purchased shares of preferred stock.

 

Name

   Series G
Preferred
Stock
     Series H
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Fidelity (1)

     10,880,917        3,270,325      $ 19,140,296  

Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. (2)

     1,980,024        9,810,975        17,573,140  

Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures (3)

     5,386,479        1,962,195        9,999,999  

Entities affiliated with Globespan Capital Partners (4)

            4,578,455        7,000,000  

 

(1) Includes shares of preferred stock purchased by (a) Ball & Co fbo Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, (b) Booth & Co fbo Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio, (c) M Gardiner & Co fbo Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund, (d) SAILBOAT & CO. fbo Fidelity Magellan Fund: Fidelity Magellan Fund, (e) Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, (f) WAVELENGTH + CO fbo Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund and (g) Powhattan & Co fbo Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund.
(2) Mr. Ahuja, a member of our board of directors, is Chief Financial Officer at Fox Networks Group, an operating unit of Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.
(3) Includes shares of preferred stock purchased by (a) Menlo Ventures X, L.P., (b) Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund X, L.P. and (c) MMEF X, L.P. Mr. Carolan, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Menlo Ventures.
(4) Includes shares of preferred stock purchased by (a) Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P. and (b) Globespan Capital Partners Opportunity Fund VI, L.P. Mr. Leff, a member of our board of directors, was a Venture Partner at Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P. until February 2013.

Upon the closing of this offering, each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of Class B common stock. For a description of the material rights and privileges of the preferred stock, see Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Investor Rights Agreement

In November 2015, we entered into an amended and restated investor rights agreement with certain holders of our outstanding preferred stock and warrants to purchase preferred stock, including entities affiliated with

 

127


Table of Contents

Menlo Ventures, Globespan Capital Partners and Twenty-First Century Fox, with certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. Shawn Carolan and Ravi Ahuja, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with Menlo Ventures and Twenty-First Century Fox, respectively. Daniel V. Leff, a member of our board of directors, was formerly affiliated with Globespan Capital Partners. The investor rights agreement also provides these stockholders with information rights, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and a right of first refusal with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock, which will not apply to, and will terminate upon, the closing of, this offering. After the closing of this offering, the holders of 498,420,804 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares of Class B common stock under the Securities Act pursuant to this amended and restated investor rights agreement. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements.”

Equity Grants

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain members of our board of directors. For a description of these options, see “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Agreements with BrightSign LLC

In September 2010, we entered into a contribution agreement with BrightSign LLC, or BrightSign, pursuant to which we transferred the assets of our digital sign and controller business to BrightSign. Anthony Wood, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is a member of the board of directors and majority stockholder of BrightSign. In September 2010, we also entered into a transition services agreement with BrightSign, or the Transition Services Agreement, to provide temporary administrative services to BrightSign in order to facilitate its transition to an independent company. Under the original terms of the Transition Services Agreement, BrightSign paid us $35,000 per month for defined services. In May 2011, we amended the Transition Services Agreement to adjust the monthly fee to $28,000 per month and, in January 2012, we further amended the Transition Services Agreement to adjust the monthly fee to $3,000 per month. The Transition Services Agreement with BrightSign terminated in accordance with its terms in June 2014. Until June 2014, we also subleased a portion of our warehouse space in Scotts Valley, California to BrightSign. Pursuant to these arrangements, BrightSign paid us $17,000 in fiscal 2014. There were no payments under these arrangements subsequent to fiscal 2014. We paid BrightSign $314,000 in fiscal 2015 and $414,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2017 for products and services. There were no payments to BrightSign in fiscal 2016.

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

128


Table of Contents

Related-Party Transaction Policy

We have adopted a formal written policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than five percent of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, will not be permitted to enter into a related-party transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other independent members of our board of directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction will be on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related-party’s interest in the transaction.

All of the transactions described in this section were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

129


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2017:

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than five percent of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned before the offering shown in the table is based on 514,491,589 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2017, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock and reclassification of all of our outstanding shares of common stock into shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering. The information relating to the number and percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering assumes the sale by us of              shares of Class A common stock in this offering and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. Shares of Class B common stock issuable under options or warrants that are exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017 are deemed beneficially owned and such shares are used in computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the options or warrants, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information contained in the following table is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose, and the inclusion of any shares in the table does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership of those shares.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Roku, Inc., 150 Winchester Circle, Los Gatos, California 95032.

 

Name and Address

of Beneficial Owner

  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
 
  Class A
Common Stock
    Class B
Common Stock
    Class A
Common Stock
    Class B
Common Stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power †
 
  Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %    

Executive Officers

                 

Anthony Wood (1)

                155,316,514       28.4                 155,316,514       28.4  

Steve Louden (2)

                4,750,000       *                   4,750,000       *    

Chas Smith (3)

                7,132,358       1.4                   7,132,358       1.4    

Directors

                 

Ravi Ahuja (4)

                36,133,556       7.0                   36,133,556       7.0    

Shawn Carolan (5)

                181,732,086       35.3                   181,732,086       35.3    

Jeffrey Hastings (6)

                625,000       *                   625,000       *    

Alan Henricks (7)

                1,349,202       *                   1,349,202       *    

Neil Hunt (8)

                500,000       *                   500,000       *    

Daniel Leff (9)

                35,716,798       6.9                   35,716,798       6.9    

Ray Rothrock (10)

                918,478       *                   918,478       *    

All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons) (11)

                438,429,581       76.2                   438,429,581       76.2    

 

130


Table of Contents

Name and Address

of Beneficial Owner

  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
 
  Class A
Common Stock
    Class B
Common Stock
    Class A
Common Stock
    Class B
Common Stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power †
 
  Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %    

Principal Stockholders

                 

Entities Affiliated with Menlo Ventures (12)

                181,732,086       35.3                   181,732,086       35.3    

Entities Affiliated with Fidelity (13)

                66,281,728       12.9                   66,281,728       12.9    

Entities Affiliated with Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P. (14)

                31,359,497       6.1                   31,359,497       6.1    

Entities Affiliated with Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. (15)

                36,133,556       7.0                   36,133,556       7.0    

 

* Denotes less than 1%
Represents the voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except under limited circumstances described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights.”
(1) Includes 32,746,160 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017.
(2) All 4,750,000 shares are issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017.
(3) Includes 6,300,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017.
(4) Mr. Ahuja does not own shares in his individual capacity. He is Chief Financial Officer of Fox Networks Group, an operating unit of Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. Mr. Ahuja does not have either voting or investment control over Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.’s shares and he disclaims beneficial ownership of Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.’s shares.
(5) Mr. Carolan is a managing member of the Menlo Funds (as defined in note (12)).
(6) All 625,000 shares are issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017.
(7) Includes 1,249,202 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017.
(8) All 500,000 shares are issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017.
(9) Mr. Leff was a Venture Partner at Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P. until February 2013 and may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P. Also includes 4,357,301 shares held of record by Luminari Capital, L.P. Daniel Leff is the Founder and Managing Partner of Luminari Capital, L.P. and may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Luminari Capital, L.P. The address for Luminari Capital, L.P. is 300 Hamilton Avenue, 4 th Floor, Palo Alto, California 94301.
(10) Includes (a) 543,478 shares held of record by FiftySix Investments, LLC and (b) 375,000 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017.
(11) Includes (a) 377,628,630 shares held by the directors and executive officers (or their affiliated funds) and (b) 60,800,951 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2017.
(12) Consists of (i) 177,126,797 shares held of record by Menlo Ventures X, L.P., (ii) 3,099,713 shares held of record by MMEF X, L.P., and (iii) 1,505,576 shares held of record by Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund X, L.P. (collectively, the “Menlo Funds”). MV Management X, L.L.C. is the general partner of each of the Menlo Funds, and the managing members of the general partner are H. DuBose Montgomery, John W. Javre, Douglas C. Carlisle, Sonja H. Perkins, Mark A. Siegel, Pravin A. Vazirani and Shawn Carolan. These individuals may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Menlo Funds. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his or her proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The address for the entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures is 2884 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, California 94025.

 

131


Table of Contents
(13) Consists of (i) 21,475,291 shares held of record by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, (ii) 21,680,399 shares held of record by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio, (iii) 5,520,836 shares held of record by Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund, (iv) 691,380 shares held of record by Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, (v) 15,993,324 shares held of record by Fidelity Magellan Fund: Fidelity Magellan Fund, (vi) 30,248 shares held of record by Fidelity OTC Commingled Pool, and (vii) 890,250 shares held of record by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund. Fidelity Management & Research Company, or Fidelity, 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR LLC and an investment adviser registered under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, is the beneficial owner of 66,281,728 shares as a result of acting as investment adviser to various investment companies registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
(14) Consists of (i) 28,089,172 shares held of record by Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P. and (ii) 3,270,325 shares held of record by Globespan Capital Partners Opportunity Fund VI, L.P. Globespan Management Associates V, LLC is the sole general partner of Globespan Management Associates V, L.P., which is the sole general partner of Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P. Globespan Opportunity Associates VI, LLC is the sole general partner of Globespan Opportunity Associates VI, L.P., which is the sole general partner of Globespan Capital Partners Opportunity Fund VI, L.P. Andrew P. Goldfarb, the Executive Managing Director of Globespan Management Associates V, LLC and Globespan Opportunity Associates VI, LLC, has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P. and Globespan Capital Partners Opportunity Fund VI, L.P. The address for Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P. and Globespan Capital Partners Opportunity Fund VI, L.P. is One Boston Place, Suite 2810, Boston, MA 02108.
(15) Shares are held of record by Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc., a publicly traded company. The address for Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc. is 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036.

 

132


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description of our capital stock summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. The descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

                 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

                 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

 

                 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2017, we had 29,426,596 shares of common stock and 485,064,993 shares of preferred stock outstanding. After giving effect to the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock to Class B common stock and the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering, there would have been 514,491,589 shares of Class B common stock outstanding on June 30, 2017 held by 198 stockholders of record. As of June 30, 2017 we had outstanding warrants to purchase 13,355,811 shares of preferred stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.45 per share and warrants to purchase 2,250,000 shares of Class B common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.06 per share. As of June 30, 2017, we also had outstanding options to acquire 147,361,901 shares of Class B common stock.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

Except with respect to voting, conversion and transfer rights as described below and as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

Dividend and Distribution Rights

Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, out of any assets of Roku legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors. Any dividends paid to the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable class of common stock treated adversely, voting separately as a class. We will not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of Class A common stock or Class B common stock payable in securities of Roku unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of common

 

133


Table of Contents

stock; provided, however, that (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A common stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A common stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class B common stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B common stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B common stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B common stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire shares Class B common stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B common stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A common stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A common stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A common stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have identical rights, provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders, holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share of Class B common stock. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except that there will be a separate vote of our Class A common stock in order for us to, directly or indirectly, effect an asset transfer, acquisition or liquidation event (each as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) pursuant to which the Class A common stock would not receive equivalent consideration (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) to the Class B common stock, and there will be a separate vote of our Class B common stock in order for us to, directly or indirectly, take action in the following circumstances:

 

    if we propose to amend, alter or repeal any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws that modifies the voting, conversion or other powers, preferences or other special rights or privileges or restrictions of the Class B common stock;

 

    if we reclassify any outstanding shares of Class A common stock into shares having rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B common stock or the right to more than one vote for each share thereof; or

 

    if we effect an asset transfer, acquisition or liquidation event (each as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) pursuant to which the Class B common stock would not receive equivalent consideration (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation) to the Class A common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. In addition, we may not issue any shares of Class B common stock, unless that issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock.

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to,

 

134


Table of Contents

and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to any series of preferred stock that may then be outstanding, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, then the outstanding shares of all common stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time immediately following the closing of this offering at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including, without limitation, certain transfers for tax and estate planning purposes.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2017, there were 485,064,993 shares of preferred stock outstanding. Immediately upon the closing of this offering, each outstanding share of preferred stock will convert into one share of Class B common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock, and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2017, we had a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 2,250,000 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding with an exercise price of $0.06 per share, which was automatically net exercised in July 2017 pursuant to its terms into 2,143,700 shares of our Class B common stock.

As of June 30, 2017, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of our Series C-2 preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $0.1082 per share. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for 7,500,000 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.1082 per share.

 

135


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2017, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of up to 2,887,486 shares of our Series D preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $0.3964 per share. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for up to 2,887,486 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.3964 per share.

As of June 30, 2017, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of up to 516,434 shares of our Series E preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $0.5809 per share. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for up to 516,434 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $0.5809 per share.

As of June 30, 2017, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of up to 2,451,891 shares of our Series H preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $1.5289 per share. Upon the closing of this offering these warrants will become exercisable for up to 2,451,891 shares of our Class B common stock with an exercise price of $1.5289 per share.

Stock Options

As of June 30, 2017, options to purchase an aggregate of 147,361,901 shares of Class B common stock were outstanding under our 2008 Plan. In August 2017 we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 19,320,000 shares of Class B common stock under our 2008 Plan. As of June 30, 2017, 25,533,017 additional shares of Class B common stock were available for future grant under our 2008 Plan (excluding options granted in August 2017), all of which shares will cease to be available at the time our 2017 Plan becomes effective upon the closing of this offering. For additional information regarding the terms of this plan see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Registration Rights

Stockholder Registration Rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement which provides that holders of our preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain registration rights, as set forth below. This investor rights agreement was entered into in February 2008 and has been amended and restated from time to time in connection with our preferred stock financings. The registration of shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire three years after the effective date of the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, or with respect to any particular stockholder, such time as that stockholder holds less than 1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding and that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any three-month period.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 498,420,804 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the closing of this offering, the holders of at least 50% of these shares may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover 20% of such shares then outstanding.

 

136


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 498,420,804 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 498,420,804 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the reasonably anticipated aggregate gross proceeds of the shares offered would equal or exceed $500,000. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 in any twelve month period.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

    permit our board of directors to issue up to              shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change of control;

 

    provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

    provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors;

 

    provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may only be removed for cause, which removal may be effected, subject to any limitation imposed by law, by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;

 

    provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission;

 

    provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

    provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

 

137


Table of Contents
    not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

    before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

    any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

138


Table of Contents
    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification.”

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ROKU.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A and Class B common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

 

139


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market for our Class A common stock existed, and a liquid trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A common stock from time to time and could impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares of our Class A common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the anticipation of such sales, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of Class A common stock and 514,491,589 shares of Class B common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 485,064,993 shares of Class B common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or subject to lock-up agreements. The remaining shares of Class B common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering are restricted securities as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the U.S. public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including by reason of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up arrangements described below and the provisions of Rule 144, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market after the date of this prospectus.

As of June 30, 2017, of the 147,361,901 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding, approximately 95,581,242 shares will be vested and eligible for sale 181 days after the date of this prospectus. In August 2017 we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 19,320,000 shares of Class B common stock under our 2008 Plan, of which                  shares will be vested and eligible for sale 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

We may issue shares of Class A common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event that any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition and investment.

In addition, the shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements, a registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration, including Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (1) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, (2) we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale, and (3) we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional

 

140


Table of Contents

restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after the closing of this offering based on the number of common shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017.

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Such sales by affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale, public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. As of June 30, 2017, 26,237,585 shares of our outstanding Class B common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and issuance of restricted stock. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

We intend to file with the SEC one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2008 Plan and 2017 Plan. These registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Arrangements

We, all of our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our shares of capital stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding immediately upon the closing of this offering, have agreed with the underwriters that, during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares of common stock, any options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock. These agreements are described in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriters.”

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain security holders, including the investor rights agreement and our standard form of option agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

 

141


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 498,420,804 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of Class B common stock under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

142


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes, does not discuss the potential application of the alternative minimum or Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, and does not deal with state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address U.S. federal tax consequences other than income taxes (not addressed, for example, are gift and estate taxes). Rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, “foreign governments,” international organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a “straddle,” “conversion transaction,” or other risk reduction strategy, partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such partnerships or pass-through entities (regardless of their places of organization or formation). Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

Persons considering the purchase of our Class A common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our Class A common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences and any U.S. federal non-income tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of Class A common stock that is not a U.S. Holder. A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. Also, partnerships, or other entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of their place of organization or formation), are not addressed by this discussion and are, therefore, not considered to be Non-U.S. Holders for the purposes of this discussion. If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds shares of our Class A common stock, the U.S, federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Such partners and partnerships should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, distributions, if any, made on our Class A common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock generally will constitute

 

143


Table of Contents

dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) and generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends.

In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent may then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Withholding tax is generally not imposed on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that receives effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments.

To the extent distributions on our Class A common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce your adjusted basis in our Class A common stock as a non-taxable return of capital, but not below zero, and then any excess will be treated as gain and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of Class A common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above, you generally will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (b) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). With respect to

 

144


Table of Contents

(c) above, in general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if interests in U.S. real estate constituted (by fair market value) at least half of our total worldwide real property interests plus business assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation; however, there can be no assurance that we will not become a U.S. real property holding corporation in the future. Even if we are treated as a U.S. real property holding corporation, such treatment will not cause gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our Class A common stock to be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than five percent of our Class A common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period and (2) our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we or certain financial middlemen must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our Class A common stock including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or certain financial middlemen) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed appropriate IRS Form W-8 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is considered effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

If backup withholding is applied to you, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a tax refund or credit with respect to the amount withheld.

Foreign Accounts

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends and, for any disposition occurring on or after January 1, 2019, the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules), including when the foreign financial institution holds our Class A common stock on behalf of a Non-U.S. Holder, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to dividends and, for any disposition occurring on or after January 1, 2019, the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial

 

145


Table of Contents

direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this withholding tax on their investment in our Class A common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS.

 

146


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. Sales of Class A common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of Class A common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $               $               $           

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $      $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $      $  

 

147


Table of Contents

We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for their expenses of up to $         related to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “ROKU.”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock, stock options and other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to specified exceptions, including, without limitation, the following:

 

    the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

    the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

    transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in this offering or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

    transfers by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that any filing required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer is being made pursuant to such court order and that such shares remain subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters, and provided further that no other public announcement or filing shall be required or voluntarily made during any such transaction;

 

   

in connection with the disposition or transfer of shares of common stock or other securities to us upon the “net” or “cashless” exercise of warrants outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and described

 

148


Table of Contents
 

in this prospectus or stock options or other equity awards outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and granted pursuant to an employee benefit plan described in this prospectus, provided that such shares of common stock received upon exercise shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement, and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or other public announcement, shall be required or voluntarily made in connection with any such transaction;

 

    the exercise solely with cash of stock options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus granted under an employee benefit plan or stock purchase plan described in this prospectus, provided that the shares received upon exercise shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement, and provided further that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the exercise of a stock option, that no shares were sold by the reporting person and that the shares received upon exercise are subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters;

 

    transfers of shares of common stock or other securities to us in connection with a repurchase by us pursuant to a repurchase right arising upon the termination of the transferee’s employment with us pursuant to contractual agreements with us, provided that any filing required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer is being made pursuant to such repurchase right under such agreement and that no other public announcement or filing shall be required or voluntarily made during any such transaction;

 

    transfers of shares of our common stock or other securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of our company that has been approved by our board of directors, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the securities shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement; or

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the Class A common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising such option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under such option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of such option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a

 

149


Table of Contents

decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging. financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

Canada

The shares of Class A common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation,

 

150


Table of Contents

provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares of Class A common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive and each person who initially acquires any shares of our Class A common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

In the case of any shares of our Class A common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares of Class A common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares of Class A common stock to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares of our Class A common stock to the public” in relation to any shares of our Class A in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares of our Class A common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within

 

151


Table of Contents

Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate for their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Chile

The shares of Class A common stock are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus supplement and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type

 

152


Table of Contents

specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Hong Kong

The shares of Class A common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of Class A common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issuance, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or FIEL has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of Class A common stock.

Accordingly, the shares of Class A common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

For Qualified Institutional Investors, or QII

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of Class A common stock constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.

For Non-QII Investors

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of Class A common stock constitutes either a “small number private placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

 

153


Table of Contents

New Zealand

The shares of Class A common stock offered hereby have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly in New Zealand and no offering materials or advertisements have been or will be distributed in relation to any offer of shares in New Zealand, in each case other than:

 

    to persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in the course of and for the purposes of their business, habitually invest money;

 

    to persons who in all the circumstances can properly be regarded as having been selected otherwise than as members of the public;

 

    to persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at least NZ$500,000 for the shares before the allotment of those shares (disregarding any amounts payable, or paid, out of money lent by the issuer or any associated person of the issuer); or

 

    in other circumstances where there is no contravention of the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand (or any statutory modification or re-enactment of, or statutory substitution for, the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand).

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) the sole purpose of which is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within nine months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of Class A common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

    to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

    where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

    as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

    as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

 

154


Table of Contents

Switzerland

The shares of Class A common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

155


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE CAN YOU FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have submitted with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information about us and the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.roku.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

156


Table of Contents

ROKU, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Roku, Inc.

Los Gatos, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Roku, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Roku, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

June 26, 2017

(August 22, 2017 as to Note 12)

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ROKU, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share data and par value)

 

    December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    June 30,
2017
    Pro Forma
June 30,
2017
 
                (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current Assets:

       

Cash

  $ 75,748     $ 34,562     $ 70,169    

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $17,729 and $16,213 at December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and $14,612 (unaudited) at June 30, 2017

    53,169       79,325       56,340    

Receivable from related parties

    286       148          

Inventories

    30,312       43,568       27,082    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    4,593       4,981       6,950    

Deferred cost of revenue

    824       2,636       4,363    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    164,932       165,220       164,904    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Property and equipment, net

    7,886       9,528       12,071    

Deferred cost of revenue, noncurrent portion

    2,742       3,815       4,703    

Other noncurrent assets

    951       515       3,318    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Assets

  $ 176,511     $ 179,078     $ 184,996    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

       

Current Liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 34,202     $ 31,397     $ 23,970    

Accrued liabilities

    27,687       46,156       47,898    

Current portion of long-term debt

          15,000          

Deferred revenue, current portion

    14,585       23,952       30,981    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    76,474       116,505       102,849    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Long-term debt, less current portion

    15,000             22,811    

Preferred stock warrant liability

    10,878       9,990       14,673     $  

Noncurrent deferred revenue

    18,665       29,084       37,132    

Other long-term liabilities

    2,050       4,143       7,701    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

    123,067       159,722       185,166       170,493  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)

       

Convertible Preferred Stock:

       

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value—506,208,956 shares authorized at December 26, 2015, December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017 (unaudited); 485,064,993 shares issued and outstanding at December 26, 2015 at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 (unaudited); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    213,180       213,180       213,180      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value—732,000,000 shares authorized at December 26, 2015, December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively, 27,186,229, 28,913,283, and 29,426,596 shares issued and outstanding at December 26, 2015, December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively; 514,491,589 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    3       3       3       51  

Additional paid-in capital

    17,332       26,002       30,691       258,496  

Accumulated deficit

    (177,071     (219,829     (244,044     (244,044
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (159,736     (193,824     (213,350   $ 14,503  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

  $ 176,511     $ 179,078     $ 184,996    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ROKU, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Years Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    July 2,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Net Revenue:

        

Player

   $ 269,977     $ 293,929     $ 119,116     $ 117,329  

Platform

     49,880       104,720       43,140       82,391  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     319,857       398,649       162,256       199,720  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue:

        

Player

     221,416       249,821       99,375       103,122  

Platform

     8,663       27,783       12,549       20,121  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     230,079       277,604       111,924       123,243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit:

        

Player

     48,561       44,108       19,741       14,207  

Platform

     41,217       76,937       30,591       62,270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

     89,778       121,045       50,332       76,477  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

        

Research and development

     50,469       76,177       38,471       48,118  

Sales and marketing

     45,153       52,888       26,245       28,722  

General and administrative

     31,708       35,341       18,255       20,855  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     127,330       164,406       82,971       97,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

     (37,552     (43,361     (32,639     (21,218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense), Net:

        

Interest expense

     (696     146       (131     (471

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     (1,768     888       (394     (2,651

Other income (expense), net

     (448     (220     (25     211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (2,912     814       (550     (2,911
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (40,464     (42,547     (33,189     (24,129

Income tax expense

     147       211       53       86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (40,611   $ (42,758   $ (33,242   $ (24,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (1.68   $ (1.50   $ (1.18   $ (0.83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

     24,183,442       28,475,699       28,177,035       29,196,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.08     $ (0.04
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited)

       513,540,692         514,261,184  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ROKU, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance—December 27, 2014

    452,852,408     $ 165,099       22,479,313     $ 2     $ 11,203     $     $ (136,460   $ (125,255

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock upon exercise of preferred stock warrants

    2,452,628       972                                      

Issuance of Series H convertible preferred stock in November at $1.52890 per share—net of issuance costs of $68

    29,759,957       45,432                                      

Reclassification of convertible preferred stock warrant liability to equity upon exercise of warrants

          1,677                                      

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, net of repurchases

                4,706,916       1       836                   837  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                            9                   9  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            5,284               5,284  

Net loss

                                        (40,611     (40,611
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 26, 2015

    485,064,993       213,180       27,186,229       3       17,332             (177,071     (159,736
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon expiration of warrants

                974,358                                

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                752,696             438                   438  

Vesting of early exercised stock options

                            26                   26  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            8,206                   8,206  

Net loss

                                        (42,758     (42,758
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2016

    485,064,993       213,180       28,913,283       3       26,002             (219,829     (193,824
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                1,069,154             759                   759  

Share repurchases (unaudited)

                (555,841                 (671           (671

Vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

                            8                   8  

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                            4,593                   4,593  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                        (24,215     (24,215
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

    485,064,993     $ 213,180       29,426,596     $ 3     $ 31,362     $ (671   $ (244,044   $ (213,350
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ROKU, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

    Years Ended     Six Months Ended  
    December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    July 2,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net loss

  $ (40,611   $ (42,758   $ (33,242   $ (24,215

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    2,555       5,302       2,850       2,580  

Impairment of assets

          320       320        

Stock-based compensation expense

    5,284       8,206       4,005       4,593  

Provision for doubtful accounts

    663       336       146       294  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    1,768       (888     394       2,651  

Noncash interest expense

    354       115       59       300  

Loss on disposals of property and equipment

    137       29       29       51  

Loss from exit of facilities

          3,804       3,804        

Write-off of deferred initial public offering costs

    1,609       594      

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Due from related parties

    (276     138       (5     148  

Accounts receivable

    (13,842     (26,492     9,324       22,691  

Inventories

    (3,754     (13,256     (3,390     16,486  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (1,887     (544     1,138       (2,098

Deferred cost of revenue

    (3,017     (2,885     (843     (2,615

Other noncurrent assets

    1,179       448       447       (2,803

Accounts payable

    4,724       (2,808     (9,871     (7,756

Accrued liabilities

    2,802       17,796       2,617       1,271  

Other long-term liabilities

    1,391       294       1,216       3,558  

Deferred revenue

    8,317       19,786       3,569       15,077  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (32,604     (32,463     (17,433     30,213  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Purchase of property and equipment

    (5,019     (8,596     (5,915     (4,586

Restricted cash

    (186     29       33       86  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (5,205     (8,567     (5,882     (4,500
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Payments of costs related to initial public offering

    (1,120     (594            

Proceeds from borrowings, net

                      24,691  

Repayments of borrowings

    (2,576     (15,000     (15,000     (15,000

Borrowings on line of credit

    15,000       15,000              

Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net of repurchases

    839       438       202       203  

Proceeds from exercise of preferred stock warrants

    972                    

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock

    45,500                    

Issuance costs in connection with issuance of convertible preferred stock

    (68                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    58,547       (156     (14,798     9,894  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash

    20,738       (41,186     (38,113     35,607  

Cash—Beginning of period

    55,010       75,748       75,748       34,562  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash—End of period

  $ 75,748     $ 34,562     $ 37,635     $ 70,169  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 273     $ 236     $ 93     $ 136  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 83     $ 121     $ 57     $ 66  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:

       

Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 1,608     $ 306     $ 902     $ 893  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of preferred stock warrants exercised

  $ 1,677     $     $     $  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants in connection with debt

  $     $     $     $ 2,032  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid initial public offering costs

  $     $     $     $ 186  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ROKU, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. THE COMPANY

Roku, Inc. (the “Company” or “Roku”), was formed in October 2002 as Roku LLC under the laws of the State of Delaware. On February 1, 2008, Roku LLC was converted into Roku, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The Company’s TV streaming platform allows users to easily discover and access a wide variety of movies and TV episodes, as well as live sports, music, news and more. The Company operates in two reportable segments and generates revenue through the sale of streaming players, advertising, subscription and transaction revenue sharing, as well as through licensing arrangements with TV brands and cable, satellite, and telecommunication service operators (“service operators”).

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the related disclosures at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Significant items subject to such estimates include revenue recognition for multiple element arrangements, determination of revenue reporting as net versus gross, sales return reserves, customer incentive programs, inventory valuation, the valuation of deferred income tax assets, the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities and the fair value of the Company’s preferred stock and common stock. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from the Company’s estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, the Company’s financial condition or operating results will be affected.

Beginning in 2017, the Company reports its consolidated financial results based on calendar years ending on December 31 and quarters ending on the last day of each quarter. Prior to 2017, the Company’s fiscal year was the 52- or 53-week period that ends on the last Saturday of December. The Company’s fiscal years 2015 and 2016 ended on December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Fiscal year 2015 spanned 52 weeks and 2016 spanned 53 weeks. The two fiscal quarters ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017 included 27 and 26 weeks, respectively. Unless otherwise stated, references to particular years, quarters, months, and periods refer to the Company’s fiscal years ended in December and the associated quarters, months, and periods of those fiscal years.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and includes the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2017, the related interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2017, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim financial

 

F-7


Table of Contents

statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2017, and its results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any other periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet Information

Immediately upon the closing of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company and following the Company’s filing of its amended and restated certificate of incorporation to reclassify all outstanding common stock as Class B common stock and create the Class A common stock, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of Class B common stock. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet information at June 30, 2017, gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into 485,064,993 shares of Class B common stock and the reclassification of all outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock into 29,426,596 shares of Class B common stock. It also gives effect to an automatic conversion of warrants to purchase 13,355,811 shares of convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase the same number of shares of Class B common stock, which results in the reclassification of the warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are remeasured into U.S. dollars from the local currency at rates in effect at period-end and nonmonetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical rates. Revenues and expenses are remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during each period. Foreign currency gains or losses from re-measurement and transaction gains or losses are recorded as other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. During the years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, the Company recorded foreign currency losses of $467,000 and $373,000, respectively. During the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), the Company recorded foreign currency losses of $147,000 and foreign currency gains of $110,000, respectively.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is equal to the net loss for all periods presented. Therefore, the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss have been omitted from the consolidated financial statements.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to those risks common in the technology-driven consumer market including, but not limited to, competitive forces, dependence on key personnel, consumer demand for its devices and TV streaming platform, the successful protection of its proprietary technologies, dependence on third-party suppliers, compliance with government regulations, and the ability to obtain additional financing when needed.

Segment Reporting

The Company reports its financial results consistent with the manner in which financial information is viewed by management for decision-making purposes. Financial information and operating performance are reviewed and resource allocation decisions are made based on two reportable segments. Other operating expenses that the Company does not manage at the segment level such as research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses are not allocated to or included in the segment information.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Concentrations

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to risk of loss consist principally of cash and trade accounts receivable. The Company maintains cash with domestic financial institutions of high credit quality.

The Company performs ongoing evaluations to assess the probability of accounts receivable being collected based on historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the credit quality of its customers, current economic conditions, and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay. The Company generally does not require collateral and provides for potential credit losses when deemed necessary. During the fiscal year ended December 26, 2015, the Company recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts of $662,000 to provide for potential credit losses, primarily related to one customer. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded a $600,000 reversal of this allowance when the loss was recovered through bankruptcy proceeds. Actual credit losses during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), were not significant.

Customers accounting for 10% or more of the Company’s net revenue for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and for six months ending July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017 were as follows:

 

     Years Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    July 2,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Customer A

     16     13     13     *

Customer B

     15       12       13       10  

Customer C

     23       24       25       20  

Customer D

     *       *       *       11  

Customers accounting for 10% or more of the Company’s accounts receivable at December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, were as follows:

 

     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Customer A

     19     12     *

Customer B

     18       11       *  

Customer C

     14       17       10  

Customer D

     *       17       16  

 

* Less than 10%

Allowances for Returns, Sales Incentives and Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are stated at invoice value less estimated allowances for product returns, customer incentives, and doubtful accounts.

Inventories

The Company’s inventories consist primarily of finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis. If the cost of the inventories exceeds their net realizable value, provisions are made currently for the difference between the cost and the market value. The Company evaluates inventory levels and purchase commitments for excess and obsolete products, based on management’s assessment of future demand and market conditions.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of the assets, generally ranging between eighteen months and five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives, which is generally five years.

Website and Internal-Use Software

The Company capitalizes costs to develop its website and internal-use software. The Company expenses all costs that relate to the planning and post-implementation phases of development as incurred. The Company capitalizes subsequent costs when preliminary efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and will be used as intended. Costs incurred for enhancements that are expected to result in additional material functionality are capitalized. During the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, the Company capitalized website and internal-use software development costs of $687,000 and $1,796,000, respectively. During the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), the Company capitalized website and internal-use development costs of $856,000 and $718,000, respectively.

Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the asset, which is generally two years, beginning when the asset is ready for its intended use. During the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, the Company amortized expenses of $346,000 and $661,000, respectively. During the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), the Company amortized expenses of $242,000 and $521,000, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s long-lived assets include property and equipment and other noncurrent assets and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recovered. Recoverability of assets is measured first by comparing their carrying amounts to their future undiscounted net cash flows. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair market value. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded an impairment of $320,000 for obsolete internal-use software.

Deferred Offering Costs

On December 17, 2014, the Company submitted an initial registration statement with the SEC and submitted subsequent amendments in February 2015 and November 2015. In December 2015, the Company decided to postpone its IPO for more than 90 days based on management’s evaluation of the business environment at that time. Deferred offering costs totaling $1,609,000 were expensed in December 2015 and are included in general and administrative expenses. In July 2016, the Company submitted a third amendment to its registration statement. In August 2016, the Company again decided to postpone its IPO based on an evaluation of the business environment and other factors and withdrew its registration statement. Deferred offering costs related to the July 2016 filing totaling $594,000 were expensed in 2016 and are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. In July 2017, the Company submitted a new initial registration statement. There were no deferred offering costs capitalized at December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016. As of June 30, 2017 (unaudited), $186,000 had been capitalized as deferred offering costs and is included in “other noncurrent assets”.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Overview —The Company derives revenue primarily from sales of its players and platform services. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Multiple Element Arrangements —The Company commonly enters into multiple-element arrangements. In such arrangements, the Company will combine arrangement deliverables into units of accounting and allocate the total arrangement consideration to the different units of accounting based on a relative selling price hierarchy. To determine the relative selling price of each element, the Company uses vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), if available, third party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available, or best estimated selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE are available. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were available on a standalone basis. The Company establishes BESP considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, historical prices of products sold on a stand-alone basis, cost and gross margin objectives, competitive pricing practices and customer and market specific considerations. Revenue is recognized for each unit of accounting provided that all revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Players —The Company sells the majority of its players through consumer retail distribution channels, including brick and mortar and online retailers, and through the Company’s website. For sales through consumer retail distribution channels, revenue recognition occurs when title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer which usually occurs upon shipment to the customers or receipt of the products by the customer depending on shipping terms. The Company establishes allowances for expected product returns and these allowances are recorded as a direct reduction to revenue. Return allowances are based on the Company’s historical experience. Certain payments to retailers and distributors such as market development funds, store promotions and price protection are recorded as a reduction of revenue. Roku reduces revenue at the later of the date at which the related player revenue is recognized or the date on which the program is offered. On occasion, these allowances cannot be reasonably and reliably estimated. Player revenue is then recognized at the time the players sell through to the end customer.

The Company’s player sales include two units of accounting: hardware, which includes embedded software, and unspecified upgrades or enhancements on a when-and-if available basis. The Company has determined that its hardware and embedded software be considered as one single unit of accounting, because the hardware and software individually do not have standalone value and are not sold separately. The Company initially records the relative selling price of the unspecified upgrades or enhancements on a when-and-if-available basis as deferred revenue, and then recognizes the deferred revenue into player, net revenue ratably on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the associated players.

Shipping charges billed to customers are included in player revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of player revenue. Revenue is recorded net of taxes collected or accrued. Sales taxes are recorded as current liabilities until remitted to the relevant government authority.

Platform —The Company earns platform revenue from fees received from advertisers and content publishers and licensing its technology and proprietary operating system to service operators and TV brands. Platform revenue primarily includes fees earned or derived from the sale of digital advertising, revenue sharing with content publishers for new or recurring user subscriptions activated through the Company’s platform and revenue share from user purchases of content publishers’ media through its platform. The Company also earns revenue from the sale of branded channel buttons on remote controls. Licensing revenues from service operators are mostly generated from unit activation or flat fees and ongoing maintenance fees. Licensing revenues from TV brands are generated on a flat fee basis or from per unit licensing fees earned.

Digital advertising includes video and display ads that are served on the Company’s platform. Digital advertising revenue consists of video and display advertising commonly sold on a cost per thousand impression

 

F-11


Table of Contents

basis. Advertising revenue arrangements are evidenced by a fully executed insertion order. Revenue is recognized in the period the impressions and promotional media are delivered.

Fees derived from the Company’s billing services supporting new or recurring user subscriptions activated through its platform and from purchases of content publishers’ media are recognized as transacted at the net amount retained by the Company, generally equal to a fixed percentage of the price charged by the content provider or a contractual flat fee. When the content publisher is responsible for user billing, the Company recognizes revenue from its share of the fees on an as reported basis, in arrears, on a monthly or quarterly basis.

The Company also earns fees through the sale of branded channel buttons on remote controls. These branded buttons provide one-touch, direct access to the providers’ content on the Company’s platform. The Company typically receives a fixed fee per button unit, and revenue is recognized as remote controls are shipped by the Company or reported as shipped by TV brands.

Revenues earned from service operators and TV brands in the licensing of the Company’s technology and proprietary operating system are accounted for under software revenue recognition guidance. The Company has been unable to establish VSOE for any component of these licensing arrangements and therefore these arrangements are accounted for as a single unit of accounting and revenue over the term of the relationship. Arrangements with service operators are generally comprised of a license for the technology and proprietary operating system, unspecified upgrades or enhancements, hosting of a branded channel store, and engineering and support services. Arrangements with TV brands commonly include a license to the technology and proprietary operating system over a specified term including updates and upgrades.

Deferred Revenue and Deferred Cost of Revenue

The Company’s deferred revenue reflect fees received from licensing and service arrangements, including advertising, that will be recognized as revenue over time or as services are rendered. Deferred revenue balances consist of the amount of player sales allocated to unspecified upgrades or enhancements on a when-and-if available basis, licensing and services fees from service operators and TV brands, and payments from advertisers and content publishers.

Deferred cost of revenue consists of amounts associated with related deferred revenues and is recognized as cost of revenue in the same manner as its respective deferred revenue.

Deferred revenue and the associated deferred cost of revenue expected to be realized within one year are classified as current liabilities and current assets, respectively, and the remaining are recorded as noncurrent liabilities and noncurrent assets, respectively.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of Player Revenue —Cost of player revenue is comprised of player manufacturing costs payable to third-party contract manufacturers, technology license or royalty fees, inbound and outbound freight and logistics costs, third-party packaging and assembly costs, warranty costs, write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory, allocated overhead costs related to manufacturing management, facilities and customer support, and salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for operations personnel.

Cost of Platform Revenue —Cost of platform revenue consists of advertising inventory costs, payment processing fees, third-party cloud service fees and allocated personnel-related costs, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for Company personnel that support platform services, including billing and advertising operations, customer service and the Company’s service operators and TV brands licensing businesses.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Warranty Costs

The Company generally provides for the estimated cost of hardware and software warranties at the time the related revenue is recognized. The Company assesses the adequacy of its preexisting warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary based on actual experience and changes in future estimates.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed when incurred and are included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred advertising costs of $4,117,000 and $3,852,000 for the years December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and $1,603,000 and $1,269,000 for the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively.

Research and Development

Costs related to research and development are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as consulting expenses and allocated facilities and other overhead costs. Research and development activities include the development of new technologies, features and functionality in support of the Roku OS and devices in order to enhance the Company’s players and platform segments, and the unspecified upgrades and enhancements that are available to activated devices.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures compensation expense for all stock-based awards, including stock options granted to employees, based on the estimated fair value on the date of grant. The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated using Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite vesting period. For the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, the stock-based compensation was recorded net of estimated forfeitures using a forfeiture rate based on an analysis of the Company’s actual historical forfeitures. The Company adopted new guidance effective January 1, 2017 and will recognize forfeitures as they occur.

The Company accounts for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the fair value of the awards determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of stock options granted to nonemployees is remeasured as the stock options vest, and the resulting change in fair value, if any, is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations during the period the related services are rendered, generally four years.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Company accounts for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock as a liability as the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable and, therefore, may obligate the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The warrants were recorded at fair value upon issuance and are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recognized in the statements of operations in other income and expense. The Company will continue to adjust the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock. At that time, the convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to equity.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and tax basis of

 

F-13


Table of Contents

assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely than not to be realized.

Net Loss per Share

Since the Company was in a loss position for all periods presented, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share for all periods as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding and potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive include common stock options, common stock warrants, convertible preferred stock warrants, convertible preferred stock, and unvested shares of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share were computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock, Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, Series C-2 convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock, Series E convertible preferred stock, Series F convertible preferred stock, Series G convertible preferred stock and Series H convertible preferred stock using the if converted method as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance, if later.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance to address the complexity of the accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Under this guidance, when determining the classification of certain financial instruments as liability or equity, a down round feature no longer precludes equity classification when assessing whether the instrument is indexed to an entity’s own stock. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this new guidance on the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued new guidance which addresses classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments related to the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this new guidance on the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to new accounting and reporting guidelines for leasing arrangements. The guidance requires organizations that lease assets to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet related to the rights and obligations created by those leases, regardless of whether they are classified as finance or operating leases. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The new standard is to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is evaluating the impact of this new guidance on the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In January 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this new guidance on the consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to the recognition and reporting of revenue that establishes a comprehensive new revenue recognition model designed to depict the transfer of goods or services

 

F-14


Table of Contents

to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. In 2016 the FASB issued amendments on this guidance with the same effective date and transition guidance. The new revenue standard may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of adoption. The Company plans to adopt the new revenue standard in its first quarter of 2018.

To date, the Company has established an implementation team and is in the process of evaluating the impact of the new standard on its accounting policies, processes, and system requirements. Furthermore, the Company has made and will continue to make investments in systems to enable timely and accurate reporting under the new standard.

The Company is continuing to evaluate adoption methods and the potential impact that the implementation of this standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements, but has not yet determined whether the effect will be material. However, the Company believes this new standard will impact its accounting for revenue arrangements in the following areas:

 

    Revenue from the licensing of the Company’s technology and proprietary operating system to service operators and TV brands, which will be recognized earlier and could result in greater variability in revenue recognition;

 

    Estimation of variable consideration for content publisher arrangements with revenue share from user subscriptions and media purchases through its platform and the sale of branded channel buttons on its remote controls; and

 

    Required disclosures.

The Company expects revenue recognition related to players to remain relatively unchanged under the new guidance and is in the process of evaluating the impact on its player arrangements.

Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adoption

In November 2015, the FASB issued new guidance which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. This guidance requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company early adopted the guidance effective December 26, 2015 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the consolidated statements of operations.

In April 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring debt issuance costs to be presented as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability. This will make the presentation of debt issuance costs consistent with the presentation of debt discounts or premiums. The Company adopted this guidance effective December 27, 2015. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to accounting for stock-based payment award transactions. The guidance is designed to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based payment award transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, classification on the statement of cash flows and forfeiture rate calculations. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2017. As part of this adoption, the Company will recognize forfeitures as they occur to determine the amount of compensation cost to be recognized in each period. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the effects of subsequent events on its annual consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 through June 26, 2017, the date on which consolidated financial

 

F-15


Table of Contents

statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 were issued, except for the change in operating segments discussed in Note 12, which were evaluated through August 22, 2017. For the unaudited interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2017, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 22, 2017, the date the consolidated financial statements were issued and further evaluated subsequent events in connection with the re-issuance of the interim financial statements on September 1, 2017.

Fair Value Measurements

Level  1 —Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities.

Level  2 —Observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable or are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level  3 —Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.

Level 1 liabilities consist of accounts payable, accrued expenses and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms, the carrying value of the line of credit and term debt approximate fair value as well.

The tables below summarize the Company’s financial instruments’ classification within the fair value hierarchy as of December 26, 2015, December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017 as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 26, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial liabilities—convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 10,878      $ 10,878  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 10,878      $ 10,878  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial liabilities—convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 9,990      $ 9,990  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 9,990      $ 9,990  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     June 30, 2017  
     (unaudited)  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial liabilities—convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 14,673      $ 14,673  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ 14,673      $ 14,673  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Level 3 instruments consist solely of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability in which the fair value was measured upon issuance and at each reporting date. Inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the warrant liability as of the valuation date included remaining contractual term of the warrants, the risk-free interest rate, the volatility of comparable public companies over the remaining term, and the fair value of underlying shares. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the preferred stock warrant liability were the fair value of the underlying stock at the valuation date and the estimated term of the warrants. Generally, increases (decreases) in the fair value of the underlying stock and estimated term would result in a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the preferred stock warrant liability measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fair value as of December 27, 2014

   $ 10,787  

Fair value of warrants exercised during the period

     (1,677

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     1,768  
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 26, 2015

     10,878  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     (888
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2016

   $ 9,990  

Fair value of warrants issued during the period (unaudited)

     2,032  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability (unaudited)

     2,651  
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

   $ 14,673  
  

 

 

 

3. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Accounts Receivable, Net —Accounts receivable, net, as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Gross accounts receivable

   $ 70,898     $ 95,538     $ 70,952  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for sales returns

     (9,514     (6,916     (5,047

Allowance for sales incentives

     (7,642     (8,503     (8,860

Other allowances

     (573     (794     (705
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowances

     (17,729     (16,213     (14,612
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable—net

   $ 53,169     $ 79,325     $ 56,340  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Sales Returns —Allowance for sales returns as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, consisted of the following activities (in thousands):

 

     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ (7,031   $ (9,514   $ (6,916

Charged to revenue

     (25,458     (20,810     (9,259

Utilization of sales return reserve

     22,975       23,408       11,128  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (9,514   $ (6,916   $ (5,047
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Sales Incentives —Allowance for sales incentives as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, consisted of the following activities (in thousands):

 

     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ (4,015   $ (7,642   $ (8,503

Charged to revenue

     (27,783     (36,626     (18,950

Utilization of sales incentive reserve

     24,156       35,765       18,593  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (7,642   $ (8,503   $ (8,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, Net —Property and equipment, net as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Computers and equipment

   $ 6,242     $ 8,787     $ 10,453  

Leasehold improvements

     4,347       4,201       6,599  

Website and internal-use software

     1,425       2,902       3,620  

Office equipment and furniture

     735       1,452       1,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     12,749       17,342       22,407  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,863     (7,814     (10,336
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 7,886     $ 9,528     $ 12,071  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, was $2,555,000 and $5,302,000, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), was $2,850,000 and $2,580,000, respectively.

Accrued Liabilities —Accrued liabilities as of December 26, 2015, and December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 26,
2015
     December 31,
2016
     June 30,
2017
 
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued royalty expense

   $ 5,396      $ 14,940      $ 13,819  

Accrued inventory

     4,027        4,274        4,295  

Accrued payroll and related expenses

     2,527        5,342        6,096  

Accrued cost of revenue

     3,493        7,264        4,660  

Accrued payments to content publishers

     3,174        8,554        13,301  

Marketing and advertising expenses

     2,854        1,294        832  

Sales tax payable and related liabilities

     1,687        769        483  

Other accrued expenses

     4,529        3,719        4,412  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 27,687      $ 46,156      $ 47,898  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Revenue —Deferred revenue as of December 26, 2015, and December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 26,
2015
     December 31,
2016
     June 30,
2017
 
                   (unaudited)  

Player, current

   $ 10,387      $ 13,611      $ 17,013  

Platform, current

     4,198        10,341        13,968  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue, current

     14,585        23,952        30,981  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Player, non-current

     4,276        5,215        4,856  

Platform, non-current

     14,389        23,869        32,276  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue, non-current

     18,665        29,084        37,132  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred revenue

   $ 33,250      $ 53,036      $ 68,113  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

4. DEBT

Debt obligations as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 26,
2015
     December 31,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                  (unaudited)  

Term Loan

   $      $     $ 25,000  

Line of Credit

     15,000        15,000        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt obligations

     15,000        15,000       25,000  

Compounding interest due at maturity

                  33  

Less unamortized debt discount and issuance costs

                  (2,222
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance

     15,000        15,000       22,811  

Current portion of long-term debt

            (15,000      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt less current portion

   $ 15,000      $     $ 22,811  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan and Security Agreements

Bank—Term Loan —In July 2011, the Company amended its loan and security agreement (the “LSA”) with a financial institution (the “Bank”). The LSA provided for a term loan borrowing of $5,000,000 and a revolving line of credit of up to $7,500,000, both of which could be drawn on under certain conditions. The Company borrowed $4,500,000 in July 2011. Advances under the term loan incurred a financing payment equal to 2% of the advance payable at the end of the loan, in addition to quarterly interest payments at a fixed annual rate of 10%. Borrowings on the line of credit bore interest at a premium of 1.75% over the bank’s prime rate. The length of the term loan borrowing was 48 months, and the length of the revolving line of credit was 12 months. The LSA was secured by all assets of the Company and the Company repaid the loan in July 2015.

The Company had previously amended the LSA at various dates and, in November 2014, replaced the LSA with an amended and restated loan and security agreement (the “Restated 2014 LSA”) providing advances under the revolving line of credit up to $30,000,000 and extending the line of credit to September 30, 2016. Additionally, the Restated 2014 LSA provides for letters of credit to be issued up to the lesser of the available line of credit, reduced by outstanding advances and drawn but unreimbursed letters of credit, or $5,000,000.

The Restated 2014 LSA agreement contains a financial covenant to maintain a minimum required adjusted quick ratio (calculated as the sum of cash maintained with the Bank and the Bank’s affiliates and net billed account receivable balances, divided by current liabilities plus all outstanding obligations to the Bank under the revolving line, less deferred revenue), and non-financial covenants including providing the audited annual financial statements to the bank within 180 days following the year end.

In May 2015, the Company entered into a first amendment to the Restated 2014 LSA with the Bank. The advances under the first amendment to the Restated LSA carry a floating per annum interest rate equal to the prime rate or the prime rate plus 2.5% depending on certain ratios. The first amendment further changed the financial covenant to maintain a current ratio (calculated as current assets, divided by current liabilities less deferred revenue), greater than or equal to 1.1. The interest rate on the line of credit was 3.75% as of December 31, 2016. As of December 26, 2015, and December 31, 2016, $15,000,000 under the line of credit was outstanding and letters of credit in the amount of $868,000 were outstanding. As of December 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants in the Restated 2014 LSA.

In June 2017, the Company entered into a second amendment to the Restated 2014 LSA. The advances under the second amendment carry a floating per annum interest rate equal to, at the Company’s option, (1) the prime rate or (2) LIBOR plus 2.75%, or the prime rate plus 1% depending on certain ratios. The extension further changed the financial covenant to maintain a current ratio (calculated as current assets, divided by current

 

F-19


Table of Contents

liabilities less deferred revenue) greater than or equal to 1.25. The revolving line of credit terminates on June 30, 2019 at which time the principal amount of all outstanding advances becomes due and payable. As of June 30, 2017 (unaudited), no borrowings under the revolving line of credit were outstanding and letters of credit in the amount of $1,472,000 were outstanding. As of June 30, 2017 (unaudited), the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants in the amended Restated 2014 LSA.

In June 2017, the Company entered into a subordinated loan agreement (“2017 Agreement”) with the Bank. The 2017 Agreement provides for a term loan borrowing of $40,000,000 with a minimum of $25,000,000 to be initially drawn at the close of the agreement and the remaining amount available for a 24 month period, to be drawn in no less than $5,000,000 increments. Advances under the term loan incur a facility fee equal to 1% of the drawn borrowings, in addition to interest payments at an interest rate equal to, at the Company’s option, (1) the prime rate plus 3.5% or (2) LIBOR plus 6.5%, subject to a 1% LIBOR floor. Additionally, the borrowings incur payment in kind interest fees equal to 2.5%, accruing to the unpaid borrowings balance, compounded monthly. Payment in kind interest may be settled in cash, at the Company’s election, during the term or at maturity. The Company is also obligated to pay final payment fees ranging from 1% to 4% depending on the timing of the payment. The 2017 Agreement terminates on October 9, 2020.

In connection with the 2017 Agreement the Company issued 2,451,891 warrants to purchase shares of Series H convertible preferred stock, with an exercise price of $1.52890. The warrants are exercisable up to ten years from the date of issuance.

Lender—Term Loan —In July 2011, in connection with the LSA, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (“2011 Agreement”) with an asset-based lender. The 2011 Agreement provided for a term loan borrowing of $10,000,000, which the Company could draw upon in two tranches under certain conditions. The Company borrowed $7,000,000 in July 2011. Advances made under the 2011 Agreement incurred a financing payment equal to 2% of the aggregate amount of the term borrowing advances and bore interest at a fixed rate of 10%. The length of the term loan borrowing was 48 months and the Company repaid the loan in July 2015.

5. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Convertible Preferred Stock —As of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017, convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and June 30,
2017 (unaudited)
 

Series

   Price      Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
 

A

   $ 0.06052        138,120,000        138,120,000      $ 8,359  

B

     0.15635        38,376,422        38,376,422        6,000  

C-1

     0.09018        55,443,357        55,443,357        5,000  

C-2

     0.10822        53,702,800        46,202,800        5,000  

D

     0.39640        28,114,529        25,227,043        10,000  

E

     0.72613        66,964,393        66,447,959        48,250  

F

     0.90566        66,250,026        66,250,026        60,000  

G

     1.29955        19,237,429        19,237,429        25,000  

H

     1.52890        40,000,000        29,759,957        45,500  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        506,208,956        485,064,993      $ 213,109  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In January 2015, the Company issued 2,452,628 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at a price of $0.39640 per share for cash proceeds of $972,000 from the exercise of Series D convertible preferred stock warrants.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

In November 2015, the Company issued 29,759,957 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock at a price of $1.52890 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $45,500,000.

Preferred Stock Rights and Preferences —The holders of convertible preferred stock have the following rights:

Dividends —Holders of the Series A, B, C-1, C-2, (Series C-1 and C-2, together, the “Series C”) D, E, F, G, and H convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative cash dividends at the rate of 8% of the applicable original issue price per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock prior and in preference to any dividends to the common stockholders. In the event dividends are paid on any share of common stock, the Company must pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock in a per share amount equal to the amount paid or set aside for each share of common stock. Dividends are payable only when, as and if declared by the Company’s board of directors (“Board of Directors”). To date, no dividends have been declared or paid.

Conversion —Each share of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock based on a defined conversion rate.

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation defines the conversion rate as the quotient obtained by dividing the original issue price for each series of convertible preferred stock by the applicable series conversion price. The series conversion price is initially the original issue price. The initial conversion price is adjusted for stock splits and combinations; common stock dividends and distributions; changes to series preferred stock as a result of recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, or otherwise; and sale of shares below the then-effective applicable series conversion price. As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), no transactions had occurred that would result in an adjustment to the initial conversion price and the conversion rate for all series of preferred stock was one-for-one.

Shares of Series A, B, C, and D convertible preferred stock (collectively the “Prior Preferred”) will automatically convert into shares of common stock, based on the then-applicable series conversion price, upon the earlier of (i) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Prior Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public stock offering in which gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions, and fees) are at least $80,000,000 (a “Qualified IPO”).

Each share of Series E convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the earlier of (i) the affirmative election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Series E convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted basis or (ii) immediately upon the closing of a Qualified IPO; provided, however, if the offering price per common share to the public in the Qualified IPO is equal to less than two times the then-effective series conversion price of the Series E convertible preferred stock, then upon the closing of the Qualified IPO, each share of Series E preferred stock will automatically be converted into the number of shares of common stock with a value, based on the offering price to the public, of two times the then-effective series conversion price of the Series E convertible preferred stock.

Each share of Series F convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock upon the earlier of (i) the affirmative election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of the Series F convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted basis or (ii) the closing of a Qualified IPO where the offering price to the public is at least equal to the then-applicable series conversion price of the Series F preferred stock.

Each share of Series G convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the earlier of (i) the affirmative election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of the Series G convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, or (ii) the closing of a Qualified IPO where the offering price to the public is at least equal to the then-applicable series conversion price of the Series G preferred stock.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Each share of Series H convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the earlier of (i) the affirmative election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of the Series H convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, or (ii) the closing of a Qualified IPO where the offering price to the public is at least equal to the then-applicable series conversion price of the Series H preferred stock.

Liquidation Preference —The holders of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H convertible preferred stock are entitled to a liquidation preference per share equal to the applicable original purchase price of $0.06052, $0.15635, $0.09018, $0.10822, $0.39640, $0.72613, $0.90566, $1.29955 and $1.52890 per share, respectively, plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”), the holders of Series H preferred stock are entitled to be paid an amount per share equal to the Series H original purchase price, plus all declared and unpaid dividends (the “Series H Liquidation Preference”) out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution before any distribution or payment can be made to the holders of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, and G convertible preferred stock or the holders of common stock. If, upon a Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series H convertible preferred stock, then the assets of the Company will be distributed among the holders of Series H convertible preferred stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

After payment of the full Series H Liquidation Preference, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Series A, B, C, D, E, and F convertible preferred stock or common stock, the holders of Series G convertible preferred stock are entitled to be paid an amount per share equal to the Series G original purchase price, plus all declared and unpaid dividends (the “Series G Liquidation Preference”) out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution. If, upon a Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series G convertible preferred stock, then the assets of the Company will be distributed among the holders of Series G convertible preferred stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

After payment of the full Series G Liquidation Preference, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Series A, B, C, D, and E convertible preferred stock or common stock, the holders of Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to be paid an amount per share equal to the Series F original purchase price, plus all declared and unpaid dividends (the “Series F Liquidation Preference”) out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution. If, upon a Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series F convertible preferred stock, then the assets of the Company will be distributed among the holders of Series F convertible preferred stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

After payment of the full Series H Liquidation Preference, Series G Liquidation Preference and Series F Liquidation Preference, the holders of Series A, B, C, D, and E preferred stock (collectively, the “Junior Preferred Stock”) are entitled to be paid an amount per share equal to the applicable original purchase price, plus all declared and unpaid dividends (the “Junior Preferred Liquidation Preference”) before any distribution or payment can be made to the holders of common stock. If, upon a Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Junior Preferred Stock, then the assets of the Company will be distributed among the holders of Junior Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

After payment of the full Series H Liquidation Preference, Series G Liquidation Preference, Series F Liquidation Preference and Junior Preferred Liquidation Preference, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably to the holders of common stock and convertible preferred stock on an as-if converted to common stock basis.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Voting Rights —The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains protective provisions for the holders of convertible preferred stock under which the vote of a defined number of each series then-outstanding convertible preferred stock is required for the Company to take actions that would adversely affect the powers, rights, preferences, or privileges of the holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock.

Holders of Series A, C-1, C-2, D, E, F, G, and H convertible preferred stock (collectively, the “Voting Preferred”) are entitled to voting rights for the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock that such shares can be converted into. The Series B convertible preferred stock is nonvoting, except for certain protective rights.

Election of Directors —The holders of Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect two directors to the Board of Directors. The holders of Series C, D, and E convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director each to the Board of Directors. The holders of common stock and the Voting Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted basis, are entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board of Directors.

The Company classifies its convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders’ deficit because the shares are considered effectively redeemable upon a deemed liquidation event. During the periods presented, the Company did not adjust the carry value of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation value of such shares as a qualifying liquidation event was not probable.

6. COMMON STOCK

As of December 26, 2015, and December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows:

 

     December 26,
2015
     December 31,
2016
     June 30,
2017
 
                   (unaudited)  

Conversion of:

        

Series A convertible preferred stock

     138,120,000        138,120,000        138,120,000  

Series B convertible preferred stock

     38,376,422        38,376,422        38,376,422  

Series C-1 convertible preferred stock

     55,443,357        55,443,357        55,443,357  

Series C-2 convertible preferred stock

     46,202,800        46,202,800        46,202,800  

Series C-2 convertible preferred stock warrants

     7,500,000        7,500,000        7,500,000  

Series D convertible preferred stock

     25,227,043        25,227,043        25,227,043  

Series D convertible preferred stock warrants

     2,887,486        2,887,486        2,887,486  

Series E convertible preferred stock

     66,447,959        66,447,959        66,447,959  

Series E convertible preferred stock warrants

     516,434        516,434        516,434  

Series F convertible preferred stock

     66,250,026        66,250,026        66,250,026  

Series G convertible preferred stock

     19,237,429        19,237,429        19,237,429  

Series H convertible preferred stock

     29,759,957        29,759,957        29,759,957  

Series H convertible preferred stock warrants

                   2,451,891  

Conversion of common stock warrants

     3,250,000        2,250,000        2,250,000  

Common stock options issued under stock option plan

     119,103,419        134,009,844        147,361,901  

Common stock options available for grant under stock option plan

     18,113,349        2,454,228        25,533,017  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     636,435,681        634,682,985        673,565,722  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock Option Plan —As of December 26, 2015, December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017 (unaudited) the Company had reserved for issuance 137,216,768 and 136,464,072 and 172,894,918 shares of common stock, respectively, under the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”). Options granted under the 2008 Plan must be granted at a price per share equivalent to the fair market value on the date of grant. Recipients of option grants under the 2008 Plan who possess more than 10% of the combined voting power of the Company

 

F-23


Table of Contents

(a “10% Shareholder”) are subject to certain limitations, and incentive stock options granted to such recipients must be at a price no less than 110% of the fair market value at the date of grant. Options under the 2008 Plan generally vest over four years and have a term of 10 years.

Early Exercise of Stock Options —The 2008 Plan allows employees to exercise options granted prior to vesting, if approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The unvested shares are subject to the Company’s repurchase right at the original purchase price. The proceeds from the early exercise of stock options are initially recorded as an accrued liability and reclassified to stockholders’ equity as the Company’s repurchase right lapses. As of December 26, 2015, December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017 (unaudited) 68,439 shares, 19,689 shares, and 120,446 shares subject to repurchase were outstanding, respectively.

Activity under the Company’s 2008 Plan is as follows:

 

     Shares
Available
for Grant
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
 

Balance—December 27, 2014

     19,961,255       84,462,429     $ 0.34        7.2         

Increased authorization

     37,500,000                        

Granted

     (43,217,481     43,217,481       0.97             $ 0.43  

Exercised

           (4,779,833     0.18                

Repurchased

     72,917             0.61                

Forfeited and expired

     3,796,658       (3,796,658     0.65                
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance—December 26, 2015

     18,113,349       119,103,419       0.56        7.1         

Granted

     (24,234,500     24,234,500       1.06               0.45  

Exercised

           (752,696     0.58                

Forfeited and expired

     8,575,379       (8,575,379     0.76                
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance—December 31,2016

     2,454,228       134,009,844       0.61        6.6         

Increase authorization (unaudited)

     37,500,000                        

Granted (unaudited)

     (16,761,500     16,761,500       0.99               0.44  

Exercised (unaudited)

           (1,069,154     0.82                

Forfeited and expired (unaudited)

     2,340,289       (2,340,289     0.92                
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance—June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

     25,533,017       147,361,901       0.65        6.5         
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                          (in thousands)  

At December 31, 2016

           

Shares vested and expected to vest

     128,213,874      $ 0.60        6.5      $ 45,365  

Shares vested and exercisable

     78,327,809        0.41        5.1        42,558  

At June 30, 2017 (unaudited)

           

Shares vested and exercisable

     85,990,784        0.44        5.0        71,120  

Stock-Based Compensation —The fair value of options granted under the 2008 Plan is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-valuation model. This valuation model for stock-based compensation expense requires the Company to make certain assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation, including the expected term, the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, an assumed risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. In addition to these assumptions, the Company also estimated a forfeiture rate of unvested stock options to calculate the stock-based compensation expense prior to January 1, 2017. Beginning January 1, 2017, the Company began recognizing forfeitures as they occur with the adoption of the new guidance related to accounting for stock-based payment award transactions.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Expected Term —The Company’s expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and is determined based on the simplified method as described in ASC Topic 718-10-S99-1, SEC Materials SAB Topic  14, Share-Based Payment .

Expected Volatility —The Company’s volatility factor is estimated using several comparable public company volatilities for similar option terms.

Expected Dividends —The Company has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends in the future, and as a result, the expected dividends are $0.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The Company bases the risk-free interest rate on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to the estimated life of the stock-based awards. Where the expected term of the Company’s stock-based awards does not correspond with the term for which an interest rate is quoted, the Company performs a straight-line interpolation to determine the rate from the available term maturities.

Fair Value of Common Stock —Given the absence of a public trading market, the Company’s board of directors consider numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the common stock at each grant date. These factors include, but are not limited to (i) independent contemporaneous third-party valuations of the common stock; (ii) the prices for the preferred stock sold to outside investors; (iii) the rights and preferences of convertible preferred stock relative to the common stock; (iv) the lack of marketability of the common stock; (v) developments in the business; and (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions.

The Company uses the straight-line method for expense recognition.

The assumptions used to value stock-based awards granted during the years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and for the six months ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
   December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    July 2,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Dividend rate

   $                    

Expected term (in years)

     6.1       5.3-6.5       5.3-6.5       5.3-6.5  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.39-1.90     1.33-1.95     1.32-1.50     1.90-2.25

Expected volatility

     43-46     44-46     44-46     40-44

Fair value of common stock

   $ 0.94-$1.17     $ 0.94-$1.10     $ 1.10     $ 1.02-1.27  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, was $3,946,000 and $367,000, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), was $242,000 and $207,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $19,183,000 of unrecognized stock compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures of $2,284,000 related to unvested stock options that are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.7 years. As of June 30, 2017 (unaudited), the Company had $23,595,000 of unrecognized stock compensation expense related to unvested stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.6 years.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

As a result of the Company’s Black-Scholes option-valuation fair value calculations and the Company’s use of the straight-line vesting attribution method, the Company recognized employee stock-based compensation expense during the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017 as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended      Six Months Ended  
   December 26,
2015
     December 31,
2016
     July 2,
2016
     June 30,
2017
 
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of player revenue

   $ 90      $ 136      $ 58      $ 74  

Cost of platform revenue

     54        224        102        40  

Research and development

     1,685        2,766        1,273        1,881  

Sales and marketing

     1,678        2,292        1,157        1,291  

General and administrative

     1,777        2,788        1,415        1,307  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,284      $ 8,206      $ 4,005      $ 4,593  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock Option Repricing —In November 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a common stock option repricing program whereby previously granted and unexercised options held by current employees with exercise prices above $0.94 per share were repriced on a one-for-one basis to $0.94 per share which represented the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of the repricing. There was no other modification to the vesting schedule of the previously issued option. As a result, 30,706,349 unexercised options originally granted to purchase common stock at prices ranging from $0.95 to $1.17 per share were repriced under this program.

We treated the repricing as a modification of the original awards and calculated additional compensation costs for the difference between the fair value of the modified award and the fair value of the original award on the modification date. The repricing resulted in incremental stock-based compensation of $1,043,000. Expense related to vested shares of $96,000 was expensed on the repricing date and the remaining $947,000 related to unvested shares is being amortized over the remaining vesting period of such options.

Common Stock Warrants —In connection with various debt agreements entered into from January 2009 to July 2010, the Company issued a total of 3,250,000 fully vested warrants to purchase shares of common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.03 to $0.06 per share. The warrants are exercisable up to seven years from the date of issuance.

The warrant agreements contain clauses that affect the term of the warrants in the event of certain transactions. In the event that the Company is acquired, the warrants generally terminate upon the consummation of the transaction. In the event of an IPO, the warrants issued in 2010 expire on the third anniversary of the closing of the IPO. Both of the warrant agreements contain a clause that provides for an automatic net exercise of the warrant upon expiration of the warrant. None of the warrants had been exercised as of December 26, 2015. In 2016 the Company issued 974,358 shares of common stock upon expiration of 1,000,000 common stock warrants issued in 2009.

Preferred Stock Warrants —In connection with July 2011 loan and security agreements, the Company issued fully vested warrants to lenders to purchase 7,500,000 shares of Series C-2 convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.10822 per share. The warrants are exercisable up to 10 years from the date of issuance. The warrants were initially valued at $2,214,000 and recorded as discounts on the related borrowings.

In connection with October 2011 amendments to loan and security agreements, the Company issued fully vested warrants to lenders to purchase 1,500,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.39640 per share. The warrants are exercisable up to 10 years from the date of issuance. The warrants were initially valued at $503,000 and recorded as discounts on the related borrowings.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

In connection with a March 2012 convertible note and warrant purchase agreement, the Company granted fully vested warrants to investors to purchase 3,153,379 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.39640 per share and a term of five years. The warrants were initially valued at $823,000 and recorded as a discount on the related borrowings. The investors exercised 700,751 of the preferred stock warrants in May 2013 and 2,452,628 of the preferred stock warrants in January 2015.

In connection with a March 2012 amendment to an amended loan and security agreement, the Company issued fully vested warrants to lenders to purchase 1,009,081 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.39640 per share. The warrants are exercisable up to 10 years from the date of issuance. The warrants were initially valued at $335,000 and recorded as a discount on the related borrowings.

In connection with an April 2012 loan agreement, the Company issued fully vested warrants to lenders to purchase 378,405 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.39640 per share and 516,434 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.58091 per share. The warrants are exercisable up to 10 years from the date of issuance. The warrants were initially valued at $278,000 and recorded as a discount on the related borrowings.

In connection with a June 2017 loan agreement, the Company issued warrants to lenders to purchase 2,451,891 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.52890 per share. The warrants are exercisable up to 10 years from the date of issuance. The warrants were initially valued at $2,032,000 and recorded as a discount on the related borrowings.

Outstanding preferred stock warrants as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 were as follows:

 

Series

   Number Outstanding
December 26, 2015
and December 31,
     Number Outstanding
June 30, 2017
(unaudited)
     Issuance Date      Exercise
Price
     Original
Term
 

C-2

     7,500,000        7,500,000        July 13, 2011      $ 0.10822        10 years  

D

     1,500,000        1,500,000        October 17, 2011        0.39640        10 years  

D

     1,009,081        1,009,081        March 12, 2012        0.39640        10 years  

D

     378,405        378,405        April 27, 2012        0.39640        10 years  

E

     516,434        516,434        April 27, 2012        0.58091        10 years  

H

            2,451,891        June 9, 2017        1.52890        10 years  
  

 

 

    

 

 

          

Total

     10,903,920        13,355,811           
  

 

 

    

 

 

          

The shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are convertible into common stock. The exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are subject to adjustment in the event of diluting stock issuances. As of December 26, 2015, December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), no transactions had occurred that would result in an adjustment to the exercise price or the conversion rate of the warrants and the conversion rate for all of the convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants was one-for-one.

All of the warrant agreements contain clauses that affect the term of the warrant in the event of certain transactions. With the exception of Series H Warrants, in the event that the Company is acquired, the warrants generally terminate upon the consummation of the transaction. The Series H Warrants provide that in the event the Company is acquired, the Series H Warrants either automatically net exercise, terminate immediately prior to the transaction, or are assumed by the acquiring or successor entity, depending on the type and terms of the acquisition transaction. With the exception of the Series H Warrants, in the case of an IPO, the warrants expire on the third anniversary of the closing of the IPO. In addition, the warrant agreements contain a clause that provides for an automatic net exercise of the warrant upon expiration of the warrant.

The fair value of the preferred stock warrants has been recorded as a liability as of December 26, 2015, December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 (unaudited). The fair value of the preferred stock warrants is remeasured

 

F-27


Table of Contents

as of each balance sheet date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants during the year are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

The assumptions used to value the preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes model are as follows:

 

     Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    July 2,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Dividends

   $     $     $     $  

Expected term (in years)

     3.3-3.8       3.2-3.9       3.2-3.4       3.0-8.2  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.1%—1.4     0.7%—1.6     0.7%—1.0     1.5%—2.2

Volatility

     42.0%—46.9     46.2%—47.8     46.8%—47.8     43.8%—49.0

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments —The Company has operating lease agreements for office, research and development and sales and marketing space in the United States, the United Kingdom (“UK”), and China, with expiration dates from May 2017 to February 2021.

Rent expense for the years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, was $4,170,000 and $4,627,000 respectively. Rent expense for the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited) was $2,383,000 (excluding amounts related to the loss from the exit of the former headquarters facilities) and $3,089,000, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under all operating leases as of December 31, 2016, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year

   Operating
Leases
 

2017

   $ 8,138  

2018

     9,532  

2019

     9,593  

2020

     8,539  

2021

     22  

Less: Sublease rental income

     (4,436
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 31,388  
  

 

 

 

The total approximate future minimum lease payments is primarily comprised of lease payments for two office locations. The first is for the Company’s headquarters facilities in Los Gatos, California, which expires in 2020 and has future operating lease obligations of $23,327,000. The second is for the Company’s prior headquarters facility in Saratoga, California, which expires in 2020 and has future operating lease obligations of $10,296,000.

In connection with its leased facilities the Company recognized a liability for asset retirement obligations in 2015 representing the present value of estimated costs to be incurred at lease expiration. The liability for asset retirement obligations was not material as of December 31, 2016.

Purchase Commitments —The Company has various manufacturing contracts with vendors in the conduct of the normal course of its business. Two major vendors have contracts that are noncancelable or have varying provisions regarding cancellation. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $64,347,000 purchase commitments for inventory issued to these vendors.

The Company records a liability for noncancelable purchase commitments in excess of its future demand forecasts. The Company recorded $2,040,000 for these purchase commitments in “Accrued liabilities” at December 31, 2016.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Loss from Exit of Facilities —In January 2016, the Company moved its headquarters facilities to Los Gatos, California from Saratoga, California. The Company has entered into subleases for a portion of the former headquarters and expects to sublease the remaining portion for the remainder of the lease period. In connection with the move, the Company recognized a facilities exit charge for the estimated loss on the sublease of $3,804,000 to “Operating Expenses” during the year ended December 31, 2016. The estimated loss is comprised of the remaining fair value of lease obligations and related expenses for exited locations, as determined at the cease-use dates of those facilities, net of estimated sublease income that could be reasonably obtained in the future, and will be paid out over the remaining lease terms, which end in fiscal 2020. The loss is offset by a non-cash adjustment for deferred rent liability associated with the exited locations of $1,120,000. Projected sublease income is based on management’s estimates, which are subject to change.

A summary of the Company’s exit liability activity for the year ended December 31, 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2016
 

Beginning balance

   $  

Estimated loss from exit

     3,804  

Non-cash adjustment

     1,120  

Amortization of liability

     (2,839
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,085  
  

 

 

 

The Company recorded $2,005,000 of the $2,085,000 lease liability in “Accrued liabilities” and the remaining $80,000 in “Other long-term liabilities” at December 31, 2016.

Letter of Credit —As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 (unaudited) the Company had irrevocable letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $868,000 and $1,472,000 for the benefit of a landlord related to noncancelable facilities leases. The letters of credit have an expiration date of August 2017.

Contingencies —The Company may be involved in disputes or litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any dispute that it believes would have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition.

Indemnification— Many of the Company’s agreements include certain provisions for indemnifying content publishers, licensees, contract manufacturers and suppliers if the Company’s products or services infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification obligations due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each agreement. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such obligations and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements.

Player Warranties —Upon issuance of a standard player warranty, the Company recognizes a liability for the obligation it assumes under the warranty. As of December 26, 2015, December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 (unaudited) the accrued warranty reserve was immaterial.

The Company’s standard player warranty period ranges from 12 to 24 months from the date of player activation. Upon shipment of player to its customers, the Company estimates expenses for the cost to replace products that may be returned under warranty and accrues a liability in cost of player revenue for this amount. The determination of the Company’s warranty requirements is based on historical experience. The Company estimates and adjusts these accruals at each balance sheet date for changes in these factors.

The Company offered customers separately priced optional-extended warranties through 2016. The Company defers and amortizes revenue associated with the sales of the extended warranties over the warranty

 

F-29


Table of Contents

period. As of December 26, 2015, December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017 (unaudited) the extended warranty deferred revenue was immaterial.

8. INCOME TAXES

Net loss before income taxes for the years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended  
     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
 

United States

   $ (41,696   $ (42,977

Foreign

     1,232       430  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

   $ (40,464   $ (42,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The income tax expense for the years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended  
     December 26,
2015
     December 31,
2016
 

Current:

     

Federal

   $      $  

State

     71        50  

Foreign

     76        160  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     147        210  

Deferred:

     

Federal

             

State

             

Foreign

            1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 147      $ 211  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016:

 

     Year Ended  
     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
 

U.S. federal income tax at statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

U.S. state and local income taxes

     (0.2     (0.1

Change in valuation allowance

     (33.7     (36.9

Federal research and development tax credit

     3.9       4.8  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     (1.5     0.7  

Stock-based compensation

     (1.7     (2.5

Permanent items

     (1.1     (0.2

Foreign rate differential

     0.4        

Other

     (0.5     (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     (0.4 )%      (0.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 35,112     $ 46,954  

Reserves and accruals

     15,147       15,575  

Research and development credits

     7,397       10,555  

Depreciation and amortization

     946       1,568  

Stock-based compensation

     2,338       4,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     60,940       78,720  

Valuation allowance

     (60,912     (78,695
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 28     $ 25  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through future operations. As a result of the Company’s analysis of all available objective evidence, both positive and negative, as of December 31, 2016, management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be fully realizable. Accordingly, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 with the exception of deferred tax assets related to foreign entities in the UK and China. The valuation allowance increased by $17,783,000 from December 26, 2015 to December 31, 2016.

For federal and state income tax reporting purposes, respective net operating loss carryforwards of $129,788,000 and $65,988,000 are available to reduce future taxable income, if any. These net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2028 for federal and state income tax purposes.

As a result of certain realization requirements of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, that arose directly from (or the use of which was postponed by) tax deductions related to equity compensation that are greater than the compensation recognized for financial reporting. Equity will be increased by $1,169,000 and $95,000 for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively, if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses ASC 740 ordering when determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has research and development tax credit carryforwards of $9,067,000 and $7,586,000 for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. If not utilized, the federal carryforwards will begin to expire in 2028. The state tax credits can be carried forward indefinitely.

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), contains provisions that may limit the net operating loss and credit carryforwards available for use in any given period upon the occurrence of certain events, including a statutorily defined significant change in ownership. Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is subject to an annual limitation due to an ownership change, as defined by section 382 of the Code. The Company completed a recent study to assess whether any section 382 ownership change has occurred since the Company’s formation. Based on the study, the Company had a section 382 ownership change on December 18, 2009 and tax attributes generated by the Company through the ownership change date are subject to the limitation.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2016 is $4,368,000 which is fully composed of research and development credits. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of

 

F-31


Table of Contents

unrecognized tax benefits in the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
 

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year

   $ 2,309     $ 2,917  

Gross increase for tax positions of current years

     945       1,246  

Gross increase for tax positions of prior year

           205  

Gross decrease for tax positions of prior years

     (337      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at end of year

   $ 2,917     $ 4,368  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of its income tax expense. As of December 31, 2016, there were no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

None of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefit, if recognized, would affect its effective tax rate. The Company does not believe that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly in the next 12 months.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities. These audits include questioning the timing and amount of deductions; the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions; and compliance with federal, state, and local tax laws. The Company is not currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service or other similar state and local authorities. All tax years remain open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

The Company did not provide for federal income taxes on approximately $605,000 of undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016, because the Company intends to permanently reinvest such earnings outside the U.S.

9. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has agreements with one of the Company’s strategic investors. In the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $459,000 and $654,000 of revenue from sales to this investor. The Company had receivable balances of $286,000 and $148,000 related to these sales at December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

In addition, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors is a senior vice president at an operating unit of one of the strategic investors.

10. RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company maintains a 401(k) tax deferred saving plan (the “Savings Plan”) for the benefit of qualified employees. Qualified employees may elect to make contributions to the Savings Plan on a biweekly basis, subject to certain limitations. The Company may make contributions to the Savings Plan at the discretion of the Board of Directors. No contributions were made for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016.

In 2014, the Company established a defined contribution plan in the U.K. for its U.K.-based employees. The Company contributed $165,000 and $208,000 to the plan for fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The Company contributed $101,000 and $137,000 to the plan for the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

11. NET LOSS PER SHARE

The Company calculates its basic and diluted net loss per share allocable to common stockholders in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. In computing diluted net loss allocable to common stockholders, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities. The Company’s basic net loss per share allocable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss allocable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. For purposes of the calculation of diluted net loss per share allocable to common stockholders, convertible preferred stock, unvested shares of common stock issued upon the early exercise of stock options, convertible preferred stock warrants, options to purchase common stock and common stock warrants are considered common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share allocable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive.

Basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock allocable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss allocable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, less shares subject to repurchase, and excludes any dilutive effects of employee stock-based awards and warrants. Because the Company has reported a net loss for the years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited), diluted net loss per common share is the same as the basic net loss per share for those years.

The Company considers all series of its convertible preferred stock to be participating securities as they are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends prior and in preference to any dividends on shares of common stock. Due to the Company’s net losses, there is no impact on the loss per share calculation in applying the two-class method since the participating securities have no legal obligation to share in any losses.

The table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    July 2,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Numerator:

        

Net loss allocable to common stockholders

   $ (40,611   $ (42,758   $ (33,242   $ (24,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     24,183,442       28,475,699       28,177,035       29,196,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.68   $ (1.50   $ (1.18   $ (0.83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The potential common shares that were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been antidilutive for the periods presented are as follows:

 

     Year Ended      Six Months Ended  
     December 26,
2015
     December 31,
2016
     July 2,
2016
     June 30,
2017
 
                   (unaudited)  

Options to purchase common stock

     119,103,419        134,009,844        128,842,270        147,361,901  

Unvested shares of common stock issued upon early exercise of stock options

     68,439        19,689        37,709        120,446  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     3,250,000        2,250,000        2,250,000        2,250,000  

 

F-33


Table of Contents
     Year Ended      Six Months Ended  
     December 26,
2015
     December 31,
2016
     July 2,
2016
     June 30,
2017
 

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     10,903,920        10,903,920        10,903,920        13,355,811  

Convertible preferred stock

     485,064,993        485,064,993        485,064,993        485,064,993  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     618,390,771        632,248,446        627,098,892        648,153,151  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Loss Per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share were computed to give effect to the conversion of the Series A, Series B, Series C-1, Series C-2, Series D, Series E, Series F, Series G and Series H convertible preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common shares as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance, if later. Also, the numerator has been adjusted to reverse the fair value adjustments related to the convertible preferred stock warrants as they will become warrants to purchase common stock and at such time will no longer require periodic revaluation.

The table presents the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share for the periods presented as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2016
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
2017
 
           (unaudited)  

Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted

    

Numerator:

    

Net loss, basic and diluted

   $ (42,758   $ (24,215

Add: Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (888     2,651  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (43,646   $ (21,564
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     28,475,699       29,196,191  

Add: Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     485,064,993       485,064,993  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     513,540,692       514,261,184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.08   $ (0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

12. SEGMENT INFORMATION

An operating segment is defined as a component of an entity for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company uses the management approach to determine the segment financial information that should be disaggregated and presented separately in the Company’s notes to its consolidated financial statements. The management approach is based on the manner by which management has organized the segments within the Company for making operating decisions, allocating resources, and assessing performance.

The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer, and the CODM evaluates performance and makes decisions about allocating resources to its operating segments based on financial information presented on a

 

F-34


Table of Contents

consolidated basis and on revenue and gross profit for each operating segment. In the second quarter of 2017 the Company changed the operating segments to combine one of the previous operating segments with two existing segments to reflect how the CODM evaluates performance and allocates resources. This change did not result in a change to the reportable segments.

The Company is organized into two reportable segments as follows:

Player —Consists primarily of net sales of streaming media players and accessories through retailers and distributors, as well as directly to customers through the Company’s website.

Platform —Consists primarily of fees received from advertisers and content publishers, and from licensing the Company’s technology and proprietary operating system to service operators. Platform revenue primarily includes fees earned from the sale of digital advertising and revenue share from new or recurring user subscriptions activated through the Company’s platform and revenue share from user purchases of content publishers’ media through its platform. The Company also earns revenue from the sale of branded channels on remote controls.

The accounting policies for the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company does not allocate property and equipment or any other assets or capital expenditures to reportable segments. Operating expenses are not managed at the segment level.

The Company evaluates the performance of its reportable segments based on the financial measures, including segment gross profit, which is regularly reviewed by the CODM and provides insight into the individual segments and their ability to contribute to Company’s operating results.

Customers accounting for 10% or more of player segment revenue, net for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the six months ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017, were as follows:

 

     Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
   December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    July 2,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Customer A

     19     18     18     13

Customer B

     12       11       11       12  

Customer C

     26       32       33       32  

Customer D

     *       *       *       10  

Customers accounting for 10% or more of platform segment revenue for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the six months ended July 2, 2016 and June 30, 2017, were as follows:

 

     Year Ended     Six
Months Ended
 
     December 26,
2015
    December 31,
2016
    July 2,
2016
    June 30,
2017
 
                 (unaudited)  

Customer 1

     31     15     18     *

Customer 2

     11       *       *       *  

Customer 3

     *       10       *       13  

 

* Less than 10%

Substantially all Company assets were held in the United States and were attributable to the operations in the United States as of December 26, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the six months ended July 2, 2016 (unaudited) and June 30, 2017 (unaudited). Revenue in international markets was less than 10% in each of the periods presented.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Lease Agreements —In January 2017, the Company entered into a real estate lease agreement for office space in New York, New York. Future minimum lease payments aggregating $7,803,000 are payable 2017 through 2024. The Company issued an irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $604,000 for the benefit of the landlord related to the lease agreement.

In April 2017, the Company entered into a real estate lease agreement for office space in Santa Monica, California. Future minimum lease payments aggregating $1,770,000 are payable 2017 through 2020.

Common Stock Warrants —In July 2017, the Company issued 2,143,700 shares of common stock upon net exercise of 2,250,000 common stock warrants issued in connection with a debt agreement entered in 2010.

2008 Equity Incentive Plan —In March 2017, the Company increased the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2008 Plan by 37,500,000 shares to a total of 199,059,586 shares.

Licensing Agreement —In the first quarter of 2017, the Company entered into a patent and technology license agreement. The agreement provides the Company with a multi-year license for streaming players, with the right to sublicense to Roku TV brand licenses, as well as a release of potential claims for past liabilities under the licensed patents. The Company will incur future license fees over the course of the license. The Company accrued a liability of $4,563,000 as of December 31, 2016, which was recognized as “Cost of Revenue—Player” during the year ended December 31, 2016 related to the release of potential claims for past liabilities.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Since we launched our first streaming device, our users have streamed 27.7 billion hours.1 That’s 3.2 million years of Happy Streaming.™

1. from January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2017


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Roku

Now this is TV.™


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the Class A common stock being registered. All the amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee.

 

Item

   Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 11,590  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee

     25,000  

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting fees and expenses

                 

Printing and engraving expenses

                 

Transfer agent and registrar fees

                 

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

                 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Roku, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of Roku. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of Roku regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us and our officers and directors against liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2014:

Sales of Preferred Stock

 

  (1)   In October 2014, we sold an aggregate of 19,237,429 shares of Series G preferred stock to a total of 11 accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $1.29955 for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,001.

 

  (2)   In November 2015, we sold an aggregate of 29,759,957 shares of Series H preferred stock to a total of 14 accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $1.5289 for an aggregate purchase price of $45,499,999.

Issuances of Preferred Stock Warrants

 

  (3)   In June 2017, we issued warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,451,891 shares of Series H preferred stock to a total of three accredited investors at an aggregate exercise price per share of $1.5289 for an aggregate exercise price of $3,748,696.15.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

 

  (4)   From January 1, 2014 through September 1, 2017, we granted to certain employees, consultants and directors options to purchase an aggregate of 149,007,335 shares of Class B common stock under our 2008 Plan, at exercise prices ranging from $0.49 to $1.47 per share.

 

  (5)   From January 1, 2014 through September 1, 2017, we issued and sold an aggregate of 12,903,213 shares of Class B common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2008 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.0267 to $1.02, per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $3,666,311.14.

 

  (6)   In July 2017, we issued 2,143,700 shares of our Class B common stock upon the automatic net exercise of a warrant to purchase 2,250,000 shares of our Class B common stock.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) through (6) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or under benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited or sophisticated person and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Roku, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2   Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Roku, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.3*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Roku, Inc., to be in effect upon closing of the offering.
  3.4   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Roku, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.5*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Roku, Inc., to be in effect upon closing of the offering.
  4.1*   Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
  5.1*   Form of Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1   Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and among Roku, Inc. and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated November 9, 2015.
10.2   Amendment to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated March 6, 2017.
10.3+   Roku, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4+   Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5*+   Roku, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6*+   Forms of Option Agreement and Option Grant Notice under 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7*+   Roku, Inc. 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.8*+   Form of Indemnification Agreement, by and between Roku, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.9+   Employment Terms Agreement, by and between Roku, Inc. and Stephen Kay, dated November 15, 2013.
10.10+   Employment Terms Agreement, by and between Roku, Inc. and Stephen Shannon, dated August 29, 2012.
10.11+   Employment Terms Agreement, by and between Roku, Inc. and Steve Louden, dated June 11, 2015.
10.12+   Employment Terms Agreement, by and between Roku, Inc. and Charles Smith, dated August 27, 2012.
10.13+   Employment Terms Agreement, by and between Roku, Inc. and Scott Rosenberg, dated October 30, 2012.
10.14   Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and between Roku, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated November 18, 2014.
10.15   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and between Roku, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated May 14, 2015.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.16    Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and between Roku, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, June 9, 2017.
10.17    Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement, by and between Roku, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 9, 2017.
10.18    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Roku, Inc. and Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP, dated July 13, 2011.
10.19    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Roku, Inc. and Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP, dated October 17, 2011.
10.20    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Roku, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated March 12, 2012.
10.21    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Roku, Inc. and Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP, dated April 27, 2012.
10.22    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Roku, Inc. and Pearl Street Technology Finance I Onshore LP, dated June 9, 2017.
10.23    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Roku, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 9, 2017.
10.24    Warrant to Purchase Stock, by and between Roku, Inc. and Westriver Mezzanine Loans—Loan Pool V, LLC, dated June 9, 2017.
10.25    Roku, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan.
10.26    Sublease for 170/180 Knowles Drive, by and between Roku, Inc. and Netflix, Inc., dated August 18, 2015.
10.27    Sublease for 100 Winchester Circle, by and between Roku, Inc. and Netflix, Inc., dated August 18, 2015.
10.28    Sublease for 150 Winchester Circle, by and between Roku, Inc. and Netflix, Inc., dated August 18, 2015.
23.1*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-6).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

See index to financial statements on page F-1. All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3)   For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (4)   If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Gatos, State of California, on the 1st day of September, 2017.

 

R OKU , I NC .

By:

 

/s/ Anthony Wood

  Anthony Wood
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitute and appoint Anthony Wood and Steve Louden, and each one of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Anthony Wood

Anthony Wood

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

  September 1, 2017

/s/ Steve Louden

Steve Louden

   Chief Financial Officer
( Principal  Financial  and  Accounting  Officer )
  September 1, 2017

/s/ Ravi Ahuja

Ravi Ahuja

  

Director

  September 1, 2017

/s/ Shawn Carolan

Shawn Carolan

  

Director

  September 1, 2017

/s/ Jeffrey Hastings

Jeffrey Hastings

  

Director

  September 1, 2017

/s/ Alan Henricks

Alan Henricks

  

Director

  September 1, 2017

/s/ Neil Hunt

Neil Hunt

   Director   September 1, 2017

/s/ Daniel Leff

Daniel Leff

  

Director

  September 1, 2017

/s/ Ray Rothrock

Ray Rothrock

  

Director

  September 1, 2017

 

II-6

Exhibit 3.1

Delaware

The First State

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF “ROKU, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE NINTH DAY OF NOVEMBER, A.D. 2015, AT 11:46 O’CLOCK A.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

 

LOGO

3582593 8100

SR# 20150834676

 

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

  

LOGO

 

Authentication: 10387184

Date: 11-09-15

 

Page 1


    

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ROKU, INC.

   State of Delaware
Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
Delivered 11:46 AM 11/09/2015
FILED 11:46 AM 11/09/2015
SR 20150834676 - File Number 3582593

Anthony Wood hereby certifies that:

ONE: The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was February 1, 2008.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Roku, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this company is Roku, Inc. (the “Company” or the “Corporation”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808 and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is One Billion Two Hundred Thirty-Eight Million Two Hundred Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty-Six (1,238,208,956) shares, Seven Hundred Thirty-Two Million (732,000,000) shares of which will be Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and Five Hundred Six Million Two Hundred Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty-Six (506,208,956) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

1


B. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis).

C. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.

D. One Hundred Thirty-Eight Million One Hundred Twenty Thousand (138,120,000) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred”).

E. Thirty-Eight Million Three Hundred Seventy-Six Thousand Four Hundred Twenty-Two (38,376,422) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred”).

F. Fifty-Five Million, Four Hundred Forty-Three Thousand, Three Hundred Fifty-Seven (55,443,357) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C-1 Preferred Stock” (the “Series C-1 Stock”).

G. Fifty-Three Million Seven Hundred Two Thousand Eight Hundred (53,702,800) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C-2 Preferred Stock” (the “Series C-2 Stock,” and together with the Series C-1 Stock, the “Series C Preferred”).

H. Twenty-Eight Million One Hundred Fourteen Thousand Five Hundred Twenty-Nine (28,114,529) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Preferred”).

I. Sixty-Six Million Nine Hundred Sixty-Four Thousand Three Hundred Ninety-Three (66,964,393) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock” (the “Series E Preferred”).

J. Sixty-Six Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Twenty-Six (66,250,026) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series F Preferred Stock” (the “Series F Preferred”).

K. Nineteen Million Two Hundred Thirty-Seven Thousand Four Hundred Twenty-Nine (19,237,429) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated as “Series G Preferred Stock” (the “Series G Preferred”).

L. Forty Million (40,000,000) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated as “Series H Preferred Stock” (the “Series H Preferred”).

 

2


M. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C-l Stock, Series C-2 Stock, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series G Preferred, and Series H Preferred (collectively, the “Series Preferred”) are as follows:

 

  1. D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

(a) Subject to the right of any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, holders of Series Preferred, on a pari passu basis and in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of such series’ applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative.

(b) The “Original Issue Price” of the Series A Preferred shall be $0.06052 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series B Preferred shall be $0.156346 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series C-1 Stock shall be $0.09018213 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series C-2 Stock shall be $0.10821855 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series D Preferred shall be $0.3964 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series E Preferred shall be $0.72613208 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series F Preferred shall be $0.90566 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series G Preferred shall be $1.29955 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series H Preferred shall be $1.5289 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(c) So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Series Preferred shall have been paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) upon termination of services to the Company;

 

3


(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares; or

(iii) distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Sections 3 and 4.

(d) In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(e) The provisions of Sections 1(c) and 1(d) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 5(f) hereof are applicable, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by the Board.

(f) Repurchases of shares of Common Stock from shareholders upon termination of employment or service as a consultant or director may be made without regard to the preferential dividends arrears amount or any preferential rights amount (each as determined under applicable law).

 

  2. V OTING R IGHTS .

(a) General Rights. Each holder of shares of the Series A Preferred, the Series C Preferred, the Series D Preferred, the Series E Preferred, the Series F Preferred, the Series G Preferred and the Series H Preferred (collectively referred to herein as the “Voting Preferred”) shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of the Voting Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Voting Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock. Except as provided herein or as otherwise required by law, the Series B Preferred shall be nonvoting.

(b) Election of Board of Directors.

(i) For so long as any shares of Series A Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(ii) For so long as any shares of Series C Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of Series C Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

 

4


(iii) For so long as any shares of Series D Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of Series D Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iv) For so long as any shares of Series E Preferred remain outstanding, the holders of Series E Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(v) The holders of Common Stock and the Voting Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(vi) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled unless required by applicable law at the time of such election. During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (A) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (B) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(vii) During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, one or more directors may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for that director as provided above; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

 

5


(c) Series B Preferred Protective Provisions. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding Series B Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, in the aggregate and given in writing or by vote at a meeting, and consenting or voting separately as a class, shall be required for the Company to take any of the following actions, including in each case by means of merger, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any filing of a Certificate of Designations) or the Bylaws or take any action that modifies any powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred in a manner that affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred differently than the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Voting Preferred;

(ii) Redeem, repurchase, retire or acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company other than: (A) the repurchase of capital stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(c)(i), (ii) and (iii) hereof; or (B) any redemption, repurchase, retirement or acquisition in connection with an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (as hereinafter defined).

(d) Series C Preferred Protective Provision. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding Series C Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, in the aggregate and given in writing or by vote at a meeting, and consenting or voting separately as a class, shall be required for the Company to amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any filing of a Certificate of Designations) or take any other action in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred.

(e) Series D Preferred Protective Provision. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding Series D Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, in the aggregate and given in writing or by vote at a meeting, and consenting or voting separately as a class, shall be required for the Company to amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any filing of a Certificate of Designations), whether directly or by amendment, merger or otherwise, or take any other action in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred differently than the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of any other series of Preferred Stock, including any amendment, modification, repeal or waiver of this Section 2(e).

(f) Series E Protective Provisions. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding Series E Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, in the aggregate and given in writing or by vote at a meeting, and consenting or voting separately as a class, shall be required for the Company to take any of the following actions, including in each case by means of merger, consolidation or otherwise:

 

6


(i) Effect either (A) an Acquisition or Asset Transfer or (B) any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company, in either case for a total aggregate consideration per share payable to the Series E Preferred equal to less than two (2) times the Original Issue Price of the Series E Preferred;

(ii) Create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to the Series E Preferred;

(iii) Increase the authorized number of shares of Series F Preferred;

(iv) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Section 2(f); or

(v) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any filing of a Certificate of Designations), whether directly or by amendment, merger or otherwise, in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred or take any other action in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred, provided, however, for the avoidance of doubt, the creation (by reclassification or otherwise) of any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges on a parity with the Series E Preferred shall not be considered an action that adversely affects powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred.

(g) Series F Protective Provisions. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding Series F Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, in the aggregate and given in writing or by vote at a meeting, and consenting or voting separately as a class, shall be required for the Company to take any of the following actions, including in each case by means of merger, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) Effect either (A) an Acquisition or Asset Transfer or (B) any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company, in either case for a total aggregate consideration per share payable to the Series F Preferred equal to less than the Original Issue Price of the Series F Preferred;

(ii) Create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to the Series F Preferred;

(iii) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Section 2(g); or

(iv) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any filing of a Certificate of Designations), whether directly or by amendment, merger or otherwise, in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred or take any other action in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred, provided, however, for the avoidance of doubt, the creation (by reclassification or otherwise) of any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges on a parity with the Series F Preferred shall not be considered an action that adversely affects powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred.

 

7


(h) Series G Protective Provisions. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding Series G Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, in the aggregate and given in writing or by vote at a meeting, and consenting or voting separately as a class, shall be required for the Company to take any of the following actions, including in each case by means of merger, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) Effect either (A) an Acquisition or Asset Transfer or (B) any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company, in either case for a total aggregate consideration per share payable to the Series G Preferred equal to less than the Original Issue Price of the Series G Preferred;

(ii) Create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to the Series G Preferred;

(iii) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Section 2(h); or

(iv) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any filing of a Certificate of Designations), whether directly or by amendment, merger or otherwise, in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series G Preferred or take any other action in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series G Preferred, provided, however, for the avoidance of doubt, the creation (by reclassification or otherwise) of any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges on a parity with the Series G Preferred shall not be considered an action that affects powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series G Preferred.

(i) Series H Protective Provisions. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding Series H Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, in the aggregate and given in writing or by vote at a meeting, and consenting or voting separately as a class, shall be required for the Company to take any of the following actions, including in each case by means of merger, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) Effect either (A) an Acquisition or Asset Transfer or (B) any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company, in either case for a total aggregate consideration per share payable to the Series H Preferred equal to less than the Original Issue Price of the Series H Preferred;

(ii) Create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to the Series H Preferred;

 

8


(iii) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Section 2(i); or

(iv) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any filing of a Certificate of Designations), whether directly or by amendment, merger or otherwise, in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series H Preferred or take any other action in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series H Preferred, provided, however , for the avoidance of doubt, the creation (by reclassification or otherwise) of any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges on a parity with the Series H Preferred shall not be considered an action that affects powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Series H Preferred.

(j) Series Protective Provision. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of a series of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, in the aggregate and given in writing or by vote at a meeting, and consenting or voting separately as a class, shall be required for the Company to amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any filing of a Certificate of Designations) or take any other action in a manner that adversely affects the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of such series of Preferred Stock differently than the powers, rights, preferences or privileges of any other series of Preferred Stock.

(k) Voting Preferred Protective Provisions.

(i) Majority Vote. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding Voting Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, in the aggregate and given in writing or by vote at a meeting, and consenting or voting separately as a class, shall be required for the Company to take any of the following actions, including in each case by means of merger, consolidation or otherwise:

(A) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any filing of a Certificate of Designations) or the Bylaws or take any action, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, that modifies any powers, rights, preferences or privileges of the Voting Preferred;

(B) Redeem, repurchase, retire or acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company (other than the repurchase of capital stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(c)(i), (ii) and (iii) hereof);

(C) Pay or declare any dividend on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (other than permitted by Section 1(c));

(D) Effect (A) an Acquisition or Asset Transfer or (B) any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

 

9


(E) Increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock; or

(F) Create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock.

(ii) 66 2/3% Vote. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding Voting Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, in the aggregate and given in writing or by vote at a meeting, and consenting or voting separately as a class, shall be required for the Company to take any of the following actions, including in each case by means of merger, consolidation or otherwise:

(A) Increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Board; or

(B) Amend, modify, add, repeal or waive any provision of Section 2(b) hereof, Section 2(k)(i) or this Section 2(k)(ii).

 

  3. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

(a ) Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock or Common Stock, subject to the right of any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Series H Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Series H Preferred held by them, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share of Series H Preferred equal to the Series H Preferred Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series H Preferred (the “Series H Liquidation Preference”). If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series H Preferred of the Series H Preferred Liquidation Preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series H Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b) After payment of the full Series H Liquidation preference as set forth in Section 3(a) above, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Common Stock, subject to the right of any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Series G Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Series G Preferred held by them, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share of Series G Preferred equal to the Series G Preferred Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series G Preferred (the “Series G Liquidation

 

10


Preference”). If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series G Preferred of the Series G Preferred Liquidation Preference set forth in this Section 3(b), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series G Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled

(c) After payment of the full Series H Liquidation Preference and Series G Liquidation Preference as set forth in Section 3(a) and 3(b) above, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, or Series E Preferred Stock, or Common Stock, subject to the right of any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Series F Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Series F Preferred held by them, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share of Series F Preferred equal to the Series F Preferred Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series F Preferred (the “Series F Liquidation Preference”). If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series F Preferred of the Series F Preferred Liquidation Preference set forth in this Section 3(c), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series F Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(d) After the payment of the full Series H Liquidation Preference, Series G Liquidation Preference and Series F Liquidation Preference as set forth in Sections 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c) above, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, subject to the right of any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Junior Preferred Stock”) shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Junior Preferred Stock held by them, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share of Junior Preferred Stock equal to the applicable Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Junior Preferred Stock (the “Junior Preferred Liquidation Preference”). If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Junior Preferred Stock of the Junior Preferred Liquidation Preference set forth in this Section 3(d), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Junior Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(e) After the payment of the full Series H Liquidation Preference, Series G Liquidation Preference, Series F Liquidation Preference and the Junior Preferred Liquidation Preference as set forth in Section 3(a), Section 3(b), Section 3(c) and Section 3(d) above, and any other distribution that may be required with respect to any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock and Series Preferred on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis

 

11


(f) In the event of a Liquidation Event, Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with this Section 3 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Liquidation Event, Acquisition or Asset Transfer and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with this Section 3 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this Section 3(f), consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Liquidation Event, Acquisition or Asset Transfer shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

  4 . A SSET T RANSFER OR A CQUISITION R IGHTS .

(a) In the event that the Company is a party to an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (as hereinafter defined), then each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series Preferred then held, out of the proceeds of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event pursuant to Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(d), and 3(e) above.

(b) For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation: (i) “Acquisition” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “Asset Transfer” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(c) In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(i) The value of securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be:

 

12


(A) if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period (or portion thereof) ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(B) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period (or portion thereof) ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

(C) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board.

(d) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the value determined as above in Article IV.M.4(c)(i) above to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board.

(e) In the event the requirements of Article IV.L.4 are not complied with, this Corporation shall forthwith either:

(i) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Article IV.L.4 have been complied with; or

(ii) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Series Preferred shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Article IV.M.5(j) hereof.

 

  5. C ONVERSION R IGHTS .

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares, as applicable, of Series Preferred being converted.

(b) Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series Preferred (the “Series Preferred Conversion Rate”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price of the Series Preferred by the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Price,” calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

 

13


(c) Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for each series of the Series Preferred shall initially be the applicable Original Issue Price of the Series Preferred (the “Series Preferred Conversion Price”). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that the first share of Series H Preferred is issued (the “Original Issue Date”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i) The applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

 

14


(A) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h) Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price (a “Qualifying

 

15


Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case, the then existing applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of this Section 5(h)(i), the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii) No adjustment shall be made to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in an amount less than $0.00000001 per share. Any adjustment required by this Section 5(h) shall be rounded to the nearest $0.00000001 per share. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding two sentences shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(iii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “Aggregate Consideration”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

 

16


(iv) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities exercisable for or convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “Convertible Securities”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(C) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(D) No further adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually

 

17


received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred.

(v) For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series Preferred required under this Section 5(h), “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

(A) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(B) up to One Hundred Forty-Nine Million Fifty-Nine Thousand Five Hundred Eighty-Six (149,059,586) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof) after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board; provided, however, that such amount shall be increased to reflect any shares of Common Stock (i) not issued pursuant to the rights, agreements, option or warrants (“Unexercised Options”) as a result of the termination of such Unexercised Options or (ii) reacquired by the Company from employees, directors or consultants at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares upon termination of services to the Company;

(C) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date;

(D) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board;

(E) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board;

(F) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to third-party service providers in exchange for or as partial consideration for services rendered to the Company as approved by the Board;

(G) any Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board;

 

18


(H) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issuable pursuant to that certain Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, among the Company and certain parties thereto; and

(I) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to Section 5(k)(ii) below.

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

(vi) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “First Dilutive Issuance”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “Subsequent Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(vii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any downward adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, only with the vote or written consent of holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

(viii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any downward adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, only with the vote or written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

 

19


(ix) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any downward adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, only with the vote or written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

(x) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any downward adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series G Preferred may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, only with the vote or written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis

(xi) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any downward adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series H Preferred may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, only with the vote or written consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

(i) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, if the Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least ten (10) days prior to (x) the record date, if any, specified therein; or (y) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such

 

20


record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(k) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series-A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series D Preferred (together the “Prior Preferred”) shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, upon the earlier of (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Prior Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $80,000,000 (a “Qualified IPO”). Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(ii) Each share of Series E Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred or based on the calculation described in item (B) below, upon the earlier of (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a Qualified IPO, provided, however, if the offering price to the public in the Qualified IPO per share of Common Stock is equal to less than two (2) times the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred, then upon the closing of the Qualified IPO, each share of Series E Preferred shall automatically be converted into the number of shares of Common Stock with a value, based on the offering price to the public, of two (2) times the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(iii) Each share of Series F Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred, at any time, upon the earlier of (A) the affirmative election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis or (B) the closing of a Qualified IPO where the offering price to the public is at least equal to the then applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

 

21


(iv) Each share of Series G Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series G Preferred, at any time , upon the earlier of (A) the affirmative election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis or (B) the closing of a Qualified IPO where the offering price to the public is at least equal to the then applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series G Preferred. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(v) Each share of Series H Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series H Preferred, at any time , upon the earlier of (A) the affirmative election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of the Series H Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis or (B) the closing of a Qualified IPO where the offering price to the public is at least equal to the then applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price of the Series H Preferred. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d)

(vi) Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Sections 5(k)(i), 5(k)(ii), 5(k)(iii), 5(k)(iv) or 5(k)(v) above, the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Series Preferred, the holders of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(l) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

 

22


(m) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(n) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(o) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

 

  6. N O R EISSUANCE O F S ERIES P REFERRED .

No share or shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

V.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article V to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

 

23


C. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

D. The Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, any director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless in either case such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Company.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

B. The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

*  *  *  *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

24


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Roku, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 9th day of November, 2015.

 

R OKU , I NC .

Signature:  /s/ Anthony Wood                                                 

Print Name: Anthony Wood
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 3.2

Delaware

The First State

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “ROKU, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SEVENTH DAY OF MARCH, A.D. 2017, AT 1:57 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

3582593  8100   

 

LOGO

  

LOGO

 

Authentication: 202160111

SR# 20171637689       Date: 03-08-17
You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml   

 

Page 1


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ROKU, INC.

R OKU , I NC ., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify:

F IRST : The name of the corporation is Roku, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

S ECOND : The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was February 1, 2008.

T HIRD : The Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions amending its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

1. Section M.5(h)(v)(B) of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(B) up to one hundred ninety-nine million fifty-nine thousand five hundred eighty-six (199,059,586) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof) after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board; provided, however , that such amount shall be increased to reflect any shares of Common Stock (i) not issued pursuant to the rights, agreements, option or warrants (“Unexercised Options”) as a result of the termination of such Unexercised Options or (ii) reacquired by the Company from employees, directors or consultants at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares upon termination of services to the Company.”

F OURTH : All other provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall remain in full force and effect.

F IFTH : Pursuant to a resolution by the Board of Directors, this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 and 242 of the DGCL. Accordingly, said proposed amendment has been adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the DGCL.

 

     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 01:57 PM 03/07/2017

FILED 01:57 PM 03/07/2017

SR 20171637689 - File Number 3582593


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , R OKU , I NC . HAS CAUSED THIS C ERTIFICATE OF A MENDMENT TO THE A MENDED AND R ESTATED C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION TO BE SIGNED BY ITS P RESIDENT AND C HIEF E XECUTIVE O FFICER THIS 7 TH DAY OF M ARCH , 2017.

 

R OKU , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Anthony Wood

  A NTHONY W OOD
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.4

BYLAWS

OF

ROKU, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


ARTICLE I        OFFICES      1  
   Section 1.        Registered Office      1  
   Section 2.        Other Offices      1  
ARTICLE II        CORPORATE SEAL      1  
   Section 3.        Corporate Seal      1  
ARTICLE III        STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      1  
   Section 4.        Place of Meetings      1  
   Section 5.        Annual Meeting      1  
   Section 6.        Special Meetings      3  
   Section 7.        Notice of Meetings      4  
   Section 8.        Quorum      4  
   Section 9.        Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings      5  
   Section 10.        Voting Rights      5  
   Section 11.        Joint Owners of Stock      5  
   Section 12.        List of Stockholders      6  
   Section 13.        Action Without Meeting      6  
   Section 14.        Organization      7  
ARTICLE IV        DIRECTORS      8  
   Section 15.        Number and Term of Office      8  
   Section 16.        Powers      8  
   Section 17.        Term of Directors      8  
   Section 18.        Vacancies      9  
   Section 19.        Resignation      9  
   Section 20.        Removal      10  
   Section 21.        Meetings      10  
   Section 22.        Quorum and Voting      11  
   Section 23.        Action Without Meeting      11  
   Section 24.        Fees and Compensation      11  
   Section 25.        Committees      12  
   Section 26.        Organization      13  
ARTICLE V        OFFICERS      13  
   Section 27.        Officers Designated      13  
   Section 28.        Tenure and Duties of Officers      13  


   Section 29.    Delegation of Authority      14  
   Section 30.    Resignations      14  
   Section 31.    Removal      15  
ARTICLE VI    EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION      15  
   Section 32.    Execution of Corporate Instruments      15  
   Section 33.    Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation      15  
ARTICLE VII    SHARES OF STOCK      15  
   Section 34.    Form and Execution of Certificates      15  
   Section 35.    Lost Certificates      16  
   Section 36.    Transfers      16  
   Section 37.    Fixing Record Dates      16  
   Section 38.    Registered Stockholders      17  
ARTICLE VIII    OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION      17  
   Section 39.    Execution of Other Securities      17  
ARTICLE IX    DIVIDENDS      18  
   Section 40.    Declaration of Dividends      18  
   Section 41.    Dividend Reserve      18  
ARTICLE X    FISCAL YEAR      18  
   Section 42.    Fiscal Year      18  
ARTICLE XI    INDEMNIFICATION      19  
   Section 43.    Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents      19  
ARTICLE XII    NOTICES      22  
   Section 44.    Notices      22  
ARTICLE XIII    AMENDMENTS      23  
   Section 45.    Amendments      23  
ARTICLE XIV    RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL      23  
   Section 46.    Right of First Refusal      23  
ARTICLE XV    LOANS TO OFFICERS      26  
   Section 47.    Loans to Officers      26  
ARTICLE XVI    MISCELLANEOUS      26  
   Section 48.    Annual Report  


BYLAWS

OF

ROKU, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section 5. Annual Meeting .

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of

 

1.


stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i)

 

2.


the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings .

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total

 

3.


number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a

 

4.


majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or

 

5.


order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting .

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were

 

6.


delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 14. Organization .

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for

 

7.


maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office . The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

 

8.


Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

9.


Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice

 

10.


is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting .

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however , at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

11.


Section 25. Committees .

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any

 

12.


business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers .

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of

 

13.


Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to

 

14.


whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a

 

15.


certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 36. Transfers .

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates .

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

16.


(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal

 

17.


impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

18.


ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents .

(a) Directors and Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Employees and Other Agents . The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct,

 

19.


by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

 

20.


(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such

 

21.


person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices .

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or

 

22.


Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section 46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

 

23.


(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however , that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

 

24.


(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.

(4) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(6) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.

(7) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) On January 31, 2018; or

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

 

25.


“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 48. Annual Report .

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

26.

Exhibit 10.1

ROKU, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


ROKU, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 9th day of November, 2015, by and among Roku, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “Investors” and each individually as an “Investor.”

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series H Preferred Stock (the “Series H Stock”) pursuant to that certain Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) of even date herewith; (the “Financing”);

W HEREAS , the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “Prior Investors”) are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Stock”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Stock”), Series C-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series C-1 Stock”), Series C-2 Preferred Stock (the “Series C-2 Stock” and together with the Series C-1 Stock, the “Series C Stock”), Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Stock”), Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Stock”), Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Stock”) and Series G Preferred Stock (the “Series G Stock”);

W HEREAS , the Prior Investors and the Company are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated October 1, 2014 (the “Prior Agreement”);

W HEREAS , the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

W HEREAS , in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the Company and the Investors have agreed to the registration rights, information rights, and other rights as set forth below.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

1.


(a) Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any direct or indirect partially or wholly owned subsidiary, any parent entity that owns some or all of the capital stock or other equity of such Person, or any entity owned wholly or in part by the same parent entity of such Person.

(b) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(d) “Holder” means any Person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(e) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(f) Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(g) “Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock, Series F Stock, Series G Stock and the Series H Stock.

(h) “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(i) “Registrable Securities” means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares and (b) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a Person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned.

(j) “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(k) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable

 

2.


fees and disbursements not to exceed twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(l) “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(m) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(n) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(o) “Shares” shall mean the Preferred Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(p) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii)  (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel prior to the authorization of the transfer of stock or the removal of Rule 144 legends for routine transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, or for any transfer of stock to a Holder’s Affiliates or partners. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

 

3.


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (C) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, (D) to an Affiliate of the Holder, (E) to a Permitted 21st Century Fox Entity (as defined below), or (F) to a Permitted Viacom Entity (as defined below); provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder. A “Permitted 21st Century Fox Entity” shall be defined as 21st Century Fox, Inc. ( 21st Century Fox ), or any entity formed in connection with or in anticipation of a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which certain assets, intellectual property, technology, existing products, services and/or businesses of 21st Century Fox become partially or completely independent from 21st Century Fox. A “Permitted Viacom Entity” shall be defined as Viacom Inc. (“ Viacom ”), or any entity controlled by Viacom.

(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

 

4.


2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (so long as the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $40,000,000), then the Company shall use its best efforts, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, to effect, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) prior to the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) of the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.11 following the Initial Offering;

 

5.


(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Company’s Initial Offering (or such longer period as may be determined pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof), other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for its Initial Offering within ninety (90) days;

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

(vi) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

6.


(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided , however , that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

 

7.


(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000), or

(iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than twice in any twelve (12) month period, or

(iv) if the Company has already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, or

(v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

8.


2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or 2.4(b), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event, such right shall be forfeited by all Holders. If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or 2.4(b), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration.

2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to ninety (90) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided , however , that (i) such ninety (90)-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such ninety (90)-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Securities Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further that applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment which (I) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or (II) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in (I) and (II) above to be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act in the registration statement; provided further , however , that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “Suspension Period”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of

 

9.


which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No more than two (2) such Suspension Periods shall occur in any twelve (12) month period. In no event shall any Suspension Period, when taken together with all prior Suspension Periods, exceed 120 days in the aggregate. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such

 

10.


registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

(h) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

 

11.


2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling Person of such Holder.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder, on a several and not joint basis, will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any Person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling Person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling Person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “Holder Violation”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably

 

12.


incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling Person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling Person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, provided further, that the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to the net proceeds and underwriting discounts and commissions from the offering received by each party.

 

13.


(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is an Affiliate of the Holder, (b) is a Permitted 21st Century Fox Entity, (c) is the Holder’s immediate family member or trust for the benefit of the Holder or one or more of such Holder’s immediate family members, or (d) after such transfer, holds at least 50,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations); provided, however, (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement. For purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (A) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder, (B) that is a Permitted 21st Century Fox Entity, (C) who is a Holder’s immediate family member, or (D) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s immediate family member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder.

2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders.

2.11 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration or shares acquired in or after the Initial Offering) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided , that (i) all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements and (ii) the foregoing provisions shall only be applicable to the Holders if all stockholders, officers and directors are treated similarly with respect to any release prior to the termination of the lock-up period (including any extension

 

14.


thereof) such that if any such persons are released all Holders shall also be released to the same extent on a pro rata basis. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.

2.12 Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter solely to effectuate the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall used commercially reasonable efforts to provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing lock-up restriction until the end of said day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12.

2.13 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) Take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement is filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(d) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

15.


2.14 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 2.3, or Section 2.4 hereof shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date three (3) years following an initial public offering that results in the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; or (ii) such time as such Holder, as reflected on the Company’s list of stockholders, holds less than 1% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (treating all shares of Preferred Stock on an as converted basis), the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all Registrable Securities of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its Affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period. Upon such termination, such shares shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” hereunder for all purposes.

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b) So long as an Investor (with its Affiliates) shall own not less than five million (5,000,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) or, with respect to Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio, Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund, and Fidelity Magellan Fund: Fidelity Magellan Fund (collectively, “Fidelity”), so long as Fidelity, collectively with its Affiliates, owns any shares of capital stock of the Company, (each a “Major Investor”), as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, the Company will furnish each such Major Investor a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants selected by the Board.

(c) As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, the Company will furnish each such Major Investor a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, including a comparison to plan figures for such period, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

 

16.


(d) The Company will furnish each such Major Investor (i) by March 31 of each fiscal year an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto); and (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within twenty (20) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date, including a comparison to plan figures for such period, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed. For the purposes of this Section 3.2, the Company agrees that 21st Century Fox, Sky Ventures Limited (“Sky”) and Viacom are not competitors as of the date of the initial sale of Series E Stock, provided, however, the Board may change this determination at a future date with reasonable justification.

3.3 Confidentiality of Records. Each Investor agrees to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, subsidiary or parent of such Investor as long as such partner, subsidiary or parent is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; (v) as required by applicable law or legal processes; or (vi) to such Investor’s lawyers, contractors, accountants and other advisors who have a need to have access and knowledge of such information and agree or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions.

3.4 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

 

17.


3.5 Key Man Insurance. Subject to approval by the Board, as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect term life insurance on the life of Anthony Wood, naming the Company as beneficiary, in an amount satisfactory to the Board.

3.6 Director and Officer Insurance. Within sixty (60) days of this Agreement, the Company will use its best efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance in the amount of two million ($2,000,000) dollars so long as any representative of the Investors serves on the Company’s Board and such coverage is available at commercially-reasonable rates.

3.7 Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the date of issuance and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest over the remaining three (3) years. Such options and other stock equivalents shall be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company, which shall provide that upon termination of the employment of the recipient of such stock option or other stock equivalent, with or without cause, the Company (or an assignee of the Company, to the extent permissible under applicable securities laws), shall retain the option to repurchase at cost any unvested shares held by such recipient.

3.8 Directors’ Expenses. The Company shall reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket and travel expenses incurred by any non-employee director in connection with (i) attendance at Board meetings (including any meetings of committees thereof), (ii) attendance at any other meetings or events attended on behalf of the Company at the request of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and (iii) the performance of his or her duties as a director of the Company. Any travel reimbursements shall be consistent with the Company’s travel policies for its Chief Executive Officer and shall be prorated based on expenses incurred by such director on behalf of companies other than the Company.

3.9 Observer Rights.

(a) So long as Fidelity, collectively with its Affiliates, owns not less than five million (5,000,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations), the Company shall, permit one (1) representative of Fidelity who may but need not be an employee of Fidelity or one of its Affiliates (the “Fidelity Observer”) to attend all meetings (including any executive sessions thereof) of the Board and any committee thereof excluding the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee to the extent such committees exist (a “Meeting”), whether in person, telephonically or otherwise, in a non-voting, observer capacity. In addition, the Company shall provide to the Fidelity Observer, concurrently with the members of the Board or the committees thereof, as applicable, and in the same manner, notice of all Meetings and a copy of all materials provided to such members, including all notices, consents and other materials provided to such members in connection with any action to be taken by the Board or the committee thereof, as applicable, without a meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board reasonably

 

18.


determines in good faith that the exclusion of the Fidelity Observer, or withholding of the information to be provided to the Fidelity Observer, is necessary in order to: (i) preserve the attorney-client privilege of the Company (such determination to be based on the advice of legal counsel to the Company) or (ii) avoid a conflict of interest between the Company and Fidelity, (in any such case “Withheld Information”), the Company shall not be required to disclose to, and shall be entitled to withhold from, the Fidelity Observer any Withheld Information and the Fidelity Observer shall not participate in those portions of a Meeting at which any Withheld Information is to be discussed and the Fidelity Observer shall excuse himself from any such relevant portion of a Meeting; provided, however, that the Fidelity Observer shall not be so excluded and such information shall not be withheld unless the Board (acting reasonably and in good faith) ensures that all other individuals whose presence at a Meeting could cause any of the harms or concerns set forth under (i) or (ii) to occur are also excluded and do not receive such information, as applicable. If the Fidelity Observer is so excluded, then, to the extent permissible, the Company will inform the Fidelity Observer of the general nature of the subject matter discussed and explain the Board’s rationale for the decision to exclude the Fidelity Observer.

(b) So long as Viacom, collectively with its Affiliates, owns not less than five million (5,000,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations), the Company shall, permit one (1) representative of Viacom (the “Viacom Observer”) to attend all Meetings, whether in person, telephonically or otherwise, in a non-voting, observer capacity. The Viacom Observer shall initially be Wade Davis, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Viacom. Any change to the individual serving as the Viacom Observer shall require the Company’s approval, which approval will be subject to the Company’s sole discretion; provided, that , following the earlier of (i) the one year anniversary of this Agreement or (ii) such time as Wade Davis is no longer serving as Chief Financial Officer or as a senior executive of Viacom reporting to Viacom’s Chief Executive Officer (a “C-Suite Executive”), Viacom may designate a new individual to serve as the Viacom Observer who shall be either the Chief Financial Officer or a C-Suite Executive of Viacom and shall be subject to the Company’s approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. In addition, the Company shall provide to the Viacom Observer, concurrently with the members of the Board or the committees thereof, as applicable, and in the same manner, notice of all Meetings and a copy of all materials provided to such members, including all notices, consents and other materials provided to such members in connection with any action to be taken by the Board or the committee thereof, as applicable, without a meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board reasonably determines in good faith that the exclusion of the Viacom Observer, or withholding of the information to be provided to the Viacom Observer, is necessary in order to: (i) preserve the attorney-client privilege of the Company (such determination to be based on the advice of legal counsel to the Company) or (ii) avoid a conflict of interest between the Company and Viacom, (in any such case “Withheld Information”), the Company shall not be required to disclose to, and shall be entitled to withhold from, the Viacom Observer any Withheld Information and the Viacom Observer shall not participate in those portions of a Meeting at which any Withheld Information is to be discussed and the Viacom Observer shall excuse himself from any such relevant portion of a Meeting; provided, however, that the Viacom Observer shall not be so excluded and such information shall not be withheld unless the Board (acting reasonably and in good faith) ensures that all other individuals whose presence at a

 

19.


Meeting could cause any of the harms or concerns set forth under (i) or (ii) to occur are also excluded and do not receive such information, as applicable. If the Viacom Observer is so excluded, then, to the extent permissible, the Company will inform the Viacom Observer of the general nature of the subject matter discussed and explain the Board’s rationale for the decision to exclude the Viacom Observer.

3.10 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. In the event the Company elects not to exercise any right of first refusal or right of first offer the Company may have on a proposed transfer of any of the Company’s outstanding capital stock pursuant to the Company’s charter documents, by contract or otherwise, the Company shall, to the extent it may do so, assign such right of first refusal or right of first offer to each Investor. In the event of such assignment, each Investor shall have a right to purchase its pro rata portion of the capital stock proposed to be transferred. Each Investor’s pro rata portion shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares proposed to be transferred by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Investor at the time of the proposed transfer and the denominator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities owned by all Investors at the time of such proposed transfer.

3.11 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Section 3.3) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to an Initial Offering that results in the Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock or (ii) upon an “ Acquisition ” or an “ Asset Transfer ”, in each case, as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof. The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall expire and terminate as to each Investor when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in the preceding sentence.

SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Major Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.6 hereof. Each Major Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Major Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “ Equity Securities ” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

 

20.


4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Major Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Investor shall have fifteen (15) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Major Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale. If not all of the Major Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Major Investors who do so elect and shall offer such Major Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares on a pro rata basis. The Major Investors shall have five (5) days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4, each of Menlo Ventures X, L.P. (“Menlo X”) and Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P. (“Globespan V”) agrees that it will not purchase more than its pro rata share of any equity securities issued and sold by the Company, unless such issuance has been approved by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the pro rata share for Menlo X and Globespan V shall be calculated based on the number of shares actually issued by the Company rather than the number of shares offered for sale by the Company. For purposes of this Section 4.2, Menlo X shall include all Menlo Ventures investment or management entities, and Globespan V shall include all Globespan Capital investment or management entities.

4.3 Sale Without Notice. In lieu of giving notice to the Major Investors prior to the issuance of Equity Securities as provided in Section 4.2, the Company may elect to give notice to the Major Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of Equity Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price and terms of the Equity Securities. Each Major Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the date of receipt of such notice to elect to purchase up to the number of shares that would, if purchased by such Major Investor, maintain such Major Investor’s pro rata share (as set forth in Section 4.1) of the Equity Securities after giving effect to all such purchases. The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date of notice to the Major Investors.

4.4 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Company’s Initial Offering or (ii) upon an Acquisition or Asset Transfer. Notwithstanding Section 5.5 hereof, the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 may be amended, or any provision waived with and only with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Major Investors, or as permitted by Section 5.5.

 

21.


4.5 Assignment of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Major Investor under this Section 4 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9.

4.6 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a) up to an aggregate of 149,059,586 shares ( provided , however , that such number shall be increased to reflect any shares of Common Stock (i) not issued pursuant to the rights, agreements, option or warrants (“Unexercised Options”) as a result of the termination of such Unexercised Options or (ii) reacquired by the Company from employees, directors or consultants at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares upon termination of services to the Company) of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) issued or to be issued after the date hereof to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;

(b) stock issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and stock issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement, so long as the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 were complied with, waived, or were inapplicable pursuant to any provision of this Section 4.7 with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such rights or agreements;

(c) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board;

(d) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company;

(e) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement, or debt financing from a bank or similar financial or lending institution approved by the Board;

(f) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act;

(g) any Equity Securities issued to third-party service providers in exchange for or as partial consideration for services rendered to the Company; and

(h) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including, without limitation (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board.

 

22.


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the County of Santa Clara, California.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each Person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however , that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the Person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price. For the avoidance of doubt, the rights under this Agreement may be assigned without the Company’s written consent (a) by a Holder to any of its Affiliates or (b) by 21st Century Fox to any Permitted 21st Century Fox Entity. For purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (i) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder or (ii) that is a Permitted 21st Century Fox Entity shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder.

5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto, and the side letters by and between the Company and any Investor currently in effect as of the date hereof, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of at

 

23.


least a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities; provided, that this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Holder without the written consent of such Holder, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Holders in the same fashion; provided further , that Section 4.2 may not be amended without the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting as a single class on an as-if-converted basis; provided further , that Section 2 may not be amended without the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided further , that Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.11, 4 and 5.5 may not be waived or amended in a manner that adversely affects the rights and privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock without the written consent of the Company and at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock; provided, further , that Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.9(a), 3.11 and 5.5 may not be waived or amended in a manner that adversely affects the rights and privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock without the written consent of the Company and at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Series F Preferred Stock; provided, further , that Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.9(a), 3.11 and 5.5 may not be waived or amended in a manner that adversely affects the rights and privileges of the Series G Preferred Stock without the written consent of the Company and at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Series G Preferred Stock; provided, further , that Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.11 and 5.5 may not be waived or amended in a manner that adversely affects the rights and privileges of the Series H Preferred Stock without the written consent of the Company and at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Series H Preferred Stock and provided, further , that Section 3.9(b) may not be waived or amended in a manner that adversely affects the rights and privileges of Viacom without the written consent of Viacom. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, no amendment to, or waiver or termination of, this Agreement, (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall be effective as to any Investor without that Investor’s written consent if such amendment, waiver or termination would (a) increase, or could reasonably be expected to increase, such Investor’s liability or obligations (financial or otherwise), (b) impose, or could reasonably be expected to impose, any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant on such Investor or would otherwise restrict, or could reasonably be expected to otherwise restrict, such Investor from conducting any business or commercial activity in any way whatsoever, or (c) amend, terminate or otherwise modify, or could reasonably be expected to amend, terminate or otherwise modify, any commercial agreement or arrangement with such Investor. The immediately preceding sentence may not be amended, waived or terminated with respect to any Investor without such Investor’s prior written consent. All references to Investors in clauses (a), (b), and (c) above shall also include all Affiliates of such Investor.

(b) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part

 

24.


of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10 Intentionally Omitted .

5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliated Persons or Persons under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement. In addition, the share ownership of all Permitted 21st Century Fox Entities shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining whether any Permitted 21st Century Fox Entity is entitled to any rights under this Agreement and the other agreements to which the Permitted 21st Century Fox Entities are a party. In addition, the share ownership of all Permitted Viacom Entities shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining whether any Permitted Viacom Entity is entitled to any rights under this Agreement and the other agreements to which the Permitted Viacom Entities are a party.

5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

 

25.


5.14 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) an Acquisition or Asset Transfer; or (ii) the date three (3) years following the closing of the Initial Offering that results in the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

5.15 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, and the Investors holding at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

5.16 Massachusetts Business Trust . A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio, Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund, and Fidelity Magellan Fund: Fidelity Magellan Fund, each of which is an Investor, is on file with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and notice is hereby given that this Agreement is executed on behalf of the trustees of each such Investor as trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this Agreement are not binding on any of the trustees, officers or stockholders of any such Investor or any affiliate thereof individually but are binding only upon each such Investor and its assets and property.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

26.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

COMPANY:

R OKU , I NC .

 

Signature:  

/s/ Anthony Wood

Name:   Anthony Wood
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

R OKU , I NC .

S ERIES H P REFERRED A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT S IGNATURE P AGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :

/s/ Anthony Wood

A NTHONY W OOD

 

R OKU , I NC .

S ERIES H P REFERRED A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT S IGNATURE P AGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
V IACOM I NTERNATIONAL I NC .
Signature:  

/s/ Alexander J. Berkett

Name:   Alexander J. Berkett
Title:   SVP, Corporate Development

 

R OKU , I NC .

S ERIES H P REFERRED A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT S IGNATURE P AGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
F IDELITY M AGELLAN F UND : F IDELITY M AGELLAN F UND
By:  

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

  Name:   Stacie M Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY S ECURITIES F UND : F IDELITY OTC P ORTFOLIO
By:  

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

  Name:   Stacie M. Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY G ROWTH C OMPANY C OMMINGLED P OOL
By:  

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

  Name:   Stacie M. Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY M T . V ERNON S TREET T RUST : F IDELITY G ROWTH C OMPANY F UND
By:  

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

  Name:   Stacie M. Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

R OKU , I NC .

S ERIES H P REFERRED A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT S IGNATURE P AGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
F IDELITY M T . V ERNON S TREET T RUST : F IDELITY S ERIES G ROWTH C OMPANY F UND
By:  

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

  Name:   Stacie M. Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY P URITAN T RUST : F IDELITY P URITAN F UND
By:  

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

  Name:   Stacie M. Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY OTC C OMMINGLED P OOL
By:  

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

  Name:   Stacie M. Smith
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

R OKU , I NC .

S ERIES H P REFERRED A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT S IGNATURE P AGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
G LOBESPAN C APITAL P ARTNERS V, L.P.
By: Globespan Management Associates V, L.P., its General Partner
By: Globespan Management Associates V, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ David Poltack

Name:   David Poltack
Title:   Authorized Signatory
G LOBESPAN C APITAL P ARTNERS O PPORTUNITY F UND VI, L.P.
By: Globespan Opportunity Associates VI, L.P., its General Partner
By: Globespan Opportunity Associates VI, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ David Poltack

Name:   David Poltack
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

R OKU , I NC .

S ERIES H P REFERRED A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT S IGNATURE P AGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
T WENTY -F IRST C ENTURY F OX , I NC .
Signature:   /s/ Jeffrey Palker                                                   
Name:   Jeffrey Palker
Title:   Senior Vice President, Deputy General Counsel

 

R OKU , I NC .

S ERIES H P REFERRED A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT S IGNATURE P AGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
S KY V ENTURES L IMITED
Signature:  

/s/ Christopher Taylor

Name:   Christopher Taylor
Title:   Company Secretary

 

R OKU , I NC .

S ERIES H P REFERRED A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT S IGNATURE P AGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
M ENLO V ENTURES X, L.P.
M ENLO E NTREPRENEURS F UND X, L.P.
MMEF X, L.P.
By:   MV MANAGEMENT X, L.L.C.
Their General Partner
By:   /s/ Shawn Carolan
  Managing Member

 

R OKU , I NC .

S ERIES H P REFERRED A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT S IGNATURE P AGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
N ORTH A MERICA S YNDICATE , I NC .
Signature:  

/s/ George T. Kliavkoff

Name:   George T. Kliavkoff
Title:   President

 

                                                                                Address:   

North America Syndicate, Inc.

300 West 57 th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Kenneth Bronfin

Phone: (212) 649-2211

Fax: (646) 280-2211

    

With a copy to:

North America Syndicate, Inc.

300 West 57 th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Office of General Counsel

 

R OKU , I NC .

S ERIES H P REFERRED A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT S IGNATURE P AGE


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

Viacom International Inc.

1515 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

Attn: SVP, Corporate Development, 53 rd Floor

With a copy to: legalnotices@viacom.com

Globespan Capital Partners V, L.P.

c/o Globespan Capital Partners

One Boston Place, Suite 2810

Boston, MA 02108

Globespan Capital Partners Opportunity Fund VI, L.P.

c/o Globespan Capital Partners

One Boston Place, Suite 2810

Boston, MA 02108

Mag & Co fbo Fidelity OTC Commingled Pool

Brown Brothers Harriman &Co

Attn: Trade Settlements New York- Bill Pinamonti

140 Broadway

New York, NY 10005-1101

Fidelity OTC Commingled Pool

Reference Internal Account # 8046369

Booth & Co fbo Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio

The Northern Trust Company

Attn: Trade Securities Processing, C-1N

801 South Canal Street

Chicago, IL 60607

Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio

Reference Account # 26-68304

Mag & Co fbo Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool

Brown Brothers Harriman &Co

Attn: Trade Settlements New York- Bill Pinamonti

140 Broadway

New York, NY 10005-1101

Fidelity Group Trust for Employee Benefit Plans: Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool

Reference Internal Account # 8180812

Powhattan & Co fbo Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund

The Depository Trust Company

570 Washington Blvd - 5th floor

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attn: BNY Mellon/Branch Deposit Department

BNY DTC 901 a/c 522065


WAVELENGTH + CO fbo Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund

Newport Office Center

570 Washington Blvd

Jersey City, NJ 07310

5th floor / NY Window / Robert Mendez

FBO: State Street Bank & Trust for account 24JZ

Menlo Ventures X, L.P.

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 4, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attention: Doug Carlisle

Menlo Entrepreneurs Fund X, L.P.

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 4, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attention: Doug Carlisle

MMEF X, L.P.

3000 Sand Hill Road

Building 4, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attention: Doug Carlisle

North America Syndicate, Inc.

300 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Kenneth Bronfin

Phone: (212) 649-2211

Fax: (646) 280-2211

With a copy to:

North America Syndicate, Inc.

300 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Office of General Counsel

Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc.

SVP & Deputy General Counsel

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Fax (212) 852-7214

Sky Ventures Limited

Attn: General Counsel

Grant Way, Isleworth

Middlesex, TW7 5QD

Fax: +44 20 7900 7120

Exhibit 10.2

ROKU, INC.

AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment to that certain A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “ Amendment ”) dated as of November 9, 2015 (the “Rights Agreement ”) is made as of March 6, 2017 by and among R OKU , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the Investors set forth on Exhibit A of the Rights Agreement (the “ Investors ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the definitions ascribed to them in the Rights Agreement.

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , the Company and the Investors are parties to the Rights Agreement;

W HEREAS , in connection with an increase to the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company and the Investors desire to amend the Rights Agreement as provided below;

W HEREAS , the Rights Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the parties required by Section 5.5 thereof (collectively, the “Required Parties ”); and

W HEREAS , the undersigned constitute the Required Parties.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and conditions set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:

A MENDMENT

1. Section 4.6(a) of the Rights Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(a) up to an aggregate of one hundred ninety-nine million fifty-nine thousand five hundred eighty-six (199,059,586) shares ( provided , however , that such number shall be increased to reflect any shares of Common Stock (i) not issued pursuant to the rights, agreements, option or warrants (“Unexercised Options”) as a result of the termination of such Unexercised Options or (ii) reacquired by the Company from employees, directors or consultants at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares upon termination of services to the Company) of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) issued or to be issued after the date hereof to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board.”


2. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California, without reference to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

3. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute on instrument. Facsimile signatures shall be as effective as original signatures.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
R OKU , I NC .
Signature:  

/s/ Anthony Wood

Name:   Anthony Wood
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

[AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :

F IDELITY M AGELLAN F UND :
F IDELITY M AGELLAN F UND
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:   Jeffrey Christian
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY S ECURITIES F UND :
F IDELITY O TC P ORTFOLIO
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:   Jeffrey Christian
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY G ROWTH C OMPANY C OMMINGLED P OOL
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:   Jeffrey Christian
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY M T . V ERNON S TREET T RUST :
F IDELITY G ROWTH C OMPANY F UND
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:   Jeffrey Christian
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
   

[AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR RIGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
F IDELITY M T . V ERNON S TREET T RUST :
F IDELITY S ERIES G ROWTH C OMPANY F UND
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:   Jeffrey Christian
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY P URITAN T RUST :
F IDELITY P URITAN F UND
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:   Jeffrey Christian
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY OTC C OMMINGLED P OOL
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Christian

  Name:   Jeffrey Christian
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
   

[AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
T WENTY -F IRST C ENTURY F OX , I NC .
Signature:  

/s/ Jeffrey Palker

Name:   Jeffrey Palker
Title:   Executive Vice President

[AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
G LOBESPAN C APITAL P ARTNERS V, L.P.
By: Globespan Management Associates V, L.P., its General Partner
By: Globespan Management Associates V,
LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tracey M. Revellino

Name:   Tracey M. Revellino
Title:   Authorized Signatory
G LOBESPAN C APITAL P ARTNERS
O PPORTUNITY F UND VI, L.P.
By: Globespan Opportunity Associates VI, L.P., its General Partner
By: Globespan Opportunity Associates VI,
LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Tracey M. Revellino

Name:   Tracey M. Revellino
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
MENLO VENTURES X, L.P.
MENLO ENTREPRENEURS FUND X, L.P.
MMEF X, L.P.
B Y : MV MANAGEMENT X, L.L.C.
Their General Partner
By:  

/s/ Shawn Carolan

  Managing Member

[AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

I NVESTORS :
S KY V ENTURES L IMITED
Signature:  

/s/ Ben Matthews

Name:   Ben Matthews
Title:   Authorised Attorney

[AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]

Exhibit 10.3

R OKU , I NC .

2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : F EBRUARY  1, 2008

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : F EBRUARY  1, 2008

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A PRIL  22, 2010

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : A PRIL  22, 2010

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : O CTOBER  27, 2010

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J UNE  7, 2011

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A UGUST  1, 2011

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : A UGUST  1, 2011

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : O CTOBER  7, 2011

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : O CTOBER  7, 2011

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ULY  24, 2012

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J ULY  24, 2012

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : M AY  6, 2013

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M AY  6, 2013

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A UGUST  5, 2014

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : S EPTEMBER  29, 2014

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : M AY  12, 2015

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J UNE  2, 2015

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : N OVEMBER  10, 2015

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J ANUARY  11, 2016

A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : F EBRUARY 14, 2017

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M ARCH 6, 2017

T ERMINATION D ATE : J ANUARY  31, 2018

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, and (v) Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

1.


(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, shareholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.

 

2.


(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for shareholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Optionholder, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) a Restricted Stock Award, (C) a Stock Appreciation Right, (D) Restricted Stock Unit, (E) cash and/or (F) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however , that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

3.


(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards after the Effective Date shall not exceed one hundred NINETY-NINE million fifty-nine thousand five hundred eighty-six (199,059,586) shares (the “Share Reserve”). For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Furthermore, if a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.

(b) If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

 

4.


(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of Shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be equal to two times the Share Reserve.

(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

(e) Share Reserve Limitation. To the extent required by Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Options and the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, based on the shares of Common Stock of the Company that are outstanding at the time the calculation is made.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Ten Percent Shareholders.

(i) A Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(ii) A Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be granted a Restricted Stock Award or Stock Appreciation Right (if such award could be settled in shares of Common Stock) unless the purchase price of the restricted stock is at least (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant or (ii) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the award.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“ Rule 701 ”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

5.


5. O PTION P ROVISIONS .

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided, however , that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options).

(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such

 

6.


reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

(d) Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

(e) Vesting of Options Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

(f) Minimum Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 5(e), to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, then:

(i) Options granted to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment; and

 

7.


(ii) Options granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants may be made fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Board.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(i) Disability of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(j) Death of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise

 

8.


the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate. If the Optionholder designates a third party beneficiary of the Option in accordance with Section 5(d)(iii), then upon the death of the Optionholder such designated beneficiary shall have the sole right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . No Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(m) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option Agreement.

 

9.


(o) Right of First Refusal . The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement for the Option, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company. The Company will not exercise its right of first refusal until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option Agreement.

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) past services actually rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (B) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, any price to be paid by the Participant for each share subject to the Restricted Stock Award shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Common Stock’s Fair Market Value on the date such Stock Award is made or at the time the purchase is consummated.

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. In the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

10.


(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Minimum Vesting . Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 6(b)(ii), to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.42(h)(2) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Unit Award, then:

(1) Restricted Stock Unit Awards granted to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Restricted Stock Unit Award was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment; and

(2) Restricted Stock Unit Awards granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants may vest at any time established by the Board.

(iv) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(v) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(vi) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

11.


(vii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(viii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted as stand-alone Stock Awards or in tandem with other Stock Awards. The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, no Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

(ii) Strike Price. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, the strike price of each Stock Appreciation Right granted as a stand-alone or tandem Stock Award shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock equivalents subject to the Stock Appreciation Right on the date of grant.

(iii) Calculation of Appreciation. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of share of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board on the date of grant.

 

12.


(iv) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(v) Minimum Vesting . Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 6(c)(iv), to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right, then:

(1) Stock Appreciation Rights granted to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Stock Appreciation Right was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment; and

(2) Stock Appreciation Rights granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants may be made fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Company.

(vi) Exercise. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(vii) Non-Exempt Employees . No Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(viii) Payment . The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(ix) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

 

13.


(x) Disability of Participant . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(xi) Death of Participant . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Stock Appreciation Right upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Stock Appreciation Right is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(xii) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Stock Appreciation Right from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(xiii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan that are not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Stock Appreciation Rights will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Stock

 

14.


Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that a Stock Appreciation Right that is to be paid wholly or partly in cash must be exercised and paid in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c) Shareholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms and the Participant shall not be deemed to be a shareholder of record until the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

 

15.


(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

 

16.


(h) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Stock Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Stock Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Stock Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Stock Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

(k) Information Obligation. To the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Company shall deliver financial statements to Participants at least annually. This Section 8(k) shall not apply to key Employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

 

17.


(l) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock Award, and the repurchase price may be either the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of termination of Continuous Service or the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. To the extent required by Section 260.140.41 and Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time a Stock Award is made, any repurchase option contained in a Stock Award granted to a person who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall be upon the terms described below:

(i) Fair Market Value. If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of Continuous Service at not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock to be purchased on the date of termination of Continuous Service, then (i) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Stock Awards after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Participant (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding “qualified small business stock”) and (ii) the right terminates when the shares of Common Stock become publicly traded.

(ii) Original Purchase Price. If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of Continuous Service at the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price, then (x) the right to repurchase at the original purchase price shall lapse at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) of the shares of Common Stock per year over five (5) years from the date the Stock Award is granted (without respect to the date the Stock Award was exercised or became exercisable) and (y) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Options after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Participant (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding “qualified small business stock”).

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the

 

18.


Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, each Stock Award shall terminate and be cancelled to the extent not vested or exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction unless the Board elects to take one or more of the following actions with respect to such Stock Award:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the shareholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award; and

(v) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise; provided that if the Board elects to make the payment described in this clause (v), the entire Stock Award (both vested and unvested portions) shall be terminated and cancelled in consideration of such payment.

The Board need not take the same action with respect to all Stock Awards or with respect to all Participants.

 

19.


(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

10. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

11. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.

 

20.


(d) Cause ” means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the shareholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

21.


(iii) the shareholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation; or

(iv) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

The term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(f) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) Committee ” means a committee of two (2) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company ” means Roku, Inc., a Delaware company.

(j) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(k) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the

 

22.


extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) Disability ” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o) Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s shareholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(p) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

23.


(s) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board (i) in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations and (ii) in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(u) Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer ” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(aa) Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership ” A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(bb) Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(cc) Plan ” means this Roku, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

24.


(dd) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ee) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(gg) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ii) Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

(jj) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(kk) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

(ll) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(mm) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).

(nn) Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

25.

Exhibit 10.4

R OKU , I NC .

2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

 

1.


(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3)-

 

2.


month period you may not exercise your option solely because of the condition set forth in the preceding paragraph relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that, to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

 

3.


(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. T RANSFERABILITY . Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option. In addition, if permitted by the Company you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system.

12. R IGHT OF R EPURCHASE . To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

13. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

 

4.


14. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

15. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.

 

5.


You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

16. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

17. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

6.


R OKU , I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:  

 

 
Date of Grant:  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date:  

 

 
Number of Shares Subject to Option:  

 

 
Exercise Price (Per Share):  

 

 
Total Exercise Price:  

 

 
Expiration Date:  

 

 

 

Type of Grant:    ☐   Incentive Stock Option 1    ☐   Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    ☐   Same as Vesting Schedule    ☐   Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:    [1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.]
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
   ☐   By cash or check
   ☐   Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
   ☐   By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER  A GREEMENTS :      

 

     

 

 

R OKU , I NC .

      O PTIONHOLDER :
By:   

 

     

 

   Signature          Signature
Title:   

 

      Date:   

 

Date:   

 

        

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, Roku, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

1   If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1.


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT

 

2.


A TTACHMENT II

R OKU , I NC .

2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

3.


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

4.

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

November 15, 2013

Stephen H. Kay

Dear Steve,

Thanks for expressing interest in joining us at Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”). It is clear that your experience, judgment, and leadership would be of enormous benefit to the Company.

Accordingly, I am pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President & General Counsel under the terms and conditions contained in the Appendix to this letter.

We face many exciting challenges and I have high expectations for the Company. I am confident that with your skills and experience, you can make a great contribution and will develop your own skills at the same time. I think you’ll find our Company to be a fun and exciting place to work. You’ll be working with a group of excellent, dedicated professionals producing innovative new consumer electronics products and services.

I’m looking forward to working with you!

 

Best Regards,
/s/ Anthony Wood
Anthony Wood
Chief Executive Officer
R OKU , I NC .

 

1


Employment Terms Agreement

Roku, Inc. (“ Roku ” or the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you employment with the Company. The following Employment Terms Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) sets forth the terms and conditions of your employment relationship with the Company.

 

1. Position and Start Date .

 

  a. Position: Senior Vice President & General Counsel, reporting to Anthony Wood, Chief Executive Officer, working out of the Company’s office in Los Angeles, California. As the Company’s Senior Vice President & General Counsel, you shall serve as the chief legal and compliance officer of the Company and it subsidiaries, if any, as well as the corporate secretary of the Company. It is expected that you will travel to the Company’s office in Saratoga, California as appropriate for your position and you will attend most Roku Board meetings and Executive Staff meetings in person. The Company has the discretion to modify your position, duties, reporting relationship and office location from time to time, provided that, certain such changes may provide Good Reason for you to terminate your employment as set forth in this Agreement. Pursuant to paragraph 3.c hereof, Roku will reimburse you for your reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred in connection with such travel.

 

  b. Start date: January 2, 2014.

 

2. Compensation .

 

  a. Base Salary. You will be paid base salary at the initial annual rate of $500,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. Your salary will be payable pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. Normal business hours are 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work additional hours as required by the nature of your work assignments, and you are not eligible for overtime pay.

 

  b. Initial Option Grant. Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) on or prior to your start date, you will be granted an option to purchase 2,815,623 shares of the Company’s common stock on your start date with an exercise price equal to the current fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant (as determined by the Board) pursuant to the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. Your initial option grant will vest as follows, subject to your continued service to the Company and the accelerated vesting provisions described below in connection with a Corporate Transaction: twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option grant will vest on the first anniversary of your vesting commencement date (which shall be no later than your start date referred to in paragraph 1.b above), and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares subject to the option grant will vest in thirty six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter, such that as of the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date the initial option grant will be fully vested. Your initial option grant will be governed in full by the terms of an option agreement (which shall reflect the terms set forth in this paragraph 2.b) and the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

2


Further, (i) upon the closing of a Corporate Transaction (as defined below), twenty five percent (25%) of the shares subject to your initial option grant shall vest immediately, and (ii) in the event that your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined below) by the Company or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (as defined below) (in either case, such termination occurring within twelve (12) months following a Corporate Transaction) then one hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to your initial option grant that are still unvested shall vest immediately, subject to your signing, dating, returning to the Company, and allowing to become effective, a general release of all known and unknown claims in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall be deemed to have terminated your employment for “ Cause ” only in the event of a termination of your employment following: (i) conviction of, a guilty plea with respect to, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a charge that you have committed a felony under the laws of the United States or of any state or a crime involving moral turpitude, including, but not limited to, fraud, theft, embezzlement or any other crime that results in or is intended to result in personal enrichment at the expense of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined herein); (ii) material breach by you of (A) any fully executed written agreement entered into between you and the Company or any Affiliate, including but not limited to this Agreement or the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement by and between you and the Company, or (B) any written policy of the Company or an Affiliate which is applicable to you, in each case which breach is reasonably likely to cause material harm to the Company or an Affiliate; or (iii) your willful misconduct in connection with the performance of the duties and responsibilities of your position with the Company or your position with an Affiliate. In the event the Company determines that Cause for termination exists under clauses (ii), or (iii) hereof, and if such Cause is reasonably capable of being cured, the Company shall provide you with written notice of its intent to terminate for Cause and the basis therefor (which written notice must be provided within sixty (60) days after the first occurrence of such event giving rise to Cause), and you shall be given thirty (30) days to cure such ground for Cause. After the expiration of any such cure period, the Company shall provide you with an additional notice in writing as to whether you have cured such ground for termination for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Corporate Transaction ” shall mean any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity; or any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; or a sale, lease, exclusive, irrevocable license or other direct or indirect disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, you shall be deemed to have terminated your employment for “ Good Reason ” only in the event you terminate your employment following any of the following actions by the Company or a successor corporation or

 

3


entity, taken without your prior written consent: (i) a material diminution of your position, duties and responsibilities; (ii) the Company requires you to relocate your principal office location more than fifty (50) miles from your current office location and such relocation materially increases your commuting distance (provided that, after January 1, 2015, the Company has the discretion to provide you with reasonable prior written notice requiring you to relocate your principal office location on or after June 30, 2015 to the Company’s office in Saratoga (or to another San Francisco Bay Area office location) and such relocation will not provide grounds for Good Reason termination); (iii) a reduction in your annualized base salary; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of any fully executed written agreement entered into between you and the Company or an Affiliate, including this Agreement. Before terminating your employment for Good Reason under clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) hereof, you shall give the Company written notice of your intent to terminate for Good Reason and the basis therefor (which written notice must be provided within sixty (60) days after the first occurrence of such event giving rise to Good Reason), and the Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure such ground for Good Reason (the “ Company Cure Period ”). After the expiration of the Company Cure Period, you shall provide the Company with an additional notice in writing as to whether the Company has cured such ground for termination for Good Reason and, if the ground for Good Reason termination has not been reasonably cured, your resignation from all positions you then hold with the Company (including any subsidiary or parent entities) must be effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Company Cure Period.

 

  c. Annual Review. Your base salary will be reviewed each calendar year as part of the Company’s normal salary review process, and may be modified within the Company’s discretion as a result of any such annual review.

 

  d. Participation in Equity Incentive Plans. You shall be eligible to be considered for periodic grants of equity incentive awards pursuant to the terms and conditions of the controlling equity incentive plans for the Company and its employees, if any, as in effect during the period of your employment and shall be considered for awards under any such plans as and when such grants are considered generally for other peer executives of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, you shall be eligible to be considered for periodic grants of equity incentive awards pursuant to the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan made during 2014, if and when such grants are considered generally for other peer executives of the Company. Any decision to grant you such equity incentive awards and the amount thereof shall be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board, or the administrators of such equity incentive plans, as applicable.

 

  e. Participation in Other Incentive and/or Retention Plans. You shall be eligible to participate in such other incentive and/or retention plans for the Company and its employees, if any, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans, as in effect from time to time during the period of your employment and shall be considered for awards under any such plans as and when such awards are considered generally for other peer executives of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing such other plans could include, annual bonus, long-term incentive, change in control or severance plans, if any, as in effect from time to time during the period of your employment. Any decision to grant you any such awards and the amounts thereof shall be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company, or the administrators of such incentive plans, as applicable.

 

4


  f. Conflict of Interests. During your employment, you shall devote your full business efforts and time to Roku. Roku agrees that you may serve on the boards of directors of other companies that are approved in advance by Roku’s Board of Directors, and/or on the boards of charitable or community organizations. Your outside business activities must not interfere with your employment with the Company, must not be on behalf of competitors, and must not present a conflict of interest with the Company or its interests.

 

3. Benefits. Paid Time Off and Expense Reimbursement .

 

  a. Benefits. Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the Company’s benefit plans, you will be eligible to participate in and shall receive benefits under the Company’s welfare benefit plans, policies and programs to the extent applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company. Such benefits currently consist of 401(k) Plan, medical, dental, life and disability insurance coverage. In the event that the Company requires you to relocate your principal office location to the San Francisco Bay Area, you shall be entitled to reimbursement of your reasonable out-of-pocket relocation expenses.

 

  b. Paid Time Off. You will be subject to the Company’s Time Off and Leave of Absence Policy, a copy of which will be provided to you prior to or on your employment start date.

 

  c. Expense Reimbursement. Roku will reimburse you for reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with your employment, upon presentation of appropriate documentation in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies. In light of your position, your reimbursable business expenses hereunder would be expected to include professional licensing fees, the costs of membership in professional organizations, and the costs of participation in continuing legal education programs.

The Company retains the discretion to modify its benefit plans, practices, policies and programs at any time.

 

4. Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Protection of Third Party Information . As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain Company confidential information and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions which will be the property of the Company. To protect the interest of the Company, you will need to sign and comply with the Company’s standard “Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement” as a condition of your employment. The Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement is enclosed with this Agreement. In your work for the Company, you are expected not to make unauthorized use or disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information or materials, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other third party to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that

 

5


information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company or by you in the course of your employment. By signing this Agreement, you represent that you are able to perform your job duties within these guidelines, and you are not in unauthorized possession of any confidential documents or other property of any former employer or other third party. In addition, you hereby represent that you have disclosed to the Company in writing any agreement you may have with any third party (e.g., a former employer) which may conflict with or limit your ability to perform your duties to the Company.

 

5. At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company is “at will.” You may terminate your employment at any time simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice.

 

6. Severance Benefits . In the event that your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in paragraph 2.b above), or you terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined in paragraph 2.b above), then the Company shall provide you with the severance benefits set forth in this paragraph 6 (the “ Severance Benefits ”), subject to your signing, dating, and returning to the Company (on or within forty-five (45) days following the effective date of your termination), and not subsequently revoking, a general release of all known and unknown claims (excluding the Severance Benefits set forth in this paragraph 6) in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (which release of claims may be incorporated into a separation agreement). No Severance Benefits will be provided prior to the effective date of the release of claims. The Severance Benefits are as follows:

 

  a. Severance Payments. You shall receive severance pay in the form of salary continuation of your regular base salary in effect at the time of the termination of your employment (excluding any reduction in such base salary that provided the basis for Good Reason, if applicable), and the Company shall provide such severance pay (pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy, and subject to applicable payroll deductions and tax withholdings) during the nine (9) month period immediately following the date on which your employment with the Company terminates (the “ Severance Payments ”); provided, however, that, if you commence new full-time employment (or a full-time consulting engagement) within such nine (9) month period, the Severance Payments shall cease on the later of (i) the date six (6) months after your employment with the Company terminates or (ii) the date you commence new full-time employment or full-time consulting. You agree to provide prompt written notice to the Company if you obtain full-time employment or serve as a consultant on a full-time basis within the nine-month period after your termination date.

 

  b. Company-Paid COBRA Premiums. Provided that you timely elect continued group health insurance coverage pursuant to federal COBRA laws or comparable state insurance laws (“ COBRA ”), the Company will pay or reimburse you for premium payment amounts for such COBRA coverage (including the cost of dependent coverage, if applicable) for nine (9) months following the termination of your employment provided that you remain eligible for COBRA coverage, and provided further, that the

 

6


Company’s payment or reimbursement will cease earlier if you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer (such time period to be the “ COBRA Reimbursement Period ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that its reimbursement of your COBRA premiums could result in a violation of applicable law or application of any penalties (including, without limitation, under Section 105(h)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “ Code ”) and Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of paying or reimbursing your COBRA premiums, the Company will pay you on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Reimbursement Period a cash payment equal to the COBRA premium for that month, subject to applicable tax withholding.

The Severance Benefits set forth in this paragraph 6 shall be the sole severance benefits you will receive, except that, in the event that you are eligible to receive, and are receiving, greater severance pay and benefits continuation under a Company plan, then you shall receive such greater severance pay and benefits instead, and the Severance Benefits in this Agreement shall not apply.

 

7. IRS Code Section 409A . All payments provided hereunder are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). If the Company determines that any benefits provided under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, then the following shall apply: (a) such benefits will not commence in connection with your termination of employment unless such termination also qualifies as a “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1 (h) (without regard to any permissible alternative definition thereunder) (“ Separation from Service ”); and (b) if you are a “specified employee” of the Company or any affiliate thereof (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code on the date of your Separation from Service, then the payment of any such benefits shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of your Separation from Service, or (ii) the date of your death (such date, the “ Delayed Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (A) pay to you a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the benefit payments that otherwise would have been paid to you on or before the Delayed Payment Date, and (B) continue the benefit payments in accordance with any applicable payment schedules set forth for the balance of the period specified in this Agreement. COBRA premiums paid hereunder are intended to be paid pursuant to the exception provided by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(b)(9)(v)(B). In addition to the above, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and the applicable regulations and guidance issued thereunder, if the forty-five-day period during which you are required to execute (and not revoke) the release of claims discussed in paragraph 6 spans two calendar years, your Severance Benefits shall commence to be paid in installments on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs in the second calendar year.

 

8. Background Investigations and Background Checks. The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any. The Company will complete any such background investigation and/or reference check prior to December 1, 2013.

 

7


9. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with your Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with the Company. The employment terms in this Agreement supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. This Agreement cannot be changed except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. For purposes of clarity, the Company shall be entitled to terminate or change the terms and conditions of your employment, subject to the provisions of this Agreement. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your identity and right to work in the United States.

To indicate your acceptance of our offer, please sign and date this Agreement in the space provided below, and sign and date the enclosed Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, and return both fully signed documents to me no later than the close of business on November 22, 2013. The Company’s offer will expire if we do not receive these fully signed documents within the aforementioned timeframe.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Anthony Wood
Anthony Wood
Chief Executive Officer
R OKU , I NC .

Enclosure: Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:

 

Stephen H. Kay
/s/ Stephen H. Kay
Signature
November 16, 2013
Date

 

8

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

August 29, 2012

Stephen P. Shannon

Dear Steve,

Thanks for expressing interest in joining us at Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”). It is clear that your experience, judgment, and leadership would be of enormous benefit to the Company.

Accordingly, I am pleased to offer you the position of GM / Senior Vice President, Content  & Services under the terms and conditions contained in the Appendix to this letter.

We face many exciting challenges and I have high expectations for the Company. I am confident that with your skills and experience, you can make a great contribution and will develop your own skills at the same time. I think you’ll find our Company to be a fun and exciting place to work. You’ll be working with a group of excellent, dedicated professionals producing innovative new consumer electronics products and services.

I’m looking forward to working with you!

 

Best Regards,

/s/ Anthony Wood

Anthony Wood

Founder & CEO

R OKU , I NC .

 

1


Employment Terms Agreement

Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you employment with the Company. The following Employment Terms Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) sets forth the terms and conditions of your employment relationship with the Company.

1. Position and Start Date .

 

  a. Position: GM / Senior Vice President, Content & Services , reporting to Anthony Wood - Chief Executive Officer, working out of the Saratoga office location 3 days a week on average, any reduction to be mutually agreed. Attend in person most board & eStaff meetings. The Company has the discretion to modify your position, duties, reporting relationship and office location from time to time.

 

  b. Start date: October 1, 2012

2. Compensation .

 

  a. Base Salary. You will be paid base salary at the initial annual rate of $450,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. Your salary will be payable pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. Normal business hours are 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work additional hours as required by the nature of your work assignments, and you are not eligible for overtime benefits.

 

  b. Equity Incentive. Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), you will be granted an option to purchase 3,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the current fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant (as determined by the Board) pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan (the “ Units ”). The option will vest as follows, subject to your continued service to the Company: twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your vesting commencement date, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares subject to the option will vest in thirty six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter, such that on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date the option will be fully vested. Your Units will be governed in full by the terms of your option agreement and the Company’s equity incentive plan.

Further, (i) upon the closing of a Corporate Transaction, twenty five percent (25%) of the Units shall vest immediately, and (ii) in the event that your employment is terminated without Cause by the Company or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (in either case, such termination occurring within twelve months following a Corporate Transaction) then one hundred percent (100%) of the Units that are still unvested shall vest immediately, subject to your signing, dating, returning to the Company, and allowing to become effective, a general release of all known and unknown claims in a form acceptable to the Company.

For purposes of this letter, “ Cause ” shall mean termination of your employment following: (i) conviction of, a guilty plea with respect to, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a charge that you have committed a felony under the laws of the United States or of any state or a crime involving

 

2


moral turpitude, including, but not limited to, fraud, theft, embezzlement or any other crime that results in or is intended to result in personal enrichment at the expense of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined herein); (ii) material breach by you of any agreement entered into between you and the Company or any Affiliate, including but not limited to this Agreement or the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement by and between you and the Company; (iii) your willful misconduct or your intentional or consistent failure to perform the duties and responsibilities of your position with the Company; (iv) your engagement in any activity that constitutes a material conflict of interest with the Company or any Affiliate; and (v) any other conduct by you that the Board reasonably determines, in good faith, demonstrates your gross unfitness for your job. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Corporate Transaction ” shall mean any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity; or any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; or a sale, lease, exclusive, irrevocable license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean any of the following actions taken without Cause by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without your consent and you terminate your employment as a result of any of the following actions being taken: (i) an involuntary and material diminution of your position, duties and responsibilities; or (ii) the Company’s relocation of your assigned office location of more than fifty (50) miles from your current office location.

 

  c. Severance Benefit Eligibility. If at any time the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) terminates your employment for other than Cause (as defined above), death or permanent disability, then you shall receive a Severance Benefit which shall be paid in lump sum cash payment equal to nine (9) months of Base Salary, provided that you sign a general, confidential release of all claims. You are not eligible for a Severance Benefit if you voluntarily terminate your employment, even if the voluntary termination is for Good Reason. Please note that nothing herein restricts the Company’s ability to terminate your employment at will, and no particular amount of notice is required prior to your termination.

The Severance Benefit shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable following the Severance Date, but in no event more than two and one half months following the Severance Date and will be subject to you signing the Company’s confidential general release of all claims arising out of your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including any claims related to your termination, and also including an agreement not to disparage the Company, its directors, or its executive officers.

 

  d. Annual Review. Your compensation plan will be reviewed each calendar year as part of the Company’s normal salary review process. The Company retains the discretion to modify your compensation terms at any time.

 

3


3. Benefits .

 

  a. Insurance Benefits. Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the Company’s benefit plans, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard employee insurance benefits which currently consist of 401(k) Plan, medical, dental, life and disability insurance coverage.

 

  b. Paid Time Off. You will be subject to the Company’s Time Off and Leave of Absence Policy, a copy of which will be provided to you prior to or on your employment start date.

The Company retains the discretion to modify your benefits and Company policies at any time.

4. Employee Proprietary Information Agreement; Protection of Third Party Information . As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain Company confidential information and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions which will be the property of the Company. To protect the interest of the Company, you will need to sign and comply with the Company’s standard “Employee Proprietary Information Agreement” as a condition of your employment. The Employee Proprietary Information Agreement is enclosed with this Agreement. In your work for the Company, you are expected not to make unauthorized use or disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information or materials, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other third party to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company or by you in the course of your employment. By signing this Agreement, you represent that you are able to perform your job duties within these guidelines, and you are not in unauthorized possession of any confidential documents or other property of any former employer or other third party. In addition, you hereby represent that you have disclosed to the Company in writing any agreement you may have with any third party ( e.g., a former employer) which may conflict with or limit your ability to perform your duties to the Company.

5. At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company is “at will.” You may terminate your employment at any time simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice.

6. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with your Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Company. The employment terms in this Agreement supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. Other than those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement, this Agreement cannot be changed except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your identity and right to work in the United States.

To indicate your acceptance of our offer, please sign and date this Agreement in the space provided below, and sign and date the enclosed Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, and return both fully signed documents to me no later than the close of business on August 31, 2012 . The Company’s offer will expire if we do not receive these fully signed documents within the aforementioned timeframe.

 

4


We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Anthony Wood

Anthony Wood

Founder & CEO

R OKU , I NC

 

Enclosure: Employee Proprietary Information Agreement

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:

 

Stephen P. Shannon

/s/ Stephen P. Shannon

Signature

10/1/12

Date

 

5

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

June 11, 2015

Steve Louden

Dear Steve,

Thanks for expressing interest in joining us at Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”). It is clear that your experience, judgment, and leadership would be of enormous benefit to the Company.

Accordingly, I am pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer under the terms and conditions contained in the Appendix to this letter.

We face many exciting challenges and I have high expectations for the Company. I am confident that with your skills and experience, you can make a great contribution and will develop your own skills at the same time. I think you’ll find our Company to be a fun and exciting place to work. You’ll be working with a group of excellent, dedicated professionals producing innovative new consumer electronics products and services.

I’m looking forward to working with you!

Best Regards,

/s/ Anthony Wood

Anthony Wood

Chief Executive Officer

R OKU , I NC .

 

1.


Employment Terms Agreement

Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you employment with the Company. The following Employment Terms Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) sets forth the terms and conditions of your employment relationship with the Company.

 

1. Position and Start Date .

 

  a. Position: Chief Financial Officer , reporting to Anthony Wood, Chief Executive Officer , working out of the Saratoga office location. The Company has the discretion to modify your position, duties, reporting relationship and office location from time to time; provided that, certain such changes may provide Good Reason for you to terminate your employment as set forth in this Agreement.

 

  b. You will move to the Bay Area as soon as practical, but no later than within 12 months of your start date.

 

  c. Start date: June 26, 2015

 

2. Compensation .

 

  a. Base Salary . You will be paid base salary at the initial annual rate of $550,000 per year (or $21,153.85 per pay check), less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. Your salary will be payable pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. Normal business hours are 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work additional hours as required by the nature of your work assignments, and you are not eligible for overtime benefits.

 

  b. Relocation Assistance . You are eligible to receive reimbursements of expenses related to your relocation and moving costs from your home in Kirkland, WA to a home in or around Saratoga, CA as per the following —

 

  1. Roku will pay for reasonable, mutually agreed, qualified moving expenses (e.g. the cost of shipping and storage of household goods) up to $60,000 in connection with your relocation to the Saratoga, California area.
  2. In addition to #1, Roku will pay for the reasonable actual cost of shipping up to two car(s)/automobile from Kirkland, WA to the Saratoga, CA area.
  3. You and your family will be provided up to 90 days of temporary housing at facilities contracted and paid for by Roku.
  4. Roku will reimburse the cost of round trip air-tickets and lodging for you and your wife to travel from Kirkland, WA to the Saratoga, CA are on two occasions prior to your relocation for house-hunting and other relocation related activities.
  5. Roku will reimburse the cost of one-way air-tickets for you and your family to travel from Kirkland, WA to Saratoga, CA when you relocate.

 

2.


  6. Services with a relocation specialist, provided by Roku to give you a local tour and provide data to assist you with relocating to the area.

The relocation assistance is available to you to utilize within 12 months of your hire date. You must remain an employee in good standing to be eligible for the relocation assistance and should you resign within twelve months of your start date, a pro-rated portion of the relocation expenses paid will be owed back to the Company. Certain expenses may be subject to taxation in accordance with IRS rules. Please consult with your tax advisor regarding the potential impact of moving and relocation benefits as taxable income.

 

  c. Equity Incentive . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), you will be granted an option to purchase 3,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the current fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant (as determined by the Board) pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan (the “ Option ”). The Option will vest as follows, subject to your continued service to the Company and the accelerated vesting provisions described below in connection with a Corporate Transaction: twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Option will vest on the first anniversary of your vesting commencement date, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares subject to the option will vest in thirty six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter, such that on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date the Option will be fully vested.

Further, (i) upon the closing of a Corporate Transaction (as defined below), twenty five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest immediately, and (ii) in the event that your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined below) by the Company or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (as defined below) (in either case, such termination occurring within twelve months following a Corporate Transaction) then one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested shares subject to the Option shall vest immediately, subject to your signing, dating, returning to the Company, and allowing to become effective, a general release of all known and unknown claims in a form acceptable to the Company.

Your Awards will be governed in full by the terms of your option agreement and the Company’s equity incentive plan.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean termination of your employment following: (i) conviction of, a guilty plea with respect to, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a charge that you have committed a felony under the laws of the United States or of any state or a crime involving moral turpitude, including, but not limited to, fraud, theft, embezzlement or any other crime that results in or is intended to result in personal enrichment at the expense of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined herein); (ii) material breach by you of any agreement entered into between you and the Company or any Affiliate, including but not limited to this Agreement or the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions

 

3.


Agreement by and between you and the Company; (iii) your willful misconduct or your intentional or consistent failure to perform the duties and responsibilities of your position with the Company; (iv) your engagement in any activity that constitutes a material conflict of interest with the Company or any Affiliate; and (v) any other conduct by you that the Board reasonably determines, in good faith, demonstrates your gross unfitness for your job. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Corporate Transaction ” shall mean any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity; or any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; or a sale, lease, exclusive, irrevocable license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean any of the following actions taken without Cause by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without your consent and you terminate your employment as a result of any of the following actions being taken: (i) an involuntary and material diminution of your position, duties and responsibilities; (ii) the Company’s relocation of your assigned office location of more than fifty (50) miles from your current office location; or (iii) a reduction in your annualized Base Salary.

 

  d. Compensation Review . Your compensation plan will be reviewed as part of the Company’s normal compensation review process. The Company retains the discretion to modify your compensation terms at any time.

 

  e. Severance Benefit Eligibility . If at any time the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) terminates your employment (for other than Cause (as defined above), or due to death or permanent disability), or if you terminate your employment for Good Reason (as defined above), then you shall receive a severance benefit which shall be paid in lump sum cash payment equal to nine (9) months of Base Salary (the “Severance Benefit”). Your right to receive the Severance Benefit is conditioned upon your signing a general, confidential release of all claims arising out of your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including any claims related to your termination, and also including an agreement not to disparage the Company, its directors, or its executive officers. Please note that nothing herein restricts the Company’s ability to terminate your employment at will, and no particular amount of notice is required prior to your termination.

The Severance Benefit shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable following the Severance Date, but in no event more than two and one half months following the Severance Date.

 

4.


3. Benefits .

 

  a. Insurance Benefits . Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the Company’s benefit plans, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard employee insurance benefits which currently consist of 401(k) Plan, medical, dental, life and disability insurance coverage.

 

  b. Paid Time Off . You will be subject to the Company’s Time Off and Leave of Absence Policy, a copy of which will be provided to you prior to or on your employment start date.

The Company retains the discretion to modify your benefits and Company policies at any time.

4. Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Protection of Third Party Information . As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain Company confidential information and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions which will be the property of the Company. To protect the interest of the Company, you will need to sign and comply with the Company’s standard “Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement” as a condition of your employment. The Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement is enclosed with this Agreement. In your work for the Company, you are expected not to make unauthorized use or disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information or materials, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other third party to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company or by you in the course of your employment. By signing this Agreement, you represent that you are able to perform your job duties within these guidelines, and you are not in unauthorized possession of any confidential documents or other property of any former employer or other third party. In addition, you hereby represent that you have disclosed to the Company in writing any agreement you may have with any third party ( e.g. , a former employer) which may conflict with or limit your ability to perform your duties to the Company.

5. At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company is “at will.” You may terminate your employment at any time simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice.

6. Background Investigations and Background Checks . The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with your Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Company. The employment terms in this Agreement supersede any

 

5.


other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. Other than those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement, this Agreement cannot be changed except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your identity and right to work in the United States.

To indicate your acceptance of our offer, please sign and date this Agreement in the space provided below, and sign and date the enclosed Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, and return both fully signed documents to me no later than the close of business on May 26, 2015 . The Company’s offer will expire if we do not receive these fully signed documents within the aforementioned timeframe.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Anthony Wood

Anthony Wood

Chief Executive Officer

R OKU , I NC .

Enclosure: Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

 

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:

 

Steve Louden

/s/ Steven P. Louden
Signature
6/12/15
Date

 

6.

Exhibit 10.12

 

LOGO

August 27, 2012

Charles Smith

Dear Chas,

Thanks for expressing interest in joining us at Roku, Inc. (the “Company”). It is clear that your experience, judgment, and leadership would be of enormous benefit to the Company.

Accordingly, I am pleased to offer you the position of GM / Senior Vice President, OEM under the terms and conditions contained in the Appendix to this letter.

We face many exciting challenges and I have high expectations for the Company. I am confident that with your skills and experience, you can make a great contribution and will develop your own skills at the same time. I think you’ll find our Company to be a fun and exciting place to work. You’ll be working with a group of excellent, dedicated professionals producing innovative new consumer electronics products and services.

I’m looking forward to working with you!

Best Regards,

/s/ Anthony Wood

Anthony Wood

Founder & CEO

R OKU , I NC .

 

1


Employment Terms Agreement

Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you employment with the Company. The following Employment Terms Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) sets forth the terms and conditions of your employment relationship with the Company.

 

1. Position and Start Date .

 

  a. Position: GM / Senior Vice President, OEM, reporting to Anthony Wood – Chief Executive Officer, working out of the Saratoga office location. The Company has the discretion to modify your position, duties, reporting relationship and office location from time to time.

 

  b. Start date: September 1, 2012

 

2. Compensation .

 

  a. Base Salary . You will be paid base salary at the initial annual rate of $350,000 , less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. Your salary will be payable pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. Normal business hours are 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work additional hours as required by the nature of your work assignments, and you are not eligible for overtime benefits.

 

  b. Equity Incentive . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), you will be granted an option to purchase 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the current fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant (as determined by the Board) pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan (the “ Units ”). The option will vest as follows, subject to your continued service to the Company: twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your vesting commencement date, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares subject to the option will vest in thirty six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter, such that on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date the option will be fully vested. Your Units will be governed in full by the terms of your option agreement and the Company’s equity incentive plan.

Further, (i) upon the closing of a Corporate Transaction, twenty five percent (25%) of the Units shall vest immediately, and (ii) in the event that your employment is terminated without Cause by the Company or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (in either case, such termination occurring within twelve months following a Corporate Transaction) then one hundred percent (100%) of the Units that are still unvested shall vest immediately, subject to your signing, dating, returning to the Company, and allowing to become effective, a general release of all known and unknown claims in a form acceptable to the Company.

For purposes of this letter, “ Cause ” shall mean termination of your employment following: (i) conviction of, a guilty plea with respect to, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a charge that you have committed a felony under the laws of the United States or of any state or a crime involving moral turpitude, including, but not limited to, fraud,

 

Employee Terms Agreement (Rev. Aug 2012)   2  


theft, embezzlement or any other crime that results in or is intended to result in personal enrichment at the expense of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined herein); (ii) material breach by you of any agreement entered into between you and the Company or any Affiliate, including but not limited to this Agreement or the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement by and between you and the Company; (iii) your willful misconduct or your intentional or consistent failure to perform the duties and responsibilities of your position with the Company; (iv) your engagement in any activity that constitutes a material conflict of interest with the Company or any Affiliate; and (v) any other conduct by you that the Board reasonably determines, in good faith, demonstrates your gross unfitness for your job. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Corporate Transaction ” shall mean any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity; or any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; or a sale, lease, exclusive, irrevocable license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean any of the following actions taken without Cause by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without your consent and you terminate your employment as a result of any of the following actions being taken: (i) an involuntary and material diminution of your position, duties and responsibilities; or (ii) the Company’s relocation of your assigned office location of more than fifty (50) miles from your current office location.

 

  c. Severance Benefit Eligibility . If at any time the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) terminates your employment for other than Cause (as defined above), death or permanent disability, then you shall receive a Severance Benefit which shall be paid in lump sum cash payment equal to nine (9) months of Base Salary, provided that you sign a general, confidential release of all claims. You are not eligible for a Severance Benefit if you voluntarily terminate your employment, even if the voluntary termination is for Good Reason. Please note that nothing herein restricts the Company’s ability to terminate your employment at will, and no particular amount of notice is required prior to your termination.

The Severance Benefit shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable following the Severance Date, but in no event more than two and one half months following the Severance Date and will be subject to you signing the Company’s confidential general release of all claims arising out of your employment with the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including any claims related to your termination, and also including an agreement not to disparage the Company, its directors, or its executive officers.

 

  d. Annual Review . Your compensation plan will be reviewed each calendar year as part of the Company’s normal salary review process. The Company retains the discretion to modify your compensation terms at any time.

 

Employee Terms Agreement (Rev. Aug 2012)   3  


3. Benefits .

 

  a. Insurance Benefits . Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the Company’s benefit plans, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard employee insurance benefits which currently consist of 401(k) Plan, medical, dental, life and disability insurance coverage.

 

  b. Paid Time Off . You will be subject to the Company’s Time Off and Leave of Absence Policy, a copy of which will be provided to you prior to or on your employment start date.

The Company retains the discretion to modify your benefits and Company policies at any time.

4.     Employee Proprietary Information Agreement; Protection of Third Party Information . As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain Company confidential information and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions which will be the property of the Company. To protect the interest of the Company, you will need to sign and comply with the Company’s standard “Employee Proprietary Information Agreement” as a condition of your employment. The Employee Proprietary Information Agreement is enclosed with this Agreement. In your work for the Company, you are expected not to make unauthorized use or disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information or materials, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other third party to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company or by you in the course of your employment. By signing this Agreement, you represent that you are able to perform your job duties within these guidelines, and you are not in unauthorized possession of any confidential documents or other property of any former employer or other third party. In addition, you hereby represent that you have disclosed to the Company in writing any agreement you may have with any third party ( e.g ., a former employer) which may conflict with or limit your ability to perform your duties to the Company.

5.     At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company is “at will.” You may terminate your employment at any time simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice.

6.     Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with your Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Company. The employment terms in this Agreement supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. Other than those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement, this Agreement cannot be changed except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your identity and right to work in the United States.

To indicate your acceptance of our offer, please sign and date this Agreement in the space provided below, and sign and date the enclosed Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, and return both fully signed documents to me no later than the close of business on August 29, 2012 . The Company’s offer will expire if we do not receive these fully signed documents within the aforementioned timeframe.

 

Employee Terms Agreement (Rev. Aug 2012)   4  


We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Anthony Wood

Anthony Wood

Founder & CEO

R OKU , I NC

Enclosure: Employee Proprietary Information Agreement

 

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:
Charles Smith
/s/ Charles Smith
Signature
9/3/12
Date

 

Employee Terms Agreement (Rev. Aug 2012)   5  

Exhibit 10.13

 

LOGO

October 30, 2012

Scott A. Rosenberg

Dear Scott,

Thanks for expressing interest in joining us at Roku, Inc. (“Roku”). It is clear that your experience, judgment, and leadership will be of enormous benefit to Roku.

Accordingly, I am pleased to offer you the position of Vice President Business Development, Content & Services under the terms and conditions contained in the Appendix to this letter.

We face many exciting challenges and we have high expectations for you. I am confident that with your skills and experience, you will make a great addition to our team. I think you’ll find Roku to be a fun and exciting place to work. You’ll be working with a group of excellent, dedicated professionals producing innovative new consumer electronics products and services.

I’m looking forward to working with you!

Best Regards,

 

/s/ Steve Shannon

Steve Shannon
General Manager Content & Services

R OKU , I NC .

 

Employee Terms Agreement (Rev. Oct 2012)    1   


Employment Terms Agreement

Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you employment with the Company. The following Employment Terms Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) sets forth the terms and conditions of your employment relationship with the Company.

 

1. Position and Start Date .

 

  a. Position: Vice President Business Development, Content & Services , reporting to Steve Shanno n , working out of your home office until a remote location is agreed upon. The Company has the discretion to modify your position, duties, reporting relationship and office location from time to time.

 

  b. Start date: November  1, 2012

 

2. Compensation .

 

  a. Base Salary . You will be paid base salary at the initial annual rate of $250,000 , less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. Your salary will be payable pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. Normal business hours are 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work additional hours as required by the nature of your work assignments, and you are not eligible for overtime benefits.

 

  b. Starting Bonus . Contingent upon you starting on November 1, 2012 you will receive a starting bonus of $8,000 to be paid on your first pay date less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. You must remain an employee in good standing to be eligible for this bonus and should you resign within twelve months of start date, a pro-rated portion of the bonus will be owed back to the Company.

 

  c. Equity Incentive . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), you will be granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the current fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant (as determined by the Board) pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan (the “ Units ”). The option will vest as follows, subject to your continued service to the Company: twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your vesting commencement date, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares subject to the option will vest in thirty six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter, such that on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date the option will be fully vested. Your Units will be governed in full by the terms of your option agreement and the Company’s equity incentive plan.

Further, (i) upon the closing of a Corporate Transaction, twenty five percent (25%) of the Units still unvested shall vest immediately, and (ii) in the event that your employment is terminated without Cause by the Company or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (in either case, such termination occurring within twelve

 

Employee Terms Agreement (Rev. Oct 2012)    2   


months following a Corporate Transaction) then one hundred percent (100%) of the Units that are still unvested shall vest immediately, subject to your signing, dating, returning to the Company, and allowing to become effective, a general release of all known and unknown claims in a form acceptable to the Company.

For purposes of this letter, “ Cause ” shall mean termination of your employment following: (i) conviction of, a guilty plea with respect to, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a charge that you have committed a felony under the laws of the United States or of any state or a crime involving moral turpitude, including, but not limited to, fraud, theft, embezzlement or any other crime that results in or is intended to result in personal enrichment at the expense of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined herein); (ii) material breach by you of any agreement entered into between you and the Company or any Affiliate, including but not limited to this Agreement or the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement by and between you and the Company; (iii) your willful misconduct or your intentional or consistent failure to perform the duties and responsibilities of your position with the Company; (iv) your engagement in any activity that constitutes a material conflict of interest with the Company or any Affiliate; and (v) any other conduct by you that the Board reasonably determines, in good faith, demonstrates your gross unfitness for your job. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Corporate Transaction ” shall mean any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity; or any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; or a sale, lease, exclusive, irrevocable license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean any of the following actions taken without Cause by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without your consent and you terminate your employment as a result of any of the following actions being taken: (i) an involuntary and material diminution of your position, duties and responsibilities; or (ii) the Company’s relocation of your assigned office location of more than fifty (50) miles from your current office location.

 

  d. Annual Review . Your compensation plan will be reviewed each calendar year as part of the Company’s normal salary review process. The Company retains the discretion to modify your compensation terms at any time.

 

3. Benefits .

 

  a. Insurance Benefits . Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the Company’s benefit plans, you will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard employee insurance benefits which currently consist of 401(k) Plan, medical, dental, life and disability insurance coverage.

 

Employee Terms Agreement (Rev. Oct 2012)    3   


  b. Paid Time Off . You will be subject to the Company’s Time Off and Leave of Absence Policy, a copy of which will be provided to you prior to or on your employment start date.

The Company retains the discretion to modify your benefits and Company policies at any time.

4. Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Protection of Third Party Information . As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain Company confidential information and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions which will be the property of the Company. To protect the interest of the Company, you will need to sign and comply with the Company’s standard “Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement” as a condition of your employment. The Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement is enclosed with this Agreement. In your work for the Company, you are expected not to make unauthorized use or disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information or materials, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other third party to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company or by you in the course of your employment. By signing this Agreement, you represent that you are able to perform your job duties within these guidelines, and you are not in unauthorized possession of any confidential documents or other property of any former employer or other third party. In addition, you hereby represent that you have disclosed to the Company in writing any agreement you may have with any third party ( e.g., a former employer) which may conflict with or limit your ability to perform your duties to the Company.

5. At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company is “at will.” You may terminate your employment at any time simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice.

6. Background Investigations and Background Checks . The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with your Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Company. The employment terms in this Agreement supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. Other than those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement, this Agreement cannot be changed except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your identity and right to work in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 

Employee Terms Agreement (Rev. Oct 2012)    4   


To indicate your acceptance of our offer, please sign and date this Agreement in the space provided below, and sign and date the enclosed Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, and return both fully signed documents to me no later than the close of business on October 31, 2012 . The Company’s offer will expire if we do not receive these fully signed documents within the aforementioned timeframe.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Oliver Hutaff
Oliver Hutaff

Chief Financial Officer

R OKU , I NC .    

Enclosure: Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:

/s/ Scott A. Rosenberg

Signature

 

11/1/2017

Date

 

Employee Terms Agreement (Rev. Oct 2012)    5   

Exhibit 10.14

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) dated as of November 18, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), but effective as of September 30, 2014, between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and ROKU, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 26, 2010 (as amended, modified, supplemented, or renewed, the “Prior Loan Agreement” ). Pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement, Bank made certain loans and other credit accommodations available to Borrower.

B. Borrower has requested, and Bank has agreed, to replace, amend and restate the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is hereby amended, restated, and replaced in its entirety as follows:

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.


2.3 Letters of Credit Sublimit.

(a) As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or a Foreign Currency for Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed the lesser of (i) the Credit Facility Sublimit Amount, or (ii) the sum of (A) the lesser of (1) the Revolving Line or (2) the Borrowing Base, minus (B) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit).

(b) If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% of the Dollar Equivalent (or 110% if the Dollar Equivalent is denominated in Foreign Currency) of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or estimated by Bank to become due in connection therewith, to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “Letter of Credit Application”). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guaranteed by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

(c) The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

(d) Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges).

(e) To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “ Letter of Credit Reserve”) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

 

2


2.4 Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan.

(a) Outstanding Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan . Borrower hereby acknowledges that, as part of the Prior Loan Agreement, Bank made growth capital advances to Borrower (each an “Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance”, and collectively, the “2011 Existing Growth Capital Advances”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), a portion of which remains outstanding and is continued as an Obligation hereunder as of the Effective Date (the “Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan”). Bank and Borrower hereby agree that there is no further availability under the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan. The Obligations owing with respect to the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan have not been extinguished or discharged hereby and the execution of this Agreement is not intended to and shall not cause or result in a novation with respect to the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that as of the Effective Date, the outstanding principal balance on the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan is One Million One Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand Forty-Eight Dollars and Ninety-Nine Cents ($1,122,048.99), and that such sum is not subject to any offset or defense of any kind whatsoever, and in the event Borrower has any offsets or defenses thereto, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives all such offsets and defenses. Borrower will continue to repay the outstanding balance of the 2011 Existing Growth Capital Loan (including interest on the outstanding balance) in accordance with the terms set forth herein. Subject to Section 2.6(b), the principal amount outstanding for the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate of ten percent (10.00%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(b) below.

(b) Repayment of Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan . Subject to the prepayment provisions set forth in Sections 2.3(c) and 2.3(d), Borrower hereby agrees to continue to make equal monthly payments of principal of One Hundred Thirty-Six Thousand Ninety-Nine Dollars and Forty-Two Cents ($136,099.42) on the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan, plus interest, commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month after the Effective Date through the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Maturity Date. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan is due and payable in full on the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Maturity Date.

(c) Voluntary Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the 2011 Existing Growth Capital Advances, provided Borrower (i) shall provide written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the 2011 Existing Growth Capital Advances at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment, (a) all outstanding principal and accrued interest, (b) the Make-Whole Premium, (c) the Final Payment, and (d) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable.

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the 2011 Existing Growth Capital Advances are accelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Ba nk an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the Make-Whole Premium, (iii) the Final Payment, and (iv) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

3


2.5 Overadvances. If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances, plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “Overadvance”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.6 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Advances . Subject to Section 2.6(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (A) the Prime Rate at all times that Borrower is Streamline Eligible, and (B) the Prime Rate, plus one and one half of one percent (1.50%) at all other times, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.6(d) below.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.6(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.7 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (the “Commitment Fee”) of which, (i) Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000), shall be paid on the Effective Date (and is in addition to the Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) Borrower previously paid to Bank in connection with the extensions of the Revolving Line Maturity Date as set forth in the twelve and thirteenth amendments to the Prior Loan Agreement, dated June 5, 2014 and August 28, 2014, respectively) and (ii) the balance of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) shall be paid to Bank on the first (1st) anniversary of the Effective Date;

 

4


(b) Letter of Credit Fee . Bank’s customary fees and expenses for the issuance or renewal of Letters of Credit, upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit, each anniversary of the issuance during the term of such Letter of Credit, and upon the renewal of such Letter of Credit by Bank;

(c) Termination Fee . Upon termination of the Revolving Line for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, in addition to the payment of any other amounts then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000), provided that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from Bank;

(d) Final Payment . A Final Payment due on the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Maturity Date, or at the time of a prepayment pursuant to the terms of Sections 2.4(c) and 2.4(d);

(e) Make-Whole Premium . The Make-Whole Premium when due pursuant to the terms of Sections 2.4(c) and 2.4(d);

(f) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement which fees for the documentation and negotiation of this Agreement will not exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) as of the Effective Date so long as negotiations are not protracted) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank); and

(g) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.7 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.8(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.7.

2.8 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

5


(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied, and provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall apply payments received to the Obligations then due and owing. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.9 Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements;

(c) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

 

6


(e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(f) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(g) a bailee’s waiver in favor of Bank for each location where Borrower maintains property with a third party, by each such third party, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

(h) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

(i) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.7 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

 

7


3.3 Covenant to Deliver.

Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance (other than Advances with respect to Letters of Credit under Section 2.3) set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. In connection with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail a completed Transaction Report executed by an Authorized Signer together with such other reports and information, including without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may request in its sole discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST .

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one

 

8


hundred five percent (105%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement and provided that the Perfection Certificate shall be deemed to be updated to reflect the information provided in any notice delivered by Borrower to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement).

 

9


The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect), or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the term of Section 6.8(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects, except for (i) Inventory covered by manufacturer warranties, (ii) Inventory in the process of being refurbished for sale, or (iii) to the extent Borrower maintains adequate reserves.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) licenses permitted under clause (h) of the definition of Permitted Lien, (c) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (d) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate (as the same may be updated from time to time and delivered to Bank). Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

10


Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate (as the same may be updated from time to time and delivered to Bank), Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Accounts Receivable; Inventory.

(a) For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Transaction Report. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

(c) For any item of Inventory consisting of Eligible Inventory in any Transaction Report, such Inventory (i) consists of finished goods, in good, new, and salable condition, which is not perishable, returned (except to the extent of any refurbished Inventory in salable condition), consigned, obsolete, not sellable, damaged, or defective, and is not comprised of demonstrative or custom inventory, works in progress, packaging or shipping materials, or supplies; (ii) meets all applicable governmental standards; (iii) has been manufactured in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act; (iv) is not subject to any Liens, except the first priority Liens granted or in favor of Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and the Liens permitted under clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Liens; and (v) is located at the locations identified by Borrower in the Perfection Certificate where it maintains Inventory (or at any location permitted under Section 7.2).

5.4 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

11


5.6 Solvency. Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.9 , Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000).

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Except as set forth on Schedule 5. 9, Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000). Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

12


5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a) At all times while any Advances are outstanding, a Transaction Report (including sales, credit memos, collections journals, other Collateral adjustments, and any schedules related thereto), (i) in the event that Borrower is Streamline Eligible and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no later than thirty (30) days after the end of each month and (ii) in all other cases, no later than Friday of each week (for the avoidance of doubt, no Transaction Report shall be required if no Advances are outstanding);

(b) Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (A) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (B) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, (C) a Deferred Revenue report, if requested by Bank, and (D) monthly perpetual inventory reports for Inventory valued on a first-in, first-out basis at the lower of cost or market (in accordance with GAAP) or such other inventory reports as are requested by Bank in its good faith business judgment;

 

13


(c) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “Monthly Financial Statements”);

(d) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

(e) as soon as available, but no later than March 31 of each calendar year annual financial projections for the following fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s board of directors and commensurate in form and substance with those provided to Borrower’s venture capital investors;

(f) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion (it being understood that notwithstanding the requirements of this Section 6.2(f) to the contrary, Borrower shall deliver to Bank the audited financial statements for the 2013 fiscal year no later than December 31, 2014);

(g) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, (i) Borrower’s annual report on form 10-K, as soon as available, and in any event within (A) one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year or (B) in the event that Borrower has been granted an extension by the SEC with respect to any fiscal year of Borrower permitting the late filing by Borrower of any annual report on form 10-K, the earlier of (x) one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year and (y) the last day of such extension period, (ii) Borrower’s quarterly reports on form 10-Q, as soon as available, and in any event within fifty (50) days following the end of each of the fiscal quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Borrower, and (iii) within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic (other than with respect to such reports delivered to Bank pursuant to these clauses (i) and (ii)) and other reports, proxy statements, and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be; provided, documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

 

14


As to any information contained in the materials furnished pursuant to this clause (g), Borrower shall not be required separately to furnish such information under clauses (c) and (f).

(h) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, monthly merchant services processing statements;

(i) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(j) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) or more; and

(k) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary endorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all written disputes or written claims relating to Accounts that have a value of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall require that Borrower direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account, or via electronic deposit capture into a “blocked account” as specified by Bank (either such account, the “Cash Collateral Account”), pursuant to a blocked account agreement in form and substance satisfactory to as Bank. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account (i) to be applied to immediately reduce the Obligations relating to the Revolving Line when Borrower is not Streamline Eligible, or (ii) to be transferred on a daily basis to Borrower’s operating account with Bank when Borrower is Streamline Eligible.

 

15


(d) Returns. Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, if appropriate, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e) Verification . Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Bank’s security interest in such Account, provided, that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank will endeavor to notify Borrower of such verifications, provided that the failure to do so shall not give rise to any liability to Bank.

(f) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4 Remittance of Proceeds. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (a) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.8(b) hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

6.5 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file all required tax returns and reports and timely pay all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

16


6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. At reasonable times, on three (3) Business Days notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrower’s expense and no more often than once every six (6) months (or more frequently as Bank shall reasonably determine conditions warrant) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.7 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (except for purchase money Liens permitted under clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens), and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.7 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days (10 days for

 

17


non-payment of premium) prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain its primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Borrower shall conduct its primary Letters of Credit and foreign exchange contracts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may maintain a trust account in the United Kingdom as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank on the Effective Date.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such or (ii) deposit accounts located outside of the United States, provided that the aggregate value on deposit in such deposit accounts (excluding amounts deposited for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries and identified to Bank by Borrower as such) shall at no time exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

6.9 Financial Covenants.

Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower:

(a) Adjusted Quick Ratio . An Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least (i) 0.90 to 1.00 at all times that Borrower’s Net Cash is greater than Zero Dollars ($0.00) or (ii) 1.00 to 1.00 at all other times.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that upon an Event of Default under this Section 6.9, such Event of Default shall not constitute a basis upon which the Bank may declare an Event of Default or acceleration with respect to the 2011 Existing Growth Capital Advances.

6.10 Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to its business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

 

18


(b) To the extent not already disclosed in writing to Bank, if Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then Borrower shall immediately provide written notice thereof to Bank and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in such property. If Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.

(c) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests in its reasonable discretion to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.11 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower; provided, however, that any information provided to Bank shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 12.9 and Borrower shall not be required to disclose any information that is marked “confidential” or identified to Bank as protected by attorney-client privilege.

 

19


6.12 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of its business for the payment of ordinary course business expenses in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and (f) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) have a change in the Key Person; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than 49% of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations, together with any existing offices or businesses not subject to a landlord or bailee waiver, contain in the aggregate less than Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, together with any existing offices or businesses not subject to a landlord or bailee waiver, in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of

 

20


organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, together with any existing offices or businesses not subject to a landlord or bailee waiver, in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary). A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for purchase money Liens permitted under clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens and except as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank or Gold Hill) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) per fiscal year;; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) sales of equity securities to current investors of Borrower, (b) transactions between Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries

 

21


pursuant to which such Subsidiary or Subsidiaries perform certain services for Borrower in consideration of a fee equal to the actual operational cost plus a fair and reasonable mark-up, and (c) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date or the 2011 Existing Growth Capital Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

  8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10(b), or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other

 

22


term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

 

  8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

 

  8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency, (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, provided, however, that the Event of Default under this Section 8.6 caused by the occurrence of a breach or default under such other agreement shall be cured or waived for purposes of this Agreement upon Bank receiving written notice from the party asserting such breach or default of such cure or waiver of the breach or default under such other agreement, if at the time of such cure or waiver under such other agreement (x) Bank has not declared an Event of Default under this Agreement and/or exercised any rights with respect thereto; (y) any such cure or waiver does not result in an Event of Default under any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document; and (z) in connection with any such cure or waiver under such other agreement, the terms of any agreement with such third party are not modified or amended in any manner which could in the good faith business judgment of Bank be materially less advantageous to Borrower;

 

23


8.7 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

8.10 Cross-Default with Gold Hill Loan Documents. An Event of Default (as defined in the Gold Hill Loan Documents) shall occur under the Gold Hill Loan Documents and such Event of Default is not cured within any applicable grace period provided therein.

8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in a materially adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) cause, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) materially adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

 

  9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

 

24


(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least one hundred five percent (105%) of the Dollar Equivalent (or one hundred ten percent (110%) if the Dollar Equivalent is denominated in Foreign Currency) of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations (i) any balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

25


(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

26


9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

27


  If to Borrower:   

Roku, Inc.

12980 Saratoga Avenue

Suite D

Saratoga, California 95070

Attn: Anthony Wood and Chief Financial Officer

Fax: (408) 446-1735

Email: awood@rokulabs.com

  If to Bank:   

Silicon Valley Bank

2400 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attn: Ryan Edwards

Fax: (650) 494-1377

Email: redwards@svbank.com

 

  11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a

 

28


private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure § 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), the Revolving Line may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

 

29


12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than each of the 2009 Warrant, 2010 Warrant, 2011 Warrant, 2011 October Warrant, 2012 Bridge Loan Warrant, and 2012 Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

 

  12.3 Indemnification.

(a) General Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

 

30


12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

31


12.13 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.16 Transitional Arrangements. On the Effective Date, this Agreement shall amend, restate and supersede the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety, except as provided in this Section. On the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties evidenced by the Prior Loan Agreement shall be evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the grant of security interest in the Collateral by the Borrower under the Prior Loan Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” (as defined in the Prior Loan Agreement) shall continue under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall not in any event be terminated, extinguished or annulled but shall hereafter be governed by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. All references to the Prior Loan Agreement in any Loan Document or other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the provisions hereof.

13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“2009 Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated January 20, 2009 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

“2010 Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated July 26, 2010 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

“2011 Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated July 13, 2011 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

“2011 October Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated October 17, 2011 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

 

32


“2012 Bridge Loan Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated April 26, 2012 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

“2012 Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated March 12, 2012 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Adjusted Quick Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, a ratio of (a) Quick Assets to (b) Current Liabilities, plus, without duplication all outstanding Obligations under the Revolving Line, less Deferred Revenue .

“Advance” or “Advances” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Authorized Signer” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Advance request, on behalf of Borrower.

“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, and minus (c) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank Entities” is defined in Section 12.9.

“Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

 

33


“Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” is (a) seventy-five percent (75%) of Eligible Accounts, plus (b) the Inventory Sublimit Availability Amount, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank has the right to decrease the foregoing amount and percentage in its good faith business judgment to mitigate the impact of events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which may adversely affect the Collateral or its value.

“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through

(c) of this definition.

“Claims” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

34


“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

“Credit Extension” is any Advance, any Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance, any Overadvance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

“Credit Facility Sublimit Amount” is an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) at any time outstanding.

“Current Liabilities” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

 

35


“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.6(b).

“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Designated Deposit Account” is the multicurrency account denominated in Dollars, account number                      (last three digits), maintained by Borrower with Bank.

“Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

“Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Eligible Accounts” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor if fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States or Canada (excluding the Province of Quebec) unless such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Accounts and (i) supported by letter(s) of credit acceptable to Bank, or (ii) that Bank otherwise approves of in writing;

 

36


(f) Accounts billed from and/or payable to Borrower outside of the United States unless Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest or other enforceable Lien in such Accounts under all applicable laws, including foreign laws (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond ninety (90) days;

 

37


(r) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(s) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(t) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(u) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue), other than Deferred Revenue solely (i) resulting from accounts receivable pending sell-through by a retailer and (ii) related to software revenue recognition accounting principles applicable to hardware;

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, except for (i) Amazon.com, Inc., (ii) Best Buy Co., Inc., (iii) Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., (iv) Target, and (v) Costco, for which such percentage is fifty percent (50%), for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and; and

(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

“Eligible Inventory” means Inventory that meets all of Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3(c) and is otherwise acceptable to Bank in all respects.

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

“Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance” is defined in Section 2.4(a) of this Agreement.

“Existing 2011 Growth Capital Loan” is defined in Section 2.4(a) of this Agreement.

“Existing 2011 Growth Capital Maturity Date” is, for each Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance, a date forty-eight (48) months after the Funding Date for such Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance, but in no event later than September 30, 2015.

 

38


“Final Payment” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal and accrued interest) due on the date set forth in Section 2.7(b), equal to two percent (2.00%) of the aggregate amount of all Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advances made under the Prior Loan Agreement.

“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

“FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

“GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

“Gold Hill Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated the July 13, 2011, by and between Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP (“Gold Hill”) and Borrower, as the same may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Gold Hill Loan Documents” are, collectively, the Gold Hill Loan Agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any other Person and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Gold Hill in connection with the Gold Hill Loan Agreement, all as amended, extended or restated.

“Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

“Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

39


“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

“Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, means all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

“Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement by and between Gold Hill and Bank dated July 13, 2011, as the same may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

“Inventory Sublimit Availability Amount” means the lesser of (a) fifty percent (50%) of Borrower’s Eligible Inventory (valued at the lower of cost or market value), as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report or (b) the lesser of (i) 100% of the Eligible Accounts which Bank has not already made an Advance against as determined by Bank or (ii) Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000).

 

40


“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“IP Agreement” is that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of July 26, 2010.

“Key Person” is Anthony Wood.

“Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

“Letter of Credit Application ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

“Letter of Credit Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

“Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the 2009 Warrant, the 2010 Warrant, the 2011 Warrant, the 2011 October Warrant, the 2012 Warrant, the 2012 Bridge Loan Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, the IP Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

“Make-Whole Premium” is, for each Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance, an amount equal to (i) the interest that would have accrued on the aggregate principal amount outstanding for each Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance on the date of such prepayment through the Existing 2011 Growth Capital Maturity Date if the prepayment is made on or before the twelfth (12th) month from the Funding Date of each Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance, (ii) five percent (5.00%) of each outstanding Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance if the prepayment is made after the twelfth (12th) month but on or before the twenty-fourth (24th) month from the Funding Date of each Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance, and (iii) three percent (3.00%) of each outstanding Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance if the prepayment is made after the twenty-fourth (24th) month from the Funding Date of each Existing 2011 Growth Capital Advance.

“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

 

41


“Monthly Financial Statements” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

“Net Cash” is the sum of all of Borrower’s unrestricted cash all held at or through Bank or Bank’s Affiliates, less outstanding Obligations.

“Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the 2009 Warrant, the 2010 Warrant, the 2011 Warrant, the 2011 October Warrant, the 2012 Warrant, and the 2012 Bridge Loan Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the 2009 Warrant, the 2010 Warrant, the 2011 Warrant, the 2011 October Warrant, the 2012 Warrant, and the 2012 Bridge Loan Warrant).

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

“Overadvance” is defined in Section 2.2.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

“Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

42


(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) Borrower’s Indebtedness arising under the Gold Hill Loan Documents; and

(h) other unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

(i) Indebtedness of Borrower to any Subsidiary and Contingent Obligations of any Subsidiary with respect to obligations of Borrower (provided that the primary obligations are not prohibited hereby), and Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or any other Subsidiary and Contingent Obligations of any Subsidiary with respect to obligations of any other Subsidiary (provided that the primary obligations are not prohibited hereby); and

(j) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (i) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest except as permitted by Section 6.8(b);

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(g) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries (including newly formed Subsidiaries) not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year or in Borrower;

 

43


(h) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (j) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(k) Investments consisting of payments held in reserve by third party credit card and electronic payment processors of Borrower; and

(1) other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 not exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

“Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

 

44


(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness of Borrower permitted by clause (g) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; and

(k) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts except as permitted by Section 6.8(b).

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

“Quick Assets” is, on any date, Borrower’s unrestricted cash maintained with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates, plus net billed accounts receivable.

“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

45


“Regulatory Change” means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

“Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

“Reserves” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

“Restricted License” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

“Revolving Line” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000).

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is September 30, 2016.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

46


“Streamline Eligible” shall mean at all times that Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio for the immediately preceding month is greater than 1.10 to 1.00, as determined by Bank, in its sole discretion (the “Streamline Threshold”); provided, however, Borrower shall not be Streamline Eligible during the continuance of an Event of Default. At any time that Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than or equal to the Streamline Threshold, Borrower will not be Streamline Eligible until the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month following Bank’s confirmation that (a) Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is greater than the Streamline Threshold as of such date and (b) Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is greater than the Streamline Threshold at all times during the immediately preceding monthly reporting period as reported in each monthly Compliance Certificate.

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank. It being understood that the term “Subordinated Debt” shall not include trade payables.

“Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

“Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, but excluding all Subordinated Debt.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“Transaction Report” is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

[Signature page follows.]

 

47


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
ROKU, INC.
By:  

/s/ Anthony Wood

  Name: Anthony Wood
  Title: CEO
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Matthew Wright

  Name: Matthew Wright
  Title: Director


EXHIBIT A—COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter.


E XHIBIT B

C OMPLIANCE C ERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                        
FROM:    ROKU, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of ROKU, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending             with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default except as noted below; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, have timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 180 days    Yes No
Form 10-K    After IPO, FYE within 180 days    Yes No
Form 10-Q    After IPO, quarterly within 50 days    Yes No
Merchant Service Processing statement    Monthly within 30 days    Yes No
A/R, A/P Agings, Inventory Report, and Deferred Revenue (if requested)    Monthly within 30 days    Yes No
Transaction Report (if Advances are outstanding)    Weekly; or Monthly within 30 days if Streamline Eligible    Yes No
Board approved annual financial projections    March 31 of each year or more    Yes No
   frequently as updated   

 

2


Financial Covenants

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:         
Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least    (i) 0.90:1.00 at all times that Borrower’s Net Cash is greater than $0.00 or (ii) 1.00:1.00 at all other times                 :1.00    Yes No

Performance Pricing

  

Applies

Streamline Eligible    Prime    Yes No
Not Streamline Eligible    Prime + 1.50%    Yes No

Streamline Eligible

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least    1.10 to 1.00                 :1.00    Yes No

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.    Yes    No

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

  ROKU, INC.      BANK USE ONLY
       Received by:                                                                                     
       AUTHORIZED SIGNER
By:  

 

     Date:                                                                                                    
  Name:     
  Title:      Verified:                                                                                             
       AUTHORIZED SIGNER
       Date:                                                                                                    
       Compliance Status:     Yes     No

 

3


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                             

I. Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.9)

Required: An Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least (i) 0.90 to 1.00 at all times that Borrower’s Net Cash is greater than Zero Dollars ($0.00) or (ii) 1.00 to 1.00 at all other times.

Actual:

 

A.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted cash maintained with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates    $             
B.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s net billed accounts receivable    $             
C.    Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B)    $             
D.    Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank that mature within one (1) year    $             
E.    Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Debt), and not otherwise reflected in line D above that matures within one (1) year    $             
F.    Aggregate value of all outstanding Obligations under the Revolving Line and not otherwise reflected in line D or E above    $             
G.    Current Liabilities (the sum of lines (D and E), plus F)    $             
H.    Deferred Revenue    $             
I.    Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line G, minus line H)                

 

Is line I equal to or greater than the required amount?   
        No, not in compliance                Yes, in compliance


EXHIBIT C

Transaction Report


EXHIBIT D

Borrowing Resolution


Schedule 5.9

States Borrower withdrew from the Voluntary Disclosure Agreement (“VDA”) program:

 

     Accrued Sales Tax Liability  

State

   2011      2012      Total      First Filing  

NY

     431,662.87        129,506.23        561,169.10        12/1/2012  

TX

     100,794.00        114,010.47        214,804.47        1/1/2013  

WA

     344,396.66        79,448.29        423,844.95        2/1/2014  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     876,853.53        322,964.99        1,199,818.52     

In addition to the above, the following states are not part of VDA and Borrower registered separately with accrued liabilities for 2011 and/or 2012

 

     Accrued Sales Tax Liability         

State

   2011      2012      Total      First Filing  

MN

     24,776.00           24,776.00        3/1/2012  

NM

     6,094.00        7,787.00        13,881.00        1/1/2013  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
     30,870.00        7,787.00        38,657.00     

Exhibit 10.15

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 14 th day of May, 2015, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”) and ROKU, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 18, 2014, (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date and make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Although Bank is under no obligation to do so, Bank is willing to extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date and make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement, all on the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment, so long as Borrower complies with the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Amendment in a timely manner.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 2.6 (Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions). Section 2.6(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(a) Advances . Subject to Section 2.6(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (A) the Prime Rate at all times that Borrower is Streamline Eligible, and (B) the Prime Rate, plus two and one half of one percent (2.50%) at all other times, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.6(d) below.


2.2 Section 2.7 (Fees). Section 2.7(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Two Hundred Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($206,250) (the “Commitment Fee”) of which, (i) Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000), was paid by Borrower on November 18, 2014 (and is in addition to the Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) Borrower previously paid to Bank in connection with the extensions of the Revolving Line Maturity Date as set forth in the twelve and thirteenth amendments to the Prior Loan Agreement, dated June 5, 2014 and August 28, 2014, respectively), (ii) Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) shall be paid to Bank on November 18, 2015, and (iii) the balance of Fifty-Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($56,250) shall be paid to Bank on the earlier of (A) September 30, 2016 or (B) upon termination of the Revolving Line for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date;

2.3 Section 6.9 (Financial Covenants). Section 6.9(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(a) Current Ratio . Commencing with the month ending March 31, 2015, a Current Ratio of at least 1.10 to 1.00.

2.4 Section 13 (Definitions).

(a) The following terms and their respective definitions are hereby added to Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement in alphabetical order:

“Current Assets” are amounts that under GAAP should be included on that date as current assets on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet.

“Current Ratio” is a ratio of (a) Current Assets to (b) Current Liabilities, minus Deferred Revenue.

(b) The following terms and its respect definitions set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended by deleting each in its entirety and replacing each with the following:

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is June 30, 2017.

“Streamline Eligible” shall mean at all times that Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio for the immediately preceding month is greater than 1.00 to 1.00, as determined by Bank, in its sole discretion (the “Streamline Threshold”); provided, however, Borrower shall not be Streamline Eligible during the continuance of an Event of Default. At any time that Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is less than or equal to the Streamline Threshold, Borrower will not be Streamline Eligible until the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month following Bank’s confirmation that (a) Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is greater than the Streamline Threshold as of such date and (b) Borrower’s Adjusted Quick Ratio is greater than the Streamline

 

2


Threshold at all times during the immediately preceding monthly reporting period as reported in each monthly Compliance Certificate.

2.5 Exhibit B (Compliance Certificate). The Compliance Certificate attached to the Loan Agreement is replaced in its entirety with the Compliance Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit B . From and after the date hereof, all references in the Loan Agreement to the Compliance Certificate shall be deemed to refer to Exhibit B attached hereto.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

3.3 In addition to those Events of Default specifically enumerated in the Loan Documents, the failure to comply with the terms of any covenant or agreement contained herein shall constitute an Event of Default and shall entitle Bank to exercise all rights and remedies provided to Bank under the terms of any of the other Loan Documents as a result of the occurrence of the same.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

3


4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Integration. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) the due execution and delivery to Bank of that certain Addendum to Intellectual Property Security Agreement by each party thereto, (c) the due execution and delivery to Bank of that certain bailee waiver for 1075 Montague Expressway Milpitas, California 95035 by each party hereto, (d) the due execution and delivery to Bank of that certain bailee waiver for 2035 O’Toole Avenue San Jose, California 95131 by each party hereto, (e) the due execution and delivery to Bank of that certain bailee waiver for 17707 Santa Fe Avenue, Suite A, Rancho Dominguez, California 90221 and (f) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

4


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE CAUSED THIS A MENDMENT TO BE DULY EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE .

 

BORROWER:
ROKU, INC.
By: /s/ Anthony Wood                                             
      Name: Anthony Wood
      Title: CEO
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By: /s/ Matthew Wright                                             
      Name: Matthew Wright
      Title: Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT B

C OMPLIANCE C ERTIFICATE

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK                                                                                       Date:                                    

FROM: ROKU, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer of ROKU, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                         with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default except as noted below; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, have timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 180 days    Yes No
Form 10-K    After IPO, FYE within 180 days    Yes No
Form 10-Q    After IPO, quarterly within 50 days    Yes No
Merchant Service Processing statement    Monthly within 30 days    Yes No
A/R, A/P Agings, Inventory Report, and Deferred Revenue (if requested)    Monthly within 30 days    Yes No
Transaction Report (if Advances are outstanding)    Weekly; or Monthly within 30 days if Streamline Eligible    Yes No
Board approved annual financial projections    March 31 of each year or more frequently as updated    Yes No


Financial Covenants

   Required      Actual      Complies  

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:

        

Current Ratio of at least*

     1.10:1.00                     :1.00        Yes No  

*       Commencing with the month ending March 31, 2015.

        

 

Performance Pricing

  Applies  

Streamline Eligible

   Prime     Yes No  

Not Streamline Eligible

   Prime + 2.50%     Yes No  

 

Streamline Eligible

   Required      Actual      Complies  

Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least

     1.00 to 1.00                     :1.00        Yes No  

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.    Yes    No
     

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

ROKU, INC.  

BANK USE ONLY

 

Received by:                                                                          

                                 AUTHORIZED SIGNER

By:                                                                             Date:                                                                          
      Name:  
      Title:  

 

Verified:                                                                               

                                  AUTHORIZED SIGNER
  Date:                                                                                       
  Compliance Status:     Yes     No


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                                             

I. Current Ratio (Section 6.9(a))

Required: 1.10 to 1.00.

Actual:

 

A.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s current assets    $             
B.    Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank    $             
C.    Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and not otherwise reflected in line B above that matures within one (1) year    $             
D.    Deferred Revenue    $             
E.    Current Liabilities (the sum of lines B and C minus line D)    $             
F.    Current Ratio (line A divided by line E)                  

Is line F greater than 1.10 to 1.00?

 

              No, not in compliance                 Yes, in compliance

II. Adjusted Quick Ratio (Streamline Eligible) Required: Greater than 1.00 to 1.00.

Actual:

 

A.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted cash maintained with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates    $             
B.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s net billed accounts receivable    $             
C.    Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B)    $             
D.    Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank that mature within one (1) year    $             
E.    Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Debt), and not otherwise reflected in line D above that matures within one (1) year    $             
F.    Aggregate value of all outstanding Obligations under the Revolving Line and not otherwise reflected in line D or E above    $             
G.    Current Liabilities (the sum of lines (D and E), plus F)    $             
H.    Deferred Revenue    $             
I.    Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line G, minus line H)                  

Is line I equal greater than the required amount?

 

              No, not in compliance

                 Yes, in compliance


LOGO

 

Exhibit 10.16

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 9 lh day of June, 2017, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”) and ROKU, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 18, 2014, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 (as the same has been or may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to make certain revisions thereto as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 1 (Accounting And Other Terms). The Loan and Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 1 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS.

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP; provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the


computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2.2 Section 2.6 (Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 2.6 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“ 2.6 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest; Payment . Each Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when made, continued or converted until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to (i) at all times that Borrower is Streamline Eligible (A) for Prime Rate Advances, the Prime Rate, and (B) for LIBOR Advances, the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin, and (ii) at all other times, the Prime Rate plus one percent (1.0%). On and after the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advance outstanding on the date of occurrence of an Event of Default or acceleration of the Obligations, the amount of such LIBOR Advance shall, during the continuance of such Event of Default or after acceleration, bear interest at a rate the applicable rate for Prime Rate Advances, plus five percent (5.0%). Pursuant to the terms hereof, interest on each Advance shall be paid in arrears on each Interest Payment Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any prepayment of any Advance pursuant to this Agreement for the portion of any Advance so prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof. All accrued but unpaid interest on the Advances shall be due and payable on the Revolving Line Maturity Date.

(b) Prime Rate Advances . Each change in the interest rate of the Prime Rate Advances based on changes in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change and to the extent of such change.

(c) LIBOR Advances . The interest rate applicable to each LIBOR Advance shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.6(a) hereunder. Subject to Sections 3.6 and 3.7, such rate shall apply during the entire Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance, and interest calculated thereon shall be payable on the Interest Payment Date applicable to such LIBOR Advance.

 

2


(d) Computation of Interest . Any interest hereunder will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of three hundred sixty (360) days. In computing interest on any Credit Extension, the date of the making of such Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

(e) Default Rate . Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.6(a), upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest provided in this Section 2.6(e) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.”

2.3 Section 2.7 (Fees). The Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 2.7(a) thereof its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Three Hundred Fifty-Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($356,250.00) (the “Commitment Fee”) of which, (i) Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00), was paid by Borrower on November 18, 2014 (and is in addition to the Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00) Borrower previously paid to Bank in connection with the extensions of the Revolving Line Maturity Date as set forth in the twelve and thirteenth amendments to the Prior Loan Agreement, dated June 5, 2014 and August 28, 2014, respectively), (ii) Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) was paid to Bank on November 18, 2015, (iii) Fifty-Six Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($56,250.00) was paid to Bank on the earlier of (A) September 30, 2016 or (B) upon termination of the Revolving Line for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, (iv) Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) shall be paid to Bank on the earlier of (A) the Second Amendment Effective Date or (B) upon termination of the Revolving Line for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and (v) Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) shall be paid to Bank on the earlier of (A) the one-year anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date or (B) upon termination of the Revolving Line for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date;”

2.4 Section 3.2 (Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by adding the following text to appear at the end of subsection (a) of Section 3.2 thereof: “and a Notice of Borrowing.”

2.5 Section 3.4 (Procedures for Borrowing). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 3.4 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

3


“3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, an Advance shall be made upon Borrower’s irrevocable written notice delivered to Bank in the form of a Transaction Report and a Notice of Borrowing or without instructions if any Advance is necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. The Notice of Borrowing shall be made by Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E and shall be executed by an Authorized Signer. Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence that the provision of such notices and the requests for Advances have been approved by Borrower’s board of directors. The Notice of Borrowing must be received by Bank prior to 12:00 p.m. Pacific time, (i) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Funding Date, in the case of any LIBOR Advance, and (ii) on the requested Funding Date, in the case of a Prime Rate Advance, specifying: (A) the amount of the Advance; (B) the requested Funding Date; (C) whether the Advance is to be comprised of LIBOR Advances or Prime Rate Advances; and (D) the duration of the Interest Period applicable to any such LIBOR Advances included in such notice; provided that if the Notice of Borrowing shall fail to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any Advance comprised of LIBOR Advances, such Interest Period shall be one (1) month. Notwithstanding any terms in this Agreement to the contrary, each LIBOR Advance shall not be less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) and shall be in a multiple of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00). In addition to such Notice of Borrowing, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail such reports and information, including without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may request in its sole discretion. On the Funding Date, Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account and, subsequently, shall transfer such proceeds by wire transfer to such other account as Borrower may instruct in the Notice of Borrowing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a LIBOR Advance shall only be made if Borrower is Streamline Eligible and will remain Streamline Eligible after making such Advance.”

2.6 Sections 3.5 (Conversion and Continuation Elections), 3.6 (Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Advances), and 3.7 (Additional Requirements/Provisions Regarding LIBOR Advances). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following to appear as new Sections 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7 thereof, immediately following the existing Section 3.4 thereof:

“ 3.5 Conversion and Continuation Elections.

(a) So long as (i) no Event of Default exists; (ii) Borrower is Streamline Eligible, (iii) Borrower shall not have sent any notice of termination of this Agreement; and (iv) Borrower shall have complied with such customary procedures as Bank has established from time to time for Borrower’s requests for LIBOR Advances, Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to Bank:

(i) elect to convert on any Business Day, Prime Rate Advances into LIBOR Advances;

 

4


(ii) elect to continue on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Advances maturing on such Interest Payment Date; or

(iii) elect to convert on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Advances maturing on such Interest Payment Date into Prime Rate Advances.

If Borrower ceases to be Streamline Eligible, each LIBOR Advance shall immediately and automatically convert into a Prime Rate Advance at Bank’s option pursuant to Section 3.5(d), and Borrower shall pay to Bank any fees and/or payments due pursuant to Section 3.6(c) hereof.

(b) Borrower shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation in the form of Exhibit F by electronic mail to be received by Bank prior to 12:00 p.m. Pacific time (i) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the Conversion Date or Continuation Date, if any Advances are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Advances; and (ii) on the Conversion Date, if any Advances are to be converted into Prime Rate Advances, in each case specifying the:

(i) proposed Conversion Date or Continuation Date;

(ii) aggregate amount of the Advances to be converted or continued;

(iii) nature of the proposed conversion or continuation; and

(iv) if the resulting Advance is to be a LIBOR Advance, the duration of the requested Interest Period.

(c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advances, Borrower shall have timely failed to select a new Interest Period to be applicable to such LIBOR Advances or request to convert a LIBOR Advance into a Prime Rate Advance, Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such LIBOR Advances into Prime Rate Advances.

(d) Any LIBOR Advances shall, at Bank’s option, immediately convert into Prime Rate Advances in the event that (i) an Event of Default exists, (ii) Borrower ceases to be Streamline Eligible, or (iii) the aggregate principal amount of the Prime Rate Advances which have been previously converted to LIBOR Advances, or the aggregate principal amount of existing LIBOR Advances continued, as the case may be, at the beginning of an Interest Period shall at any time during such Interest Period exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base. Borrower agrees to pay Bank, upon demand by Bank (or Bank may, at its option, debit the Designated Deposit Account or any other account Borrower maintains with Bank) any amounts required to compensate Bank for any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost, or expense incurred by Bank, as a result of the conversion of LIBOR Advances to Prime Rate Advances pursuant to this Section 3.5(d).

 

5


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Bank shall not be required to purchase Dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable LIBOR market to fund any LIBOR Advances, but the provisions hereof shall be deemed to apply as if Bank had purchased such deposits to fund the LIBOR Advances.

3.6 Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Advances. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to LIBOR Advances as to the matters covered:

(a) Determination of Applicable Interest Rate . As soon as practicable on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Bank shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error in calculation, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the LIBOR Advances for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower.

(b) Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate . In the event that Bank shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any LIBOR Advance, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such LIBOR Advance on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR, Bank shall on such date give notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower of such determination, whereupon (i) no Advances may be made as, or converted to, LIBOR Advances until such time as Bank notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to LIBOR Advances in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower.

(c) Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods . If (i) for any reason, other than a default by Bank or any failure of Bank to fund LIBOR Advances due to impracticability or illegality under Sections 3.7(c) and 3.7(d) of this Agreement, a borrowing or a conversion to or continuation of any LIBOR Advance does not occur on a date specified in a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, or (ii) any complete or partial principal payment or reduction of a LIBOR Advance, or any conversion of any LIBOR Advance, occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that LIBOR Advance, including due to voluntary or mandatory prepayment or acceleration, then, in each case, Borrower shall compensate Bank, upon written request by Bank, for all losses and expenses incurred by Bank in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:

 

6


(A) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount (1) not borrowed, converted or continued as provided in clause (i) above, or (2) paid, reduced or converted as provided in clause (ii) above, for the period from (y) the date of such failure to borrow, convert or continue as provided in clause (i) above, or the date of such payment, reduction or conversion as provided in clause (ii) above, as the case may be, to (z) in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue as provided in clause (i) above, the last day of the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such borrowing, conversion or continuing but for such failure, and in the case of a payment, reduction or conversion prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to a LIBOR Advance as provided in clause (ii) above, the last day of such Interest Period, in each case at the applicable rate of interest or other return for such LIBOR Advance(s) provided for herein (excluding, however, the LIBOR Rate Margin included therein, if any), over

(B) the interest which would have accrued to Bank on the applicable amount provided in clause (A) above through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of LIBOR Rate on the date of such failure to borrow, convert or continue as provided in clause (i) above, or the date of such payment, reduction or conversion as provided in clause (ii) above, as the case may be, for a period equal to the remaining period of such applicable Interest Period provided in clause (A) above.

Bank’s request shall set forth the manner and method of computing such compensation and such determination as to such compensation shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Assumptions Concerning Funding of LIBOR Advances . Calculation of all amounts payable to Bank under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.7 shall be made as though Bank had actually funded each relevant LIBOR Advance through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such LIBOR Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that Bank may fund each of its LIBOR Advances in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.7.

(e) LIBOR Advances After an Event of Default or Failure to be Streamline Eligible . After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or immediately upon Borrower ceasing to be Streamline Eligible, (i) Borrower may not elect to have an Advance be made or continued as, or converted to, a LIBOR Advance after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for such Advance and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c), any Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to a requested conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall, at Bank’s option, be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower and be deemed a request to convert or continue Advances referred to therein as Prime Rate Advances.

 

7


3.7 Additional Requirements/Provisions Regarding LIBOR Advances.

(a) Borrower shall pay Bank, upon demand by Bank, from time to time such amounts as Bank may determine to be necessary to compensate it for any costs incurred by Bank that Bank determines are attributable to its making or maintaining of any amount receivable by Bank hereunder in respect of any LIBOR Advances relating thereto (such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called “Additional Costs”), in each case resulting from any Regulatory Change which:

(i) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to Bank under this Agreement in respect of any LIBOR Advances (other than changes which affect taxes measured by or imposed on the overall net income of Bank by the jurisdiction in which Bank has its principal office);

(ii) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with, or other liabilities of Bank (including any LIBOR Advances or any deposits referred to in the definition of LIBOR); or

(iii) imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities).

Bank will notify Borrower of any event occurring after the Effective Date which will entitle Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section 3.7(a) as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation. Bank will furnish Borrower with a statement setting forth the basis and amount of each request by Bank for compensation under this Section 3.7(a). Determinations and allocations by Bank for purposes of this Section 3.7(a) of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of maintaining its obligations to make LIBOR Advances, of making or maintaining LIBOR Advances, or on amounts receivable by it in respect of LIBOR Advances, and of the additional amounts required to compensate Bank in respect of any Additional Costs, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(b) If Bank shall determine that the adoption or implementation of any applicable law, rule, regulation, or treaty regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its applicable lending office) with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or comparable

 

8


agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of Bank or any person or entity controlling Bank (a “Parent”) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Bank to be material, then from time to time, within five (5) days after demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such reduction. A statement of Bank claiming compensation under this Section 3.7(b) and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.7, Borrower shall not be required to compensate Bank pursuant to this Section 3.7(b) for any amounts incurred more than nine (9) months prior to the date that Bank notifies Borrower of Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of Borrower arising pursuant to this Section 3.7(b) shall survive the Revolving Line Maturity Date, the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all Obligations.

(d) If, at any time, Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that (i) the amount of LIBOR Advances for periods equal to the corresponding Interest Periods are not available to Bank in the offshore currency interbank markets, or (ii) LIBOR does not accurately reflect the cost to Bank of lending the LIBOR Advances, then Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to Borrower. Upon the giving of such notice, Bank’s obligation to make the LIBOR Advances shall terminate; provided, however, LIBOR Advances shall not terminate if Bank and Borrower agree in writing to a different interest rate applicable to LIBOR Advances.

(e) If it shall become unlawful for Bank to continue to fund or maintain any LIBOR Advances, or to perform its obligations hereunder, upon demand by Bank, Borrower shall prepay the LIBOR Advances in full with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation, any amount payable in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(c)(ii)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by Bank as described above relates to a LIBOR Advance then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Borrower shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c)(ii), to (i) rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such rescission on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above, or (ii) modify such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation to obtain a Prime Rate Advance or to have outstanding Advances converted into or continued as Prime Rate Advances by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such modification on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above.”

 

9


2.7 Section 5.1 (Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 5.1 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement and provided that the Perfection Certificate shall be deemed to be updated to reflect the information provided in any notice delivered by Borrower to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement).

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except (i) such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and (ii) any filings required by the Code in connection with perfecting the security interests granted

 

10


herein), or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.”

2.8 Section 5.4 (Litigation). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 5.4 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“5.4 Litigation. Except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate (as updated from time to time pursuant to Section 5.1), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00).”

2.9 Section 5.5 (Financial Statements; Financial Condition). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 5.5 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations (except with respect to unaudited financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments, and the absence of footnotes). There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.”

2.10 Section 5.7 (Regulatory Compliance). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the “.” at the end of Section 5.7 thereof and inserting the following:

“except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.”

2.11 Section 5.9 (Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the references in Section 5.9 thereof to “Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00)” throughout and replacing such references with “Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00).”

2.12 Section 6.1 (Government Compliance). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting “.” at the end of Section 6.1(a) thereof and inserting the following:

“ noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.”

2.13 Section 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting subsections (e), (f), (g) and (j) of Section 6.2 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

11


“(e) as soon as available, but no later than ninety (90) days after the last day of each calendar year, and contemporaneously with any updates or amendments thereto, annual financial projections, as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, and commensurate in form and substance with those provided to Borrower’s venture capital investors;”

“(f) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP consistently applied, together with an unqualified (other than a qualification with respect to going concern due to the determination that Borrower has less than twelve (12) months of liquidity) opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;”

“(g) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, (i) Borrower’s annual report on form 10-K, as soon as available, and in any event within (A) ninety (90) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year or (B) in the event that Borrower has been granted an extension by the SEC with respect to any fiscal year of Borrower permitting the late filing by Borrower of any annual report on form 10-K, the earlier of (x) ninety (90) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year and (y) the last day of such extension period, (ii) Borrower’s quarterly reports on form 10-Q, as soon as available, and in any event within fifty (50) days following the end of each of the fiscal quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Borrower, and (iii) within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic (other than with respect to such reports delivered to Bank pursuant to these clauses (i) and (ii)) and other reports, proxy statements, and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be; provided, documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

As to any information contained in the materials furnished pursuant to this clause (g), Borrower shall not be required separately to furnish such information under clauses (c) and (f).”

 

12


“(j) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs, if adversely determined, to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more; and”

2.14 Section 6.3 (Collection of Accounts). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text appearing in Section 6.3(c) thereof:

“Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.”

2.15 Section 6.6 (Access to Collateral; Books and Records). The Loan Agreement shall be amended be deleting the following text appearing in Section 6.6 thereof: “$850” and inserting in lieu thereof the following text: “$1,000”.

2.16 Section 6.7 (Insurance). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 6.7(b) thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of casualty policies up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (except for purchase money Liens permitted under clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens), and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.”

2.17 Section 6.8 (Operating Accounts). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 6.8 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) Maintain its primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Borrower shall conduct its primary Letters of Credit and foreign exchange contracts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may maintain (i) a trust account in the United Kingdom as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank on the Effective Date and (ii) merchant accounts with financial institutions other than Bank and Bank’s Affiliates in the ordinary course of business (the “Merchant Accounts”) provided that (i) Borrower shall transfer on a daily basis for each Business Day (not including holidays) any and all funds denominated in United States dollars maintained or deposited into the Merchant Accounts into an account of Borrower maintained with Bank and (ii) the maximum aggregate balance of all funds denominated in Foreign Currency maintained or deposited into the Merchant Accounts shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) at any time.

 

13


(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such, (ii) deposit accounts located outside of the United States, provided that the aggregate value on deposit in such deposit accounts (excluding amounts deposited for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries and identified to Bank by Borrower as such) shall at no time exceed Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00), or (iii) the Merchant Accounts.”

2.18 Section 6.9 (Financial Covenants). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 6.9(a) thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) Current Ratio . To be tested as of the last day of each month (i) commencing with the month ending March 31, 2015, and continuing for each month thereafter, through and including the month ending May 31, 2017, a Current Ratio of at least 1.10 to 1.00, and (ii) commencing with the month ending June 30, 2017, and continuing for each month thereafter, a Current Ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00.”

2.19 Section 6.10 (Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 6.10(a) thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) (i) Use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to its business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property material to its business; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.”

2.20 Section 7.2 (Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 7.2 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

14


7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within ten (10) Business Days after any such Key Person’s departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than 49% of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations, together with any existing offices or businesses not subject to a landlord or bailee waiver, contain in the aggregate less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, together with any existing offices or businesses not subject to a landlord or bailee waiver, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, together with any existing offices or businesses not subject to a landlord or bailee waiver, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.”

2.21 Section 7.3 (Mergers or Acquisitions). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 7.3 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“ 7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary), other than Permitted Acquisitions. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.”

 

15


2.22 Section 7.7 (Distributions; Investments). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting Section 7.7 thereof in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former or current employees, officers, directors or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) per fiscal year; and (iv) Borrower may repurchase stock of its former or current employees, officers, directors or consultants pursuant to Borrower’s right of first refusal in Borrower’s bylaws so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of any such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to any such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($800,000.00) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

2.23 Section 8 (EVENTS OF DEFAULT). The Loan Agreement shall be amended by (a) deleting the reference to “Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) in Section 8.6 thereof and inserting in lieu thereof “Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00)”, (b) deleting the reference to “One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00)” in Section 8.7 thereof and inserting in lieu thereof “Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00)”, (c) deleting the word “or” appearing at the end of Section 8.9 thereof, (d) deleting the “.” appearing at the end of Section 8.10 thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following text “;”, (e) deleting the “.” appearing at the end of Section 8.11 thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following text “; and”, and (f) inserting the following to appear as a new Section 8.12 thereof:

8.12 Cross Default with Subordinated Loan Agreement. An Event of Default (as defined in the Subordinated Loan Agreement) occurs under the Subordinated Loan Agreement.”

2.24 Section 13 (Definitions). The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

 

16


“         “Borrowing Base” is (a) eighty percent (80.0%) of Eligible Accounts, plus (b) the Inventory Sublimit Availability Amount, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank has the right to decrease the foregoing amount and percentage in its good faith business judgment to mitigate the impact of events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which may adversely affect the Collateral or its value.”

“         “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed, except that if any determination of a “Business Day” shall relate to a LIBOR Advance, the term “Business Day” shall also mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.”

“         “Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.6(e).”

“         “Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations; provided, however, that any obligations relating to a lease that was accounted for by such Person as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and any similar lease entered into after the Second Amendment Effective Date by such Person shall be accounted for as obligations relating to an operating lease and not as a capital lease, and (d) Contingent Obligations.”

“         “Inventory Sublimit Availability Amount” means the lesser of (a) fifty percent (50.0%) of Borrower’s Eligible Inventory (valued at the lower of cost or market value), as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report or (b) the lesser of (i) one hundred percent (100.0%) of the Eligible Accounts which Bank has not already made an Advance against as determined by Bank or (ii) Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00).”

“         “Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the 2010 Warrant, the 2011 Warrant, the 2011 October Warrant, the 2012 Warrant, the 2012 Bridge Loan Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, the IP Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement, the Subordinated Loan Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.”

“         “Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement; and provided further that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal,

 

17


becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.”

        “Revolving Line Maturity Date” is June 30, 2019.”

2.25 Section 13 (Definitions). The following new defined terms are hereby inserted to appear alphabetically in Section 13.1:

        “Acquisition” is (a) the purchase or other acquisition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person, or (b) the purchase or other acquisition (whether by means of merger, consolidation, or otherwise) by Borrower or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the stock or other equity interest of any other Person.”

“         “Additional Costs” is defined in Section 3.7(a).”

“         “Continuation Date” means any date on which Borrower continues a LIBOR Advance into another Interest Period.”

“         “Conversion Date” means any date on which Borrower converts a Prime Rate Advance to a LIBOR Advance or a LIBOR Advance to a Prime Rate Advance.”

“         “Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“         “Interest Payment Date” means, (i) with respect to any LIBOR Advance, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance and the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month, and, (ii) with respect to Prime Rate Advances, the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month, and each date a Prime Rate Advance is converted into a LIBOR Advance to the extent of the amount converted to a LIBOR Advance.”

“         “Interest Period” means, as to any LIBOR Advance, the period commencing on the date of such LIBOR Advance, or on the conversion/continuation date on which the LIBOR Advance is converted into or continued as a LIBOR Advance, and ending on the date that is one (1), two (2), three (3), or four (4) months thereafter, in each case as Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided, however, that (a) no Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Advance shall end later than the Revolving Line Maturity Date, (b) the last day of an Interest Period

 

18


shall be determined in accordance with the practices of the LIBOR interbank market as from time to time in effect, (c) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless, in the case of a LIBOR Advance, the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day, (d) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Advance that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, and (e) interest shall accrue from and include the first Business Day of an Interest Period but exclude the last Business Day of such Interest Period.”

“Interest Rate Determination Date” means each date for calculating the LIBOR for purposes of determining the interest rate in respect of an Interest Period. The Interest Rate Determination Date shall be the second Business Day prior to the first day of the related Interest Period for a LIBOR Advance.”

“ “LIBOR” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for any Advance to be made, continued as or converted into a LIBOR Advance, the rate of interest per annum determined by Bank to be the per annum rate of interest at which deposits in Dollars are offered to Bank in the London interbank market (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.00001%) in which Bank customarily participates at 11:00 a.m. (local time in such interbank market) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a period approximately equal to such Interest Period and in an amount approximately equal to the amount of such Advance; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.”

“ “LIBOR Advance” means an Advance that bears interest based at the LIBOR Rate.”

“ “LIBOR Rate” means, for each Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Advances comprising part of the same Advances, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.00001%) equal to LIBOR for such Interest Period divided by one (1) minus the Reserve Requirement for such Interest Period.”

“ “LIBOR Rate Margin” is two and three-quarters of one percent (2.75%).”

“ “Merchant Accounts” is defined in Section 6.8(a).”

 

19


“         “Notice of Borrowing” means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.4, substantially in the form of Exhibit E , with appropriate insertions.”

“         “Notice of Conversion/Continuation ” means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.5, substantially in the form of Exhibit F , with appropriate insertions.”

“         “Parent” is defined in Section 3.7(b).”

“         “Permitted Acquisition” is any Acquisition disclosed to Bank for which each of the conditions below is satisfied, provided that no more than two (2) Acquisitions shall occur after the Second Amendment Effective Date:

(a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition;

(b) the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition is or are in the same or similar line of business as Borrower is in as of the Second Amendment Effective Date or reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto;

(c) the target of such Acquisition, if such acquisition is a stock acquisition, shall be an entity organized under the laws of any state in the United States and shall have a principal place in the United States;

(d) Borrower shall remain the surviving entity after giving effect to such Acquisition;

(e) if, as a result of such Acquisition, a new Subsidiary of Borrower is formed or acquired, Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank and sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien in and to the assets of such Subsidiary;

(f) Borrower shall provide Bank with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition; and not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, Borrower shall provide Bank with copies of the acquisition agreement and all other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition (or if such acquisition agreement and other material documents are not in final form, drafts of such acquisition agreement and other material documents; provided that Borrower shall deliver final forms of such acquisition agreement and other material documents promptly upon completion);

 

20


(g) the total cash consideration payable (including, without limitation, any earn-out payment obligations), plus the total Indebtedness assumed, may not exceed Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000.00) per Acquisition;

(h) such Acquisition shall not constitute an Unfriendly Acquisition;

(i) Borrower provides Bank, at least ten (10) Business Days before the closing of the contemplated Acquisition, written confirmation, supported by reasonably detailed calculations, that on a pro forma basis (after giving effect to such transaction) Borrower is projected to be in compliance with each of the financial covenants in Section 6.9 for the one (1) year period ending after the proposed date of consummation of such Acquisition;

(j) the Acquisition and the entity being acquired is accretive in all respects; and

(k) the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition shall not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens or any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

“         “Prime Rate Advance” means an Advance that bears interest based at the Prime Rate.”

“         “Reserve Requirement” means, for any Interest Period, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental, or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D) by member banks of the Federal Reserve System. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by Bank by reason of any Regulatory Change against (a) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the LIBOR Rate is to be determined as provided in the definition of LIBOR or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Advances.”

“         “Second Amendment Effective Date” is June 9, 2017.”

“         “Subordinated Loan Agreement” is that certain Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, by and between Borrower and Bank, as may be amended, supplemented, replaced, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.”

“         Unfriendly Acquisition” is any Acquisition that has not, at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating thereto, been approved by the board of directors (or other legally recognized governing body) of the Person to be acquired.”

 

21


2.26 Section 13 (Definitions). Clause (b) in the definition of Eligible Accounts set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (b) (i) Accounts that the Account Debtor (other than an Account Debtor that is an advertiser or advertising agency with Borrower) has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date, and (ii) Accounts that the Account Debtor that is an advertiser or advertising agency with Borrower has not paid within one hundred twenty (120) days of invoice date, in each case ((i) and (ii)) regardless of invoice payment period terms;”

2.27 Section 13 (Definitions). Clause (c) in the definition of Eligible Accounts set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (c) (i) Accounts with an Account Debtor (other than an Account Debtor that is an advertiser or advertising agency with Borrower) with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date, and (ii) Accounts with an Account Debtor that is an advertiser or advertising agency with Borrower with credit balances over one hundred twenty (120) days from the invoice date;”

2.28 Section 13 (Definitions). Clause (d) in the definition of Eligible Accounts set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (d) (i) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor (other than an Account Debtor that is an advertiser or advertising agency with Borrower) if fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date, and (ii) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that is an advertiser or advertising agency with Borrower if fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within one hundred twenty (120) days of invoice date;”

2.29 Section 13 (Definitions). Clause (q) in the definition of Eligible Accounts set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (q) (i) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s (other than an Account Debtor that is an advertiser or advertising agency with Borrower) payment to extend beyond ninety (90) days, and (ii) Accounts with an Account Debtor that is an advertiser or advertising agency with Borrower for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond one hundred twenty (120) days;”

2.30 Section 13 (Definitions). Clause (h) in the definition of Permitted Indebtedness set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (h) other unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;”

 

22


2.31 Section  13 (Definitions). Clause (i) in the definition of Permitted Indebtedness set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (i)     Indebtedness of Borrower to any Subsidiary and Contingent Obligations of any Subsidiary with respect to obligations of Borrower (provided that the primary obligations are not prohibited hereby), and Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00) or any other Subsidiary and Contingent Obligations of any Subsidiary with respect to obligations of any other Subsidiary (provided that the primary obligations are not prohibited hereby); and”

2.32 Section 13 (Definitions). Clause (b) in the definition of Permitted Investments set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (b) (i) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;”

2.33 Section  13 (Definitions). Clause (d) in the definition of Permitted Investments set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (d)     Investments consisting of deposit and securities accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest except as permitted by Section 6.8(b);”

2.34 Section 13 (Definitions). Clause (g) in the definition of Permitted Investments set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (g)     Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries (including newly formed Subsidiaries) not to exceed Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries that are not co-borrowers under this Agreement in other Subsidiaries or in Borrower;”

2.35 Section 13 (Definitions). Clause (1) in the definition of Permitted Investments set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (l)     Permitted Acquisitions; and”

2.36 Section 13 (Definitions). The following clause (m) is hereby inserted in the definition of Permitted Investments to appear alphabetically:

“        (m)     other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 2.22(a) not exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.”

2.37 Section  13 (Definitions). Clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

23


“        (c)     purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;”

2.38 Section 13 (Definitions). Clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Liens set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (d)     Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;”

2.39 Section 13 (Definitions). Clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Liens set forth in Section 13.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“        (f)     Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (e) and (g) through (n), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.”

2.40 Section 13 (Definitions). The following clause (1) is hereby inserted in the definition of Permitted Liens to appear alphabetically:

“        (l)     deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, ERISA, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligation for borrowed money;”

2.41 Section 13 (Definitions). The following clause (m) is hereby inserted in the definition of Permitted Liens to appear alphabetically:

“        (m)     customary cash deposits to secure Borrower and its Subsidiaries’ obligations to landlords or sublandlords in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00); and”

2.42 Section 13 (Definitions). The following clause (n) is hereby inserted in the definition of Permitted Liens to appear alphabetically:

“        (n)     purported Liens evidenced by the filing of a precautionary UCC-1 financing statement relating solely to operating leases of equipment entered into by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.”

 

24


2.43 Exhibit A (Collateral Description). The Collateral Description appearing as Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Collateral Description attached as Schedule I attached hereto.

2.44 Exhibit B (Compliance Certificate). The Compliance Certificate appearing as Exhibit B to the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Compliance Certificate attached as Schedule II attached hereto.

2.45 Exhibit E (Notice of Borrowing). The Loan Agreement is hereby amended to attach Schedule III hereto as a new Exhibit E to the Loan Agreement.

2.46 Exhibit F (Notice of Conversion/Continuation). The Loan Agreement is hereby amended to attach Schedule IV hereto as a new Exhibit F to the Loan Agreement.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Second Amendment Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

25


4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Updated Intellectual Property Security Agreement. Borrower and Bank have entered into an updated Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date (the “Updated Intellectual Property Security Agreement”). Borrower hereby confirms and agrees that said Intellectual Property Security Agreement (a) contains an accurate and complete listing of all Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined therein) and (b) that all references in the Loan Agreement to the “Intellectual Property Security Agreement” shall hereafter be deemed to refer to the Updated Intellectual Property Security Agreement.

6. Updated Perfection Certificate. Borrower has delivered an updated Perfection Certificate in connection with this Amendment (the “Updated Perfection Certificate”) dated as of the date hereof, which Updated Perfection Certificate shall supersede in all respects that certain Perfection Certificate dated as of May, 2015. Borrower agrees that all references in the Loan Agreement to “Perfection Certificate” shall hereinafter be deemed to be a reference to the Updated Perfection Certificate.

7. Integration. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

8. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

26


9. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, and (b) Borrower’s payment to Bank of (i) a fully-earned, non-refundable commitment fee, as due and payable under Section 2.7(a)(iv) of the Loan Agreement, in an amount equal to Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) and (ii) Bank’s legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

27


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK    BORROWER
SILICON VALLEY BANK    ROKU, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kyle Larrabee

   By:   

/s/ Anthony Wood

Name:   Kyle Larrabee    Name:    Anthony Wood
Title:   VP    Title:    Chief Executive Officer

 

28


Schedule I

EXHIBIT A—COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (a) more than sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter; (b) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise; or (c) rights held under a license (with respect to which Borrower is the licensee) that are not assignable by their terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such restriction on assignment is enforceable under applicable law).

 

29


Schedule II

EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

  TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                 
  FROM:    ROKU, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of ROKU, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of (a) the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of November 18, 2014 (as amended and as may be further amended, supplemented, replaced, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Senior Agreement”), and (b) the Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower, Bank and the other lenders party thereto dated as of June 9, 2017 (as may be amended, supplemented, replaced, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Subordinated Loan Agreement”) (the Senior Loan Agreement and the Subordinated Loan Agreement are, collectively, the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                         with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default except as noted below; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, have timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Senior Agreement and Section 5.8 of the Subordinated Loan Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 180 days    Yes No
Form 10-K    After IPO, FYE within 90 days    Yes No
Form 10-Q    After IPO, quarterly within 50 days    Yes No
Merchant Service Processing statement    Monthly within 30 days    Yes No
A/R, A/P Agings, Inventory Report, and Deferred Revenue (if requested)    Monthly within 30 days    Yes No
Transaction Report (if Advances are outstanding)    Weekly; or Monthly within 30 days if Streamline Eligible    Yes No
Board approved annual financial projections    Within 90 days of each FYE or more frequently as updated    Yes No

 

30


Financial Covenants

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:         
Current Ratio of at least*                 :1.00             :1.00    Yes No

*       See Section 6.9(a).

        

Performance Pricing

  

Applies

Streamline Eligible    (a) Prime or (b) LIBOR plus 2.75%    Yes No
Not Streamline Eligible    Prime + 1.0%    Yes No

Streamline Eligible

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least    1.00 to 1.00                 :1.00    Yes No

The following financial covenant and streamline eligibility analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.    Yes    No

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

                                                         

 

ROKU, INC.      BANK USE ONLY
       Received by:                                                                                     
       AUTHORIZED SIGNER
By:  

 

     Date:                                                                                                    
  Name:     
  Title:      Verified:                                                                                             
       AUTHORIZED SIGNER
       Date:                                                                                                    
       Compliance Status:     Yes     No

 

31


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower/Streamline Eligibility

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                    

I. Current Ratio (Section 6.9(a))

Required: (i) Commencing with the month ending March 31, 2015, and continuing for each month thereafter, through and including the month ending May 31, 2017, at least 1.10 to 1.00, and (ii) commencing with the month ending June 30, 2017, and continuing for each month thereafter, at least 1.25 to 1.00

Actual:

 

A.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s current assets    $             
B.    Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank    $             
C.    Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and not otherwise reflected in line B above that matures within one (1) year    $             
D.    Deferred Revenue    $             
E.    Current Liabilities (the sum of lines B and C minus line D)    $             
F.    Current Ratio (line A divided by line E)                   

 

Is line F greater than the amount applicable above?

 

            No, not in compliance                Yes, in compliance

II. Adjusted Quick Ratio (Streamline Eligible)

Required: Greater than 1.00 to 1.00.

Actual:

 

A.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted cash maintained with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates    $             
B.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s net billed accounts receivable    $             
C.    Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B)    $             
D.    Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank that mature within one (1) year    $             
E.    Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Debt), and not otherwise reflected in line D above that matures within one (1) year    $             
F.    Aggregate value of all outstanding Obligations under the Revolving Line and not otherwise reflected in line D or E above    $             
G.    Current Liabilities (the sum of lines (D and E), plus F)    $             
H.    Deferred Revenue    $             
I.    Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line G, minus line H)                   
Is line I equal greater than the required amount?

 

            No, not in compliance                Yes, in compliance

 

 

32


SCHEDULE III

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

ROKU, INC.

Date:                    

To: Silicon Valley Bank

3003 Tasman Drive

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attention: CFD Operations

Email: CFDOperations@svb.com and JNash@svb.com

R E : Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 18, 2014 (as amended, and as may be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and between ROKU, INC. (“ Borrower ”), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein and used herein as so defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement, of the borrowing of an Advance.

1. The Funding Date, which shall be a Business Day, of the requested borrowing is                    .

2. The aggregate amount of the requested Advance is $                 .

3. The requested Advance shall consist of $                     of Prime Rate Advances and $             of LIBOR Advances.

4. The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the requested Advance shall be                 months.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed Advance before and after giving effect thereto, and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as applicable:

(a) all representations and warranties of Borrower contained in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

(b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed Advance;

(c) if a LIBOR Advance is requested, the Borrower is and will, after making the Advance, remain Streamline Eligible; and

 

33


(d) the requested Advance will not cause the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Advances to exceed, as of the designated Funding Date, (i) the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base minus (ii) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (iv) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any Advances.

 

B ORROWER     ROKU, INC.
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

For internal Bank use only

 

     

LIBOR Pricing Date

   LIBOR      LIBOR Variance      Maturity Date  
                     %     
        

 

34


SCHEDULE IV

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION

ROKU, INC.

Date:                

 

To: Silicon Valley Bank

3003 Tasman Drive

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attention: CFD Operations

Email: CFDOperations@svb.com and JNash@svb.com

RE: Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 18, 2014 (as amended, and as may be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and between ROKU, INC. (“ Borrower ”), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Loan Agreement, of the [conversion] [continuation] of the Advances specified herein, that:

1. The date of the [conversion] [continuation] is                         , 20         .

2. The aggregate amount of the proposed Advances to be [converted] is $                 or [continued] is $                 .

3. The Advances are to be [converted into] [continued as] [LIBOR] [Prime Rate] Advances.

4. The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the [conversion] [continuation] shall be         months.

The undersigned, on behalf of Borrower, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed [conversion] [continuation], before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(a) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

(b) If converting to or continuing as a LIBOR Advance, Borrower is Streamline Eligible and will remain Streamline Eligible upon such [conversion] [continuation];

(c) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed [conversion] [continuation]; and

(d) the requested [conversion] [continuation] will not cause the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Advances to exceed, as of the designated Funding Date, (i) the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base minus (ii) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (iv) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any Advances.

 

B ORROWER     ROKU, INC.
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

For internal Bank use only

 

 

LIBOR Pricing Date

  

LIBOR

   LIBOR Variance      Maturity Date  
                     %     

 

 

35

Exhibit 10.17

SUBORDINATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 9, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”), between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and ROKU, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

  1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP; provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Term Loan Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon Borrower’s request, Bank shall make one (1) advance (such advance plus the Term Loan PIK Amount, the “ Term A Loan Advance ”) to Borrower on the Effective Date in an original principal amount not to exceed Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00). The Term A Loan Advance must be in an original principal amount equal to at least Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, upon Borrower’s request, Bank shall make advances (each advance plus the Term Loan PIK Amount, a “ Term B Loan Advance ” and collectively, the “ Term B Loan Advances ”) to Borrower in an aggregate original principal amount not to exceed Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00) minus the Term A Loan Advance Amount. Each Term B Loan Advance must be in an original principal amount equal to at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00). The Term A Loan Advance and each Term B Loan Advance are hereinafter referred to singly as the “ Term Loan Advance ” and collectively as the “ Term Loan Advances .” The aggregate original principal amount of all Term Loan Advances shall not exceed Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00). After repayment, no Term Loan Advance (or any portion thereof) may be reborrowed.

 


(b) Interest Payments . With respect to each Term Loan Advance, commencing on the first (1 st ) Interest Payment Date following the Funding Date of such Term Loan Advance, and continuing on each Interest Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall make payments of interest, in arrears, on the principal amount of such Term Loan Advance (including the Term Loan PIK Amount) at the rate set forth in Section 2.3(a). In addition, any portion of interest on the outstanding principal amount of such Term Loan Advance accruing at the Term Loan PIK Rate shall be paid-in-kind by being added to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan Advance and any such interest so paid-in-kind shall be deemed capitalized on the first (1 st ) calendar day of each month, and thereafter, such Term Loan Advance shall bear interest at the aggregate rate as provided hereunder as if such Term Loan PIK Amount had originally been part of the outstanding principal of such Term Loan Advance.

(c) Repayment . All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan Advances (including the Term Loan PIK Amount), and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to the Term Loan Advances, are due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(d) Permitted Prepayment of Term Loan Advances . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loan Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Term Loan Advances at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan Advances (including the Term Loan PIK Amount), (B) the Final Payment, (C) the Prepayment Premium, if applicable, plus (D) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable with respect to the Term Loan Advances (including the Term Loan PIK Amount), including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If a Term Loan Advance is accelerated following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to such Term Loan Advance (including the Term Loan PIK Amount), (ii) the Final Payment, (iii) the Prepayment Premium, if applicable, plus (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable with respect to such Term Loan Advance (including the Term Loan PIK Amount), including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate . Subject to Section 2.3(e), each Term Loan Advance (including the Term Loan PIK Amount) shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when made, continued or converted until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to (i) for Prime Rate Advances, the aggregate of (1) the Prime Rate plus the applicable Prime Rate Margin, payable on each Interest Payment Date, plus (2) the Term Loan PIK Rate, compounded monthly and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (ii) for LIBOR

 

2


Advances, the aggregate of (1) the greater of (A) seven and one-half of one percent (7.50%) or (B) the LIBOR Rate plus the applicable LIBOR Rate Margin, payable on each Interest Payment Date, plus (2) the Term Loan PIK Rate, compounded monthly and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date. On and after the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advance outstanding on the date of occurrence of an Event of Default or acceleration of the Obligations, the amount of such LIBOR Advance shall, during the continuance of such Event of Default or after acceleration, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate, plus the Prime Rate Margin, plus five percent (5.0%). Pursuant to the terms hereof, interest on each Term Loan Advance shall be paid in arrears on each Interest Payment Date and on the Term Loan Maturity Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any prepayment of any Term Loan Advance pursuant to this Agreement for the portion of any Term Loan Advance so prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof. All accrued but unpaid interest on the Term Loan Advances (including the Term Loan PIK Amount) shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

(b) Prime Rate Advances . Each change in the interest rate of the Prime Rate Advances based on changes in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change and to the extent of such change.

(c) LIBOR Advances . The interest rate applicable to each LIBOR Advance shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.6(a) hereunder. Subject to Sections 3.6 and 3.7, such rate shall apply during the entire Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance, and interest calculated thereon shall be payable on the Interest Payment Date applicable to such LIBOR Advance.

(d) Computation of Interest . Any interest hereunder will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of three hundred sixty (360) days. In computing interest on any Credit Extension, the date of the making of such Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

(e) Default Rate . Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3(a), upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest provided in this Section 2.3(e) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

2.4 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A non-refundable commitment fee in an amount equal to one percent (1.0%) of the original principal amount of each Term Loan Advance, shall be due and payable on the Funding Date of each Term Loan Advance (the Commitment Fee );

(b) Final Payment . The Final Payment, when due hereunder;

 

3


(c) Prepayment Premium . The Prepayment Premium, when due hereunder; and

(d) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.4.

2.5 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied, and provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall apply payments received to the Obligations then due and owing. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal (including the Term Loan PIK Amount) and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.6 Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such

 

4


required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Senior Loan Amendment and satisfaction of all conditions precedent thereto;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(c) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements;

(d) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of Delaware and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(e) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(f) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(g) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(h) Intellectual Property search results and completed exhibits to the IP Agreement; and

(i) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

5


3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of an executed Notice of Borrowing and Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Notice of Borrowing and Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan Advance set forth in this Agreement, a Term Loan Advance shall be made upon Borrower’s irrevocable written notice delivered to Bank by electronic mail in the form of a Notice of Borrowing executed by a Responsible Officer or without instructions if any Term Loan Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence that the provision of such notices and the requests for Term Loan Advances have been approved by Borrower’s board of directors. Such Notice of Borrowing must be received by Bank prior to 12:00 p.m. Pacific time, (i) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Funding Date, in the case of any LIBOR Advance, and (ii) on the requested Funding Date, in the case of a Prime Rate Advance, specifying: (1) the amount of the Term Loan Advance; (2) the requested Funding Date; (3) whether the Term Loan Advance is to be comprised of LIBOR Advances or Prime Rate Advances; and (4) the duration of the Interest Period applicable to any such LIBOR Advances included in such notice; provided

 

6


that if the Notice of Borrowing shall fail to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any Term Loan Advance comprised of LIBOR Advances, such Interest Period shall be one (1) month. Notwithstanding any terms in this Agreement to the contrary, each LIBOR Advance shall not be less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and shall be in a multiple of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00). In addition to such Notice of Borrowing, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. On the Funding Date, Bank shall credit proceeds of a Term Loan Advance to the Designated Deposit Account and, subsequently, shall transfer such proceeds by wire transfer to such other account as Borrower may instruct in the Notice of Borrowing.

3.5 Conversion and Continuation Elections.

(a) So long as (i) no Event of Default exists; (ii) Borrower shall not have sent any notice of termination of this Agreement; and (iii) Borrower shall have complied with such customary procedures as Bank has established from time to time for Borrower’s requests for LIBOR Advances, Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to Bank:

(1) elect to convert on any Business Day, Prime Rate Advances into LIBOR Advances;

(2) elect to continue on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Advances maturing on such Interest Payment Date; or

(3) elect to convert on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Advances maturing on such Interest Payment Date into Prime Rate Advances.

(b) Borrower shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation by electronic mail to be received by Bank prior to 12:00 p.m. Pacific time (i) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the Conversion Date or Continuation Date, if any Term Loan Advances are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Advances; and (ii) on the Conversion Date, if any Term Loan Advances are to be converted into Prime Rate Advances, in each case specifying the:

(1) proposed Conversion Date or Continuation Date;

(2) aggregate amount of the Term Loan Advances to be converted or continued;

(3) nature of the proposed conversion or continuation; and

(4) if the resulting Term Loan Advance is to be a LIBOR Advance, the duration of the requested Interest Period.

(c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advances, Borrower shall have timely failed to select a new Interest Period to be applicable to such LIBOR Advances or request to convert a LIBOR Advance into a Prime Rate Advance, Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such LIBOR Advances into Prime Rate Advances.

 

7


(d) Any LIBOR Advances shall, at Bank’s option, convert into Prime Rate Advances in the event that an Event of Default exists. Borrower agrees to pay Bank, upon demand by Bank (or Bank may, at its option, debit the Designated Deposit Account or any other account Borrower maintains with Bank) any amounts required to compensate Bank for any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost, or expense incurred by Bank, as a result of the conversion of LIBOR Advances to Prime Rate Advances pursuant to this Section 3.5(d).

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Bank shall not be required to purchase Dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable LIBOR market to fund any LIBOR Advances, but the provisions hereof shall be deemed to apply as if Bank had purchased such deposits to fund the LIBOR Advances.

3.6 Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Advances. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to LIBOR Advances as to the matters covered:

(a) Determination of Applicable Interest Rate . As soon as practicable on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Bank shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error in calculation, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the LIBOR Advances for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower.

(b) Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate . In the event that Bank shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any LIBOR Advance, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such LIBOR Advance on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR, Bank shall on such date give notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower of such determination, whereupon (i) no Term Loan Advance may be made as, or converted to, LIBOR Advances until such time as Bank notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to LIBOR Advances in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower.

(c) Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods . If (i) for any reason, other than a default by Bank or any failure of Bank to fund LIBOR Advances due to impracticability or illegality under Sections 3.7(c) and 3.7(d) of this Agreement, a borrowing or a conversion to or continuation of any LIBOR Advance does not occur on a date specified in a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, or (ii) any complete or partial principal payment or reduction of a LIBOR Advance, or any conversion of any LIBOR Advance, occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that LIBOR Advance, including due to voluntary or mandatory prepayment or acceleration, then, in each case, Borrower shall compensate Bank, upon written request by Bank, for all losses and expenses incurred by Bank in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:

 

8


(1) (A) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount (1) not borrowed, converted or continued as provided in clause (i) above, or (2) paid, reduced or converted as provided in clause (ii) above, for the period from (y) the date of such failure to borrow, convert or continue as provided in clause (i) above, or the date of such payment, reduction or conversion as provided in clause (ii) above, as the case may be, to (z) in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue as provided in clause (i) above, the last day of the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such borrowing, conversion or continuing but for such failure, and in the case of a payment, reduction or conversion prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to a LIBOR Advance as provided in clause (ii) above, the last day of such Interest Period, in each case at the applicable rate of interest or other return for such LIBOR Advance(s) provided for herein (excluding, however, the LIBOR Rate Margin included therein, if any), over

(2) (B) the interest which would have accrued to Bank on the applicable amount provided in clause (A) above through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of LIBOR Rate on the date of such failure to borrow, convert or continue as provided in clause (i) above, or the date of such payment, reduction or conversion as provided in clause (ii) above, as the case may be, for a period equal to the remaining period of such applicable Interest Period provided in clause (A) above.

Bank’s request shall set forth the manner and method of computing such compensation and such determination as to such compensation shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Assumptions Concerning Funding of LIBOR Advances . Calculation of all amounts payable to Bank under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.7 shall be made as though Bank had actually funded each relevant LIBOR Advance through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such LIBOR Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that Bank may fund each of its LIBOR Advances in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.7.

(e) LIBOR Advances After an Event of Default . After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) Borrower may not elect to have a Term Loan Advance be made or continued as, or converted to, a LIBOR Advance after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for such Term Loan Advance and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c), any Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to a requested conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall, at Bank’s option, be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower and be deemed a request to convert or continue Term Loan Advances referred to therein as Prime Rate Advances.

 

9


3.7 Additional Requirements/Provisions Regarding LIBOR Advances.

(a) Borrower shall pay Bank, upon demand by Bank, from time to time such amounts as Bank may determine to be necessary to compensate it for any costs incurred by Bank that Bank determines are attributable to its making or maintaining of any amount receivable by Bank hereunder in respect of any LIBOR Advances relating thereto (such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called “ Additional Costs ”), in each case resulting from any Regulatory Change which:

(i) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to Bank under this Agreement in respect of any LIBOR Advances (other than changes which affect taxes measured by or imposed on the overall net income of Bank by the jurisdiction in which Bank has its principal office);

(ii) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with, or other liabilities of Bank (including any LIBOR Advances or any deposits referred to in the definition of LIBOR); or

(iii) imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities).

Bank will notify Borrower of any event occurring after the Effective Date which will entitle Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section 3.7(a) as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation. Bank will furnish Borrower with a statement setting forth the basis and amount of each request by Bank for compensation under this Section 3.7(a). Determinations and allocations by Bank for purposes of this Section 3.7(a) of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of maintaining its obligations to make LIBOR Advances, of making or maintaining LIBOR Advances, or on amounts receivable by it in respect of LIBOR Advances, and of the additional amounts required to compensate Bank in respect of any Additional Costs, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(b) If Bank shall determine that the adoption or implementation of any applicable law, rule, regulation, or treaty regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its applicable lending office) with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of Bank or any person or entity controlling Bank (a “ Parent ”) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Bank to be material, then from time to time, within five (5) days after demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such reduction. A statement of Bank claiming compensation under this Section 3.7(b) and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

10


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.7, Borrower shall not be required to compensate Bank pursuant to this Section 3.7(b) for any amounts incurred more than nine (9) months prior to the date that Bank notifies Borrower of Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of Borrower arising pursuant to this Section 3.7(b) shall survive the Term Loan Maturity Date, the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all Obligations.

(c) If, at any time, Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that (i) the amount of LIBOR Advances for periods equal to the corresponding Interest Periods are not available to Bank in the offshore currency interbank markets, or (ii) LIBOR does not accurately reflect the cost to Bank of lending the LIBOR Advances, then Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to Borrower. Upon the giving of such notice, Bank’s obligation to make the LIBOR Advances shall terminate; provided, however, LIBOR Advances shall not terminate if Bank and Borrower agree in writing to a different interest rate applicable to LIBOR Advances.

(d) If it shall become unlawful for Bank to continue to fund or maintain any LIBOR Advances, or to perform its obligations hereunder, upon demand by Bank, Borrower shall prepay the LIBOR Advances in full with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation, any amount payable in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.6(c)(ii)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by Bank as described above relates to a LIBOR Advance then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Borrower shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c)(ii), to (i) rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such rescission on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above, or (ii) modify such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation to obtain a Prime Rate Advance or to have outstanding Term Loan Advances converted into or continued as Prime Rate Advances by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such modification on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above

 

  4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST .

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are satisfied in full, and at such time, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

Bank’s security interest in the assets of Borrower securing the Obligations of Borrower to Bank under this Agreement shall be junior and subordinate to Bank’s security interest in the assets of Borrower securing the Obligations of Borrower to Bank under the Senior Loan Agreement.

 

11


4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 

  5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement and provided that the Perfection Certificate shall be deemed to be updated to reflect the information provided in any notice delivered by Borrower to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement).

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any

 

12


material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except (i) such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and (ii) any filings required by the Code in connection with perfecting the security interests granted herein), or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects, except for (i) Inventory covered by manufacturer warranties, (ii) Inventory in the process of being refurbished for sale, or (iii) to the extent Borrower maintains adequate reserves.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) licenses permitted under clause (h) of the definition of Permitted Lien, (c) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (d) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate (as the same may be updated from time to time and delivered to Bank). Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

13


Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate (as the same may be updated from time to time and delivered to Bank), Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Litigation. Except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate (as updated from time to time pursuant to Section 5.1), there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00).

5.4 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations (except with respect to unaudited financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments, and the absence of footnotes). There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.5 Solvency. Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.6 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.7 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00).

 

14


To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00). Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.9 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.10 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.11 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

 

  6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

15


(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a) all documents, reports and other materials set forth in Sections 6.2(a) and 6.2(b) of the Senior Loan Agreement, as and when required under the Senior Loan Agreement;

(b) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(c) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

(d) as soon as available, but no later than ninety (90) days after the last day of each calendar year, and contemporaneously with any updates or amendments thereto, annual financial projections, as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, and commensurate in form and substance with those provided to Borrower’s venture capital investors;

(e) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP consistently applied, together with an unqualified (other than a qualification with respect to going concern due to the determination that Borrower has less than twelve (12) months of liquidity) opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;

(f) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, (i) Borrower’s annual report on form 10-K, as soon as available, and in any event within (A) ninety (90) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year or (B) in the event that Borrower has been granted an extension by the SEC with respect to any fiscal year of Borrower permitting the late filing by Borrower of any annual report on form 10-K, the earlier of (x) ninety (90) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year and (y) the last day of such extension period, (ii) Borrower’s quarterly reports on form 10-Q, as soon as available, and in any event within fifty (50) days following the end of each of the fiscal quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Borrower, and (iii) within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic (other than with respect to such reports delivered to Bank pursuant to these clauses (i) and (ii)) and other

 

16


reports, proxy statements, and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be; provided, documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

As to any information contained in the materials furnished pursuant to this clause (f), Borrower shall not be required separately to furnish such information under clauses (b) and (e).

(g) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(h) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs, if adversely determined, to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more; and

(i) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file all required tax returns and reports and timely pay all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.4 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. At reasonable times, on three (3) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrower’s expense and no more often than once every six (6) months (or more frequently as Bank shall reasonably determine conditions warrant) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The charge therefor shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

 

17


6.5 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of casualty policies up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (except for purchase money Liens permitted under clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens and liens in favor of Bank under the Senior Loan Agreement), and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.5 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days (10 days for non-payment of premium) prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain its primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Borrower shall conduct its primary Letters of Credit and foreign exchange contracts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may maintain (i) a trust account in the United Kingdom as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank on the Effective Date and (ii) merchant accounts with financial institutions other than Bank and Bank’s Affiliates in the ordinary course of business (the “ Merchant Accounts ”) provided that (i) Borrower shall transfer on a daily basis for each Business Day (not including holidays) any and all funds denominated in United States dollars maintained or deposited into the Merchant Accounts into an account of Borrower maintained with Bank and (ii) the maximum aggregate balance of all funds denominated in Foreign Currency maintained or deposited into the Merchant Accounts shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) at any time.

 

18


(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such, (ii) deposit accounts located outside of the United States, provided that the aggregate value on deposit in such deposit accounts (excluding amounts deposited for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries and identified to Bank by Borrower as such) shall at no time exceed Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00), or (iii) the Merchant Accounts.

6.7 Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to its business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property material to its business; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) To the extent not already disclosed in writing to Bank, if Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then Borrower shall immediately provide written notice thereof to Bank and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s lien under this Agreement) in favor of Bank in such property. If Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s lien under this Agreement) in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the

 

19


United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s lien under this Agreement) in such property.

(c) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests in its reasonable discretion to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.8 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower; provided, however, that any information provided to Bank shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 12.9 and Borrower shall not be required to disclose any information that is marked “confidential” or identified to Bank as protected by attorney-client privilege.

6.9 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

6.10 Post-Closing Conditions. Deliver to Bank (a) within sixty (60) days (subject to extensions granted by Bank in its sole discretion) following the Effective Date, a bailee’s waiver in favor of Bank for each location with Borrower’s assets or property in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) where Borrower maintains property with a third party, by each such third party, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto and (b) within fourteen (14) days (subject to extensions granted by Bank in its sole discretion) following the Effective Date, evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank.

 

20


  7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of its business for the payment of ordinary course business expenses in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and (f) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within ten (10) Business Days after any such Key Person’s departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than 49% of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations, together with any existing offices or businesses not subject to a landlord or bailee waiver, contain in the aggregate less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, together with any existing offices or businesses not subject to a landlord or bailee waiver, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, together with any existing offices or businesses not subject to a landlord or bailee waiver, in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

 

21


7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary), other than Permitted Acquisitions. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for purchase money Liens permitted under clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former or current employees, officers, directors or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) per fiscal year; and (iv) Borrower may repurchase stock of its former or current employees, officers, directors or consultants pursuant to Borrower’s right of first refusal in Borrower’s bylaws so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of any such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to any such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($800,000.00) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) sales of equity securities to current investors of Borrower, (b) transactions between Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which such Subsidiary or Subsidiaries perform certain services for Borrower in consideration of a fee equal to the actual operational cost plus a fair and reasonable mark-up, and (c) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

 

22


7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Term Loan Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.36, 6.7(b), or 6.10, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a

 

23


reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, provided, however, that the Event of Default under this Section 8.6 caused by the occurrence of a breach or default under such other agreement shall be cured or waived for purposes of this Agreement upon Bank receiving written notice from the party asserting such breach or default of such cure or waiver of the breach or default under such other agreement, if at the time of such cure or waiver under such other agreement (x) Bank has not declared an Event of Default under this Agreement and/or exercised any rights with respect thereto; (y) any such cure or waiver does not result in an Event of Default under any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document; and (z) in connection with any such cure or waiver under such other agreement, the terms of any agreement with such third party are not modified or amended in any manner which could in the good faith business judgment of Bank be materially less advantageous to Borrower;

 

24


8.7 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement;

8.10 Senior Loan Agreement. The occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement) occurs under the Senior Loan Agreement (other than an Event of Default solely resulting from a default under Section 6.9 thereof); or

8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in a materially adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) cause, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) materially adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

 

  9. BANK S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

25


(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(d) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(e) apply to the Obligations (i) any balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(f) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(g) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(h) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(i) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints

 

26


Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

27


9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

If to Borrower:             Roku, Inc.

170 Knowles Drive

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: Anthony Wood and Chief Financial Officer

Fax: (408) 446-1735

Email: awood@rokulabs.com

If to Bank:                   Silicon Valley Bank

555 Mission Street, Suite 900

San Francisco, California 94105

Attn: Lane Bruno

Email: LBruno@svb.com

 

  11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum

 

28


non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure § 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

29


This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Term Loan Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

12.3 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

 

30


12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, Bank Entities ”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

31


12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

  13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Acquisition” is (a) the purchase or other acquisition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person, or (b) the purchase or other acquisition (whether by means of merger, consolidation, or otherwise) by Borrower or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the stock or other equity interest of any other Person.

 

32


“Additional Costs” is defined in Section 3.7(a).

“Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank Entities” is defined in Section 12.9.

“Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person’s Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Notice of Borrowing or other Credit Extension request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed, except that if any determination of a “Business Day” shall relate to a LIBOR Advance, the term “Business Day” shall also mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.

 

33


“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

“Claims” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term Code shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Commitment Fee” is defined in Section 2.4(a).

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Compliance Certificate” is (a) until the termination of the Senior Loan Agreement, the “Compliance Certificate” as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement, and (b) upon termination of the Senior Loan Agreement and thereafter, that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a

 

34


Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Continuation Date” means any date on which Borrower continues a LIBOR Advance into another Interest Period.

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Conversion Date” means any date on which Borrower converts a Prime Rate Advance to a LIBOR Advance or a LIBOR Advance to a Prime Rate Advance.

“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

“Credit Extension” is any Term Loan Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(e).

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Designated Deposit Account” is the multicurrency account denominated in Dollars, account number                     (last three digits), maintained by Borrower with Bank.

“Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Draw Period” is the period of time commencing on the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) June 9, 2019 and (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default.

“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

35


“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

“Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Final Payment” is a payment (in addition to and not in substitution for the regular monthly payments of accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) the acceleration of the Term Loan Advances, (c) the prepayment of the Term Loan Advances pursuant to Section 2.2 (d) or 2.2(e), (d) the repayment in full of all Obligations under the Term Loan Advances, or (e) the termination of this Agreement, equal to the aggregate original principal amount of the Term Loan Advances (including the Term Loan PIK Amount) multiplied by (i) one percent (1.0%), if the Final Payment is due and payable on or prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Effective Date, (ii) two percent (2.0%), if the Final Payment is due and payable after the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Effective Date but on or prior to the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, (iii) three percent (3.0%), if the Final Payment is due and payable after the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, but on or prior to the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, and (iv) four percent (4.0%), if the Final Payment is due and payable after the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date.

“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

“GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

“Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

36


“Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations; provided, however, that any obligations relating to a lease that was accounted for by such Person as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP as of the Effective Date and any similar lease entered into after the Effective Date by such Person shall be accounted for as obligations relating to an operating lease and not as a capital lease, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

“Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Initial Public Offering” is the initial, underwritten offering and sale of Borrower’s common stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

“Interest Payment Date” means, (i) with respect to any LIBOR Advance, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance and the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month, and (ii) with respect to Prime Rate Advances, the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month, and each date a Prime Rate Advance is converted into a LIBOR Advance to the extent of the amount converted to a LIBOR Advance.

 

37


“Interest Period” means, as to any LIBOR Advance, the period commencing on the date of such LIBOR Advance, or on the conversion/continuation date on which the LIBOR Advance is converted into or continued as a LIBOR Advance, and ending on the date that is one (1), two (2), three (3), or four (4) months thereafter, in each case as Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided, however, that (a) no Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Advance shall end later than the Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) the last day of an Interest Period shall be determined in accordance with the practices of the LIBOR interbank market as from time to time in effect, (c) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless, in the case of a LIBOR Advance, the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day, (d) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Advance that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, and (e) interest shall accrue from and include the first Business Day of an Interest Period but exclude the last Business Day of such Interest Period.

“Interest Rate Determination Date” means each date for calculating the LIBOR for purposes of determining the interest rate in respect of an Interest Period. The Interest Rate Determination Date shall be the second Business Day prior to the first day of the related Interest Period for a LIBOR Advance.

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“IP Agreement” is that certain Amended and Restated Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of the Effective Date.

“Key Person” is Anthony Wood.

“LIBOR” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for any Term Loan Advance to be made, continued as or converted into a LIBOR Advance, the rate of interest per annum determined by Bank to be the per annum rate of interest at which deposits in Dollars are offered to Bank in the London interbank market (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.00001%) in which Bank customarily participates at 11:00 a.m. (local time in such interbank market) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a period approximately equal to such Interest Period and in an amount approximately equal to the amount of such Term Loan Advance; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

 

38


“LIBOR Advance” means a Term Loan Advance that bears interest based at the LIBOR Rate.

“LIBOR Rate” means, for each Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Advances comprising part of the same Term Loan Advances, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.00001%) equal to LIBOR for such Interest Period divided by one (1)  minus the Reserve Requirement for such Interest Period.

“LIBOR Rate Margin” is six and one-half of one percent (6.50%).

“Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

“Liquidity Event” means delivery by Borrower to Bank of evidence satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion of the occurrence of (a) (i) a sale, assignment or other disposition by Borrower of all or substantially all of its assets, (ii) a merger or consolidation of Borrower into or with another Person or entity, or (iii) any sale, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the holders of Borrower’s outstanding voting equity securities, to one or more buyers of such securities, where such holders do not, as of immediately following the consummation of such transaction(s), continue to hold at least a majority of Borrower’s issued and outstanding voting equity securities; or (b) an Initial Public Offering, in either case (a) or (b), resulting in Borrower’s receipt of unrestricted and unencumbered gross cash proceeds (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) of at least Eighty Million Dollars ($80,000,000.00).

“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, the IP Agreement, the Senior Loan Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

“Merchant Accounts” is defined in Section 6.6(a).

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(b).

“Notice of Borrowing” means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.4, substantially in the form of Exhibit D , with appropriate insertions.

 

39


“Notice of Conversion/Continuation” means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.5, substantially in the form of Exhibit E , with appropriate insertions.

“Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal (including the Term Loan PIK Amount), interest, fees, the Commitment Fee, the Final Payment, the Prepayment Premium, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

“Parent” is defined in Section 3.7(b).

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

“Permitted Acquisition” is any Acquisition disclosed to Bank for which each of the conditions below is satisfied, provided that no more than two (2) Acquisitions shall occur after the Effective Date:

(a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition;

(b) the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition is or are in the same or similar line of business as Borrower is in as of the Effective Date or reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto;

(c) the target of such Acquisition, if such acquisition is a stock acquisition, shall be an entity organized under the laws of any state in the United States and shall have a principal place in the United States;

(d) Borrower shall remain the surviving entity after giving effect to such Acquisition;

 

40


(e) if, as a result of such Acquisition, a new Subsidiary of Borrower is formed or acquired, Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank and sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s lien under this Agreement) in and to the assets of such Subsidiary;

(f) Borrower shall provide Bank with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition; and not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, Borrower shall provide Bank with copies of the acquisition agreement and all other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition (or if such acquisition agreement and other material documents are not in final form, drafts of such acquisition agreement and other material documents; provided that Borrower shall deliver final forms of such acquisition agreement and other material documents promptly upon completion);

(g) the total cash consideration payable (including, without limitation, any earn-out payment obligations), plus the total Indebtedness assumed, may not exceed Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000.00) per Acquisition;

(h) such Acquisition shall not constitute an Unfriendly Acquisition;

(i) Borrower provides Bank, at least ten (10) Business Days before the closing of the contemplated Acquisition, written confirmation, supported by reasonably detailed calculations, that on a pro forma basis (after giving effect to such transaction) Borrower is projected to be in compliance with each of the financial covenants in Section 6.9 of the Senior Loan Agreement for the one (1) year period ending after the proposed date of consummation of such Acquisition;

(j) the Acquisition and the entity being acquired is accretive in all respects; and

(k) the entity or assets acquired in such Acquisition shall not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens or any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

41


(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) other unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

(h) Indebtedness of Borrower to any Subsidiary and Contingent Obligations of any Subsidiary with respect to obligations of Borrower (provided that the primary obligations are not prohibited hereby), and Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00) or any other Subsidiary and Contingent Obligations of any Subsidiary with respect to obligations of any other Subsidiary (provided that the primary obligations are not prohibited hereby); and

(i) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (h) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit and securities accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest except as permitted by Section 6.6(b);

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(g) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries (including newly formed Subsidiaries) not to exceed Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries that are not co-borrowers under this Agreement in other Subsidiaries or in Borrower;

 

42


(h) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (j) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(k) Investments consisting of payments held in reserve by third party credit card and electronic payment processors of Borrower;

(1) Permitted Acquisitions; and

(m) other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 not exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

 

43


(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(g) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States;

(h) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

(i) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts except as permitted by Section 6.6(b);

(j) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, ERISA, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligation for borrowed money;

(k) customary cash deposits to secure Borrower and its Subsidiaries’ obligations to landlords or sublandlords in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00);

(1) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of a precautionary UCC-1 financing statement relating solely to operating leases of equipment entered into by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (1), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

44


“Prepayment Premium” shall be an additional fee, payable to Bank, with respect to each Term Loan Advance, in an amount equal to two percent (2.0%) of the then outstanding principal amount of such Term Loan Advance (including the Term Loan PIK Amount) as of the date immediately and prior to such prepayment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Prepayment Premium shall be waived by Bank if (i) Bank closes on the refinance and redocumentation of this Agreement (in its sole and absolute discretion) prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date or (ii) the Term Loan Advances are prepaid contemporaneously with the occurrence of, and with the proceeds of, a Liquidity Event.

Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement; and provided further that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors); provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

“Prime Rate Advance” means a Term Loan Advance that bears interest based at the Prime Rate.

“Prime Rate Margin” is three and one-half of one percent (3.50%).

“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Regulatory Change” means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

“Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

“Reserve Requirement” means, for any Interest Period, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental, or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D) by member banks of the Federal Reserve System. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves

 

45


required to be maintained by Bank by reason of any Regulatory Change against (a) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the LIBOR Rate is to be determined as provided in the definition of LIBOR or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Term Loan Advances.

“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

“Restricted License” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Senior Loan Agreement” is that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 18, 2014, between Borrower and Bank, as has been and may be further amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time.

“Senior Loan Amendment” is that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 9, 2017, between Borrower and Bank.

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank. It being understood that the term “Subordinated Debt” shall not include trade payables.

“Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

“Term A Loan Advance” is defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

“Term A Loan Advance Amount” is the original principal amount of the Term A Loan Advance.

Term B Loan Advance ” and “ Term B Loan Advances ” are each defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

 

46


“Term Loan Advance” and “Term Loan Advances” are each defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” is October 9, 2020.

“Term Loan PIK Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of all interest accrued with respect to the applicable Term Loan Advance that is required to be paid in kind by being added to the principal balance thereof in accordance with Section 2.2(b). The Term Loan PIK Amount shall be reduced by any payments made by Borrower to Bank toward the Term Loan PIK Amount for the prior month only, provided (a) such payment is made with written notice to Bank and within two (2) days of the last day of such month, and (b) the Borrower has made all other required payments hereunder, including without limitation any principal, and interest otherwise payable hereunder.

“Term Loan PIK Rate” means two and one-half of one percent (2.50%) per annum.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

“Unfriendly Acquisition” is any Acquisition that has not, at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating thereto, been approved by the board of directors (or other legally recognized governing body) of the Person to be acquired.

“Warrant” means, collectively, (i) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock between Borrower and Bank dated as of the Effective Date, (ii) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock between Borrower and WestRiver Mezzanine Loans – Loan Pool V, LLC dated as of the Effective Date, and (iii) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock between Borrower and Pearl Street Technology Finance I Onshore LP dated as of the Effective Date, as each may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time.

[Signature page follows.]

 

47


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
ROKU, INC.
By:  

/s/ Anthony Wood

  Name: Anthony Wood
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:

 

 

 

Name:

  Title: V.P.

Signature Page to Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement

 


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (a) more than sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter; (b) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise; or (c) rights held under a license (with respect to which Borrower is the licensee) that are not assignable by their terms without the consent of the licensor thereof (but only to the extent such restriction on assignment is enforceable under applicable law).

 


E XHIBIT B

C OMPLIANCE C ERTIFICATE

 

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK       Date:                     
FROM: ROKU, INC.      

The undersigned authorized officer of ROKU, INC. ( Borrower ) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the Agreement ):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                     with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default except as noted below; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, have timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes     No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 180 days    Yes     No
Form 10-K    After IPO, FYE within 180 days    Yes     No
Form 10-Q    After IPO, quarterly within 90 days    Yes     No
Board approved annual financial projections    Within 90 days of each FYE or more frequently as updated    Yes     No

 

1


Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.       Yes         No

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROKU, INC.      BANK USE ONLY
By:  

 

     Received by:   

 

  Name:         AUTHORIZED SIGNER
  Title:      Date:   

 

       Verified:   

 

          AUTHORIZED SIGNER
       Date:   

 

       Compliance Status:     Yes     No

 

2


EXHIBIT C

LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON P ACIFIC T IME

 

 

Fax To:

 

  Date:                     
L OAN P AYMENT : ROKU, INC.    
   
From Account #                                                                     To Account #                                                                  
                                 (Deposit Account #)                                    (Loan Account #)
   
Principal $                                                                             and/or Interest $                                                                  
   
Authorized Signature:                                            Phone Number:                                                                  

Print Name/Title:                                              

 

   
 

L OAN A DVANCE :

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

   
From Account #                                                             To Account #                                                                  
                                 (Loan Account #)                                    (Deposit Account #)
 

Amount of Term Loan Advance $                                              

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

   
Authorized Signature:                                                 Phone Number:                                              
Print Name/Title:                                                  
     
 
 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

   
Beneficiary Name:                                                 Amount of Wire: $                                              
Beneficiary Bank:                                                 Account Number:                                              
City and State:                                                  
   
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:                               

Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):             

        (For International Wire Only)

   
Intermediary Bank:                                                                     Transit (ABA) #:                                                                  
For Further Credit to:                                                                                                                                                                         
 
Special Instruction:                                                                                                                                                                    
 
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
   
Authorized Signature:                                                             2 nd  Signature (if required):                                                                   
Print Name/Title:                                                                     Print Name/Title:                                                                  
Telephone #:                                                                     Telephone #:                                                                  
     

 


E XHIBIT D

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

ROKU, INC.

Date:                     

To:   Silicon Valley Bank

3003 Tasman Drive

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attention: CFD Operations

Email: CFDOperations@svb.com and LBruno@svb.com

R E :     Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of [         ], 2017 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement ”), by and between ROKU, INC. (“Borrower”), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein and used herein as so defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement, of the borrowing of a Term Loan Advance.

1. The Funding Date, which shall be a Business Day, of the requested borrowing is                    .

2. The aggregate amount of the requested Term Loan Advance is $                     .

3. The requested Term Loan Advance shall consist of $                    of Prime Rate Advances and $                     of LIBOR Advances.

4. The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the requested Term Loan Advance shall be         months.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed Term Loan Advance before and after giving effect thereto, and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as applicable:

(a) all representations and warranties of Borrower contained in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed Term Loan Advance.

 

        B ORROWER    ROKU, INC.
   By:   

 

   Name:   

 

   Title:   

 

 

 

 

 


For internal Bank use only

 

LIBOR Pricing Date

  

LIBOR

  

LIBOR Variance

  

Maturity Date

      —%   

 

2


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION

ROKU, INC.

 

   Date:

To:   Silicon Valley Bank

3003 Tasman Drive

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attention: CFD Operations

Email: CFDOperations@svb.com and LBruno@svb.com

R E :     Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of [                    ], 2017 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement” ), by and between ROKU, INC. ( “Borrower” ) , and Silicon Valley Bank (the “Bank” )

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Loan Agreement, of the [conversion] [continuation] of the Term Loan Advances specified herein, that:

1. The date of the [conversion] [continuation] is        , 20        .

2. The aggregate amount of the proposed Term Loan Advances to be [converted] is $]         or [continued] is $            .

3. The Term Loan Advances are to be [converted into] [continued as] [LIBOR] [Prime Rate] Advances.

4. The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the [conversion] [continuation] shall be         months.

The undersigned, on behalf of Borrower, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed [conversion] [continuation], before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(a) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed [conversion] [continuation].

 

        B ORROWER    ROKU, INC.
   By:   

 

   Name:   

 

   Title:   

 

 

 


For internal Bank use only

 

LIBOR Pricing Date

  

LIBOR

  

LIBOR Variance

  

Maturity Date

      —%   

 

2

Exhibit 10.18

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    ROKU, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    as set forth below
Class of Stock:    as set forth below
Warrant Price:    as set forth below
Issue Date:    July 13, 2011
Expiration Date:    The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:    Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Gold
   Hill Capital 2008, LP dated July 13, 2011 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP (“Gold Hill”, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

As used herein:

Class of Stock ” means (a) for the Initial Shares, the Company’s Series C-2 Preferred Stock, and (b) for the Second Tranche Shares (i) if the Qualifying Round has occurred at the time of the funding of the Second Growth Capital Advance, Next Round Stock, or (ii) if the Qualifying Round has not occurred at the time of the funding of the Second Growth Capital Advance, the Company’s Series C-2 Preferred Stock.

Initial Shares ” means 4,260,870 shares of the Company’s Series C-2 Preferred Stock.

Next Round ” means the Company’s next sale of its convertible preferred stock after the Issue Date (other than Series C-2 Preferred Stock) to purchasers which include venture capital investors.

Next Round Price ” means the lowest price per share at which shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are sold in the Next Round.

 

1


Next Round Stock ” means the Company’s convertible preferred stock issued and sold in the Next Round.

Number of Shares ” means the number of shares of the Class of Stock equal to (i) the number of Initial Shares, plus (ii) the number of Second Tranche Shares.

Qualifying Round ” means the Next Round if Borrower receives at least $10,000,000 cash proceeds from such round.

Second Tranche Shares ” means, upon the Second Growth Capital Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) being made under the Loan Agreement, 1,714,286 shares of the Company’s Series C-2 Preferred Stock; provided , however , if a Qualifying Round has occurred at the time of the making of the Second Growth Capital Advance, then the “Second Tranche Shares” shall only be the number of shares of Next Round Stock equal to (i) Two Hundred Ten Thousand Dollars ($210,000), divided by (ii) the Next Round Price.

Series C-2 Price ” means $0.10821855 per share.

“Warrant Price” means (a) for the Initial Shares, the Series C-2 Price; and (b) for the Second Tranche Shares (i) if the Qualifying Round has occurred at the time of the funding of the Second Growth Capital Advance, the Next Round Price, or (ii) if the Qualifying Round has not occurred at the time of the funding of the Second Growth Capital Advance, the Series C-2 Price.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of the Company’s common stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (an “IPO”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a

 

2


public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company: Treatment After IPO .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash and the Company does not continue as a going concern, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a (a) stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer or (b) combination of cash and stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer, if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than four

 

3


(4) times the Warrant Price, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

C) Upon written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, upon the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the date of an IPO, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon such (3 rd ) anniversary date subject to Article 5.8.

D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock of the Company, or other securities of the Company, then (unless waived by Gold Hill), upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock, but shall not include any conversions or reclassifications as a result of a failure to participate in any equity financings of the Company or any “right of first offer” or other pay to play provisions set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as set forth in Article 2.4. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a

 

4


change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

2.4 “ Pay to Play ”. So long as any portion of this Warrant remains unexercised, in the event that any “pay to play” terms or conditions (i.e. terms or conditions that require a holder of the Company’s Preferred Stock to purchase securities in a future round of equity financing or else lose the benefit of antidilution protection applicable to the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant or have such shares of Preferred Stock automatically convert to common stock or convert to another class and series of the Company’s capital stock) in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, are triggered in connection with the consummation of a Down Round (as defined below) or otherwise after the date hereof, then in such event, this Warrant shall automatically adjust to provide the Holder with the same securities and/or rights that the Holder would have received had the Holder participated in the Down Round to its full pro rata share with respect to the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (e.g., if this Warrant provides for the purchase of Series D Preferred Stock, and the Company after the date hereof consummates a Down Round in which those holders of Series D Preferred Stock who participate to their full pro rata share in such Down Round become entitled to exchange such Series D Preferred Stock for Series D-1 Preferred Stock and those holders of Series D Preferred Stock who do not participate to their full pro rata share will have their Series D Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock, then this Warrant would automatically adjust to provide the right to purchase Series D-1 Preferred Stock instead of Common Stock). A “Down Round” means any non-public offering of equity securities of the Company after the Issue Date of this Warrant at a price per share lower than the Warrant Price then in effect.

2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Article 2 shall not apply to any repricing or adjustment of outstanding stock options of the Company.

 

5


2.6 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.7 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on

 

6


which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and “S-3” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated September 19, 2008 (the “Rights Agreement”). The provisions set forth in the Company’s Rights Agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Stockholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in

 

7


financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

4.6 Market Standoff . The Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the “Standoff Agreement” in Section 2.11 of the Rights Agreement (the “Market Stand-Off Provision”). The Market Stand-Off Provision may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

4.7 Investor Rights Agreement . Upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to become a party to the Rights Agreement if it is not already a party thereto; provided, that, in the event that the Rights Agreement, in effect as of the Issue Date, is amended, modified or waived in a way that materially adversely affects the obligations or rights of the Holder associated with the Shares in a different manner than such amendment, modification or waiver affects the stockholder parties thereunder holding shares of the same series and class as the Shares, then such amendment, modification or waiver shall not affect Holder or Holder’s Shares without Holder’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND

 

8


UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Gold Hill to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to any affiliate of Gold Hill. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Warrant, without the prior written consent of the Company, this Warrant may not be transferred in part unless: (a) the transferee acquires the right to purchase at least 25% of the total number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted pursuant to Article 2), or (b) the transfer is to an affiliated fund of Gold Hill.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Gold Hill and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Gold Hill or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile), at such address (or facsimile number) as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP

One Almaden Blvd., Suite 630

San Jose, CA 95113

Attention: Alex Choy

Telephone: (408) 200-7858

Facsimile: (408) 200-7841

 

9


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

ROKU, INC.

Attn: Anthony Wood and Oliver Hutaff

12980 Saratoga Ave., Suite D

Saratoga, CA 95070

Facsimile: (408) 446-1735

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Article 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature page follows.]

 

10


“COMPANY”
ROKU, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Anthony Wood

    By:   

/s/ Oliver C. Hutaff

Name:   Anthony Wood     Name:    Oliver C. Hutaff
  (Print)        (Print)
Title:  

Chairman of the Board, President or

Vice President

    Title:    Chief Financial Officer

 

“HOLDER”

GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP

By: Gold Hill Capital 2008, LLC, General

Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Alex Choy

      
Name:   Alex Choy       
  (Print)       
Title:   Associate, Gold Hill Capital       

 

11


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE

[See attached.]

 

12


ROKU INC—Capitalization Table

AS OF 28-Jun-2011

 

     ROKU INC              

# of Shares

   Common Stock     Common
Stock
Warrant
    Common
Options
    Series A
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Preferred
Stock
    Series C-1
Preferred
Stock
    Series C-2
Preferred
Stock
    Total     % Outstanding     % Full
Diluted
 

A. Wood (note A1)

           119,945,036             119,945,036       42.2     34.8
                   0       0.0     0.0

Menlo Ventures entities
(Note A2)

           18,174,964       38,376,422       55,443,357       46,202,800       158,197,543       55.6     45.9

Individuals

     6,201,772                   6,201,772       2.2     1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Outstanding

     6,201,772       0       0       138,120,000       38,376,422       55,443,357       46,202,800       284,344,351       100.0     82.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% Total

     2.2     0.0     0.0     48.6     13.5     19.5     16.2     100.0       0.0

Silicon Valley Bank (exercise price $0.03/share)

       1,000,000                 1,000,000         0.3

Silicon Valley Bank (exercise price $0.06/share)

       2,250,000                 2,250,000         0.7

Common Stock Options Issued & Unexercised

         54,595,663               54,595,663         15.8
                   0         0.0

Unissued Option Pool

         2,611,694               2,611,694         0.8
                   0         0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Fully Diluted

     6,201,772       3,250,000       57,207,357       138,120,000       38,376,422       55,443,357       46,202,800       344,801,708         100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

% Full diluted

     1.8     0.9     16.6     40.1     11.1     16.1     13.4     100.0    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

13


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                 shares of the Common/Series                 Preferred [strike one] Stock of ROKU, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                 of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

       
   Holder’s Name   
       
       
   (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
(Date):    

 

14


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

  Name:
  Address:

 

  Tax ID:

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by ROKU, INC. (the “Company”), on                    , 2011 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Date:  

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company,             makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

 

By:    
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 10.19

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    ROKU, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    529,412
Class of Stock:    Series D Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    $0.3964
Issue Date:    October 17, 2011
Expiration Date:    The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:    The First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 17, 2011, which amends the Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP dated July 13, 2011 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP (“Gold Hill”, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

 

1


1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of the Company’s common stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) (an “ IPO ”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company; Treatment After IPO .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash and the Company does not continue as a going concern, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

2


B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a (a) stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer or (b) combination of cash and stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer, if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than four (4) times the Warrant Price, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

C) Upon written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, upon the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the date of an IPO, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon such (3 rd ) anniversary date subject to Article 5.8.

D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock of the Company, or other securities of the Company, then (unless waived by Gold Hill), upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or

 

3


series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock, but shall not include any conversions or reclassifications as a result of a failure to participate in any equity financings of the Company or any “right of first offer” or other pay to play provisions set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as set forth in Article 2.4. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

2.4 “Pay to Play” . So long as any portion of this Warrant remains unexercised, in the event that any “pay to play” terms or conditions (i.e. terms or conditions that require a holder of the Company’s Preferred Stock to purchase securities in a future round of equity financing or else lose the benefit of antidilution protection applicable to the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant or have such shares of Preferred Stock automatically convert to common stock or convert to another class and series of the Company’s capital stock) in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, are triggered in connection with the consummation of a Down Round (as defined below) or otherwise after the date hereof, then in such event, this Warrant shall automatically adjust to provide the Holder with the same securities and/or rights that the Holder would have received had the Holder participated in the Down Round to its full pro rata share with respect to the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (e.g., if this Warrant provides for the purchase of Series D Preferred Stock, and the Company after the date hereof consummates a Down Round in which those holders of Series D Preferred Stock who participate to their full pro rata share in such Down Round become entitled to exchange such Series D Preferred Stock for Series D-1 Preferred Stock and those holders of Series D Preferred Stock who do not participate to their full pro rata share will have their Series D Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock, then this Warrant would automatically adjust to provide the right to purchase Series D-1 Preferred Stock instead of Common Stock). A “Down Round” means any non-public offering of equity securities of the Company after the Issue Date of this Warrant at a price per share lower than the Warrant Price then in effect.

 

4


2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Article 2 shall not apply to any repricing or adjustment of outstanding stock options of the Company.

2.6 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.7 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to

 

5


offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and “S-3” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated August 1, 2011 (the “Rights Agreement”). The provisions set forth in the Company’s Rights Agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Stockholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers

 

6


from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

4.6 Market Standoff . The Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the “Standoff Agreement” in Section 2.11 of the Rights Agreement (the “Market Stand-Off Provision”). The Market Stand-Off Provision may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

4.7 Investor Rights Agreement . Upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to become a party to the Rights Agreement if it is not already a party thereto; provided, that, in the event that the Rights Agreement, in effect as of the Issue Date, is amended, modified or waived in a way that materially adversely affects the obligations or rights of the Holder associated with the Shares in a different manner than such amendment, modification or waiver affects the stockholder parties thereunder holding shares of the same series and class as the Shares, then such amendment, modification or waiver shall not affect Holder or Holder’s Shares without Holder’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

 

7


5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Gold Hill to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to any affiliate of Gold Hill. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Warrant, without the prior written consent of the Company, this Warrant may not be transferred in part unless: (a) the transferee acquires the right to purchase at least 25% of the total number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted pursuant to Article 2), or (b) the transfer is to an affiliated fund of Gold Hill.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Gold Hill and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Gold Hill or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile), at such address (or facsimile number) as

 

8


may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP

One Almaden Blvd., Suite 630

San Jose, CA 95113

Attention: Alex Choy

Telephone: (408) 200-7858

Facsimile: (408) 200-7841

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

ROKU, INC.

Attn: Anthony Wood and Oliver Hutaff

12980 Saratoga Ave., Suite D

Saratoga, CA 95070

Facsimile: (408) 446-1735

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Article 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature page follows.]

 

9


“COMPANY”    
ROKU, INC.    
By:  

/s/ Anthony Wood

  By:  

/s/ Oliver C. Hutaff

Name:   Anthony Wood   Name:   Oliver C. Hutaff
  (Print)     (Print)
Title:  

Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President

  Title:  

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary

 

“HOLDER”
GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP
By: Gold Hill Capital 2008, LLC, General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jeff Brown

Name:   Jeff Brown
  (Print)
Title:   Associate Gold Hill Capital

 

10


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE

[See attached.]

 

11


ROKU INC - Capitalization Table

AS OF 17-Oct-2011

 

    ROKU INC              

# of Shares

  Common
Stock
    Common
Stock
Warrant
    Common
Options
    Series A
Preferred
Stock
    Series B
Preferred
Stock
    Series C-1
Preferred
Stock
    Series C-2
Preferred
Stock
    Series D
Preferred
Stock
    Total     % Outstanding     % Full
Diluted
 

A. Wood (note A1)

          119,945,036               119,945,036       39.1     31.6

Menlo Ventures entities (Note A2)

          18,174,964       38,376,422       55,443,357       46,202,800       2,522,705       160,720,248       52.4     42.3

Globespan

                  17,658,931       17,658,931       5.8     4.6

Individuals

    8,575,173                     8,575,173       2.8     2.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Outstanding

    8,575,173       0       0       138,120,000       38,376,422       55,443,357       46,202,800       20,181,636       306,899,388       100.0     80.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% Total

    2.8     0.0     0.0     45.0     12.5     18.1     15.1     6.6     100.0       0.0

Silicon Valley Bank (exercise price $0.03/share)

      1,000,000                   1,000,000         0.3

Silicon Valley Bank (exercise price $0.06/share)

      2,250,000                   2,250,000         0.6

Silicon Valley Bank (tranch 1)

                3,239,130         3,239,130         0.9

Gold Hill Capital (tranch 1)

                4,260,870         4,260,870         1.1

Silicon Valley Bank (Oct Line Increase)

                970,588         970,588         0.3

Gold Hill Capital (Oct Line Increase)

        52,136,514             529,412         529,412        
0.1

Common Stock Options Issued & Unexercised

                    52,136,514         13.7

Unissued Option Pool

        8,591,738                 8,591,738         2.3
                    0         0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Fully Diluted

    8,575,173       3,250,000       60,728,252       138,120,000       38,376,422       55,443,357       55,202,800       20,181,636       379,877,640         100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

% Full diluted

    2.3     0.9     16.0     36.4     10.1     14.6     14.5     5.3     100.0    

 

Issue Prices                                   
     Original Issue
Prices
     Original
issue date
     5-15-09
transaction
(Note A1
below)
     Dec 18, 2009
Transaction
(Note A2
below)
     Sept 1, 2010
Transaction
(Note A3
below)
 

Series A Preferred

   $ 0.060520        2/1/2008      $ 0.085      $ 0.150      $ 0.195  

Series B Preferred

   $ 0.156346        2/1/2008         $ 0.195     

Series C-1 Preferred

   $ 0.090182        9/19/2008           
Series C-2 Preferred    $ 0.108219        5/15/2009           


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                     shares of the Common/Series             Preferred [strike one] Stock of ROKU, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                             of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

                Holder’s Name

 

 

                (Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:
                                                                                                          
By:                                                                                                   
Name:                                                                                             
Title:                                                                                               
(Date):                                                                                            


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name:

Address:

Tax ID:

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by ROKU, INC. (the “Company”), on                     , 2011 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP
By:                                                                                                   
Name:                                                                                             
Title:                                                                                               

Date:                                                                                       

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company,             makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

 

 
By:                                                                                                   
Name:                                                                                             
Title:                                                                                               

Exhibit 10.20

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    Roku, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    That number of Shares which could be purchased for $400,000 at the Warrant Price
Class of Stock:    Either (a) Series D Preferred Stock or (b) the Next Round Stock at the Holder’s sole and absolute discretion. As used herein, “ Next Round Stock ” means the series of the Company’s preferred equity securities issued in connection with the Company’s next bona fide round of preferred stock equity financing that closes on or before June 30, 2012 resulting in net proceeds to the Company of not less than $20,000,000 (the “ Next Equity Round ”).
Warrant Price:    Either (a) $0.3964 per Share, if the Class of Stock is Series D Preferred Stock or (ii) the lowest price per Share paid by an investor for a Share of Next Round Stock in connection with the Next Equity Round, if the Class of Stock is Next Round Stock.
Issue Date:    March 12, 2012
Expiration Date:    The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:    This Warrant is issued in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, dated July 26, 2010, between Company and Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”) (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, substituted, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”)

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “ Shares ”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.


1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) (an “ IPO ”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company; Treatment after IPO .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

(A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or

 

2


(b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the proposed Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “ True Asset Sale ”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(C) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a (a) stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer or (b) combination of cash and stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer, if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than four (4) times the Warrant Price, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

(D) Upon written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, upon the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the date of the closing of an IPO, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon such (3 rd ) anniversary date.

(E) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B), and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

 

3


ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock of the Company, or other securities of the Company (except for any securities of any other business unit that is not material to the Company’s principal business that the Company may choose to spin-off), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increases the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, to the extent applicable to the Shares, as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

 

4


2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Article 2 shall not apply to any repricing or adjustment of outstanding stock options of the Company.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a

 

5


record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in 3.2 and 3.2 above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in 3.2 and 3.2 above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in 3.2 above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated August 1, 2011 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Rights Agreement ”). The provisions set forth in the Company’s Rights Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Stockholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER

Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

 

6


4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

4.6 Market Standoff . The Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the “Standoff Agreement” in Section 2.11 of the Rights Agreement (the “Market Stand-Off Provision”). The Market Stand-Off Provision may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

4.7 Investor Rights Agreement . Upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to become a party to the Rights Agreement; provided, that, in the event that the Rights Agreement, in effect as of the Issue Date, is amended, modified or waived in a way that materially adversely affects the obligations or rights of the Holder associated with the Shares in a different manner than such amendment, modification or waiver affects the stockholder parties thereunder holding shares of the same series and class as the Shares, then such amendment, modification or waiver shall not affect Holder or Holder’s Shares without Holder’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

7


5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require the Bank to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

 

8


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Roku, Inc.

12980 Saratoga Avenue, Suite D

Saratoga, California 95070

Attn: Anthony Wood and Oliver Hutaff

Facsimile: (408) 446-1735

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Article 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature page follows.]

 

9


“COMPANY”
ROKU, INC.
By:  

/s/ Oliver C. Hutaff

  Name: Oliver C. Hutaff
  Title: CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Ryan Edwards

  Name: Ryan Edwards
  Title: RM


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase             shares of the Common/Series             Preferred [strike one] Stock of Roku, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for             of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

            Holder’s Name

 

 

            (Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:    SVB Financial Group
Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
Tax ID:    91-1962278

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”), on March 12, 2012 (the “ Warrant ”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Date:                                                                

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP

 

By:  

 

Name:
Title:  

Exhibit 10.21

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    ROKU, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    as set forth below
Class of Stock:    as set forth below
Warrant Price:    as set forth below
Issue Date:    April 27, 2012
Expiration Date:    The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:    Loan and Security Agreement among the Company, Silicon Valley Bank and Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP dated April 27, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP (“Gold Hill”, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Class of Stock (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

As used herein:

Class of Stock ” means Next Round Stock; provided, however, that if an Acquisition (as defined in Section 1.6.1) occurs prior to the Next Round, the Class of Stock shall be Series D Preferred Stock.

Next Round ” means the Company’s next sale of its convertible preferred stock after the Issue Date (other than Series D Preferred Stock) to purchasers which include venture capital investors.

Next Round Price ” means the lowest price per share at which shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are sold in the Next Round.

Next Round Stock ” means the Company’s convertible preferred stock issued and sold in the Next Round.

 

1


Number of Shares ” means the number of shares of the Class of Stock equal to (i) Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), divided by (ii) the Warrant Price.

Series D Price ” means $0.3964 per share (subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in effect on the date hereof).

Warrant Price ” means (a) if the Class of Stock is Series D Preferred Stock, the Series D Price, and (ii) if the Class of Stock is Next Round Stock, eighty percent (80%) of Next Round Price.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of the Company’s common stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) (an “ IPO ”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

2


1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company; Treatment After IPO .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash and the Company does not continue as a going concern, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a (a) stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer or (b) combination of cash and stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer, if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than four (4) times the Warrant Price, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

C) Upon written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, upon the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the date of an IPO, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon such (3 rd ) anniversary date subject to Article 5.8.

D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and

 

3


property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock of the Company, or other securities of the Company, then (unless waived by Gold Hill), upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock, but shall not include any conversions or reclassifications as a result of a failure to participate in any equity financings of the Company or any “right of first offer” or other pay to play provisions set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as set forth in Article 2.4. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on

 

4


and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

2.4 “Pay to Play” . So long as any portion of this Warrant remains unexercised, in the event that any “pay to play” terms or conditions (i.e. terms or conditions that require a holder of the Company’s Preferred Stock to purchase securities in a future round of equity financing or else lose the benefit of antidilution protection applicable to the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant or have such shares of Preferred Stock automatically convert to common stock or convert to another class and series of the Company’s capital stock) in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, are triggered in connection with the consummation of a Down Round (as defined below) or otherwise after the date hereof, then in such event, this Warrant shall automatically adjust to provide the Holder with the same securities and/or rights that the Holder would have received had the Holder participated in the Down Round to its full pro rata share with respect to the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (e.g., if this Warrant provides for the purchase of Series D Preferred Stock, and the Company after the date hereof consummates a Down Round in which those holders of Series D Preferred Stock who participate to their full pro rata share in such Down Round become entitled to exchange such Series D Preferred Stock for Series D-1 Preferred Stock and those holders of Series D Preferred Stock who do not participate to their full pro rata share will have their Series D Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock, then this Warrant would automatically adjust to provide the right to purchase Series D-1 Preferred Stock instead of Common Stock). A “Down Round” means any non-public offering of equity securities of the Company after the Issue Date of this Warrant at a price per share lower than the Warrant Price then in effect.

2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Article 2 shall not apply to any repricing or adjustment of outstanding stock options of the Company.

2.6 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.7 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the

 

5


Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The Series D Price is the “Original Issue Price” of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in effect on the date hereof.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of

 

6


the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and “S-3” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated August 1, 2011 (the “Rights Agreement”), provided Holder becomes a party to the Rights Agreement if it is not already a party thereto. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Rights Agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Stockholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

7


Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

4.6 Market Standoff . The Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the “Standoff Agreement” in Section 2.11 of the Rights Agreement (the “Market Stand-Off Provision”). The Market Stand-Off Provision may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

4.7 Investor Rights Agreement . Upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to become a party to the Rights Agreement if it is not already a party thereto; provided, that, in the event that the Rights Agreement, in effect as of the Issue Date, is amended, modified or waived in a way that materially adversely affects the obligations or rights of the Holder associated with the Shares in a different manner than such amendment, modification or waiver affects the stockholder parties thereunder holding shares of the same series and class as the Shares, then such amendment, modification or waiver shall not affect Holder or Holder’s Shares without Holder’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require

 

8


Gold Hill to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to any affiliate of Gold Hill. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Warrant, without the prior written consent of the Company, this Warrant may not be transferred in part unless: (a) the transferee acquires the right to purchase at least 25% of the total number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted pursuant to Article 2), or (b) the transfer is to an affiliated fund of Gold Hill.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Gold Hill and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Gold Hill or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile), at such address (or facsimile number) as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP

One Almaden Blvd., Suite 630

San Jose, CA 95113

Attention: Alex Choy

Telephone: (408) 200-7858

Facsimile: (408) 200-7841

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

ROKU, INC.

Attn: Anthony Wood and Oliver Hutaff

12980 Saratoga Ave., Suite D

Saratoga, CA 95070

Facsimile: (408) 446-1735

 

9


5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Article 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature page follows.]

 

10


“COMPANY”

 

ROKU, INC.

  
By:   

/s/ Anthony Wood

   By:   

/s/ Oliver C. Hutaff

Name:    Anthony Wood    Name:   

Oliver C. Hutaff

(Print)

Title:    President and CEO    Title:    Chief Financial Officer
        

 

“HOLDER”
GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP
By: Gold Hill Capital 2008, LLC, General Partner
By:  

/s/ Alex Choy

Name:  

Alex Choy

(Print)

Title:   Associate, Gold Hill Capital

 

 

11


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE

[See attached.]

 

12


LOGO


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase             shares of the Common/Series             Preferred [strike one] Stock of ROKU, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for             of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
               Holder’s Name   
  

 

  
  

 

  
               (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

13


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Gold Hill Capital 2008, LP hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name:

Address:

Tax ID:

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by ROKU, INC. (the “Company”), on             , 2012 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LP
By:                                                                                                 
Name:                                                                                            
Title:                                                                                               

Date:                                                              

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company,             makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

 

By:                                                                                                 
Name:                                                                                            
Title:                                                                                              

_

Exhibit 10.22

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Roku, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Series H Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

Warrant Price: $1.5289 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: June 9, 2017

Expiration Date: June 8, 2027 See also Section 5.1(b).

 

Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Loan Agreement ”) and the participation therein of Pearl Street Technology Finance I Onshore LP pursuant to an arrangement between Silicon Valley Bank and Pearl Street Technology Finance I Onshore LP.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, PEARL STREET TECHNOLOGY FINANCE I ONSHORE LP (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at a purchase price per share equal to the above-stated Warrant Price, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, and as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, the Shares ”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, Initial Shares means 153,243 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making of each Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) the Additional Shares Pool, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the amount of such Term Loan Advance and the denominator of which shall equal $40,000,000, rounded to the nearest whole Share and subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. All shares, if any, for which this Warrant becomes exercisable pursuant to this Paragraph A(2) are referred to herein cumulatively as the Additional Shares .


(3) Additional Shares Pool . As used herein, Additional Shares Pool means 459,730 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (as if the Additional Shares Pool constituted “Shares” at all times for such purpose). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the aggregate number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable exceed 612,973 (as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant).

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

  

X =

   the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y =

   the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

A =

   the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B =

   the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

2


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

 

3


(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective

 

4


registration statement under the Act (the IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The Warrant Price first set forth above is not greater than the price per share for which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) The number of Initial Shares first set forth above represents not less than 0.0218750%, and the number of shares constituting the Additional Shares Pool first set forth above represents not less than 0.0656250%, of the Company’s total issued and outstanding shares of common stock, calculated on and as of the Issue Date hereof on a fully-diluted basis assuming (i) the conversion into common stock of all outstanding securities and instruments (including, without limitation, securities deemed to be outstanding pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.1(b)) convertible by their terms into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such securities or instruments are by their terms now so convertible), (ii) the exercise in full of all outstanding options, warrants (including, without limitation, this Warrant) and other rights to purchase or acquire shares of common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire are by their terms then exercisable); and (iii) the inclusion of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance under all of the Company’s incentive stock and stock option plans and not then subject to outstanding grants or options.

 

5


(c) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, under the Company’s Bylaws or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(d) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

 

6


(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements. Holder agrees that all information provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 3.2 will be held and treated by Holder in accordance with the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 12.9 of the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

7


4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO PEARL STREET TECHNOLOGY FINANCE I ONSHORE LP DATED JUNE 9, 2017, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

8


5.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any transferee shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Pearl Street Technology Finance I Onshore LP

c/o PS Fund Management LLC

Attn: Jeffrey Hiller

1401 Pearl Street, Suite 400

Boulder, CO 80302

Telephone: (303) 339-4800

Facsimile: (303) 339-4801

Email: jhiller@pearlcap.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Roku, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

170 Knowles Drive

Los Gatos, CA 95032

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

 

9


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

Attn: Mark P. Tanoury

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1130

Telephone: (650) 843-5016

Facsimile: (650) 849-7400

Email: tanourymp@cooley.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in Colorado are closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
ROKU, INC.
By:  

/s/ Anthony Wood

Name:   Anthony Wood
  (Print)
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
“HOLDER”
PEARL STREET TECHNOLOGY FINANCE I ONSHORE LP
By:   PS Fund Management LLC, its
  General Partner
By:  

/s/ Gordon Reinert

Name:   Gordon Reinert
  (Print)
Title:   Managing Director

 

11


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                     shares of the Common/Series                     Preferred [circle one] Stock of                      (the Company ) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ] check in the amount of $             payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ] Other [Describe]                                                                  

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

                       
               Holder’s Name   
     
  

 

  
  

 

  
               (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:
By:                                                                      
Name:                                                                  
Title:                                                                      
(Date):                                                                      

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

Roku, Inc.

Capitalization Table

 

Common Stock

     29,278,964  

Series A Preferred

     138,120,000  

Series B Preferred

     38,376,422  

Series C-1 Preferred

     55,443,357  

Series C-2 Preferred

     46,202,800  

Series D Preferred

     25,227,043  

Series E Preferred

     66,447,959  

Series F Preferred

     66,250,026  

Series G Preferred

     19,237,429  

Series H Preferred

     29,759,957  

Common Stock Warrant

     2,250,000  

Series C-2 Warrant

     7,500,000  

Series D Warrant

     2,887,486  

Series E Warrant

     516,434  

Options Outstanding

     139,197,159  

Options Available

     33,845,391  
  

 

 

 
     700,540,427  
  

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.23

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Roku, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Series H Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

Warrant Price: $1.5289 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: June 9, 2017

Expiration Date: June 8, 2027             See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at a purchase price per share equal to the above-stated Warrant Price, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, and as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, the Shares ”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, Initial Shares means 229,865 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making of each Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) the Additional Shares Pool, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the amount of such Term Loan Advance and the denominator of which shall equal $40,000,000, rounded to the nearest whole Share and subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. All shares, if any, for which this Warrant becomes exercisable pursuant to this Paragraph A(2) are referred to herein cumulatively as the Additional Shares .


(3) Additional Shares Pool . As used herein, Additional Shares Pool means 689,594 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (as if the Additional Shares Pool constituted “Shares” at all times for such purpose). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the aggregate number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable exceed 919,459 (as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant).

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

  X = Y(A-B)/A
        where:            
  X =   the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
  Y =   the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
  A =   the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
  B =   the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

2


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

3


(d) As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

4


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The Warrant Price first set forth above is not greater than the price per share for which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) The number of Initial Shares first set forth above represents not less than 0.03281250%, and the number of shares constituting the Additional Shares Pool first set forth above represents not less than 0.09843750%, of the Company’s total issued and outstanding shares of common stock, calculated on and as of the Issue Date hereof on a fully-diluted basis assuming (i) the conversion into common stock of all outstanding securities and instruments (including, without limitation, securities deemed to be outstanding pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.1(b)) convertible by their terms into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such securities or instruments are by their terms now so convertible), (ii) the exercise in full of all outstanding options, warrants (including, without limitation, this Warrant) and other rights to purchase or acquire shares of common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire are by their terms then exercisable); and (iii) the inclusion of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance under all of the Company’s incentive stock and stock option plans and not then subject to outstanding grants or options.

 

5


(c) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, under the Company’s Bylaws or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(d) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

 

6


The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements. Holder agrees that all information provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 3.2 will be held and treated by Holder in accordance with the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 12.9 of the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

7


4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED JUNE 9, 2017, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

8


5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Roku, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

170 Knowles Drive

Los Gatos, CA 95032

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

 

9


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

Attn: Mark P. Tanoury

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1130

Telephone: (650) 843-5016

Facsimile: (650) 849-7400

Email: tanourymp@cooley.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts: Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
ROKU, INC.
By:  

/s/ Anthony Wood

Name:   Anthony Wood
  (Print)
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Lane Bruno

Name:   Lane Bruno
  (Print)
Title:   VP

 

11


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                    shares of the Common/Series                    Preferred [circle one] Stock of                    (the Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

[  ] check in the amount of $                 payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

[  ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

[  ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

[  ] Other [Describe]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
               Holder’s Name   
  

 

  
  

 

  
               (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

 

Roku, Inc.  

Capitalization Table

 

 

Common Stock

     29,278,964  

Series A Preferred

     138,120,000  

Series B Preferred

     38,376,422  

Series C-1 Preferred

     55,443,357  

Series C-2 Preferred

     46,202,800  

Series D Preferred

     25,227,043  

Series E Preferred

     66,447,959  

Series F Preferred

     66,250,026  

Series G Preferred

     19,237,429  

Series H Preferred

     29,759,957  

Common Stock Warrant

     2,250,000  

Series C-2 Warrant

     7,500,000  

Series D Warrant

     2,887,486  

Series E Warrant

     516,434  

Options Outstanding

     139,197,159  

Options Available

     33,845,391  
  

 

 

 
     700,540,427  
  

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.24

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”). OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: Roku, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Type/Series of Stock: Series H Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

Warrant Price: $1.5289 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: June 9, 2017

Expiration Date: June 8, 2027             See also Section 5.1(b).

 

Credit Facility:  This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the Loan Agreement ”) and the participation therein of WestRiver Mezzanine Loans - Loan Pool V, LLC pursuant to an arrangement among Silicon Valley Bank, Loan Manager, LLC and WestRiver Mezzanine Loans - Loan Pool V, LLC.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS - LOAN POOL V, LLC (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, Holder ”) is entitled to purchase up to such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the Class ”) of the above-named company (the Company ”) as determined pursuant to Paragraph A below, at a purchase price per share equal to the above-stated Warrant Price, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, and as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, the Shares ”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, Initial Shares means 229,865 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . Upon the making of each Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for such number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) the Additional Shares Pool, multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the amount of such Term Loan Advance and the denominator of which shall equal $40,000,000, rounded to the nearest whole Share and subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. All shares, if any, for which this Warrant becomes exercisable pursuant to this Paragraph A(2) are referred to herein cumulatively as the Additional Shares .


(3) Additional Shares Pool . As used herein, Additional Shares Pool means 689,594 shares of the Class, as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant (as if the Additional Shares Pool constituted “Shares” at all times for such purpose). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the aggregate number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable exceed 919,459 (as such number may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant).

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

  X = Y(A-B)/A
where:     
  X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
  Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
  A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
  B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

2


1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

 

3


(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, Marketable Securities means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section  13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective

 

4


registration statement under the Act (the IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The Warrant Price first set forth above is not greater than the price per share for which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) The number of Initial Shares first set forth above represents not less than 0.03281250%, and the number of shares constituting the Additional Shares Pool first set forth above represents not less than 0.09843750%, of the Company’s total issued and outstanding shares of common stock, calculated on and as of the Issue Date hereof on a fully-diluted basis assuming (i) the conversion into common stock of all outstanding securities and instruments (including, without limitation, securities deemed to be outstanding pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.1(b)) convertible by their terms into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such securities or instruments are by their terms now so convertible), (ii) the exercise in full of all outstanding options, warrants (including, without limitation, this Warrant) and other rights to purchase or acquire shares of common stock or securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock (regardless of whether such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire are by their terms then exercisable); and (iii) the inclusion of all shares of common stock reserved for issuance under all of the Company’s incentive stock and stock option plans and not then subject to outstanding grants or options.

 

5


(c) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, under the Company’s Bylaws or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(d) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

 

6


(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements. Holder agrees that all information provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 3.2 will be held and treated by Holder in accordance with the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 12.9 of the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

7


4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS – LOAN POOL V, LLC DATED JUNE 9, 2017, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

8


5.4 Transfer Procedure. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares (and/or securities issued upon conversion of the Shares, if any) being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any transferee shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

WestRiver Mezzanine Loans – Loan Pool V, LLC

c/o Chief Financial Officer

3720 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033-7455

Attention: Trent Dawson

Telephone: (425) 952-3951

Email: tdawson@westrivermgmt.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Perkins Coie LLP

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800

Seattle, Washington 98101-3099

Attention: David C. Clarke

Telephone: (206) 359-8612

Email: dclarke@perkinscoie.com

 

9


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Roku, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

170 Knowles Drive

Los Gatos, CA 95032

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

Attn: Mark P. Tanoury

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1130

Telephone: (650) 843-5016

Facsimile: (650) 849-7400

Email: tanourymp@cooley.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in Washington are closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
ROKU, INC.
By:  

/s/ Anthony Wood

Name:   Anthony Wood
  (Print)
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
“HOLDER”
WESTRIVER MEZZANINE LOANS—LOAN POOL V, LLC
By: Loan Manager, LLC, its
      Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Trent Dawson

  Trent Dawson, Chief Financial Officer

 

11


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase             shares of the Common/Series             Preferred [circle one] Stock of                     (the Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [  ] check in the amount of $                 payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [  ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [  ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [  ] Other [Describe]                                                                              

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
               Holder’s Name   
  

 

  
  

 

  
               (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

 

Roku, Inc.                  

Capitalization Table                

 

 

Common Stock

     29,278,964  

Series A Preferred

     138,120,000  

Series B Preferred

     38,376,422  

Series C-1 Preferred

     55,443,357  

Series C-2 Preferred

     46,202,800  

Series D Preferred

     25,227,043  

Series E Preferred

     66,447,959  

Series F Preferred

     66,250,026  
Series G Preferred      19,237,429  

Series H Preferred

     29,759,957  

Common Stock Warrant

     2,250,000  

Series C-2 Warrant

     7,500,000  

Series D Warrant

     2,887,486  

Series E Warrant

     516,434  

Options Outstanding

     139,197,159  

Options Available

     33,845,391  
  

 

 

 
     700,540,427  
  

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.25

R OKU , I NC .

S EVERANCE B ENEFIT P LAN

1. I NTRODUCTION .   This Roku, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”) is established by Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”). The Plan was adopted by the Board on May 17, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”). The Plan provides for severance benefits to officers at the level of Vice President and above of the Company. This document constitutes the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

2. D EFINITIONS . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as follows:

(a) Accrued Amounts ” means any unpaid annual base salary accrued through the date of a Participant’s Qualifying Termination and any accrued but unpaid vacation pay.

(b) Affiliate ” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(c) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) Cause ”, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding on a Participant, means: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct.

(e) Change in Control ” means a “Change in Control” as defined in the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

(f) Change in Control Termination ” means (i) a Participant’s dismissal or discharge by the Company resulting in a Separation from Service, for a reason other than death, disability, or Cause, or (ii) a Participant’s Resignation for Good Reason, in either case which occurs in connection with or within twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control, provided that any such termination is a Separation from Service.

(g) COBRA means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended and any analogous provisions of applicable state law.

(h) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

1.


(j) Equity Incentive Plans ” means the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and any successor or subsequent equity incentive plan, as amended, approved by the Board.

(k) ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(l) Monthly Base Salary ” means the Participant’s then current annual base salary, ignoring any decrease in annual base salary that forms the basis for a Resignation for Good Reason, as in effect on the date of the Qualifying Termination, divided by 12.

(m) Non-Change in Control Termination ” means a Participant’s dismissal or discharge by the Company resulting in a Separation from Service, for a reason other than death, disability, Cause, or a Participant’s resignation for any reason, that occurs not in connection with or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control.

(n) Participant ” means each individual who (i) is employed by the Company as an officer at the Vice President level and above, and (ii) has received and returned a signed Participation Notice.

(o) Participation Notice ” means the latest notice delivered by the Company to a Participant informing the Participant that he or she is eligible to participate in the Plan, in substantially in the form of E XHIBIT A to the Plan.

(p) Plan Administrator ” means the Board or any committee of the Board duly authorized to administer the Plan. The Board may at any time administer the Plan, in whole or in part, notwithstanding that the Board has previously appointed a committee to act as the Plan Administrator.

(q) Qualifying Termination ” means either a Change in Control Termination or a Non-Change in Control Termination.

(r) Resignation for Good Reason ” means a Participant’s resignation from all positions the Participant then holds with the Company or any subsidiary, resulting in a Separation from Service, within forty-five (45) days following the occurrence of any of the following events taken without the Participant’s written consent, provided the Participant has given the Company written notice of the event within fifteen (15) days after the first occurrence of such event and the Company has not cured such event, to the extent curable, within thirty (30) days thereafter:

(i) A involuntary and material reduction of the Participant’s position, duties and responsibilities;

(ii) A material reduction of the Participant’s base salary (except an equal, across-the-board reduction in the base salary of all similarly-situated employees of the Company or its successor-in-interest that is approved by the Board or its successor-in-interest);

 

2.


(iii) The Company’s relocation of the Participant’s assigned office location that increases the Participant’s one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles as compared to the Participant’s current office location;

(iv) Any action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company (or any successor) of the terms of the Plan; or

(v) Any failure by any successor to the Company to expressly assume the Plan and all obligations under the Plan.

(s) Separation from Service ” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder.

(t) Severance Multiplier ” means: (A) nine (9) for a Qualifying Termination of a Participant other than the Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) and (b) twelve (12) for a Qualifying Termination of the CEO.

(u) Stock Awards ” means outstanding stock options or other equity based awards granted to a Participant under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plans.

(v) Successor Corporation ” means, in the event of a Change in Control, the surviving corporation, the acquiring corporation or the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation’s parent company.

3. E LIGIBILITY FOR B ENEFITS .

(a) Eligibility; Exceptions to Benefits. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Company will provide the benefits described in Section 4 to the affected Participant. A Participant will not receive benefits under the Plan in the following circumstances, as determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion:

(i) The Plan does not provide for duplication (in whole or in part) of benefits with any other agreement or plan. By signing a Participation Notice, a Participant is waiving his or her rights under, and terminating those provisions of, any employment agreement or severance agreement with the Company that provide for benefits on a Qualifying Termination in existence as of the date that the Participant signs such Participation Notice.

(ii) The Participant’s employment is terminated by either the Company or the Participant for any reason other than a Qualifying Termination.

(iii) The Participant has not entered into the Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement or any similar or successor document (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”).

(iv) The Participant has failed to execute and allow to become effective the Release (as defined and described below) within sixty (60) days following the Participant’s Separation from Service.

 

3.


(v) The Participant has failed to return all Company documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property that he or she has had in his or her possession at any time, including, but not limited to, Company files, notes, drawings, records, business plans and forecasts, financial information, specifications, computer-recorded information, tangible property (including, but not limited to, computers), credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and, any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof).

(b) Termination of Benefits. A Participant’s right to receive benefits under the Plan will terminate immediately if, at any time prior to or during the period for which the Participant is receiving benefits under the Plan, the Participant, without the prior written approval of the Plan Administrator:

(i) willfully breaches a material provision of the Participant’s Confidentiality Agreement and/or any obligations of confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, no conflicts or non-competition provision set forth in any other agreement between the Company or any subsidiary and a Participant (including, without limitation, the Participant’s employment agreement or offer letter) or under applicable law;

(ii) encourages or solicits any of the Company’s then current employees to leave the Company’s employ for any reason or interferes in any other manner with employment relationships at the time existing between the Company and its then current employees; or

(iii) induces any of the Company’s then current clients, customers, suppliers, vendors, distributors, licensors, licensees, or other third party to terminate their existing business relationship with the Company or interferes in any other manner with any existing business relationship between the Company and any then current client, customer, supplier, vendor, distributor, licensor, licensee, or other third party.

4. P AYMENTS & B ENEFITS . Except as may otherwise be provided in a Participant’s Participation Notice, in the event of a Qualifying Termination, the Company will pay the Participant the Accrued Amounts, if any, within ten (10) business days following the date of such Qualifying Termination, or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law. In addition, in the event of a Qualifying Termination, the Participant shall be entitled to the payments and benefits described in this Section 4, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(a) Cash Severance . The Participant will receive as severance a lump sum payment equal to the product of (i) the sum of Participant’s Monthly Base Salary, and (ii) Participant’s applicable Severance Multiplier (the “ Cash Severance ”). The Cash Severance will be paid on the 60th day following the Participant’s Separation from Service.

(b) Accelerated Vestin g . In the event of Qualifying Termination that is a Change in Control Termination, 100% of the unvested Stock Awards held by the Participant of the date of the Change in Control Termination shall vest immediately.

 

4.


5. C ONDITIONS AND L IMITATIONS ON B ENEFITS .

(a) Release. To be eligible to receive any benefits under the Plan, a Participant must sign a general waiver and release in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, C, or D, as applicable (the “ Release ”), and such Release must become effective in accordance with its terms, in each case within sixty (60) days following the Qualifying Termination. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may modify the form of the required Release to comply with applicable law, and any such Release may be incorporated into a termination agreement or other agreement with the Participant.

(b) Prior Agreements; Certain Reductions. The Plan Administrator will reduce a Participant’s benefits under the Plan by any other statutory severance obligations or contractual severance benefits, obligations for pay in lieu of notice, and any other similar benefits payable to the Participant by the Company (or any successor thereto) that are due in connection with the Participant’s Qualifying Termination and that are in the same form as the benefits provided under the Plan (e.g., equity award vesting credit). Without limitation, this reduction includes a reduction for any benefits required pursuant to (i) any applicable legal requirement, including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the “ WARN Act ”), (ii) a written employment, severance or equity award agreement with the Company, and (iii) any required salary continuation, notice pay, statutory severance payment, or other payments either required by local law, or owed pursuant to a collective labor agreement, as a result of the termination of the Participant’s employment. Except as set forth herein, the benefits provided under the Plan are intended to satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, and not to provide benefits duplicative of, any and all statutory, contractual and collective agreement obligations of the Company in respect of the form of benefits provided under the Plan that may arise out of a Qualifying Termination, and the Plan Administrator will so construe and implement the terms of the Plan. Reductions may be applied on a retroactive basis, with benefits previously provided being characterized as benefits pursuant to the Company’s statutory or other contractual obligations. The payments pursuant to the Plan are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any unpaid salary, bonuses or employee welfare benefits to which a Participant may be entitled for the period ending with the Participant’s Qualifying Termination.

(c) Mitigation. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, a Participant will not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided under the Plan by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor will the amount of any payment provided for under the Plan be reduced by any compensation earned by a Participant as a result of employment by another employer or any retirement benefits received by such Participant after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company (except as provided for in Section 5(b)).

(d) Indebtedness of Participants. To the extent permitted under applicable law, if a Participant is indebted to the Company on the effective date of a Participant’s Qualifying Termination, the Company reserves the right to offset the payment of any benefits under the Plan by the amount of such indebtedness. Such offset will be made in accordance with all applicable laws. The Participant’s execution of the Participation Notice constitutes knowing written consent to the foregoing.

 

5.


(e) Parachute Payments.

(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided in an agreement between a Participant and the Company, if any payment or benefit the Participant would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (a “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” will be either (A) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, or (B) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount ((A) or (B)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in the Participant’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity based awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid to the Participant. Within any such category of Payments (that is, (1), (2), (3) or (4)), a reduction will occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are “deferred compensation.” In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Participant’s applicable type of stock award ( i.e. , earliest granted stock awards are cancelled last). If Section 409A of the Code is not applicable by law to a Participant, the Company will determine whether any similar law in the Participant’s jurisdiction applies and should be taken into account.

(ii) The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall make all determinations required to be made under this Section 5(e). If the professional firm so engaged by the Company is serving as an accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such professional firm required to be made hereunder. Any good faith determinations of the professional firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and the Participant.

6. T AX M ATTERS .

(a) Application of Code Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of Participant’s termination of employment with the Company, the Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the applicable guidance and regulations thereunder (collectively, “ Section 409A ”), and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such

 

6.


payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Participant) until the first business day to occur following the date that is six (6) months following Participant’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A); and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to Participant hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. In the event that payments under the Plan are deferred pursuant to this Section 6 in order to prevent any accelerated tax or additional tax under Section 409A, then such payments shall be paid at the time specified under this Section 6 without any interest thereon. The Company shall consult with Participant in good faith regarding the implementation of this Section 6; provided , that neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to Participant with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent required by Section 409A, a termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of the Plan providing for the payment of amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a Separation from Service and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “resignation,” “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean a Separation from Service. For purposes of Section 409A, each payment made under the Plan shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of the Section 409A.

(b) Withholding. All payments and benefits under the Plan will be subject to all applicable deductions and withholdings, including, without limitation, obligations to withhold for federal, state, provincial, foreign and local income and employment taxes.

(c) Tax Advice. By becoming a Participant in the Plan, the Participant agrees to review with the Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, provincial, local, and foreign tax consequences of participation in the Plan. The Participant will rely solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) will be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of becoming a Participant in the Plan.

7. C LAWBACK ; R ECOVERY . All payments and severance benefits provided under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in the Participation Notice, as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason,” Resignation for Good Reason, constructive termination, or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

 

7.


8. R IGHT TO I NTERPRET P LAN ; A MENDMENT AND T ERMINATION .

(a) Exclusive Discretion. The Plan Administrator will have the exclusive discretion and authority to establish rules, forms, and procedures for the administration of the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation, definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, without limitation, the eligibility to participate in the Plan, the amount of benefits paid under the Plan and any adjustments that need to be made in accordance with the laws applicable to a Participant. The rules, interpretations, computations and other actions of the Plan Administrator will be binding and conclusive on all persons.

(b) Amendment or Termination. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan, any Participation Notice issued pursuant to the Plan or the benefits provided hereunder at any time; provided, however , that no such amendment or termination will apply to any Participant who would be adversely affected by such amendment or termination unless such Participant consents in writing to such amendment or termination. Any action amending or terminating the Plan or any Participation Notice will be in writing and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

9. N O I MPLIED E MPLOYMENT C ONTRACT . The Plan will not be deemed (i) to give any employee or other person any right to be retained in the employ of the Company, or (ii) to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any employee or other person at any time, with or without Cause, and with or without advance notice, which right is hereby reserved.

10. L EGAL C ONSTRUCTION . The Plan will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California (without regard to principles of conflict of laws), except to the extent preempted by ERISA.

11. C LAIMS , I NQUIRIES A ND A PPEALS .

(a) Applications for Benefits and Inquiries. Any application for benefits, inquiries about the Plan or inquiries about present or future rights under the Plan must be submitted to the Plan Administrator in writing by an applicant (or his or her authorized representative). The Plan Administrator is set forth in Section 11(d).

(b) Denial of Claims. In the event that any application for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator must provide the applicant with written or electronic notice of the denial of the application, and of the applicant’s right to review the denial. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. The notice of denial will be set forth in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant and will include the following:

(1) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(2) references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

 

8.


(3) a description of any additional information or material that the Plan Administrator needs to complete the review and an explanation of why such information or material is necessary; and

(4) an explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review of the claim, as described in Section 11(d).

The notice of denial will be given to the applicant within 90 days after the Plan Administrator receives the application, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case, the Plan Administrator has up to an additional 90 days for processing the application. If an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial 90 day period.

The notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the application.

(c) Request for a Review. Any person (or that person’s authorized representative) for whom an application for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, may appeal the denial by submitting a request for a review to the Plan Administrator within 60 days after the application is denied. A request for a review will be in writing and will be addressed to:

Roku, Inc.

Attn: General Counsel and

VP of Human Resources

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, CA 95032

A request for review must set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request and any other matters that the applicant feels are pertinent. The applicant (or his or her representative) will have the opportunity to submit (or the Plan Administrator may require the applicant to submit) written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to his or her claim. The applicant (or his or her representative) will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the applicant (or his or her representative) relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(d) Decision on Review. The Plan Administrator will act on each request for review within 60 days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time (not to exceed an additional 60 days), for processing the request for a review. If an extension for review is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant within the initial 60 day period. This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the review. The Plan Administrator will give prompt, written or electronic notice of its decision to the

 

9.


applicant. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. In the event that the Plan Administrator confirms the denial of the application for benefits, in whole or in part, the notice will set forth, in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant, the following:

(1) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(2) references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

(3) a statement that the applicant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim; and

(4) a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(e) Rules and Procedures. The Plan Administrator will establish rules and procedures, consistent with the Plan and with ERISA, as necessary and appropriate in carrying out its responsibilities in reviewing benefit claims. The Plan Administrator may require an applicant who wishes to submit additional information in connection with an appeal from the denial of benefits to do so at the applicant’s own expense.

(f) Exhaustion of Remedies. No legal action for benefits under the Plan may be brought until the applicant (i) has submitted a written application for benefits in accordance with the procedures described by Section 11(a), (ii) has been notified by the Plan Administrator that the application is denied, (iii) has filed a written request for a review of the application in accordance with the appeal procedure described in Section 11(c), and (iv) has been notified that the Plan Administrator has denied the appeal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan Administrator does not respond to an applicant’s claim or appeal within the relevant time limits specified in this Section 11, the applicant may bring legal action for benefits under the Plan pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.

12. B ASIS O F P AYMENTS T O A ND F ROM P LAN . All benefits under the Plan will be paid by the Company. The Plan will be unfunded, and benefits hereunder will be paid only from the general assets of the Company.

13. O THER P LAN I NFORMATION .

(a) Employer and Plan Identification Numbers. The Employer Identification Number assigned to the Company (which is the “Plan Sponsor” as that term is used in ERISA) by the Internal Revenue Service is 26-2087865. The Plan Number assigned to the Plan by the Plan Sponsor pursuant to the instructions of the Internal Revenue Service is 502.

(b) Ending Date for Plan s Fiscal Year. The date of the end of the fiscal year for the purpose of maintaining the Plan’s records is December 31.

 

10.


(c) Agent for the Service of Legal Process . The agent for the service of legal process with respect to the Plan is:

Roku, Inc.

Attn: General Counsel

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, CA 95032

(d) Plan Sponsor and Administrator. The “Plan Sponsor” and the “Plan Administrator” of the Plan is:

Roku, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, CA 95032

The Plan Sponsor’s and Plan Administrator’s telephone number is (669) 900-4605. The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary charged with the responsibility for administering the Plan.

14. S TATEMENT O F ERISA R IGHTS .

Participants in the Plan (which is a welfare benefit plan sponsored by Roku, Inc.) are entitled to certain rights and protections under ERISA. For the purposes of this Section 14 and, under ERISA, Participants are entitled to:

Receive Information About the Plan and Benefits

(a) Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at other specified locations, such as worksites, all documents governing the Plan and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration;

(b) Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan and copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, and an updated (as necessary) Summary Plan Description. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies; and

(c) Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report, if applicable. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each participant with a copy of this summary annual report.

Prudent Actions By Plan Fiduciaries

In addition to creating rights for Plan participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate the Plan, called “fiduciaries” of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of each Plan Participant and their beneficiaries. No one, including a Participant’s employer, a Participant’s union or any

 

11.


other person, may fire a Participant or otherwise discriminate against a Participant in any way to prevent a Participant’s from obtaining a Plan benefit or exercising a Participant’s rights under ERISA.

Enforcement of Participant Rights

If a Participant’s claim for a Plan benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, a Participant has a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

Under ERISA, there are steps a Participant can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if a Participant request a copy of Plan documents or the latest annual report from the Plan, if applicable, and does not receive them within 30 days, the Participant may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay the Participant up to $110 a day until the Participant receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.

If a Participant has a claim for benefits that is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, the Participant may file suit in a state or federal court.

If a Participant is discriminated against for asserting the Participant’s rights, the Participant may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or the Participant may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If the Participant is successful, the court may order the person the Participant has sued to pay these costs and fees. If the Participant loses, the court may order the Participant to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds the Participant’s claim is frivolous.

Assistance With Questions

If a Participant has any questions about the Plan, the Participant should contact the Plan Administrator. If a Participant has any questions about this statement or about the Participant’s rights under ERISA, or if a Participant needs assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, the Participant should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in the telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. A Participant may also obtain certain publications about the Participant’s rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

15. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

(a) Notices. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan will be in writing and will be deemed given when delivered personally, when received electronically (including email addressed to the Participant’s Company email account and to the Company email account of the Company’s General Counsel), or deposited in the U.S. Mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties, in the case of the Company, at the address set forth in Section 13(d), in the case of a Participant, at the address as set forth in the Company’s employment file maintained for the Participant as previously furnished by the Participant or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

 

12.


(b) Transfer and Assignment. The rights and obligations of a Participant under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned without the prior written consent of the Company. The Plan will be binding upon any surviving entity resulting from a Change in Control and upon any other person who is a successor by merger, acquisition, consolidation or otherwise to the business formerly carried on by the Company without regard to whether or not such person or entity actively assumes the obligations hereunder.

(c) Waiver. Any party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of the Plan will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent any party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of the Plan. The rights granted to the parties herein are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of any party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

(d) Severability. Should any provision of the Plan be declared or determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired.

(e) Section Headings. Section headings in the Plan are included only for convenience of reference and will not be considered part of the Plan for any other purpose.

 

13.


E XHIBIT A

R OKU , I NC .

S EVERANCE B ENEFIT P LAN

P ARTICIPATION N OTICE

To:

Date:

Roku, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has adopted the Roku, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”). The Company is providing you this Participation Notice to inform you that you have been designated as a Participant in the Plan. A copy of the Plan document is attached to this Participation Notice. The terms and conditions of your participation in the Plan are as set forth in the Plan and this Participation Notice, which together constitute the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

You understand that by accepting your status as a Participant in the Plan, you are waiving your rights to receive any severance benefits on any type of termination of employment under any other contract or agreement with the Company, including but not limited to, the severance benefit provisions set forth the offer letter or other document between the Company and you, which severance benefit provisions will terminate by the mutual agreement of you and the Company as of the date that you sign this Participation Notice; provided, however, that you will remain eligible to receive benefits under the terms of your outstanding stock option agreements.

By accepting participation, you represent that you have either consulted your personal tax or financial planning advisor about the tax consequences of your participation in the Plan, or you have knowingly declined to do so.

Please return a signed copy of this Participation Notice to the Company’s VP of Human Resources and retain a copy of this Participation Notice, along with the Plan document, for your records.

 

R OKU , I NC .:

                                          

  (Signature)
By:   Troy Fenner
  VP of Human Resources
P ARTICIPANT :

                                          

  (Signature)
By:  

 

 

i.


E XHIBIT B 1

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES A GE 40 OR O VER ; I NDIVIDUAL T ERMINATION ]

I have reviewed, I understand, and I agree completely to the terms set forth in the Roku, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company, and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby acknowledge and reaffirm my obligations under my Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and its and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), of and from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to or on the date I sign this Release (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the federal Family and Medical Leave Act (as amended) (“ FMLA ”), the California Family Rights Act (as amended) (“ CFRA ”), the California Labor Code (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release (the “ Excluded Claims ”): (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any fully executed indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party; the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate; or under applicable law; (b) any rights or claims which cannot be waived as a matter of

 

 

1  

To be revised, if applicable, for states other than California.

 

ii.


law; or (c) any claims for breach of the Plan arising after the date that I sign this Release. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other government agency, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given under the Plan for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraphs hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not do so); (c) I have 21 days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice of my revocation to an officer of the Company; and (e) this Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release.

In giving the releases set forth in this Release, which include claims which may be unknown or unsuspected by me at present, I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows:  “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”  I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the releases granted herein, including but not limited to the release of unknown and unsuspected claims granted in this Release.

I hereby represent and warrant that: (a) I have been paid all compensation owed and for all time worked; (b) I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to FMLA, CFRA, the Company’s policies, or applicable law; and (c) I have not suffered any on-the-job injury or illness for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than 21 days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not subsequently revoke the Release.

 

iii.


P ARTICIPANT :

                                          

(Signature)

Printed Name:                    
Date:                    

 

iv.


E XHIBIT C 2

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES A GE 40 OR O VER ; G ROUP T ERMINATION ]

I have reviewed, I understand, and I agree completely to the terms set forth in the Roku, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company, and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby acknowledge and reaffirm my obligations under my Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and its and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), of and from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to or on the date I sign this Release (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the federal Family and Medical Leave Act (as amended) (“ FMLA ”), the California Family Rights Act (as amended) (“ CFRA ”), the California Labor Code (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release (the “ Excluded Claims ”): (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any fully executed indemnification agreement with

 

 

2  

To be revised, if applicable, for states other than California.

 

.


the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party; the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate; or under applicable law; (b) any rights or claims which cannot be waived as a matter of law; or (c) any claims for breach of the Plan arising after the date that I sign this Release. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other government agency, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given under the Plan for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraphs hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have 45 days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice of my revocation to an office of the Company; (e) this Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release; and (f) I have received with this Release a written disclosure under 29 U.S. Code Section 626(f)(1)(H) that includes certain information relating to the Company’s group termination.

In giving the releases set forth in this Release, which include claims which may be unknown or unsuspected by me at present, I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows:  “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”  I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the releases granted herein, including but not limited to the release of unknown and unsuspected claims granted in this Release.

I hereby represent and warrant that: (a) I have been paid all compensation owed and for all time worked; (b) I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to FMLA, CFRA, the Company’s policies, or applicable law; and (c) I have not suffered any on-the-job injury or illness for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than 45 days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not subsequently revoke the Release.

 


P ARTICIPANT :

                                          

(Signature)
Printed Name:
Date:

 

.


E XHIBIT D 3

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

[E MPLOYEES U NDER A GE 40]

I have reviewed, I understand, and I agree completely to the terms set forth in the Roku, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan (the Plan ”).

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company, and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company or an affiliate of the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

I hereby acknowledge and reaffirm my obligations under my Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its affiliates, and its and their parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), of and from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to or on the date I sign this Release (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company and its affiliates, or their affiliates; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, provincial and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the federal Family and Medical Leave Act (as amended) (“ FMLA ”), the California Family Rights Act (as amended) (“ CFRA ”), the California Labor Code (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that the following rights or claims are not included in my Release (the “ Excluded Claims ”): (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any fully executed indemnification agreement with the Company or its affiliate to which I am a party; the charter, bylaws, or operating agreements of the Company or its affiliate; or under applicable law; (b) any rights or claims which cannot be waived as a matter of

 

 

3  

To be revised, if applicable, for states other than California.


law; or (c) any claims for breach of the Plan arising after the date that I sign this Release. In addition, I understand that nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other government agency, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

In giving the releases set forth in this Release, which include claims which may be unknown or unsuspected by me at present, I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows:  “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”  I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the releases granted herein, including but not limited to the release of unknown and unsuspected claims granted in this Release.

I hereby represent and warrant that: (a) I have been paid all compensation owed and for all time worked; (b) I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible pursuant to FMLA, CFRA, the Company’s policies, or applicable law; and (c) I have not suffered any on-the-job injury or illness for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than 14 days following the date it is provided to me.

 

P ARTICIPANT :

                                         

(Signature)

 

Printed Name:

Date:

Exhibit 10.26

SUBLEASE

BETWEEN

NETFLIX, INC.

AND

ROKU, INC.

170/180 KNOWLES DRIVE

LOS GATOS, CALIFORNIA

August 18, 2015


SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE (“ Sublease ”) is entered into as of August 18, 2015, by and between NETFLIX, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”), and ROKU, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Pursuant to that certain Lease Agreement dated June 11, 2010, as the same has been amended by Amendments to Lease Agreement dated November 8, 2010, April 7, 2011, August 23, 2011, and June 29, 2015 (as amended, the “ Master Lease ”), Knowles Los Gatos, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), as landlord, leases to Sublandlord, as tenant, certain space (the “ Master Lease Premises ”) consisting of the entire rentable area of the two-story office building located at 170/180 Knowles Drive in the Town of Los Gatos. California (the Building ”). The Master Lease Premises contains a total rentable area of 44,892 rentable square feet, which for purposes of this Sublease shall not be subject to re-measurement.

B. Subtenant wishes to sublease from Sublandlord, and Sublandlord wishes to sublease to Subtenant, the entire Master Lease Premises, said space being more particularly identified and described on the floor plans attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (the “ Subleased Premises ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Sublease .

1.1 Subleased Premises . Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, the Subleased Premises.

(a) Subleases Contingency . Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that this Sublease is subject to and conditioned upon the full execution and delivery by Sublandlord and Subtenant concurrently herewith (and receipt of master landlord consent, as applicable) of two additional subleases for certain additional subleased premises in the buildings located at 100 Winchester Circle (the “ 100 Winchester Sublease ”) and 150 Winchester Circle (the “ 150 Winchester Sublease ”) that are currently leased by Sublandlord from Sobrato Land Holdings.

1.2 Landlord’s Consent . Under the Master Lease, Sublandlord must obtain the consent of Landlord to any subletting. Therefore, and notwithstanding anything set forth in this Sublease to the contrary, this Sublease and the effectiveness hereof is conditioned upon Landlord’s consent to this Sublease as required under the terms of the Master Lease and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Subtenant (the “ Consent ”), which Consent must be executed and delivered by Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant on or before August 31, 2015 (the date of the full execution and delivery of the Consent being referred to herein as the “ Consent Date ”).

 

1


1.3 Access to Subleased Premises . Sublandlord shall maintain the entry control system for the Building pursuant to the specifications more particularly described on Exhibit E attached hereto (the “ Entry Control System ”); and, prior to the Commencement Date, Sublandlord shall (at no cost or expense to Subtenant other than the actual cost [without mark-up] of access cards) configure such Entry Control System such that Subtenant shall have card controlled access to the Subleased Premises as noted above, and virtual/remote access to the Entry Control System including access to and control of the cameras and recording equipment pertaining to the Subleased Premises. Subtenant shall have access to the Subleased Premises on a 24/7 basis.

(a) Use of MPOE and IDF Rooms . Subtenant shall have the access to and use of all MPOE and IDF rooms serving the Building during the Term of this Sublease and shall maintain such rooms in good condition and repair, at its sole cost and expense.

2. Term .

2.1 Generally . The term of this Sublease (the “ Term ”) shall commence January 1, 2016 (the “ Commencement Date ”), and the Term shall end on December 31, 2020 (the “ Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof.

2.2 Adjustments . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.1 above with respect to the Expiration Date, if, pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease, Sublandlord is required by Landlord to remove any improvements or alterations in the Subleased Premises on or before the date of expiration of the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall have the right, by written notice to Subtenant, to accelerate the Expiration Date to November 30, 2020, in order to provide Sublandlord with sufficient time following the Expiration Date in which to enter the Subleased Premises and perform any required restoration/repair work. Sublandlord agrees to give any such acceleration notice to Subtenant promptly following Sublandlord’s determination that Landlord will require any such restoration or repair, but in no event later than May 1, 2020. Any such restoration or repair work shall be at Sublandlord’s sole cost and expense, to the extent such required restoration relates to improvements installed in the Subleased Premises by or on behalf of Sublandlord prior to the date hereof; and nothing set forth herein is intended to relieve Subtenant of the obligation to remove any improvements installed in the Subleased Premises by or on behalf of Subtenant, to the extent that such removal may be required pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, within ten (10) days following any Subtenant request for Sublandlord’s consent to any tenant improvements or alterations, Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant in writing whether or not such tenant improvement or alteration will be required by Sublandlord to be removed upon expiration of the Term of this Sublease; provided, however, that if Sublandlord does not exercise its Option to Extend Lease Term (as defined in the Master Lease) and Landlord has not required such tenant improvement or alteration to be removed upon expiration of the stated Lease Term under the Master Lease, then Subtenant shall not be required to remove such tenant improvement or alteration.

 

2


2.3 Early Access . Subtenant and Subtenant’s representatives shall have the right to enter the Subleased Premises from and after the later to occur of (i) October 1, 2015 (or such earlier date as Sublandlord may make the Subleased Premises available for entry by Subtenant), and (ii) the Consent Date, so long as and on the condition that prior to such entry Subtenant shall have delivered to Sublandlord (A) the pre-paid Monthly Rent required pursuant to Section 3.3 below, (B) the Security required pursuant to Section 4 below, and (C) evidence of Subtenant’s procurement of all insurance coverage required hereunder (the date upon which Subtenant first has such access to the Subleased Premises being referred to herein as the “ Early Access Date ”) for the sole purposes of installation of Subtenant’s personal property and equipment, furniture, fixtures and voice and data cabling, all subject to the terms, conditions and requirements of the Master Lease. All of the rights and obligations of the parties under this Sublease (other than Subtenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent, but expressly including, without limitation, Subtenant’s obligation to pay the items of Additional Rent provided for in Section 3.4(b) that accrue from and after the Early Access Date, Subtenant’s obligation to carry insurance, and Subtenant’s indemnification obligations) shall commence upon the Early Access Date. Subtenant shall reasonably coordinate such entry with Sublandlord, and such entry shall be made in compliance with all terms and conditions of this Sublease, the Master Lease and the rules and regulations attached to the Master Lease.

3. Rent .

3.1 Base Rent . Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as base rent for the Subleased Premises during the Term (“ Base Rent ”), the following:

 

Period

   Base Rent Rate Per
Rentable
Square Foot Per Month
     Monthly Base Rent  

Commencement Date through and including December 31, 2016

   $ 2.75      $ 123,453.00  

January 1, 2017 through and including December 31, 2017

   $ 2.83      $ 127,044.36  

January 1, 2018 through and including December 31, 2018

   $ 2.92      $ 131,084.64  

January 1, 2019 through and including December 31, 2019

   $ 3.00      $ 134,676.00  

January 1, 2020 through and including Expiration Date

   $ 3.10      $ 135,165.20  

3.2 Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment Rent . Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as rent for Subtenant’s use of the FF&E (defined below) during the Term as provided for in Section 18, the amount of $6,883 per month (“ FF&E Rent ”).

3.3 Monthly Payments . Base Rent and FF&E Rent (collectively, “ Monthly Rent ”) shall be paid on the first day of each month of the Term, except that Subtenant shall pay the amount of the Monthly Rent for the first month of the Term to Sublandlord within five (5) days following the Consent Date; and said pre-paid Monthly Rent will be applied to the first (1st) month’s Monthly Rent due and payable hereunder. If the Term does not begin on the first day of a calendar month or end on the last day of a month, the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent (hereinafter defined) for any partial month shall be prorated by multiplying the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent for such month by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days of the partial month included in the Term and the denominator of which is the total number

 

3


of days in the full calendar month. All Rent (hereinafter defined) shall be payable in lawful money of the United States either by (i) wire transfer to such account as Sublandlord designates in writing upon Subtenant’s written request, (ii) automated clearing house funds or other transfer of funds to such account as Sublandlord designates in writing upon Subtenant’s request, or (iii) by regular or certified mail or recognized overnight courier to Sublandlord’s address set forth in Section 17, below, or to such other persons or at such other places as Sublandlord may designate in writing.

3.4 Additional Rent .

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Sublease and in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Sublease, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(1) “ Additional Rent ” shall mean the sums payable pursuant to Section 3.4(b) below.

(2) “ Operating Expenses ,” “ Insurance Expenses ,” “Utility Expenses ” and “ Taxes ” shall have the meanings set forth in the Master Lease.

(3) “ Rent ” shall mean, collectively, Base Rent, FF&E Rent, all Additional Rent, and all other sums payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Sublease, whether or not expressly designated as “rent”, all of which are deemed and designated as rent pursuant to the terms of this Sublease.

(4) “Subtenant’s Proportionate Share” shall mean 100%.

(b) Payment of Additional Rent . In addition to the Base Rent and FF&E Rent payable pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, from and after the Early Access Date, Subtenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, the following:

(1) Landlord’s Costs . All of the amounts that accrue from and after the Early Access Date and throughout the Term and that are payable from time to time by Sublandlord to Landlord under the Master Lease for: (A) Operating Expenses; (B) Insurance Expenses; (C) Utility Expenses; and (D) Taxes. Sublandlord shall give Subtenant written notice of the amount of any Additional Rent payable pursuant to this Section 3.4(b)(1) promptly following the Sublandlord’s receipt of any billing by Landlord (each, a “ Landlord’s Statement ”); and Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the costs shown on such Landlord’s Statement within twenty (20) days after Subtenant’s receipt thereof. In the event that Landlord bills Sublandlord at any time for any such costs on an estimated basis, Subtenant shall pay such costs on an estimated basis and Sublandlord and Subtenant shall reconcile such estimated payments for any particular period against the actual costs incurred by Landlord for such period in the same manner as such reconciliation is made under the Master Lease.

(2) Utilities . To the extent that any Utility Expenses are incurred by Sublandlord directly (as opposed to being billed by Landlord to Sublandlord and payable by Subtenant pursuant to Section 3.4(b)(1) above), Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord all such Utility Expanses that accrue from and after the Early Access Date and throughout the

 

4


Term. If requested by Subtenant, and to the extent feasible, Sublandlord shall reasonably cooperate with Subtenant to assist Subtenant to contract directly with all utility providers to the Subleased Premises, in which case Subtenant shall pay such utility costs directly to the utility provider.

(3) Sublandlord’s Work and Services . Pursuant to Sections 4(f) and (g) of the Master Lease and as elsewhere provided therein, Sublandlord shall remain responsible for the maintenance, repair and replacement of the Master Lease Premises including the building systems serving the Master Lease Premises, including, without limitation the HVAC system serving the Building. Sublandlord shall perform such work and services in a first class manner consistent with similarly situated buildings. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the actual and reasonable amount of the costs (without mark-up) incurred by Sublandlord for such work performed and services supplied by Sublandlord pursuant to Sections 4(f) and (g) of the Master Lease (“ Sublandlord’s Work and Services ”), including service agreements and maintenance contracts, that accrue from and after the Early Access Date and throughout the Term.

(c) Monthly Estimated Payments; Annual Reconciliation . Sublandlord shall give Subtenant written notice from time to time of Sublandlord’s estimate of the monthly costs to be incurred by Sublandlord (as reasonably determined) for the Utility Expenses payable by Subtenant pursuant to Section 3.4(b)(2) and for Sublandlord’s Work and Services pursuant to Section 3.4(b)(3) (“ Sublandlord’s Statement ”). On or before the first day of each month following Subtenant’s receipt of any such Sublandlord’s Statement, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Additional Rent such estimated monthly amount together with the Monthly Rent owing hereunder. Promptly following the close of each calendar year, Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant a statement of the actual expenses incurred by Sublandlord for such Utility Expenses and Sublandlord’s Work and Services during the prior year. If on the basis of such statement. Subtenant owes an amount that is less than the estimated payments actually made by Subtenant for the calendar year just ended, Sublandlord shall credit such excess to the next payments of Rent coming due or, if the term of this Sublease is about to expire, promptly refund such excess to Subtenant. If on the basis of such statement Subtenant owes an amount that is more than the estimated payments for the calendar year just ended previously made by Subtenant, Subtenant shall pay the deficiency to Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement from Sublandlord to Subtenant. In addition, if the cost of any Utility Expanses or Sublandlord’s Work and Services or any item(s) thereof for any period is not otherwise included in a Sublandlord’s Statement, Subtenant shall pay the cost thereof within twenty (20) days after Sublandlord’s delivery of a reasonably detailed invoice therefor to Subtenant.

(d) Survival . The expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease shall not affect the obligations of Subtenant for the payment of any items of Additional rent that accrue during the Term, and such obligations shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

(e) Audit . In the event Subtenant wishes to conduct an audit with respect to its payment of Additional Rent pursuant to Sections 3.4(b) above, Subtenant must notify Sublandlord in writing within six (6) months after receipt of the Landlord’s Statement or Sublandlord’s Statement, as applicable. In such event. Subtenant shall have the right to review

 

5


and audit Sublandlord’s books and records with respect to the Additional Rent, and Subtenant shall pay all costs and expenses related to such audit, except that, in the event Sublandlord has overstated Additional Rent by more than five percent (5%), then Sublandlord shall reimburse Subtenant for the cost of such review and audit. Sublandlord and Subtenant will reasonably coordinate and cooperate with each other in the performance of such audit.

4. Security .

4.1 Security Amount . Within five (5) days following the Consent Date, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord security (the “ Security ”) for the faithful performance by Subtenant of all of its obligations under this Sublease and for all losses and damages Sublandlord may suffer as a result of Subtenant’s default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) of this Sublease, in the amount equal to three (3) months of Monthly Rent at the monthly rate in effect at the Commencement Date (the “ Security Amount ”), either in the form of a cash Security Deposit or a Letter of Credit, as provided for below. Without prejudice to any other remedy available to Sublandlord under this Sublease or at law, if Subtenant fails to pay rent or other sums due hereunder, or otherwise defaults (in all events beyond applicable notice and cure periods) with respect to any provisions of this Sublease, Sublandlord may use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit or draw on the Letter of Credit, as the case may be, for the payment of any rent or other sum in default or for the payment of any other sum to which Sublandlord may become obligated by reason of Subtenant’s default, or to compensate Sublandlord for any loss or damage which Sublandlord may suffer thereby (specifically excluding consequential, special or punitive damages).

4.2 Cash Security Deposit . If Subtenant elects to provide such Security in the form of cash (the “ Security Deposit ”) and Sublandlord at any time applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit as provided for above, Subtenant shall within ten (10) days after demand therefor deposit cash with Sublandlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount thereof and Subtenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Sublease. If Subtenant performs all of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder, the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by Sublandlord, shall be returned, without interest, to Subtenant (or, at Sublandlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Subtenant’s interest hereunder) following the expiration of the Term, and after Subtenant vacates the Subleased Premises and completes any restoration or repair obligations. No trust relationship is created herein between Sublandlord and Subtenant with respect to the Security Deposit. Sublandlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts. Subtenant hereby waives any and all rights under and the benefits of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (as now existing or hereafter amended, “Security Deposit Laws”).

4.3 Letter of Credit . If Subtenant elects to provide such Security in the form of a Letter of Credit, the following terms shall apply:

(a) Initial Letter of Credit . The Letter of Credit shall be an unconditional, irrevocable, transferable standby letter of credit (the “ Initial Letter of Credit ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C in the Security Amount, issued by Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Issuing Bank ”). Subtenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be continuously maintained in effect (whether through a Replacement Letter of Credit (defined below), amendment, renewal

 

6


or extension) through the date (the “ Final Letter of Credit Expiration Date ”) that is the later to occur of (i) the date that is forty-five (45) days after the scheduled Expiration Date of the Term, and (ii) the date that is forty-five (45) days after Subtenant vacates the Subleased Premises and completes any restoration or repair obligations.

(b) Drawing Under Letter of Credit . In addition to the provisions of Section 4.1, Sublandlord may also draw upon the Initial Letter of Credit or any Replacement Letter of Credit on or after the occurrence of: (i) any failure by Subtenant to deliver to Sublandlord a Replacement Letter of Credit as and when required pursuant to Section 4.3(c); (ii) an uncured failure by Subtenant to perform one or more of its obligations under this Sublease and the existence of circumstances in which Sublandlord is enjoined or otherwise prevented by operation of law from giving to Subtenant a written notice which would be necessary for such failure of performance to constitute an event of default, or (iii) the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Subtenant, or an assignment of Subtenant for the benefit of creditors, or any action taken or suffered by Subtenant under any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other debtor relief proceedings, whether now existing or hereafter amended or enacted; provided that in the event that Subtenant fails to pay rent or other sums due hereunder, or otherwise defaults (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) with respect to any provisions of this Sublease, Sublandlord may, at Sublandlord’s sole option, draw upon a portion of the face amount of the Initial Letter of Credit or any Replacement Letter of Credit, as applicable, as required to compensate Sublandlord for damages incurred (with subsequent demands as Sublandlord incurs further damage).

(c) Delivery of Replacement Letter of Credit . Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord a new letter of credit (a “ Replacement Letter of Credit ”) (the Initial Letter of Credit and/or any Replacement Letter of Credit being referred to herein as a “ Letter of Credit ”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiry date of the Initial Letter of Credit or of any Replacement Letter of Credit held by Sublandlord. Each Replacement Letter of Credit delivered by Subtenant to Sublandlord shall: (i) be issued by a banking institution reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord; (ii) be in the same form as the letter of credit attached to this Sublease as Exhibit C ; (iii) bear an expiry date not earlier than one (1) year from the date when such Replacement Letter of Credit is delivered to Sublandlord; and (iv) be in an amount not less than the Security Amount. Upon the delivery to Sublandlord of a Replacement Letter of Credit as described in this Section 4.3(c). Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant the Initial Letter of Credit or any previous Replacement Letter of Credit then held by Sublandlord.

(d) Sublandlord’s Transfer . If Sublandlord conveys or transfers its interest in the Subleased Premises and, as a part of such conveyance or transfer, Sublandlord assigns its interest in this Sublease: (i) any Letter of Credit shall be transferred to Sublandlord’s successor: (ii) Sublandlord shall be released and discharged from any further liability to Subtenant with respect to such Letter of Credit; and (iii) any Replacement Letter of Credit thereafter delivered by Subtenant shall state the name of the successor to Sublandlord as the beneficiary of such Replacement Letter of Credit and shall contain such modifications in the text of the Replacement Letter of Credit as are required to appropriately reflect the transfer of the interest of Sublandlord in the Premises.

 

7


(e) Additional Covenants of Subtenant . If, as result of any application or use by Sublandlord of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit plus any cash proceeds previously drawn by Sublandlord and not applied pursuant to this Section 4 shall be less than the Security Amount, Subtenant shall, within ten (10) days thereafter, provide Sublandlord with additional Letter(s) of Credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement or amended Letter of Credit in the total Security Amount), and any such additional (or replacement or amended) Letter of Credit shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 4(c); if Subtenant fails to timely comply with the foregoing, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, the same shall constitute a default by Subtenant without the necessity of additional notice or the passage of additional grace periods. Subtenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Sublandlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

(f) Nature of Letter of Credit . Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any Security Deposit Laws, and waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may have now or in the future relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

5. Use and Occupancy .

5.1 Use . The Subleased Premises shall be used and occupied only for those uses permitted under the Master Lease.

5.2 Compliance with Master Lease .

(a) Subtenant . Subtenant will occupy the Subleased Premises in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease and will not suffer to be done, or omit to do, any act which may result in a violation of or a default under the Master Lease, or render Sublandlord liable for any damage, charge or expense thereunder. Subtenant will indemnify, defend, protect and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, by reason of, or resulting from, Subtenant’s failure to perform or observe any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease or this Sublease. Any other provision in this Sublease to the contrary notwithstanding, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Rent hereunder any and all sums which Sublandlord may be required to pay the Landlord arising out of a request by Subtenant for, or the use by Subtenant of, additional or over-standard Building services from Landlord (for example, but not by way of limitation, charges associated with after-hour HVAC usage and overstandard electrical charges).

(b) Sublandlord . Sublandlord will continue to comply with the terms of the Master Lease that are not otherwise the responsibility of Subtenant under the terms of this Sublease. Sublandlord will indemnify, defend, protect and hold Subtenant harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, by reason of, or resulting from, Sublandlord’s negligence or failure to perform or observe any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, except (i) to the extent that such occurrence is attributable, in whole or in part, to any negligent act or omission of Subtenant, its agents, employees or contractors or (ii) if such failure to perform by Sublandlord is a direct result of Subtenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Sublease.

 

8


5.3 Landlord’s Obligations . Subtenant agrees that Sublandlord shall not be required to perform any of the covenants, agreements and/or obligations of Landlord under the Master Lease and, insofar as any of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Sublandlord hereunder are required to be performed under the Master Lease by Landlord thereunder. Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Sublandlord shall be entitled to look to Landlord for such performance. In addition, Sublandlord shall have no obligation to perform any repairs or any other obligation of Landlord under the Master Lease. Except resulting from Sublandlord’s negligence or default of its obligations under this Sublease, Sublandlord shall not be responsible for any failure or interruption, for any reason whatsoever, of the services or facilities that may be appurtenant to or supplied at the Building by Landlord or otherwise, including, without limitation, heat, air conditioning, ventilation, life-safety, water, electricity, elevator service and cleaning service, if any; and no failure to furnish, or interruption of any such services or facilities shall give rise to any (i) abatement, diminution or reduction of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease, or (ii) liability on the part of Sublandlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall promptly take such action as may reasonably be indicated, under the circumstances, to secure such performance upon Subtenant’s request to Sublandlord to do so and shall thereafter diligently prosecute such performance on the part of Landlord.

6. Master Lease and Sublease Terms .

6.1 Subject to Master Lease . This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease. Subtenant acknowledges that Subtenant has reviewed and is familiar with all of the terms, agreements, covenants and conditions of the Master Lease. Additionally, Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease shall be subject to the terms of the Consent. During the Term and for all periods subsequent thereto with respect to obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease, Subtenant agrees to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Sublandlord and Landlord, the obligations of Sublandlord under the Master Lease which pertain to the Subleased Premises and/or this Sublease, except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are expressly excluded pursuant to Section 6.4 below or otherwise contradicted by or inconsistent with this Sublease (collectively such provisions referred to herein as “ Excluded Provisions ”), in which event the terms of this Sublease shall control over the Master Lease.

6.2 Incorporation of Terms of Master Lease . The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, except for the Excluded Provisions, in which event the terms of this Sublease shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Master Lease the word “Landlord” is used it shall be deemed to mean Sublandlord and wherever in the Master Lease the word “Tenant” is used it shall be deemed to mean Subtenant, except with respect to the Excluded Provisions. Any non-liability, release, indemnity or hold harmless provision in the Master Lease for the benefit of Landlord that is incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Landlord, and any other person intended to be benefited by said provision, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Sublease. Any right of Landlord under the Master Lease (a) of access or inspection, (b) to do work in the Master Lease Premises or in the Building, (c) in respect of rules and regulations, w hich is incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Landlord, and any other person intended to be benefited by said provision, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Sublease.

 

9


6.3 Modifications . For the purposes of incorporation herein, the terms of the Master Lease are subject to the following additional modifications:

(a) Approvals . In all provisions of the Master Lease (under the terms thereof and without regard to modifications thereof for purposes of incorporation into this Sublease) requiring the approval or consent of Landlord, Subtenant shall be required to obtain the approval or consent of both Landlord and Sublandlord.

(b) Deliveries . In all provisions of the Master Lease requiring Tenant to submit, exhibit to, supply or provide Landlord with evidence, certificates, or any other matter or thing, Subtenant shall be required to submit, exhibit to, supply or provide, as the case may be, the same to both Landlord and Sublandlord.

(c) Damage: Condemnation . Sublandlord shall have no obligation to restore or rebuild any portion of the Subleased Premises after any destruction or taking by eminent domain.

(d) Insurance . In all provisions of the Master Lease requiring Tenant to designate Landlord as an additional or named insured on its insurance policy, Subtenant shall be required to so designate Landlord and Sublandlord on its insurance policy.

6.4 Exclusions . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 6.2 above, Subtenant shall have no rights nor obligations under the following parts, Sections and Exhibits of the Master Lease: Sections 1, 2, 3, 4(a), 4(b)(1), 4(b)(2)(E) - (J), 4(c), (d) and (e), 8, 14, 31, 38, 40, 62, 63 and 64; Exhibits D and E; and any of the Amendments to Lease Agreement (except that the parties recognize that, pursuant to the Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, (i) the Lease Term of the Master Lease has been extended, (ii) Landlord and Sublandlord confirmed that the Master Lease has been converted to a triple net lease, and (iii) Landlord’s right of recapture in the event of an assignment or sublease has been deleted). The foregoing list may not be an all-inclusive or exhaustive list of Excluded Provisions, and to the extent that any provisions of the Master Lease not included in the foregoing list are by their own terms inconsistent with or contrary to the provisions of this Sublease, such provisions shall be deemed to constitute Excluded Provisions. The Basic Lease Information shall be applicable to this Sublease for informational purposes (except that items 7 (Building), 8 (Project), 19 (Permitted Use) and 20 (Unreserved Parking Spaces) shall be applicable to this Sublease).

6.5 Modifications . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 6.2 above, the following provisions of the Master Lease are modified as described below for the purpose of their incorporation into this Sublease:

(a) Sections 4(f), 4(g), 13(b), 29 and 49 . For purposes of Sections 4(f), 4(g), 13(b), 29 and 49, the term “Landlord” shall continue to mean “Landlord” (and not Sublandlord), and the term “Tenant” shall continue to mean Sublandlord in its capacity as “Tenant” (and not Subtenant).

 

10


(b) Section 13(a) . The extent of Subtenant’s obligation to maintain the Subleased Premises in good condition and repair pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Master Lease is subject to and limited by Sublandlord’s continuing maintenance and repair obligations described in Sections 4(f) and 4(g) of the Master Lease.

(c) Signage . During the Term of this Sublease, Subtenant shall be permitted all of the signage rights allocated to Sublandlord pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of Section 18 of the Master Lease. The parties hereby approve Subtenant’s signage plan attached hereto as Exhibit D .

6.6 Janitorial Services . Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, Subtenant at its sole cost and expense, shall arrange and pay for all janitorial services for the Subleased Premises, and Sublandlord shall have no responsibility to provide any such services.

6.7 CASp Inspection . As of the date of this Sublease, there has been no inspection on behalf of Sublandlord of the Subleased Premises by a Certified Access Specialist as referenced in Section 1938 of the California Civil Code.

6.8 Energy Disclosure Requirements . Subtenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and Sublandlord to comply with any and all guidelines or controls concerning energy management and usage disclosure imposed upon Landlord and/or Sublandlord by federal or state governmental organizations or by any energy conservation association to which Landlord and/or Sublandlord is a party or which is applicable to the Building, including, without limitation, the requirements of California’s Nonresidential Building Energy Use Disclosure Program, as more particularly specified in California Public Resources Code Sections 25402.10 et seq. and regulations adopted pursuant thereto. Further, Subtenant hereby authorizes (and agrees that Landlord and Sublandlord shall have the authority to authorize) any electric or gas utility company providing service to the Building to disclose from time to time so much of the data collected and maintained by it regarding Subtenant’s energy consumption data as may be necessary to cause the Building to participate in the ENERGY STAR R Portfolio Manager system and similar programs; and Subtenant further authorizes Landlord and/or Sublandlord to disclose information concerning energy use by Subtenant as Landlord and/or Sublandlord determines to be necessary to comply with applicable laws pertaining to the Building or the ownership or operation thereof.

7. Assignment and Subletting . Subtenant shall not assign this Sublease or further sublet all or any part of the Subleased Premises except subject to and in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, and Sublandlord (in addition to Landlord) shall have the same rights with respect to assignment and subleasing as Landlord has under the Master Lease. Subtenant shall pay all fees and costs payable to Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease in connection with any proposed assignment, sublease or transfer of the Subleased Premises, together with all of Sublandlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs relating to Subtenant’s request for such consent, regardless of whether such consent is granted, and the effectiveness of any such consent shall be conditioned upon Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s receipt of all such fees and costs.

 

11


8. Default . Except as expressly set forth herein with respect to the Excluded Provisions or otherwise. Subtenant shall perform all obligations in respect of the Subleased Premises that Sublandlord would be required to perform pursuant to the Master Lease. It shall constitute an event of default hereunder if Subtenant fails to perform any obligation hereunder (including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Rent), or any obligation under the Master Lease which has been incorporated herein by reference, and, in each instance, Subtenant has not remedied such failure (i) in the case of any monetary default, five (5) calendar days after delivery of written notice and (ii) in the case of any other default, thirty (30) calendar days after delivery of written notice (provided, however, if the nature of such default reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, then Subtenant shall not be in default if it commences such cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter prosecutes the same to completion).

9. Remedies . In the event of any default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) hereunder by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall have all remedies provided to the “Landlord” in the Master Lease as if a default had occurred thereunder and all other rights and remedies otherwise available at law and in equity. Sublandlord may resort to its remedies cumulatively or in the alternative.

10. Right to Cure Defaults . If Subtenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease after expiration of applicable grace or cure periods, then Sublandlord may, but shall not be obligated to, perform any such obligations for Subtenant’s account. All costs and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in performing any such act for the account of Subtenant shall be deemed Rent payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord upon demand, together with interest thereon at the lesser of (i) ten percent (10%) per annum or (ii) the maximum rate allowable under law from the date of the expenditure until repaid. If Sublandlord undertakes to perform any of Subtenant’s obligations for the account of Subtenant pursuant hereto, the taking of such action shall not constitute a waiver of any of Sublandlord’s remedies. Subtenant hereby expressly waives its rights under any statute to make repairs at the expense of Sublandlord.

11. Consents and Approvals . In any instance when Sublandlord’s consent or approval is required under this Sublease, Sublandlord’s refusal to consent to or approve any matter or thing shall be deemed reasonable if, among other matters, such consent or approval is required under the provisions of the Master Lease incorporated herein by reference but has not been obtained from Landlord: provided, however, if such consent by Landlord is required, Sublandlord shall use diligent efforts to obtain it. Except as otherwise provided herein, Sublandlord shall not unreasonably withhold, or delay its consent to or approval of a matter if such consent or approval is required under the provisions of the Master Lease and Landlord has consented to or approved of such matter.

12. Sublandlord’s and Subtenant’s Liability .

12.1 Limitation of Liability . Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, the liability of Sublandlord to Subtenant for any default in Sublandlord’s obligations under this Sublease shall be limited to actual, direct damages, and under no circumstances shall Subtenant, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, sublessees, successors and/or assigns be entitled to recover from Sublandlord (or otherwise be indemnified by Sublandlord) for (a) any losses, costs, claims, causes of action, damages or other liability incurred in connection with a failure of Landlord, its

 

12


partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, successors and/or assigns to perform or cause to be performed Landlord’s obligations under the Master Lease, except to the extent the same also constitutes a breach by Sublandlord under this Sublease, (b) lost revenues, lost profit or other consequential, special or punitive damages arising in connection with this Sublease for any reason, or (c) any damages or other liability arising from or incurred in connection with the condition of the Subleased Premises or suitability of the Subleased Premises for Subtenant’s intended uses. Subtenant shall, however, have the right to seek any injunctive or other equitable remedies as may be available to Subtenant under applicable law. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Sublandlord’s shareholders, directors, officers, or partners on account of any of Sublandlord’s obligations or actions under this Sublease. As used in this Sublease, the term “Sublandlord” means the holder of the tenant’s interest under the Master Lease and “Sublandlord” means the holder of sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease. In the event of any assignment or transfer of the Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease, which assignment or transfer may occur at any time during the Term in Sublandlord’s sole discretion, Sublandlord shall be and hereby is entirely relieved of all covenants and obligations of Sublandlord hereunder accruing subsequent to the date of the transfer and it shall be deemed and construed, without further agreement between the parties hereto, that any transferee has assumed and shall carry out all covenants and obligations thereafter to be performed by Sublandlord hereunder. Sublandlord may transfer and deliver the then existing Letter of Credit to the transferee of Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease, and thereupon Sublandlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect thereto. In addition, Sublandlord shall comply with all of its obligations as “Tenant” under the Master Lease except to the extent that any such obligation is the obligation of Subtenant pursuant to the terms of this Sublease. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, the liability of Subtenant to Sublandlord for any default in Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease shall be limited to actual, direct damages, and under no circumstances shall Sublandlord, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, sublessees, successors and/or assigns be entitled to recover from Subtenant (or otherwise be indemnified by Subtenant) for lost revenues, lost profit or other consequential, special or punitive damages arising in connection with this Sublease for any reason, except for any breach by Subtenant under Section 32 of the Master Lease. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Subtenant’s shareholders, directors, officers, or partners on account of any of Subtenant’s obligations or actions under this Sublease.

12.2 Sublandlord Default . Sublandlord shall be in default hereunder only if Sublandlord has not commenced and pursued with reasonable diligence the cure of any failure of Sublandlord to meet its obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Sublandlord of written notice from Subtenant of the alleged failure to perform in strict accordance with Section 17. Failure to provide the requisite notice and cure period by Subtenant under this paragraph shall be an absolute defense by Sublandlord against any claims, counterclaims or defenses of Subtenant based on the alleged failure by Sublandlord to perform any of its obligations.

13. Attorneys’ Fees . If Sublandlord or Subtenant brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party who recovers substantially all of the damages, equitable relief or other remedy sought in any such action on trial and appeal shall be entitled to receive from the other party its costs associated therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs from the other party.

 

13


14. Delivery of Possession .

14.1 Generally . Sublandlord shall deliver, and Subtenant shall accept, possession of the Subleased Premises in their “AS IS” condition as the Subleased Premises exists on the date hereof. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to furnish, render or supply any work, labor, services, materials, furniture (other than the FP&E, as provided for in Section 18), fixtures, equipment, decorations or other items to make the Subleased Premises ready or suitable for Subtenant’s occupancy. In making and executing this Sublease, Subtenant has relied solely on such investigations, examinations and inspections as Subtenant has chosen to make or has made and has not relied on any representation or warranty concerning the Subleased Premises or the Building. Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord has afforded Subtenant the opportunity for full and complete investigations, examinations and inspections of the Subleased Premises and the common areas of the Building. Subtenant acknowledges that it is not authorized to make or do any alterations or improvements in or to the Subleased Premises except as permitted by the provisions of this Sublease and the Master Lease. Upon termination of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deliver the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord in reasonably good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

14.2 Compliance With Laws . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 14.1 above, Sublandlord hereby represents and warrants to Subtenant that, as of the Early Access Date, all improvements within the Subleased Premises comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and building codes, as applicable thereto, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”). In the event that any governmental authority requires any modification of the Subleased Premises in order to correct any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and building codes, Sublandlord shall perform, or cause to be performed, such modification at no cost or expense to Subtenant (and such expense shall not be included in Additional Rent). In addition, during the Term, Sublandlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for any alterations, modifications, repairs or upgrades to the Subleased Premises required by any governmental authority pursuant to the ADA or any rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto; provided, however, if any such alterations, repairs or upgrades are required as a result of any alterations performed by Subtenant or as a consequence of the manner of Subtenant’s use of the Subleased Premises, then Subtenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for any such alterations, repairs or upgrades within the Subleased Premises.

14.3 Subtenant’s Improvements .

(a) Generally . If Subtenant desires to construct improvements within the Subleased Premises (“ Subtenant Improvements ”), all Subtenant Improvements shall be carried out in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Master Lease. Sublandlord will have the right to approve the plans and specifications for any proposed Subtenant Improvements, as well as any contractors whom Subtenant proposes to retain to perform such work. Subtenant will submit all such information for Sublandlord’s review and written approval prior to commencement of any such work; Sublandlord will similarly submit such plans to Landlord for review and approval. Promptly following the completion of any Subtenant Improvements or subsequent alterations or additions by or on behalf of Subtenant, Subtenant will deliver to Sublandlord a reproducible copy of “as built” drawings of such work together with a CAD file of the “as-built” drawings in the then-current version of AutoCad.

 

14


(b) Code-Required Work . If the performance of any Subtenant Improvements or other work by Subtenant within the Subleased Premises “triggers” a requirement for code-related upgrades to or improvements of any portion of the Building, Subtenant shall be responsible for the cost of such code-required upgrade or improvements.

15. Holding Over . If Subtenant fails to surrender the Subleased Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, occupancy of the Subleased Premises after the termination or expiration shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Subtenant’s occupancy of the Subleased Premises during the holdover shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Sublease and Subtenant shall pay an amount (on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover) equal to 150% of the sum of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover. No holdover by Subtenant or payment by Subtenant after the expiration or early termination of this Sublease shall be construed to extend the Term or prevent Sublandlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Subleased Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. In addition to the payment of the amounts provided above, if Sublandlord is unable to deliver possession of the Subleased Premises to Landlord as a result of Subtenant’s holdover, Subtenant shall be liable to Sublandlord for all actual damages, including, without limitation, contractual or holdover damages that Sublandlord suffers from the holdover; Subtenant expressly acknowledges that such damages may include all of the holdover rent charged by Landlord under the Master Lease as a result of Subtenant’s holdover, which Master Lease holdover rent may apply to the entire Master Lease Premises.

16. Parking . During the Term, Subtenant shall be permitted, without charge, to use the parking spaces allocated to Sublandlord pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of Section 44 of the Master Lease.

17. Notices : Any notice by either party to the other required, permitted or provided for herein shall be valid only if in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given only if (a) delivered personally, or (b) sent by means of Federal Express, UPS Next Day Air or another reputable express mail delivery service guaranteeing next day delivery, or (c) sent by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed:

(i) if to Sublandlord, at the following addresses:

 

   Netflix, Inc.
   100 Winchester Circle
   Los Gatos, California 95032
   Attn: Chief Financial Officer
with a copy to:   
   Netflix, Inc.
   100 Winchester Circle
   Los Gatos, California 95032
   Attn: General Counsel

 

15


and (ii) if to Subtenant, at the following address:

Prior to the Commencement Date:

ROKU, Inc.

12980 Saratoga Avenue, Suite D

Saratoga, California 95070

Attn: General Counsel

With a copy to:

ROKU, Inc.

12980 Saratoga Avenue, Suite D

Saratoga, California 95070

Attn: Director of Real Estate

After the Commencement Date:

ROKU, Inc.

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: General Counsel

With a copy to:

ROKU, Inc.

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: Director of Real Estate

or at such other address for either party as that party may designate by notice to the other. A notice shall be deemed given and effective, if delivered personally, upon hand delivery thereof (unless such delivery takes place after hours or on a holiday or weekend, in which event the notice shall be deemed given on the next succeeding business day), if sent via overnight courier, on the business day next succeeding delivery to the courier, and if mailed by United States certified mail, three (3) business days following such mailing in accordance with this Section.

18. FF&E . During the Term, and in consideration of the FF&E Rent payable by Tenant, pursuant to Section 3.2, Subtenant shall be permitted to use the existing modular and office furniture, fixtures and equipment and associated data cabling described in more particular detail in Exhibit C attached hereto (such furniture, fixtures, and equipment together with any equipment and data cabling, being referred to collectively as the “FF&E”). The FF&E is currently located in the Subleased Premises, and additional and replacement items of FF&E are located at a storage facility operated by Vanguard Furniture (“ Vanguard”) for Sublandlord (the “ Storage Facility” ). Subtenant shall accept the FF&E in its current condition without any warranty of fitness from Sublandlord (Subtenant expressly acknowledges that no warranty is made by Sublandlord with respect to the condition of any cabling currently located in or serving the Subleased Premises). Sublandlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the operation and maintenance of the Storage Facility; provided, however: that in the event that

 

16


Sublandlord elects to discontinue its use of the Storage facility, which Sublandlord may do at any time after April 1, 2016 (but not before then), Sublandlord shall so notify Subtenant and, at Subtenant’s option, Subtenant may arrange with Vanguard to continue to utilize the Storage Facility at Subtenant’s cost. So long as FF&E is stored in the Storage Facility, Subtenant shall have access to such FF&E, and may use, deposit, return, exchange and/or replace such FF&E, utilizing the online inventory control system operated by Vanguard, and Subtenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall work directly with Vanguard to coordinate Vanguard’s delivery and restocking of FF&E to and from the Storage Facility and the Subleased Premises. Sublandlord shall not be required to maintain any specific inventory levels of FF&E. For purposes of documenting the current condition of the FF&E in the Subleased Premises, Subtenant and Sublandlord shall, prior to the Commencement Date, conduct a joint walk-through of the Subleased Premises in order to inventory items of damage or disrepair. Subtenant shall use the FF&E only for the purposes for which such FF&E is intended and shall be responsible for the proper maintenance, insurance, care and reasonable repair of the FF&E used by Subtenant at the Subleased Premises, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Subtenant shall not materially modify, reconfigure or relocate any affixed cubicles located within the Subleased Premises (including, without limitation, changing the configuration of, “breaking down” or reassembly of cubicles) without first obtaining Sublandlord’s consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (by way of example, the parties agree that it would be reasonable for Sublandlord to withhold consent if the color palette of proposed additions or substitutions were not consistent with the existing FF&E (e.g., neutral colors would be acceptable), or if the number of cubicles were to be reduced (other than to an incidental extent), or if substitutions proposed by Subtenant were not of a quality consistent with the existing FF&E, or if Subtenant proposed to install non-adjustable workstations); provided, however, that Subtenant shall not be required to secure Sublandlord’s consent for cubicle reconfigurations of less than 15 cubicles, but in connection therewith, Subtenant must provide a plan for such reconfiguration to Sublandlord which will become the basis for delivery/restoration of the Subleased Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. Subtenant shall not be obligated to remove or restore any FF&E upon the expiration of the Term, unless required by Sublandlord in connection with any consent given by Sublandlord if required hereunder. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other regarding the use and storage of the FF&E.

19. Brokers . Subtenant represents that it has dealt directly with and only with CBRE, Inc. (Mike Charters and Jeff Houston) (“Subtenant’s Broker” ), as a broker in connection with this Sublease. Sublandlord represents that it has dealt directly with and only with CBRE, Inc. (Jeff Black) (“Sublandlord’s Broker” ), as a broker in connection with this Sublease. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from all claims of any brokers other than Subtenant’s Broker and Sublandlord’s Broker claiming to have represented Sublandlord or Subtenant in connection with this Sublease. Subtenant and Sublandlord agree that Subtenant’s Broker and Sublandlord’s Broker shall be paid commissions by Sublandlord in connection with this Sublease pursuant to a separate agreement.

20. Complete Agreement . There are no representations, warranties, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties or their representatives relating to the subject matter of this Sublease which are not fully expressed in this Sublease. This Sublease cannot be changed or terminated nor may any of its provisions be waived orally or in any manner other than by a written agreement executed by both parties.

 

17


21. Interpretation . This Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Sublease and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected but rather shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law. The captions, headings and titles in this Sublease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This Sublease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Sublease or any part thereof to be drafted. If any words or phrases in this Sublease shall have been stricken out or otherwise eliminated, whether or not any other words or phrases have been added, this Sublease shall be construed as if the words or phrases so stricken out or otherwise eliminated were never included in this Sublease and no implication or inference shall be drawn from the fact that said words or phrases were so stricken out or otherwise eliminated. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Sublease shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of the party bound by, undertaking or making same, not dependent on any other provision of this Sublease unless otherwise expressly provided. All terms and words used in this Sublease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require. The word “person” as used in this Sublease shall mean a natural person or persons, a partnership, a corporation or any other form of business or legal association or entity.

22. USA Patriot Act Disclosures . Subtenant is currently in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) and any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action relating thereto.

23. Counterparts . This Sublease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is deemed an original but which together constitute one and the same instrument. This Sublease shall be fully executed when each party whose signature is required has signed and delivered to each of the parties at least one counterpart, even though no single counterpart contains the signatures of all of the parties hereto. This Sublease may be executed in so-called “pdf” format and each party has the right to rely upon a pdf counterpart of this Sublease signed by the other party to the same extent as if such party had received an original counterpart.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease as of the date first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:

    NETFLIX, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Amy Dee

      Print Name: Amy Dee
      Title: Director of procurement and facilities

SUBTENANT:

    ROKU, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Stephen H. Kay

      Print Name: Stephen H. Kay
      Title: SVP & General Counsel

 

19


EXHIBIT A

Subleased Premises

 

1


LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

FF&E

170-180 Knowles Drive

1st floor

Workstations: 134

Small office/workstations: 10

Conference Tables: 13

Conference Chairs: 106

Bar stools: 6

Soft Seating: 12

Kitchen seating: 22

2nd floor

Workstations: 158

Conference Tables: 15

Conference Chairs: 88

Soft Seating: 32

Kitchen seating: 20


LOGO


LOGO


E XHIBIT C

L/C DRAFT LANGUAGE

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                     

ISSUE DATE:                     

ISSUING BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210

SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054

BENEFICIARY:

NETFLIX, INC.

100 WINCHESTER CIRCLE

LOS GATOS. CA 95032

ATTN: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

APPLICANT:

ROKU, INC.

12980 SARATOGA AVENUE, SUITE D

SARATOGA, CA 95070

EXPIRATION DATE:                      (ONE YEAR FROM ISSUANCE)

LOCATION:               SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFTS DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS;

 

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.
2. BENEFICIARY’S DATED STATEMENT SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY STATING THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW ON THIS LETTER OF CREDIT PURSUANT TO THE SUBLEASE BETWEEN ROKU. INC. AND NETFLIX, INC., AS IT MAY BE AMENDED.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT CANNOT BE MODIFIED OR REVOKED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF BENEFICIARY.

PARTIAL DRAWS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS ARE ALLOWED.

THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL

 

 

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)

     

 

DATE

  

PAGE 1


THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT. FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST 60 DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS (OR ANY OTHER ADDRESS INDICATED BY YOU. IN A WRITTEN NOTICE TO US THE RECIEPT OF WHICH WE HAVE ACKNOWLEDGED. AS THE ADDRESS TO WHICH WE SHOULD SEND SUCH NOTICE) THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND                      . IN THE EVENT OF SUCH NOTICE OF NON-EXTENSION. YOU MAY DRAW HEREUNDER WITH A DRAFT STATED ABOVE AND ACCOMPANIED BY THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S). IF ANY. ALONG WITH YOUR DATED STATEMENT SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF BENEFICIARY STATING THAT BENEFICIARY HAS NOT BEEN PRESENTED WITH A SUBSTITUTE LETTER OF CREDIT IN THE SAME PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, AND ON THE SAME TERMS AS THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FROM AN ISSUER REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO YOU.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE ONE OR MORE TIMES. BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT. ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER. THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S). IF ANY. MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED [NOTE: EXHIBIT B NEEDS TO BE ATTACHED] . THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK. ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OR DATE OF EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR ABOVE SPECIFIED OFFICE. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT SO ENDORSED TO THE TRANSFEREE.

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE. SANTA CLARA. CA 95054. ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION.

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE BENEFICIARY THAT DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO US ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT OR ANY AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED EXPIRATION DATE.

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK. AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL

 

 

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)

     

 

DATE

  

PAGE 2


THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (ISP98). INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590.

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

  

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL

 

 

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)

     

 

DATE

  

PAGE 3


EXHIBIT A

 

DATE:                                 

  

REF. NO.                                 

AT SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT

PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                           US$                                 

US DOLLARS                                                                                                                       

DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.                          DATED                         

 

TO:

  SILICON VALLEY BANK      
  3003 TASMAN DRIVE      
  SANTA CLARA, CA 95054   

 

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

  
       
    

 

Authorized Signature

  

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE DRAFT

 

1. DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.
2. REF. NO.: BENEFICIARY’S REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.
3. PAY TO THE ORDER OF: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C (MAKE SURE BENEFICIARY ENDORSES IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE).
4. US$: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.
5. USDOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.
6. LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: SILICON VALLEY BANK’S STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.
7. DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF THE STANDBY L/C.
8. BENEFICIARY’S NAME: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C.
9. AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER OF BENEFICIARY.

IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS RELATED TO THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT PLEASE CONTACT US AT                      .

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                     

 

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL

 

 

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)

     

 

DATE

  

PAGE 4


E XHIBIT D

170-180 K NOWLES D RIVE

Entry Control System

 

    Camera System:             Exacq Vision

The network video recorder will be turned over to Roku with full administrative rights and on its own network. Adjustments can be made to accommodate proper camera description.

 

    Access System:             Amag Symmetry access control server

         Amag MN-cab4+psu access panels

Roku will be provided with an Amag Symmetry client to have full control of the building.

The Access System shall be virtually demised such that Netflix and Roku shall each have separate access to the Amag access system allowing each to access only its respective designated access control hardware, card readers, alarm points and audible sounders.

Exhibit 10.27

SUBLEASE

BETWEEN

NETFLIX, INC.

AND

ROKU, INC.

100 WINCHESTER CIRCLE

LOS GATOS, CALIFORNIA

Third Floor

August 18, 2015


SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE (“ Sublease ”) is entered into as of August 18, 2015, by and between NETFLIX, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”), and ROKU, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Pursuant to that certain Lease dated June 28, 2004, as the same has been amended by Amendments to Lease dated February 9, 2006, March 15, 2010, and August      , 2015 (as amended, the “ Master Lease ”), Sobrato Land Holdings, a California limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), as landlord, leases to Sublandlord, as tenant, certain space (the “ Master Lease Premises ”) consisting of the entire rentable area of the three-story office building located at 100 Winchester Circle in the Town of Los Gatos, California (the “ Building ”). The Building contains a total rentable area of approximately 81,340 rentable square feet.

B. Subtenant wishes to sublease from Sublandlord, and Sublandlord wishes to sublease to Subtenant, a portion of the Master Lease Premises consisting of the entire third floor of the Building, said space being more particularly identified and described on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (the “ Subleased Premises ”).

C. Sublandlord also leases from Landlord the adjacent three-story office building located at 150 Winchester Circle (the “ 150 Winchester Building ”), and together with this Sublease, Sublandlord and Subtenant are entering into sublease pursuant to which Subtenant will sublease the 150 Winchester Building in phases from Sublandlord (the “ 150 Winchester Sublease ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Sublease.

1.1 Subleased Premises . Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, the Subleased Premises.

(a) Subleases Contingency . Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that this Sublease is subject to and conditioned upon the full execution and delivery by Sublandlord and Subtenant concurrently herewith (and receipt of master landlord consent, as applicable) of the following additional subleases: (i) the 150 Winchester Sublease, and (ii) a sublease of the building located at 170-180 Knowles Drive, Los Gatos that is currently leased by Sublandlord from Knowles Los Gatos, LLC pursuant to a Lease Agreement dated June 11, 2010.

1.2 Landlord’s Consent . Under the Master Lease, Sublandlord must obtain the consent of Landlord to any subletting. Therefore, and notwithstanding anything set forth in this Sublease to the contrary, this Sublease and the effectiveness hereof is conditioned upon Landlord’s consent to this Sublease as required under the terms of the Master Lease and in

 

1


form and substance reasonably acceptable to Subtenant (the “ Consent ”), which Consent must be executed and delivered by Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant on or before August 31, 2015 (the date of the full execution and delivery of the Consent being referred to herein as the “ Consent Date ”).

1.3 Rentable Area . Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree that for all purposes of this Sublease the rentable square footage of the Subleased Premises shall be deemed to be 27,970 and shall not be subject to re-measurement.

1.4 Access to Subleased Premises . Subtenant and its employees, visitors and invitees shall have primary access to the Subleased Premises (i) by means of the 3rd floor connecting bridge between the Subleased Premises and the 150 Winchester Building, (ii) via the stairway from the side entrance to the Building (access card controlled), and (iii) for those requiring ADA access, via the elevator from the parking garage to the third floor of the Building (access card controlled). Subtenant shall have emergency ingress and egress to and from the Subleased Premises through the main entrance on the ground floor and by use of the elevators and main internal stairway serving the Building. Sublandlord shall maintain the entry control system for the Building pursuant to the specifications more particularly described on Exhibit E attached hereto (the “ Entry Control System ”); and, prior to the Early Access Date, Sublandlord shall (at no cost or expense to Subtenant other than the actual cost [without mark-up] of access cards) configure such Entry Control System such that Subtenant shall have card controlled access to the Subleased Premises as noted above, and virtual/remote access to the Entry Control System including access to and control of the cameras and recording equipment pertaining to the Subleased Premises and any common areas or common entryways shared by Subtenant and Sublandlord in the Building. Subtenant shall have access to the Subleased Premises on a 24/7 basis.

(a) Use of MPOE and IDF Rooms . Subtenant shall have the right to share with Sublandlord use of the MPOE and IDF rooms serving the Building depicted on Exhibit F attached hereto; and Sublandlord and Subtenant shall cooperate so as to permit Subtenant to install cabling and equipment for its telecom requirements in the MPOE and IDF rooms (including the assignment of racks in the IDF for use by Sublandlord and Subtenant). Access to the MPOE and IDF rooms shall be subject to Sublandlord’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding security and each party’s advance notice to the other of entry into the MPOE and/or IDF rooms.

1.5 Right to Lease Available Space . If at any time during the Term of this Sublease Sublandlord determines, in its sole discretion, that it no longer needs to use the space on either the first or second floor of the Building (provided, however, that Sublandlord may elect to sublease such space to, or otherwise permit occupancy thereof by, a subsidiary, affiliate, strategic partner or vendor that Sublandlord cooperates with in connection with the conduct of its ongoing business operations) and is willing to sublease such space (as applicable, the “ Available Space ”), Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant in writing of such Available Space and shall offer to Sublease such Available Space to Subtenant on the terms and conditions of this Sublease, including the then-current Base Rent owing hereunder (the “ Available Space Notice ”). Upon receipt of an Available Space Notice from Sublandlord, and provided further that there does not then exist a default continuing beyond any applicable grace or cure period under this Sublease, Subtenant shall have a right to sublease such Available Space by giving

 

2


written notice (“ Subtenant’s Acceptance Notice ”) to Sublandlord to such effect within thirty (30) days after Subtenant’s receipt of the Available Space Notice. If Subtenant delivers Subtenant’s Acceptance Notice, then Sublandlord and Subtenant shall enter into an amendment to this Sublease ( “ Available Space Amendment ”) specifying that such Available Space is added to and shall become a part of the Subleased Premises under this Sublease and setting forth any modifications to this Sublease that may be required as a consequence of the increase in the rentable area of the Subleased Premises. If Subtenant fails to exercise its right to sublease the Available Space, Sublandlord shall retain such space and shall not sublease it to a third-party except as otherwise provided for above.

2. Term .

2.1 Generally . The term of this Sublease (the “ Term ”) shall commence upon the later to occur of (i) January 1, 2018 and (ii) the Sublandlord’s substantial completion of the Sublandlord’s Work described on Exhibit G attached hereto (the “ Commencement Date ”), and the Term shall end on December 31, 2020 (the “ Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof. Upon the occurrence of the Commencement Date, Sublandlord and Subtenant will enter into a letter agreement in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

2.2 Adjustments . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.1 above with respect to the Expiration Date, if, pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease, Sublandlord is required by Landlord to remove any improvements or alterations in the Subleased Premises on or before the date of expiration of the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall have the right, by written notice to Subtenant, to accelerate the Expiration Date to November 30, 2020, in order to provide Sublandlord with sufficient time following the Expiration Date in which to enter the Subleased Premises and perform any required restoration/repair work. Sublandlord agrees to give any such acceleration notice to Subtenant promptly following Sublandlord’s determination that Landlord will require any such restoration or repair, but in no event later than May 1, 2020. Any such restoration or repair work shall be at Sublandlord’s sole cost and expense, to the extent such required restoration relates to improvements installed in the Subleased Premises by or on behalf of Sublandlord prior to the date hereof: and nothing set forth herein is intended to relieve Subtenant of the obligation to remove any improvements installed in the Subleased Premises by or on behalf of Subtenant, to the extent that such removal may be required pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, within ten (10) days following any Subtenant request for Sublandlord’s consent to any tenant improvements or alterations, Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant in writing whether or not such tenant improvement or alteration will be required by Sublandlord to be removed upon expiration of the Term of this Sublease; provided, however, that if Sublandlord does not exercise its Option to extend the Lease Term (as defined in the Master Lease) and Landlord has not required such tenant improvement or alteration to be removed upon expiration of the stated Lease Term under the Master Lease, then Subtenant shall not be required to remove such tenant improvement or alteration.

2.3 Early Access . Subtenant and Subtenant’s representatives shall have the right to enter the Subleased Premises from and after the later to occur of (i) October 1, 2017 (or such earlier date as Sublandlord may make the Subleased Premises available for entry by Subtenant), and (ii) the Consent Date, so long as and on the condition that prior to such entry Subtenant shall have delivered to Sublandlord (A) the pre-paid Monthly Rent required pursuant

 

3


to Section 3.3 below, (B) the Security required pursuant to Section 4 below, and (C) evidence of Subtenant’s procurement of all insurance coverage required hereunder (the date upon which Subtenant first has such access to the Subleased Premises being referred to herein as the “ Early Access Date ”) for the sole purposes of installation of Subtenant’s personal property and equipment, furniture, fixtures and voice and data cabling, all subject to the terms, conditions and requirements of the Master Lease. All of the rights and obligations of the parties under this Sublease (other than Subtenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent, but expressly including, without limitation, Subtenant’s obligation to pay utility charges and Tenant’s Allocable Share of Reimbursable Operating Costs, Subtenant’s obligation to carry insurance, and Subtenant’s indemnification obligations) shall commence upon the Early Access Date. Subtenant shall reasonably coordinate such entry with Sublandlord, and such entry shall be made in compliance with all terms and conditions of this Sublease, the Master Lease and the rules and regulations attached to the Master Lease.

3. Rent .

3.1 Base Rent . Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as base rent for the Subleased Premises during the Term (“ Base Rent ”), the following:

 

Period

   Base Rent Rate Per Rentable
Square Foot Per Month
 

Commencement Date through and including December 31, 2018

   $ 3.18  

January 1, 2019 through and including December 31, 2019

   $ 3.28  

January 1, 2020 through and including Expiration Date

   $ 3.38  

3.2 Furniture Fixtures & Equipment Rent . Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as rent for Subtenant’s use of the FF&E (defined below) during the Term as provided for in Section 18, the amount of $2,753 per month (“ FF&E Rent ”).

3.3 Monthly Payments . Base Rent and FF&E Rent (collectively, “ Monthly Rent ”) shall be paid on the first day of each month of the Term, except that Subtenant shall pay the amount of the Monthly Rent for the first month of the Term to Sublandlord within five (5) days following the Consent Date, and said pre-paid Monthly Rent will be applied to the first (1st) month’s Monthly Rent due and payable hereunder. If the Term does not begin on the first day of a calendar month or end on the last day of a month, the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent (hereinafter defined) for any partial month shall be prorated by multiplying the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent for such month by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days of the partial month included in the Term and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the full calendar month. All Rent (hereinafter defined) shall be payable in lawful money of the United States either by (i) wire transfer to such account as Sublandlord designates in writing upon Subtenant’s written request, (ii) automated clearing house funds or other transfer of funds to such account as Sublandlord designates in writing upon Subtenant’s request, or (iii) by regular or certified mail or recognized overnight courier to Sublandlord’s address set forth in Section 17, below, or to such other persons or at such other places as Sublandlord may designate in writing.

 

4


3.4 Additional Rent .

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Sublease and in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Sublease, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(1) “ Additional Rent ” shall mean the sums payable pursuant to Section 3.4(b) below.

(2) “ Reimbursable Operating Costs ” shall mean Reimbursable Operating Costs (as defined in the Master Lease) charged by Landlord to Sublandlord pursuant to the Master Lease.

(3) “ Rent ” shall mean, collectively, Base Rent, FF&E Rent, all Additional Rent, and all other sums payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Sublease, whether or not expressly designated as “rent”, all of which are deemed and designated as rent pursuant to the terms of this Sublease.

(4) “ Subtenant’s Allocable Share ” shall mean the rentable area of the Subleased Premises as a percentage of the rentable area of the entire Building.

(b) Payment of Additional Rent . In addition to the Base Rent and FF&E Rent payable pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, from and after the Early Access Date, Subtenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, the following:

(1) Landlord’s Costs . The Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the amounts that accrue from and after the Early Access Date and throughout the Term and that are payable from time to time by Sublandlord under the Master Lease for: (A) Reimbursable Operating Costs; (B) Landlord’s insurance costs pursuant to Section 9.B of the Master Lease; and (C) Landlord’s taxes pursuant to Section 10 of the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall give Subtenant written notice of the amount of any Additional Rent payable pursuant to this Section 3.4(b)(1) promptly following the Sublandlord’s receipt of any billing by Landlord (each, a “ Landlord’s Statement ); and Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the costs shown on such Landlord’s Statement within twenty (20) days after Subtenant’s receipt thereof. In the event that Landlord bills Subtenant at any time for and such costs on an estimated basis, Subtenant shall pay the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of such costs on an estimated basis and Sublandlord and Subtenant shall reconcile such estimated payments for any particular period against the actual costs incurred by Landlord for such period in the same manner as such reconciliation is made under the Master Lease.

(2) Utilities . Pursuant to Section 11 of the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall remain responsible for paying for all water, gas, electric and other utilities supplied to the Building. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of such utility charges that accrue from and after the Early Access Date and throughout the Term; provided, however, in the event either Subtenant or Sublandlord requests at any time during the Term of this Sublease that the Subleased Premises be submetered for electricity, then the requesting party shall have the right to install a submeter at the requesting party’s sole cost and expense, and thereafter Subtenant shall pay its actual cost of electricity pursuant to such submeter. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the amount owed by Subtenant for such utility

 

5


costs pursuant to this Section 3.4(b)(2) within twenty (20) days after Sublandlord’s delivery of an invoice therefor to Subtenant, including a copy of the applicable bill from the utility provider. Subtenant shall arrange for its telephone service at the Subleased Premises.

(3) Sublandlord’s Work and Services . Pursuant to Section 8.B of the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall remain responsible for the cleaning, maintenance and repair of the Master Lease Premises. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the costs incurred by Sublandlord for such work performed and services supplied by Sublandlord (“ Sublandlord’s Work and Services ”), including service agreements and maintenance contracts, that accrue from and after the Early Access Date and throughout the Term. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the amount owed by Subtenant for Sublandlord’s Work and Services as follows: Sublandlord shall give Subtenant written notice from time to time of Sublandlord’s estimate of the monthly costs to be incurred by Sublandlord for Sublandlord’s Work and Services and the Subtenant’s Allocable Share thereof (“ Sublandlord’s Statement ”). On or before the first day of each month following Subtenant’s receipt of any such Sublandlord’s Statement, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Additional Rent such estimated monthly amount together with the Base Rent owing hereunder. Promptly following the close of each calendar year, Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant a statement of the actual expenses incurred by Sublandlord for Sublandlord’s Work and Services during the prior year. If on the basis of such statement, Subtenant owes an amount that is less than the estimated payments actually made by Subtenant for the calendar year just ended, Sublandlord shall credit such excess to the next payments of Rent coming due or, if the term of this Sublease is about to expire, promptly refund such excess to Subtenant. If on the basis of such statement Subtenant owes an amount that is more than the estimated payments for the calendar year just ended previously made by Subtenant, Subtenant shall pay the deficiency to Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement from Sublandlord to Subtenant. In addition, if the cost of any Sublandlord’s Work and Services or any item(s) thereof for any period is not otherwise included in a Sublandlord’s Statement, Subtenant shall pay the Subtenant’s Allocable Share thereof within twenty (20) days after Sublandlord’s delivery of a reasonably detailed invoice therefor to Subtenant.

For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the foregoing, although Sublandlord will provide cleaning and maintenance services for the common areas of the Building as part of the Sublandlord’s Work and Services, the costs of which shall be shared as provided for hereinabove. Sublandlord shall not provide janitorial services to the Subleased Premises, and Subtenant shall not be charged for janitorial services provided to the areas of the Master Lease Premises that continue to be occupied by Sublandlord.

(c) Survival . The expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease shall not affect the obligations of Subtenant for the payment of any items of Additional rent that accrue during the Term, and such obligations shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

(d) Audit . In the event Subtenant wishes to conduct an audit with respect to its payment of Additional Rent. Subtenant must notify Sublandlord in writing within six (6) months after receipt of the Landlord’s Statement or Sublandlord’s Statement, as applicable. In such event, Subtenant shall have the right to review and audit Sublandlord’s books and records with respect to the Additional Rent, and Subtenant shall pay all costs and

 

6


expenses related to such audit, except that, in the event Sublandlord has overstated Additional Rent by more than five percent (5%), then Sublandlord shall reimburse Subtenant for the cost of such review and audit. Sublandlord and Subtenant will reasonably coordinate and cooperate with each other in the performance of such audit.

4. Security.

4.1 Security Amount . Within five (5) days following the Consent Date, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord security (the “ Security ”) for the faithful performance by Subtenant of all of its obligations under this Sublease and for all losses and damages Sublandlord may suffer as a result of Subtenant’s default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) of this Sublease, in the amount equal to $124,307 (the “ Security Amount ”), either in the form of a cash Security Deposit or a Letter of Credit, as provided for below. Without prejudice to any other remedy available to Sublandlord under this Sublease or at law, if Subtenant fails to pay rent or other sums due hereunder, or otherwise defaults (in all events beyond applicable notice and cure periods) with respect to any provisions of this Sublease, Sublandlord may use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit or draw on the Letter of Credit, as the case may be, for the payment of any rent or other sum in default or for the payment of any other sum to which Sublandlord may become obligated by reason of Subtenant’s default, or to compensate Sublandlord for any loss or damage which Sublandlord may suffer thereby (specifically excluding consequential, special or punitive damages).

4.2 Cash Security Deposit . If Subtenant elects to provide such Security in the form of cash (the Security Deposit ) and Sublandlord at any time applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit as provided for above, Subtenant shall within ten (10) days after demand therefor deposit cash with Sublandlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount thereof and Subtenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Sublease. If Subtenant performs all of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder, the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by Sublandlord, shall be returned, without interest, to Subtenant (or, at Sublandlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Subtenant’s interest hereunder) following the expiration of the Term, and after Subtenant vacates the Subleased Premises and completes any restoration or repair obligations. No trust relationship is created herein between Sublandlord and Subtenant with respect to the Security Deposit. Sublandlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts. Subtenant hereby waives any and all rights under and the benefits of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (as now existing or hereafter amended, “Security Deposit Laws”).

4.3 Letter of Credit . If Subtenant elects to provide such Security in the form of a Letter of Credit, the following terms shall apply:

(a) Initial Letter of Credit . The Letter of Credit shall be an unconditional, irrevocable, transferable standby letter of credit (the “ Initial Letter of Credit ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D in the Security Amount, issued by Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Issuing Bank ). Subtenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be continuously maintained in effect (whether through a Replacement Letter of Credit (defined below), amendment, renewal or extension) through the date (the Final Letter of Credit Expiration Date ) that is the later to occur of (i) the date that is forty-five (45) days after the scheduled Expiration Date of the Term, and (ii) the date that is forty-five (45) days after Subtenant vacates the Subleased Premises and completes any restoration or repair obligations.

 

7


(b) Drawing Under Letter of Credit . In addition to the provisions of Section 4.1, Sublandlord may also draw upon the Initial Letter of Credit or any Replacement Letter of Credit on or after the occurrence of: (i) any failure by Subtenant to deliver to Sublandlord a Replacement Letter of Credit as and when required pursuant to Section 4.3(c); (ii) an uncured failure by Subtenant to perform one or more of its obligations under this Sublease and the existence of circumstances in which Sublandlord is enjoined or otherwise prevented by operation of law from giving to Subtenant a written notice which would be necessary for such failure of performance to constitute an event of default, or (iii) the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Subtenant, or an assignment of Subtenant for the benefit of creditors, or any action taken or suffered by Subtenant under any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other debtor relief proceedings, whether now existing or hereafter amended or enacted; provided that in the event that Subtenant fails to pay rent or other sums due hereunder, or otherwise defaults (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) with respect to any provisions of this Sublease, Sublandlord may, at Sublandlord’s sole option, draw upon a portion of the face amount of the Initial Letter of Credit or any Replacement Letter of Credit, as applicable, as required to compensate Sublandlord for damages incurred (with subsequent demands as Sublandlord incurs further damage).

(c) Delivery of Replacement Letter of Credit . Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord a new letter of credit (a “ Replacement Letter of Credit ”) (the Initial Letter of Credit and/or any Replacement Letter of Credit being referred to herein as a “ Letter of Credit ”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiry date of the Initial Letter of Credit or of any Replacement Letter of Credit held by Sublandlord. Each Replacement Letter of Credit delivered by Subtenant to Sublandlord shall: (i) be issued by a banking institution reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord; (ii) be in the same form as the letter of credit attached to this Sublease as Exhibit D ; (iii) bear an expiry date not earlier than one (1) year from the date when such Replacement Letter of Credit is delivered to Sublandlord; and (iv) be in an amount not less than the Security Amount. Upon the delivery to Sublandlord of a Replacement Letter of Credit as described in this Section 4.3(c), Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant the Initial Letter of Credit or any previous Replacement Letter of Credit then held by Sublandlord.

(d) Sublandlord’s Transfer . If Sublandlord conveys or transfers its interest in the Subleased Premises and, as a part of such conveyance or transfer, Sublandlord assigns its interest in this Sublease: (i) any Letter of Credit shall be transferred to Sublandlord’s successor; (ii) Sublandlord shall be released and discharged from any further liability to Subtenant with respect to such Letter of Credit; and (iii) any Replacement Letter of Credit thereafter delivered by Subtenant shall state the name of the successor to Sublandlord as the beneficiary of such Replacement Letter of Credit and shall contain such modifications in the text of the Replacement Letter of Credit as are required to appropriately reflect the transfer of the interest of Sublandlord in the Premises.

(e) Additional Covenants of Subtenant . If, as result of any application or use by Sublandlord of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit plus any cash proceeds previously drawn by Sublandlord and not applied pursuant to this Section 4 shall be less than the Security Amount, Subtenant shall, within ten (10) days

 

8


thereafter, provide Sublandlord with additional Letter(s) of Credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement or amended Letter of Credit in the total Security Amount), and any such additional (or replacement or amended) Letter of Credit shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 4(c); if Subtenant fails to timely comply with the foregoing, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, the same shall constitute a default by Subtenant without the necessity of additional notice or the passage of additional grace periods. Subtenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Sublandlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

(f) Nature of Letter of Credit . Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any Security Deposit Laws, and waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may have now or in the future relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

5. Use and Occupancy .

5.1 Use . The Subleased Premises shall be used and occupied only for those uses permitted under the Master Lease.

5.2 Compliance with Master Lease .

(a) Subtenant . Subtenant will occupy the Subleased Premises in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease and will not suffer to be done, or omit to do, any act which may result in a violation of or a default under the Master Lease, or render Sublandlord liable for any damage, charge or expense thereunder. Subtenant will indemnify, defend, protect and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, by reason of, or resulting from, Subtenant’s failure to perform or observe any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease or this Sublease. Any other provision in this Sublease to the contrary notwithstanding, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Rent hereunder any and all sums which Sublandlord may be required to pay the Landlord arising out of a request by Subtenant for, or the use by Subtenant of, additional or over-standard Building services from Landlord (for example, but not by way of limitation, charges associated with after-hour HVAC usage and overstandard electrical charges).

(b) Sublandlord . Sublandlord will continue to comply with the terms of the Master Lease that are not otherwise the responsibility of Subtenant under the terms of this Sublease. Sublandlord will indemnify, defend, protect and hold Subtenant harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, by reason of, or resulting from, Sublandlord’s negligence or failure to perform or observe any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, except (i) to the extent that such occurrence is attributable, in whole or in part, to any negligent act or omission /of Subtenant, its agents, employees or contractors or (ii) if such failure to perform by Sublandlord is a direct result of Subtenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Sublease.

 

9


5.3 Landlord’s Obligations . Subtenant agrees that Sublandlord shall not be required to perform any of the covenants, agreements and/or obligations of Landlord under the Master Lease and, insofar as any of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Sublandlord hereunder are required to be performed under the Master Lease by Landlord thereunder, Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Sublandlord shall be entitled to look to Landlord for such performance. In addition, Sublandlord shall have no obligation to perform any repairs or any other obligation of Landlord under the Master Lease. Except resulting from Sublandlord’s negligence or default of its obligations under this Sublease. Sublandlord shall not be responsible for any failure or interruption, for any reason whatsoever, of the services or facilities that may be appurtenant to or supplied at the Building by Landlord or otherwise, including, without limitation, heat, air conditioning, ventilation, life-safety, water, electricity, elevator service and cleaning service. if any; and no failure to furnish, or interruption of, any such services or facilities shall give rise to any (i) abatement, diminution or reduction of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease, or (ii) liability on the part of Sublandlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall promptly take such action as may reasonably be indicated, under the circumstances, to secure such performance upon Subtenant’s request to Sublandlord to do so and shall thereafter diligently prosecute such performance on the part of Landlord.

6. Master Le ase and Sublease Terms.

6.1 Subject to Master Lease . This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease. Subtenant acknowledges that Subtenant has reviewed and is familiar with all of the terms, agreements, covenants and conditions of the Master Lease. Additionally, Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease shall be subject to the terms of the Consent. During the Term and for all periods subsequent thereto with respect to obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease, Subtenant agrees to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Sublandlord and Landlord. the obligations of Sublandlord under the Master Lease which pertain to the Subleased Premises and/or this Sublease, except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are expressly excluded pursuant to Section 6.4 below or otherwise contradicted by or inconsistent with this Sublease (collectively such provisions referred to herein as “ Excluded Provisions ”), in which event the terms of this Sublease shall control over the Master Lease.

6.2 Incorporation of Terms of Master Lease . The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, except for the Excluded Provisions, in which event the terms of this Sublease shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Master Lease the word “Landlord’’ is used it shall be deemed to mean Sublandlord and wherever in the Master Lease the word “Tenant” is used it shall be deemed to mean Subtenant, except with respect to the Excluded Provisions. Any non-liability, release, indemnity or hold harmless provision in the Master Lease for the benefit of Landlord that is incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Landlord, and any other person intended to be benefited by said provision, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Sublease. Any right of Landlord under the Master Lease (a) of access or inspection, (b) to do work in the Master Lease Premises or in the Building, (c) in respect of rules and regulations, which is incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Landlord, and any other person intended to be benefited by said provision, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Sublease.

 

10


6.3 Modifications . For the purposes of incorporation herein, the terms of the Master Lease are subject to the following additional modifications:

(a) Approvals . In all provisions of the Master Lease (under the terms thereof and without regard to modifications thereof for purposes of incorporation into this Sublease) requiring the approval or consent of Landlord, Subtenant shall be required to obtain the approval or consent of both Landlord and Sublandlord.

(b) Deliveries . In all provisions of the Master Lease requiring Tenant to submit, exhibit to, supply or provide Landlord with evidence, certificates. or any other matter or thing, Subtenant shall be required to submit, exhibit to, supply or provide, as the case may be, the same to both Landlord and Sublandlord.

(c) Damage; Condemnation . Sublandlord shall have no obligation to restore or rebuild any portion of the Subleased Premises after any destruction or taking by eminent domain.

(d) Insurance . In all provisions of the Master Lease requiring Tenant to designate Landlord as an additional or named insured on its insurance policy, Subtenant shall be required to so designate Landlord and Sublandlord on its insurance policy.

6.4 Exclusions. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 6.2 above, Subtenant shall have no rights nor obligations under the following parts. Sections and Exhibits of the Master Lease: Section 1, 3.C (the last sentence). 4.A, 4.B, 5, 6.A, 18, 19, 20, 21.C, 21.N, 21.T. 21.Y, Exhibits C, D, E, F, G and H. The foregoing list may not be an all-inclusive or exhaustive list of Excluded Provisions, and to the extent that any provisions of the Master Lease not included in the foregoing list are by their own terms inconsistent with or contrary to the provisions of this Sublease, such provisions shall be deemed to constitute Excluded Provisions.

6.5 Modifications . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 6.2 above, the following provisions of the Master Lease are modified as described below for the purpose of their incorporation into this Sublease:

(a) Sections 8.A and 8.B . For purposes of Sections 8.A. and 8.B, the term “Landlord” shall continue to mean “Landlord” (and not Sublandlord), and the term “Tenant” shall continue to mean Sublandlord in its capacity as “Tenant” (and not Subtenant).

(b) Section 8.D . For purposes of Section 8.1). Sublandlord, in its capacity as “Tenant,” shall comply with all of the obligations of “Tenant” thereunder, including with respect to capital repairs and improvements: provided, however, that Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the net amount of any actual costs incurred by Sublandlord thereunder after reimbursement is paid by Landlord to Sublandlord pursuant to such Section 8.D.

 

11


6.6 CASp Inspection . As of the date of this Sublease, there has been no inspection on behalf of Sublandlord of the Subleased Premises by a Certified Access Specialist as referenced in Section 1938 of the California Civil Code.

6.7 Energy Disclosure Requirements . Subtenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and Sublandlord to comply with any and all guidelines or controls concerning energy management and usage disclosure imposed upon Landlord and/or Sublandlord by federal or state governmental organizations or by any energy conservation association to which Landlord and/or Sublandlord is a party or which is applicable to the Building, including, without limitation, the requirements of California’s Nonresidential Building Energy Use Disclosure Program, as more particularly specified in California Public Resources Code Sections 25402.10 et seq. and regulations adopted pursuant thereto. Further, Subtenant hereby authorizes (and agrees that Landlord and Sublandlord shall have the authority to authorize) any electric or gas utility company providing service to the Building to disclose from time to time so much of the data collected and maintained by it regarding Subtenant’s energy consumption data as may be necessary to cause the Building to participate in the ENERGY STAR ® Portfolio Manager system and similar programs; and Subtenant further authorizes Landlord and/or Sublandlord to disclose information concerning energy use by Subtenant as Landlord and/or Sublandlord determines to be necessary to comply with applicable laws pertaining to the Building or the ownership or operation thereof.

6.8 Signage . Throughout the Term, Subtenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, and otherwise in accordance with applicable laws and the terms of the Master Lease, to install and maintain reasonable monument and directional signage within the project. In addition, subject to compliance with applicable laws and the terms of the Master Lease, the parties hereby expressly approve the signage set forth on the signage plan attached hereto as Exhibit H .

7. Assignment and Subletting . Subtenant shall not assign this Sublease or further sublet all or any part of the Subleased Premises except subject to and in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, and Sublandlord (in addition to Landlord) shall have the same rights with respect to assignment and subleasing as Landlord has under the Master Lease. Subtenant shall pay all fees and costs payable to Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease in connection with any proposed assignment, sublease or transfer of the Subleased Premises, together with all of Sublandlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs relating to Subtenant’s request for such consent, regardless of whether such consent is granted, and the effectiveness of any such consent shall be conditioned upon Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s receipt of all such fees and costs.

8. Default . Except as expressly set forth herein with respect to the Excluded Provisions or otherwise, Subtenant shall perform all obligations in respect of the Subleased Premises that Sublandlord would be required to perform pursuant to the Master Lease. It shall constitute an event of default hereunder if Subtenant fails to perform any obligation hereunder (including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Rent), or any obligation under the Master Lease which has been incorporated herein by reference, and, in each instance, Subtenant has not remedied such failure (i) in the case of any monetary default, five (5) calendar days after delivery of written notice and (ii) in the case of any other default, thirty (30) calendar days after delivery of written notice (provided, however, if the nature of such default reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, then Subtenant shall not be in default if it commences such cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter prosecutes the same to completion).

 

12


9. Remedies . In the event of any default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) hereunder by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall have all remedies provided to the “Landlord” in the Master Lease as if a default had occurred thereunder and all other rights and remedies otherwise available at law and in equity. Sublandlord may resort to its remedies cumulatively or in the alternative.

10. Right to Cure Defaults . If Subtenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease after expiration of applicable grace or cure periods, then Sublandlord may, but shall not be obligated to, perform any such obligations for Subtenant’s account. All costs and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in performing any such act for the account of Subtenant shall be deemed Rent payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord upon demand, together with interest thereon at the lesser of (i) ten percent (10%) per annum or (ii) the maximum rate allowable under law from the date of the expenditure until repaid. If Sublandlord undertakes to perform any of Subtenant’s obligations for the account of Subtenant pursuant hereto, the taking of such action shall not constitute a waiver of any of Sublandlord’s remedies. Subtenant hereby expressly waives its rights under any statute to make repairs at the expense of Sublandlord.

11. Consents and Approvals . In any instance when Sublandlord’s consent or approval is required under this Sublease, Sublandlord’s refusal to consent to or approve any matter or thing shall be deemed reasonable if, among other matters, such consent or approval is required under the provisions of the Master Lease incorporated herein by reference but has not been obtained from Landlord; provided, however, if such consent by Landlord is required. Sublandlord shall use diligent efforts to obtain it. Except as otherwise provided herein, Sublandlord shall not unreasonably withhold, or delay its consent to or approval of a matter if such consent or approval is required under the provisions of the Master Lease and Landlord has consented to or approved of such matter.

12. Sublandlord’s and Subtenant’s Liability .

12.1 Limitation of Liability . Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, the liability of Sublandlord to Subtenant for any default in Sublandlord’s obligations under this Sublease shall be limited to actual, direct damages, and under no circumstances shall Subtenant, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, sublessees, successors and or assigns be entitled to recover from Sublandlord (or otherwise be indemnified by Sublandlord) for (a) any losses, costs, claims, causes of action, damages or other liability incurred in connection with a failure of Landlord, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, successors and /or assigns to perform or cause to be performed Landlord’s obligations under the Master Lease, except to the extent the same also constitutes a breach by Sublandlord under this Sublease, (b) lost revenues, lost profit or other consequential, special or punitive damages arising in connection with this Sublease for any reason, or (c) any damages or other liability arising from or incurred in connection with the condition of the Subleased Premises or suitability of the Subleased Premises for Subtenant’s intended uses. Subtenant shall, however, have the right to seek any injunctive or other equitable remedies as may be available to Subtenant under applicable law. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, no personal

 

13


liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Sublandlord’s shareholders, directors, officers, or partners on account of any of Sublandlord’s obligations or actions under this Sublease. As used in this Sublease, the term “Sublandlord” means the holder of the tenant’s interest under the Master Lease and “Sublandlord” means the holder of sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease. In the event of any assignment or transfer of the Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease, which assignment or transfer may occur at any time during the Term in Sublandlord’s sole discretion, Sublandlord shall be and hereby is entirely relieved of all covenants and obligations of Sublandlord hereunder accruing subsequent to the date of the transfer and it shall be deemed and construed, without further agreement between the parties hereto, that any transferee has assumed and shall carry out all covenants and obligations thereafter to be performed by Sublandlord hereunder. Sublandlord may transfer and deliver the then existing Letter of Credit to the transferee of Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease, and thereupon Sublandlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect thereto. In addition, Sublandlord shall comply with all of its obligations as “Tenant” under the Master Lease except to the extent that any such obligation is the obligation of Subtenant pursuant to the terms of this Sublease. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, the liability of Subtenant to Sublandlord for any default in Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease shall be limited to actual, direct damages, and under no circumstances shall Sublandlord, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, sublessees, successors and/or assigns be entitled to recover from Subtenant (or otherwise be indemnified by Subtenant) for lost revenues, lost profit or other consequential, special or punitive damages arising in connection with this Sublease for any reason, except for any breach by Subtenant under Section 12 of the Master Lease. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Subtenant’s shareholders, directors, officers, or partners on account of any of Subtenant’s obligations or actions under this Sublease.

12.2 Sublandlord Default . Sublandlord shall be in default hereunder only if Sublandlord has not commenced and pursued with reasonable diligence the cure of any failure of Sublandlord to meet its obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Sublandlord of written notice from Subtenant of the alleged failure to perform in strict accordance with Section 17. Failure to provide the requisite notice and cure period by Subtenant under this paragraph shall be an absolute defense by Sublandlord against any claims, counterclaims or defenses of Subtenant based on the alleged failure by Sublandlord to perform any of its obligations.

13. Attorneys’ Fees . If Sublandlord or Subtenant brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party who recovers substantially all of the damages, equitable relief or other remedy sought in any such action on trial and appeal shall be entitled to receive from the other party its costs associated therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs from the other party.

14. Delivery of Possession .

14.1 Generally . Except with respect to the Sublandlord’s Work described in Exhibit G , Sublandlord shall deliver, and Subtenant shall accept, possession of the Subleased Premises in their “AS IS” condition as the Subleased Premises exists on the date hereof. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to furnish, render or supply any tenant

 

14


improvement work, labor, services, materials, furniture (other than the Sublandlord’s Work and FF&E), fixtures, equipment, decorations or other items to make the Subleased Premises ready or suitable for Subtenant’s occupancy. In making and executing this Sublease, Subtenant has relied solely on such investigations, examinations and inspections as Subtenant has chosen to make or has made and has not relied on any representation or warranty concerning the Subleased Premises or the Building. Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord has afforded Subtenant the opportunity for full and complete investigations, examinations and inspections of the Subleased Premises and the common areas of the Building. Subtenant acknowledges that it is not authorized to make or do any alterations or improvements in or to the Subleased Premises except as permitted by the provisions of this Sublease and the Master Lease. Upon termination of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deliver the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord in reasonably good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

14.2 Compliance With Laws . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 14.1 above, Sublandlord hereby represents and warrants to Subtenant that, as of the Early Access Date, all improvements within the Subleased Premises comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and building codes as applicable thereto, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”). In the event that any governmental authority requires any modification of the Subleased Premises in order to correct any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and building codes, Sublandlord shall perform, or cause to be performed, such modification at no cost or expense to Subtenant (and such expense shall not be included in Additional Rent). In addition, during the Term, Sublandlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for any alterations, modifications, repairs or upgrades to the Subleased Premises required by any governmental authority pursuant to the ADA or any rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto; provided, however, if any such alterations, repairs or upgrades are required as a result of any alterations performed by Subtenant or as a consequence of the manner of Subtenant’s use of the Subleased Premises, then Subtenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for any such alterations, repairs or upgrades within the Subleased Premises.

14.3 Subtenant’s Improvements .

(a) Generally . If Subtenant desires to construct improvements within the Subleased Premises (“ Subtenant Improvements ”), all Subtenant Improvements shall be carried out in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Master Lease. Sublandlord will have the right to approve the plans and specifications for any proposed Subtenant Improvements, as well as any contractors whom Subtenant proposes to retain to perform such work. Subtenant will submit all such information for Sublandlord’s review and written approval prior to commencement of any such work; Sublandlord will similarly submit such plans to Landlord for review and approval. Promptly following the completion of any Subtenant Improvements or subsequent alterations or additions by or on behalf of Subtenant, Subtenant will deliver to Sublandlord a reproducible copy of “as built” drawings of such work together with a CAD file of the as-built” drawings in the then-current version of AutoCad.

(b) Code-Required Work . If the performance of any Subtenant Improvements or other work by Subtenant within the Subleased Premises “triggers” a requirement for code-related upgrades to or improvements of any portion of the Building, (i) Subtenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the cost of such code-required

 

15


upgrade or improvements required within the Subleased Premises, and (ii) Sublandlord shall be responsible for two-thirds (2/3rds) and Subtenant shall be responsible for one-third (1/3rd) of the cost of such code-required upgrade or improvements required outside of the Subleased Premises.

15. Holding Over . If Subtenant fails to surrender the Subleased Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, occupancy of the Subleased Premises after the termination or expiration shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Subtenant’s occupancy of the Subleased Premises during the holdover shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Sublease and Subtenant shall pay an amount (on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover) equal to 150% of the sum of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover. No holdover by Subtenant or payment by Subtenant after the expiration or early termination of this Sublease shall be construed to extend the Term or prevent Sublandlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Subleased Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. In addition to the payment of the amounts provided above, if Sublandlord is unable to deliver possession of the Subleased Premises to Landlord as a result of Subtenant’s holdover, Subtenant shall be liable to Sublandlord for all actual damages, including, without limitation, contractual or holdover damages that Sublandlord suffers from the holdover: Subtenant expressly acknowledges that such damages may include all of the holdover rent charged by Landlord under the Master Lease as a result of Subtenant’s holdover, which Master Lease holdover rent may apply to the entire Master Lease Premises.

16. Parking . During the Term, Subtenant shall be permitted, without charge, to use the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the parking spaces allocated to Sublandlord in the Master Lease. In addition, during the Term, Subtenant shall have the exclusive right, without charge, to those certain parking stalls designated on Exhibit I attached hereto for use by its employees, visitors, agents, employees (“ Exclusive Parking ”). Subtenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to post “exclusive parking” signage designating such Exclusive Parking, which signage shall be subject to Sublandlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

17. Notices : Any notice by either party to the other required, permitted or provided for herein shall be valid only if in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given only if (a) delivered personally, or (b) sent by means of Federal Express. UPS Next Day Air or another reputable express mail delivery service guaranteeing next day delivery, or (c) sent by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed:

(i) if to Sublandlord, at the following addresses:

Netflix, Inc.

100 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Netflix, Inc.

100 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: General Counsel

 

16


and (ii) if to Subtenant, at the following address:

Prior to the Commencement Date:

ROKU, Inc.

12980 Saratoga Avenue, Suite D

Saratoga, California 95070

Attn: General Counsel

With a copy to:

ROKU, Inc.

12980 Saratoga Avenue, Suite D

Saratoga, California 95070

Attn: Direct or of Real Estate

After the Commencement Date:

ROKU, Inc.

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: General Counsel

With a copy to:

ROKU, Inc.

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: Director of Real Estate

or at such other address for either party as that party may designate by notice to the other. A notice shall be deemed given and effective, if delivered personally, upon hand delivery thereof (unless such delivery takes place after hours or on a holiday or weekend, in which event the notice shall be deemed given on the next succeeding business day), if sent via overnight courier, on the business day next succeeding delivery to the courier, and if mailed by United States certified mail, three (3) business days following such mailing in accordance with this Section.

18. FF&E . During the Term, and in consideration of the FF&E Rent payable by Tenant pursuant to Section 3.2, Subtenant shall be permitted to use the existing modular and office furniture, fixtures and equipment and associated data cabling described in more particular detail in Exhibit C attached hereto (such furniture, fixtures, and equipment together with any equipment and data cabling, being referred to collectively as the “ FF&E ”). The FF&E is currently located in the Subleased Premises, and additional and replacement items of FF&E are located at a storage facility operated by Vanguard Furniture (“ Vanguard ”) for Sublandlord (the “ Storage Facility ”). Subtenant shall accept the FF&E in its current condition without any warranty of fitness from Sublandlord (Subtenant expressly acknowledges that no warranty is made by Sublandlord with respect to the condition of any cabling currently located in or serving the Subleased Premises). Sublandlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the

 

17


operation and maintenance of the Storage Facility; provided, however; that in the event that Sublandlord at any time elects to discontinue its use of the Storage Facility, which Sublandlord may do at any time after April 1, 2016 (but not before then), Sublandlord shall so notify Subtenant and, at Subtenant’s option, Subtenant may arrange with Vanguard to continue to utilize the Storage Facility at Subtenant’s cost. So long as FF&E is stored in the Storage Facility. Subtenant shall have access to such FF&E, and may use, deposit, return, exchange and/or replace such FF&E, utilizing the online inventory control system operated by Vanguard, and Subtenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall work directly with Vanguard to coordinate Vanguard’s delivery and restocking of FF&E to and from the Storage Facility and the Subleased Premises. Sublandlord shall not be required to maintain any specific inventory levels of FF&E. For purposes of documenting the current condition of the FF&E in the Subleased Premises, Subtenant and Sublandlord shall, prior to the Commencement Date, conduct a joint walk-through of the Subleased Premises in order to inventory items of damage or disrepair. Subtenant shall use the FF&E only for the purposes for which such FF&E is intended and shall be responsible for the proper maintenance, insurance, care and reasonable repair of the FF&E used by Subtenant at the Subleased Premises, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Subtenant shall not materially modify, reconfigure or relocate any affixed cubicles located within the Subleased Premises (including, without limitation, changing the configuration of, “breaking down” or reassembly of cubicles) without first obtaining Sublandlord’s consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (by way of example, the parties agree that it would be reasonable for Sublandlord to withhold consent if the color palette of proposed additions or substitutions were not consistent with the existing FF&E (e.g., neutral colors would be acceptable), or if the number of cubicles were to be reduced (other than to an incidental extent), or if substitutions proposed by Subtenant were not of a quality consistent with the existing FF&E, or if Subtenant proposed to install non-adjustable workstations); provided, however, that Subtenant shall not be required to secure Sublandlord’s consent for cubicle reconfigurations of less than 15 cubicles, but in connection therewith, Subtenant must provide a plan for such reconfiguration to Sublandlord which will become the basis for delivery/restoration of the Subleased Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. Subtenant shall not be obligated to remove or restore any FF&E upon the expiration of the Term, unless required by Sublandlord in connection with any consent given by Sublandlord if required hereunder. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other regarding the use and storage of the FF&E.

19. Brokers . Subtenant represents that it has dealt directly with and only with CBRE, Inc. (Mike Charters and Jeff Houston) (“ Subtenant’s Broker ”), as a broker in connection with this Sublease. Sublandlord represents that it has dealt directly with and only with CBRE, Inc. (Jeff Black) (“ Sublandlord’s Broker ”), as a broker in connection with this Sublease. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from all claims of any brokers other than Subtenant’s Broker and Sublandlord’s Broker claiming to have represented Sublandlord or Subtenant in connection with this Sublease. Subtenant and Sublandlord agree that Subtenant’s Broker and Sublandlord’s Broker shall be paid commissions by Sublandlord in connection with this Sublease pursuant to a separate agreement.

20. Complete Agreement . There are no representations, warranties, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties or their representatives relating to the subject matter of this Sublease which are not fully expressed in this Sublease. This Sublease cannot be changed or terminated nor may any of its provisions be waived orally or in any manner other than by a written agreement executed by both parties.

 

18


21. Interpretation . This Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Sublease and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected but rather shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law. The captions, headings and titles in this Sublease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This Sublease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Sublease or any part thereof to be drafted. If any words or phrases in this Sublease shall have been stricken out or otherwise eliminated, whether or not any other words or phrases have been added, this Sublease shall be construed as if the words or phrases so stricken out or otherwise eliminated were never included in this Sublease and no implication or inference shall be drawn from the fact that said words or phrases were so stricken out or otherwise eliminated. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Sublease shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of the party bound by, undertaking or making same, not dependent on any other provision of this Sublease unless otherwise expressly provided. All terms and words used in this Sublease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require. The word “person” as used in this Sublease shall mean a natural person or persons, a partnership, a corporation or any other form of business or legal association or entity.

22. USA Patriot Act Disclosures . Subtenant is currently in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) and any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action relating thereto.

23. Counterparts . This Sublease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is deemed an original but which together constitute one and the same instrument. This Sublease shall be fully executed when each party whose signature is required has signed and delivered to each of the parties at least one counterpart, even though no single counterpart contains the signatures of all of the parties hereto. This Sublease may be executed in so-called “pdf” format and each party has the right to rely upon a pdf counterpart of this Sublease signed by the other party to the same extent as if such party had received an original counterpart.

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease as of the date first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:   NETFLIX, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation

 

By:   /s/ Amy Dee
Print Name:   Amy Dee
Title:   Director of procurement and facilities

 

SUBTENANT:   ROKU, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation

 

By:   /s/ Stephen H. Kay
Print Name:   Stephen H. Kay
Title:   SVP & General Counsel

 

20


EXHIBIT A

Subleased Premises

 

1


LOGO

 


EXHIBIT B

Commencement Agreement

 

Date    

 

Subtenant     
Address     

 

Re: Commencement Letter with respect to that certain Sublease dated as of                  ,              , by and between NETFLIX, INC . , a Delaware corporation, as Sublandlord,              and                                          , a                      , as Subtenant, for                      rentable square feet on the                      floor of the Building located at                                               ,                      ,                      .

Dear                                          :

In accordance with the terms and conditions of the above referenced Sublease, Subtenant accepts possession of the Subleased Premises and agrees:

 

  1. The Commencement Date is:                      .

 

  2. The Expiration Date is: December 31, 2020.

 

  3. The rentable square footage of the Premises is:                      rentable square feet.

 

  4. The Monthly Base Rent owing under the Lease is as follows:

 

  5. Tenant’s Allocable Share is:              %.

Please acknowledge your acceptance of possession and agreement to the terms set forth above by signing all 3 counterparts of this Commencement Letter in the space provided and returning 2 fully executed counterparts to my attention.

 

Sincerely,
 

 

Sublandlord Authorized Signatory
Agreed and Accepted:

 

  Subtenant:    
  By:   [EXHIBIT—DO NOT SIGN]
  Name:    
  Title:    
  Date:    

 

1


EXHIBIT C

FF&E

100 Winchester Circle

3rd floor

Workstations: 168

Conference Tables: 4

Conference Chairs: 81

Smaller Tables: 5

Soft Seating: 12

Kitchen seating: none

Balcony Furniture

Couches: 3

Chairs: 24

Tables: 7

Lounges: 5


LOGO

 


E XHIBIT D

L/C DRAFT LANGUAGE

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER

ISSUE DATE:                     

ISSUING BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210

SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054

BENEFICIARY:

NETFLIX, INC.

100 WINCHESTER CIRCLE

LOS GATOS, CA 95032

ATTN: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

APPLICANT:

ROKU, INC.

12980 SARATOGA AVENUE, SUITE D

SARATOGA, CA 95070

EXPIRATION DATE:                      (ONE YEAR FROM ISSUANCE)

LOCATION:                      SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF                      IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFTS DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

 

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S). IF ANY.

 

2. BENEFICIARY’S DATED STATEMENT SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY STATING THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW ON THIS LETTER OF CREDIT PURSUANT TO THE SUBLEASE BETWEEN ROKU, INC. AND NETFLIX, INC., AS IT MAY BE AMENDED.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT CANNOT BE MODIFIED OR REVOKED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF BENEFICIARY.

PARTIAL DRAWS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS ARE ALLOWED.

THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

PAGE 1

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.

 

 

 

     

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)     DATE


THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR. WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST 60 DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS (OR ANY OTHER ADDRESS INDICATED BY YOU. IN A WRITTEN NOTICE TO US THE RECEIPT OF WHICH WE HAVE ACKNOWLEDGED. AS THE ADDRESS TO WHICH WE SHOULD SEND SUCH NOTICE) THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND. THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND                      , IN THE EVENT OF SUCH NOTICE OF NON-EXTENSION, YOU MAY DRAW HEREUNDER WITH A DRAFT STATED ABOVE AND ACCOMPANIED BY THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S). IF ANY. ALONG WITH YOUR DATED STATEMENT SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF BENEFICIARY STATING THAT BENEFICIARY HAS NOT BEEN PRESENTED WITH A SUBSTITUTE LETTER OF CREDIT IN THE SAME PRINCIPAL AMOUNT. AND ON THE SAME TERMS AS THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FROM AN ISSUER REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO YOU.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE ONE OR MORE TIMES. BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT. ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S). IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED [NOTE: EXHIBIT B NEEDS TO BE ATTACHED] . THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK. ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OR DATE OF EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR ABOVE SPECIFIED OFFICE. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT SO ENDORSED TO THE TRANSFEREE.

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE ‘“BANK’S OFFICE”) AT: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE. SANTA CLARA. CA 95054. ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION.

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE BENEFICIARY THAT DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO US ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT OR ANY AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED EXPIRATION DATE.

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK. WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK. AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

PAGE 2

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.

 

 

 

     

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)     DATE

 


THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (ISP98), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE. PUBLICATION NO. 590.

 

 

 

     

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE     AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

PAGE 3

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.

 

 

 

     

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)     DATE

 


EXHIBIT A

 

DATE:                                     REF. NO.                                 

AT SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT

PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                                   US$                                     

US DOLLARS                                                                                                                                

DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK. SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.                                      DATED                         

 

TO:  SILICON VALLEY BANK

         3003 TASMAN DRIVE

         SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

     

 

    (BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

     

 

    Authorized Signature

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE DRAFT

 

1. DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.

 

2. REF. NO.: BENEFICIARY’S REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.

 

3. PAY TO THE ORDER OF: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C (MAKE SURE BENEFICIARY ENDORSES IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE).

 

4. US$: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.

 

5. USDOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

 

6. LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: SILICON VALLEY BANK’S STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

 

7. DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF THE STANDBY L/C.

 

8. BENEFICIARY’S NAME: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C.

 

9. AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER OF BENEFICIARY.

IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS RELATED TO THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT PLEASE CONTACT US AT              .

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                      .

PAGE 4

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.

 

 

 

     

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)     DATE

 


E XHIBIT E

100 W INCHESTER C IRCLE

Entry Control System

 

    Camera System:            Exacq Vision

The network video recorder will be turned over to Roku with full administrative rights and on its own network. Netflix will be fully disconnected from this machine. Cameras in common areas will be shared with video splitters, not software. Adjustments can be made to accommodate proper camera description.

 

    Access System:            Amag Symmetry access control server

                  Amag MN - cab4 +psu access panels

Amag Symmetry client will be used to control only Roku’s occupied spaces and floors.

The Access System shall be virtually demised such that Netflix and Roku shall each have separate access to the Amag access system allowing each to access only its respective designated access control hardware, card readers, alarm points and audible sounders.

To the extent necessary, Netflix shall install additional access control hardware, card readers, alarm points and audible sounders on each floor and at entry points to the Subleased Premises.


EXHIBIT F

Depiction of MPOE and IDF Rooms

 

5


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


EXHIBIT G

Sublandlord’s Work

 

1. Installation of the Entry Control System; and

 

2. Demising Subleased Premises which shall consist of lawfully shutting fire doors and installing readers in all necessary new locations.

 

6


EXHIBIT H

Signage Plan

 

7


E XHIBIT H

S IGNAGE P LAN

100 W INCHESTER C IRCLE

 

LOGO

Subject to Master Landlord and Town of Los Gatos approval


EXHIBIT I

Depiction of Exclusive Parking Areas

 

8


LOGO

 

Exhibit 10.28

SUBLEASE

BETWEEN

NETFLIX, INC.

AND

ROKU, INC.

150 WINCHESTER CIRCLE

LOS GATOS, CALIFORNIA

August 18, 2015


SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE (“ Sublease ”) is entered into as of August 18, 2015, by and between NETFLIX, INC., a Delaware corporation ( Sublandlord ”) , and ROKU, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”) , with reference to the following facts:

A. Pursuant to that certain Lease dated June 26, 2006, as the same has been amended by Amendments to Lease dated March 19, 2008, March 15, 2010, and August     , 2015 (as amended, the “ Master Lease ”). Sobrato Land Holdings, a California limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), as landlord, leases to Sublandlord, as tenant, certain space (the “ Master Lease Premises ) consisting of the entire rentable area of the three-story office building located at 150 Winchester Circle in the Town of Los Gatos, California (the “Building” ). The Building contains a total rentable area of approximately 83,728 rentable square feet.

B. Subtenant wishes to sublease from Sublandlord, and Sublandlord wishes to sublease to Subtenant, the Master Lease Premises (in phases as provided for herein), said space being more particularly identified and described on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (the Subleased Premises ”).

C. Sublandlord also leases from Landlord the adjacent three-story office building located at 100 Winchester Circle (the “ 100 Winchester Building ”), and together with this Sublease, Sublandlord and Subtenant are entering into sublease pursuant to which Subtenant will sublease a portion of the 100 Winchester Building from Sublandlord (the “ 100 Winchester Sublease ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Sublease .

1.1 Subleased Premises . Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, the Subleased Premises. The Subleased Premises shall consist of two phase: (i) floors 1 and 2 of the Building (“ Phase 1 ”) and (ii) floor 3 of the Building (“ Phase 2 ”) (Phase 1 and Phase 2 are referred to individually as a “ Phase ” and collectively as the “ Phases ”). The Phases shall be delivered and the Term of this Sublease shall commence with respect to each Phase as provided for in Section 2.1.

(a) Subleases Contingency . Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that this Sublease is subject to and conditioned upon the full execution and delivery by Sublandlord and Subtenant concurrently herewith (and receipt of master landlord consent, as applicable) of the following additional subleases: (i) the 100 Winchester Sublease, and (ii) a sublease of the building located at 170-180 Knowles Drive, Los Gatos (the “ Knowles Drive Building ”) that is currently leased by Sublandlord from Knowles Los Gatos, LLC pursuant to a Lease Agreement dated June 11, 2010.

 

1


1.2 Landlord’s Consent . Under the Master Lease, Sublandlord must obtain the consent of Landlord to any subletting. Therefore, and notwithstanding anything set forth in this Sublease to the contrary, this Sublease and the effectiveness hereof is conditioned upon Landlord’s consent to this Sublease as required under the terms of the Master Lease and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Subtenant (the “ Consent ”), which Consent must be executed and delivered by Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant on or before August 31, 2015 (the date of the full execution and delivery of the Consent being referred to herein as the “ Consent Date ”).

1.3 Rentable Area . Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree that for all purposes of this Sublease the rentable square footage of the Subleased Premises shall be deemed to be (i) 55,247 for Phase 1, and (ii) 27,624 for Phase 2, and shall not be subject to remeasurement

1.4 Access to Subleased Premises and Building . Subtenant and its employees, visitors and invitees shall have access to the Subleased Premises (i) through the main entrance of the Building (ii) via the stairway from the side entrance to the Building (access card controlled), and (iii) via the elevators from the parking garage (access card controlled). In addition, from and after Subtenant’s occupancy of the 3rd floor of the 100 Winchester Building, Subtenant shall have access to the Subleased Premises by means of the 3rd floor connecting bridge between Phase 2 and the third floor of the 100 Winchester Building (the “ Connecting Bridge ”). So long as Sublandlord continues to occupy the third floor of the Building: (i) Sublandlord shall have access to such portion of the Building (1) via the stairway from the side entrance to the Building (access card controlled), (2) for those requiring ADA access, via the elevator from the parking garage (access card controlled), and (3) by means of the Connecting Bridge; and (ii) Sublandlord shall have emergency ingress and egress to and from the third floor of the Building through the main entrance on the ground floor and by use of the elevators and main internal stairway serving the Building. Prior to the Early Access Date for Phase 1, Sublandlord shall (at no cost or expense to Subtenant other than the actual cost [without mark-up] of access cards) configure the entry control system for the Building pursuant to the specifications more particularly described on Exhibit E attached hereto (the “ Entry Control System ”) such that Subtenant shall have card controlled access to the Subleased Premises as noted above, and virtual/remote access to the Entry Control System including access to and control of the cameras and recording equipment pertaining to the Subleased Premises and any common areas or common entryways shared by Subtenant and Sublandlord in the Building. Sublandlord shall operate and maintain the Entry Control System for the Building during the Term at no cost or expect to Subtenant other than the actual cost (without mark-up) of access cards. Subtenant shall have access to the Subleased Premises on a 24/7 basis.

(a) Use of MPOE and IDF Rooms . Subtenant shall have access to and use of the MPOE and IDF rooms serving the Building depicted on Exhibit F attached hereto during the Term of this Sublease. During the period that Sublandlord continues to occupy the third floor of the Building. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall share the use of the MPOE and IDF rooms and: (i) Sublandlord and Subtenant shall cooperate so as to permit Subtenant to install cabling and equipment for its telecom requirements in the MPOE and IDF rooms (including the assignment of racks in the IDF for use by Sublandlord and Subtenant), (ii) access to the MPOE and IDF rooms shall be subject to Sublandlord’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding security and each party’s advance notice to the other of entry into the MPOE and/or IDF rooms,

 

2


and (iii) Sublandlord shall maintain the MPOE and IDF rooms in good condition and repair and Subtenant shall pay Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the cost thereof pursuant to Section 3.4(b) below. From and after the Phase 2 Commencement Date for the balance of the Term of this Sublease, Subtenant shall maintain such rooms in good condition and repair, at its sole cost and expense. If there is space available in the existing conduit running between the Building and the Knowles Drive Building, Subtenant may utilize such conduit to connect its telecom systems in such buildings; and if adequate space is not available in such conduit, Subtenant may install an additional conduit between such buildings, subject to the terms and conditions of the Master Lease pertaining to Alterations.

2. Term .

2.1 Generally . The term of this Sublease (the “ Term ”) shall commence with respect to each Phase of the Subleased Premises as follows:

(a) Phase 1 . The Term of this Sublease with respect to Phase 1 of the Subleased Premises shall commence on the later to occur of (i) January 1, 2016 and (ii) the Sublandlord’s substantial completion of the Sublandlord’s Work described on Exhibit H attached hereto (“ Phase 1 Commencement Date ”).

(b) Phase 2 . The Term of this Sublease with respect to Phase 2 of the Subleased Premises shall commence April 1, 2017 (the Phase 2 Commencement Date ”).

The Term of this Sublease with respect to the entire Subleased Premises shall end on December 31, 2020 (the “ Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof. Upon the occurrence of the Commencement Date for each Phase. Sublandlord and Subtenant will enter into a letter agreement in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

2.2 Adjustments . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.1 above with respect to the Expiration Date, if, pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease, Sublandlord is required by Landlord to remove any improvements or alterations in the Subleased Premises on or before the date of expiration of the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall have the right, by written notice to Subtenant, to accelerate the Expiration Date to November 30, 2020, in order to provide Sublandlord with sufficient time following the Expiration Date in which to enter the Subleased Premises and perform any required restoration/repair work. Sublandlord agrees to give any such acceleration notice to Subtenant promptly following Sublandlord’s determination that Landlord will require any such restoration or repair, but in no event later than May 1, 2020. Any such restoration or repair work shall be at Sublandlord’s sole cost and expense, to the extent such required restoration relates to improvements installed in the Subleased Premises by or on behalf of Sublandlord prior to the date hereof; and nothing set forth herein is intended to relieve Subtenant of the obligation to remove any improvements installed in the Subleased Premises by or on behalf of Subtenant, to the extent that such removal may be required pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, within ten (10) days following any Subtenant request for Sublandlord’s consent to any tenant improvements or alterations. Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant in writing whether or not such tenant improvement or alteration will be required by Sublandlord to be removed upon expiration of the Term of this Sublease; provided, however, that if Sublandlord does not exercise its Option to extend the Lease Term (as defined in the Master Lease) and Landlord has not required such tenant improvement or alteration to be removed upon expiration of the stated Lease Term under the Master Lease, then Subtenant shall not be required to remove such tenant improvement or alteration.

 

3


2.3 Early Access . Subtenant and Subtenant’s representatives shall have the right to enter each Phase of the Subleased Premises from and after the later to occur of (i) October 1, 2015, in the case of Phase 1, and January 1, 2017, in the case of Phase 2 (or such earlier date as Sublandlord may make either Phase of the Subleased Premises available for entry by Subtenant), and (ii) the Consent Date, so long as and on the condition that prior to such entry Subtenant shall have delivered to Sublandlord (A) the pre-paid Monthly Rent required pursuant to Section 3.3 below, (B) the Security required pursuant to Section 4 below, and (C) evidence of Subtenant’s procurement of all insurance coverage required hereunder (the date upon which Subtenant first has such access to each Phase of the Subleased Premises being referred to herein as the “ Early Access Date ”) for the sole purposes of installation of Subtenant’s personal property and equipment, furniture, fixtures and voice and data cabling, all subject to the terms, conditions and requirements of the Master Lease. All of the rights and obligations of the parties under this Sublease with respect to each Phase of the Subleased Premises (other than Subtenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent with respect to such Phase, but expressly including, without limitation, Subtenant’s obligation to pay utility charges and Tenant’s Allocable Share of Reimbursable Operating Costs. Subtenant’s obligation to carry insurance, and Subtenant’s indemnification obligations) shall commence upon the Early Access Date for such Phase of the Subleased Premises. Subtenant shall reasonably coordinate such entry with Sublandlord, and such entry shall be made in compliance with all terms and conditions of this Sublease, the Master Lease and the rules and regulations attached to the Master Lease.

3. Rent .

3.1 Base Rent . Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as base rent for each Phase of the Subleased Premises from and after the Commencement Date for such Phase and continuing throughout the Term (“ Base Rent ”), in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Period

   Base Rent Rate Per Rentable
Square Foot Per Month For
Each Phase, as applicable
 

Phase 1 Commencement Date through and including December 31, 2016

   $ 3.00  

January 1, 2017 through and including December 31, 2017

   $ 3.09  

January 1, 2018 through and including December 31, 2018

   $ 3.18  

January 1, 2019 through and including December 31, 2019

   $ 3.28  

January 1, 2020 through and including Expiration Date

   $ 3.38  

3.2 Furniture, Fixtures  & Equipment Rent . Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as rent for Subtenant’s use of the FF&E (defined below) during the Term as provided for in Section 18, the following amount: (i) for Phase 1, $10,095 per month from and after the Phase 1 Commencement Date, and (ii) for Phase 2, $2,754 per month from and after the Phase 2 Commencement Date (as applicable to each Phase, the “ FF&E Rent ”).

 

4


3.3 Monthly Payments . Base Rent and FF&E Rent (collectively), “ Monthly Rent ”) shall be paid on the first day of each month of the Term, except that Subtenant shall pay the amount of the Monthly Rent for Phase 1 for the first month of the Term to Sublandlord within five (5) days following the Consent Date; and said pre-paid Monthly Rent will be applied to the first (1st) month’s Monthly Rent for Phase 1 due and payable hereunder. If the Term does not begin on the first day of a calendar month or end on the last day of a month, the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent (hereinafter defined) for any partial month shall be prorated by multiplying the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent for such month by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days of the partial month included in the Term and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the full calendar month. All Rent (hereinafter defined) shall be payable in lawful money of the United States either by (i) wire transfer to such account as Sublandlord designates in writing upon Subtenant’s written request, (ii) automated clearing house funds or other transfer of funds to such account as Sublandlord designates in writing upon Subtenant’s request, or (iii) by regular or certified mail or recognized overnight courier to Sublandlord’s address set forth in Section 17, below, or to such other persons or at such other places as Sublandlord may designate in writing.

3.4 Additional Rent .

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Sublease and in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Sublease, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(1) “ Additional Rent ” shall mean the sums payable pursuant to Section 3.4(b) below.

(2) “ Reimbursable Operating Costs ” shall mean Reimbursable Operating Costs (as defined in the Master Lease) charged by Landlord to Sublandlord pursuant to the Master Lease.

(3) “ Rent ” shall mean, collectively, Base Rent, FF&E Rent, all Additional Rent, and all other sums payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord under this Sublease, whether or not expressly designated as “rent”, all of which are deemed and designated as rent pursuant to the terms of this Sublease.

(4) “ Subtenant’s Allocable Share ” shall mean the rentable area of the Subleased Premises (determined for each Phase of the Subleased Premises) as a percentage of the rentable area of the entire Building.

(b) Payment of Additional Rent . In addition to the Base Rent and FF&E Rent payable pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, from and after the Early Access Date for each Phase, Subtenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, the following:

(1) Landlord’s Costs . The then applicable Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the amounts that accrue from and after the Early Access Date for each Phase and throughout the Term and that are payable from time to time by Sublandlord under the Master

 

5


Lease for: (A) Reimbursable Operating Costs; (B) Landlord’s insurance costs pursuant to Section 9.B of the Master Lease; and (C) Landlord’s taxes pursuant to Section 10 of the Master Lease. Sublandlord shall give Subtenant written notice of the amount of any Additional Rent payable pursuant to this Section 3.4(b)(1) promptly following the Sublandlord’s receipt of any billing by Landlord (each, a Landlord’s Statement ”); and Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the costs shown on such Landlord’s Statement within twenty (20) days after Subtenant’s receipt thereof. In the event that Landlord bills Subtenant at any time for and such costs on an estimated basis, Subtenant shall pay the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of such costs on an estimated basis and Sublandlord and Subtenant shall reconcile such estimated payments for any particular period against the actual costs incurred by Landlord for such period in the same manner as such reconciliation is made under the Master Lease.

(2) Utilities . Pursuant to Section 11 of the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall remain responsible for paying for all water, gas, electric and other utilities supplied to the Building. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of such utility charges that accrue from and after the Early Access Date for each Phase and throughout the Term; provided, however, in the event either Subtenant or Sublandlord requests at any time during the Term prior to Phase 2 of this Sublease that the Subleased Premises be submetered for electricity, then the requesting party shall have the right to install a submeter at the requesting party’s sole cost and expense, and thereafter Subtenant shall pay its actual cost of electricity pursuant to such submeter. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the amount owed by Subtenant for such utility costs pursuant to this Section 3.4(b)(2) within twenty (20) days after Sublandlord’s delivery of an invoice therefor to Subtenant, including a copy of the applicable bill from the utility provider. Subtenant shall arrange for its telephone service at the Subleased Premises. Further, and notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, after the Phase 2 Commencement Date and if requested by Subtenant, and to the extent feasible, Sublandlord shall reasonably cooperate with Subtenant to assist Subtenant to contract directly with all utility providers to the Subleased Premises, in which case Subtenant shall pay such utility costs directly to the utility provider.

(3) Sublandlord’s Work and Services . Pursuant to Section 8.B of the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall remain responsible for the cleaning, maintenance and repair of the Master Lease Premises. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the costs incurred by Sublandlord for such work performed and services supplied by Sublandlord ( Sublandlord’s Work and Services ”), including service agreements and maintenance contracts, that accrue from and after the Early Access Date and throughout the Term. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the amount owed by Subtenant for Sublandlord’s Work and Services as follows: Sublandlord shall give Subtenant written notice from time to time of Sublandlord’s estimate of the monthly costs to be incurred by Sublandlord for Sublandlord’s Work and Services and the Subtenant’s Allocable Share thereof ( Sublandlord’s Statement ”). On or before the first day of each month following Subtenant’s receipt of any such Sublandlord’s Statement, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Additional Rent such estimated monthly amount together with the Base Rent owing hereunder. Promptly following the close of each calendar year, Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant a statement of the actual expenses incurred by Sublandlord for Sublandlord’s Work and Services during the prior year. If on the basis of such statement. Subtenant owes an amount that is less than the estimated payments actually made by Subtenant for the calendar year just ended, Sublandlord shall credit such excess to the next payments of Rent coming due or, if the term of this Sublease is about to expire.

 

6


promptly refund such excess to Subtenant. If on the basis of such statement Subtenant owes an amount that is more than the estimated payments for the calendar year just ended previously made by Subtenant, Subtenant shall pay the deficiency to Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement from Sublandlord to Subtenant. In addition, if the cost of any Sublandlord’s Work and Services or any item(s) thereof for any period is not otherwise included in a Sublandlord’s Statement, Subtenant shall pay the Subtenant’s Allocable Share thereof within twenty (20) days after Sublandlord’s delivery of a reasonably detailed invoice therefor to Subtenant.

For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the foregoing, although Sublandlord will provide cleaning and maintenance services for the common areas of the Building as part of the Sublandlord’s Work and Services, the costs of which shall be shared as provided for hereinabove, Sublandlord shall not provide janitorial services to the Subleased Premises, and Subtenant shall not be charged for janitorial services provided to the areas of the Master Lease Premises that continue to be occupied by Sublandlord.

(c) Survival . The expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease shall not affect the obligations of Subtenant for the payment of any items of Additional rent that accrue during the Term, and such obligations shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

(d) Audit . In the event Subtenant wishes to conduct an audit with respect to its payment of Additional Rent. Subtenant must notify Sublandlord in writing within six (6) months after receipt of the Landlord’s Statement or Sublandlord’s Statement, as applicable. In such event, Subtenant shall have the right to review and audit Sublandlord’s books and records with respect to the Additional Rent, and Subtenant shall pay all costs and expenses related to such audit, except that, in the event Sublandlord has overstated Additional Rent by more than five percent (5%), then Sublandlord shall reimburse Subtenant for the cost of such review and audit. Sublandlord and Subtenant will reasonably coordinate and cooperate with each other in the performance of such audit.

4. Security .

4.1 Security Amount . Within five (5) days following the Consent Date, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord security (the “ Security ”) for the faithful performance by Subtenant of all of its obligations under this Sublease and for all losses and damages Sublandlord may suffer as a result of Subtenant’s default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) of this Sublease, in the amount equal to $372,920 (the “ Security Amount ”), either in the form of a cash Security Deposit or a Letter of Credit, as provided for below. Without prejudice to any other remedy available to Sublandlord under this Sublease or at law, if Subtenant fails to pay rent or other sums due hereunder, or otherwise defaults (in all events beyond applicable notice and cure periods) with respect to any provisions of this Sublease, Sublandlord may use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit or draw on the Letter of Credit, as the case may be, for the payment of any rent or other sum in default or for the payment of any other sum to which Sublandlord may become obligated by reason of Subtenant’s default, or to compensate Sublandlord for any loss or damage which Sublandlord may suffer thereby (specifically excluding consequential, special or punitive damages).

 

7


4.2 Cash Security Deposit . If Subtenant elects to provide such Security in the form of cash (the “ Security Deposit ”) and Sublandlord at any time applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit as provided for above, Subtenant shall within ten (10) days after demand therefor deposit cash with Sublandlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount thereof and Subtenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Sublease. If Subtenant performs all of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder, the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by Sublandlord, shall be returned, without interest, to Subtenant (or, at Sublandlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Subtenant’s interest hereunder) following the expiration of the Term, and after Subtenant vacates the Subleased Premises and completes any restoration or repair obligations. No trust relationship is created herein between Sublandlord and Subtenant with respect to the Security Deposit. Sublandlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts. Subtenant hereby waives any and all rights under and the benefits of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (as now existing or hereafter amended, “Security Deposit Laws”).

4.3 Letter of Credit . If Subtenant elects to provide such Security in the form of a Letter of Credit, the following terms shall apply:

(a) Initial Letter of Credit . The Letter of Credit shall be an unconditional, irrevocable, transferable standby letter of credit (the “ Initial Letter of Credit ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D in the Security Amount, issued by Silicon Valley Bank (the “Issuing Bank”). Subtenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be continuously maintained in effect (whether through a Replacement Letter of Credit (defined below), amendment, renewal or extension) through the date (the “ Final Letter of Credit Expiration Date ”) that is the later to occur of (i) the date that is forty-five (45) days after the scheduled Expiration Date of the Term, and (ii) the date that is forty-five (45) days after Subtenant vacates the Subleased Premises and completes any restoration or repair obligations.

(b) Drawing Under Letter of Credit . In addition to the provisions of Section 4.1, Sublandlord may also draw upon the Initial Letter of Credit or any Replacement Letter of Credit on or after the occurrence of: (i) any failure by Subtenant to deliver to Sublandlord a Replacement Letter of Credit as and when required pursuant to Section 4.3(c); (ii) an uncured failure by Subtenant to perform one or more of its obligations under this Sublease and the existence of circumstances in which Sublandlord is enjoined or otherwise prevented by operation of law from giving to Subtenant a written notice which would be necessary for such failure of performance to constitute an event of default, or (iii) the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Subtenant, or an assignment of Subtenant for the benefit of creditors, or any action taken or suffered by Subtenant under any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other debtor relief proceedings, whether now existing or hereafter amended or enacted; provided that in the event that Subtenant fails to pay rent or other sums due hereunder, or otherwise defaults (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) with respect to any provisions of this Sublease, Sublandlord may, at Sublandlord’s sole option, draw upon a portion of the face amount of the Initial Letter of Credit or any Replacement Letter of Credit, as applicable, as required to compensate Sublandlord for damages incurred (with subsequent demands as Sublandlord incurs further damage).

 

8


(c) Delivery of Replacement Letter of Credit . Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord a new letter of credit (a Replacement Letter of Credit ”) (the Initial Letter of Credit and/or any Replacement Letter of Credit being referred to herein as a “ Letter of Credit ”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiry date of the Initial Letter of Credit or of any Replacement Letter of Credit held by Sublandlord. Each Replacement Letter of Credit delivered by Subtenant to Sublandlord shall: (i) be issued by a banking institution reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord; (ii) be in the same form as the letter of credit attached to this Sublease as Exhibit D ; (iii) bear an expiry date not earlier than one (1) year from the date when such Replacement Letter of Credit is delivered to Sublandlord; and (iv) be in an amount not less than the Security Amount. Upon the delivery to Sublandlord of a Replacement Letter of Credit as described in this Section 4.3(c), Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant the Initial Letter of Credit or any previous Replacement Letter of Credit then held by Sublandlord.

(d) Sublandlord’s Transfer . If Sublandlord conveys or transfers its interest in the Subleased Premises and, as a part of such conveyance or transfer, Sublandlord assigns its interest in this Sublease: (i) any Letter of Credit shall be transferred to Sublandlord’s successor; (ii) Sublandlord shall be released and discharged from any further liability to Subtenant with respect to such Letter of Credit: and (iii) any Replacement Letter of Credit thereafter delivered by Subtenant shall state the name of the successor to Sublandlord as the beneficiary of such Replacement Letter of Credit and shall contain such modifications in the text of the Replacement Letter of Credit as are required to appropriately reflect the transfer of the interest of Sublandlord in the Premises.

(e) Additional Covenants of Subtenant . If, as result of any application or use by Sublandlord of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit plus any cash proceeds previously drawn by Sublandlord and not applied pursuant to this Section 4 shall be less than the Security Amount. Subtenant shall, within ten (10) days thereafter, provide Sublandlord with additional Letter(s) of Credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement or amended Letter of Credit in the total Security Amount), and any such additional (or replacement or amended) Letter of Credit shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 4(c); if Subtenant fails to timely comply with the foregoing, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, the same shall constitute a default by Subtenant without the necessity of additional notice or the passage of additional grace periods. Subtenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Sublandlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

(f) Nature of Letter of Credit . Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any Security Deposit Laws, and waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may have now or in the future relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

5. Use and Occupancy .

5.1 Use . The Subleased Premises shall be used and occupied only for those uses permitted under the Master Lease.

 

9


5.2 C ompliance with Master Lease .

(a) Subtenant . Subtenant will occupy the Subleased Premises in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease and will not suffer to be done, or omit to do, any act which may result in a violation of or a default under the Master Lease, or render Sublandlord liable for any damage, charge or expense thereunder. Subtenant will indemnify, defend, protect and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, by reason of, or resulting from, Subtenant’s failure to perform or observe any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease or this Sublease. Any other provision in this Sublease to the contrary notwithstanding. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Rent hereunder any and all sums which Sublandlord may be required to pay the Landlord arising out of a request by Subtenant for, or the use by Subtenant of, additional or overstandard Building services from Landlord (for example, but not by way of limitation, charges associated with after-hour IIVAC usage and overstandard electrical charges).

(b) Sublandlord . Sublandlord will continue to comply with the terms of the Master Lease that are not otherwise the responsibility of Subtenant under the terms of this Sublease. Sublandlord will indemnify, defend, protect and hold Subtenant harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, by reason of, or resulting from, Sublandlord’s negligence or failure to perform or observe any of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, except (i) to the extent that such occurrence is attributable, in whole or in part, to any negligent act or omission /of Subtenant, its agents, employees or contractors or (ii) if such failure to perform by Sublandlord is a direct result of Subtenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Sublease.

5.3 Landlord’s Obligations . Subtenant agrees that Sublandlord shall not be required to perform any of the covenants, agreements and/or obligations of Landlord under the Master Lease and, insofar as any of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Sublandlord hereunder are required to be performed under the Master Lease by Landlord thereunder, Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Sublandlord shall be entitled to look to Landlord for such performance. In addition, Sublandlord shall have no obligation to perform any repairs or any other obligation of Landlord under the Master Lease. Except resulting from Sublandlord’s negligence or default of its obligations under this Sublease, Sublandlord shall not be responsible for any failure or interruption, for any reason whatsoever, of the services or facilities that may be appurtenant to or supplied at the Building by Landlord or otherwise, including, without limitation, heat, air conditioning, ventilation, life-safety, water, electricity, elevator service and cleaning service, if any; and no failure to furnish, or interruption of, any such services or facilities shall give rise to any (i) abatement, diminution or reduction of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease, or (ii) liability on the part of Sublandlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall promptly take such action as may reasonably be indicated, under the circumstances, to secure such performance upon Subtenant’s request to Sublandlord to do so and shall thereafter diligently prosecute such performance on the part of Landlord.

6. Master Lease and Sublease Terms.

6.1 Subject to Master Lease . This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease. Subtenant acknowledges that Subtenant has reviewed and is familiar with all of the terms, agreements, covenants and conditions of the Master Lease.

 

10


Additionally, Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease shall be subject to the terms of the Consent. During the Term and for all periods subsequent thereto with respect to obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease, Subtenant agrees to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Sublandlord and Landlord, the obligations of Sublandlord under the Master Lease which pertain to the Subleased Premises and/or this Sublease, except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are expressly excluded pursuant to Section 6.4 below or otherwise contradicted by or inconsistent with this Sublease (collectively such provisions referred to herein as “ Excluded Provisions ”), in which event the terms of this Sublease shall control over the Master Lease.

6.2 Incorporation of Terms of Master Lease . The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, except for the Excluded Provisions, in which event the terms of this Sublease shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Master Lease the word “Landlord” is used it shall be deemed to mean Sublandlord and wherever in the Master Lease the word “Tenant” is used it shall be deemed to mean Subtenant, except with respect to the Excluded Provisions. Any non-liability, release, indemnity or hold harmless provision in the Master Lease for the benefit of Landlord that is incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Landlord, and any other person intended to be benefited by said provision, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Sublease. Any right of Landlord under the Master Lease (a) of access or inspection, (b) to do work in the Master Lease Premises or in the Building, (c) in respect of rules and regulations, which is incorporated herein by reference, shall be deemed to inure to the benefit of Sublandlord, Landlord, and any other person intended to be benefited by said provision, for the purpose of incorporation by reference in this Sublease.

6.3 Modifications . For the purposes of incorporation herein, the terms of the Master Lease are subject to the following additional modifications:

(a) Approvals . In all provisions of the Master Lease (under the terms thereof and without regard to modifications thereof for purposes of incorporation into this Sublease) requiring the approval or consent of Landlord, Subtenant shall be required to obtain the approval or consent of both Landlord and Sublandlord.

(b) Deliveries . In all provisions of the Master Lease requiring Tenant to submit, exhibit to, supply or provide Landlord with evidence, certificates, or any other matter or thing, Subtenant shall be required to submit, exhibit to, supply or provide, as the case may be, the same to both Landlord and Sublandlord.

(c) Damage: Condemnation . Sublandlord shall have no obligation to restore or rebuild any portion of the Subleased Premises after any destruction or taking by eminent domain.

(d) Insurance . In all provisions of the Master Lease requiring Tenant to designate Landlord as an additional or named insured on its insurance policy, Subtenant shall be required to so designate Landlord and Sublandlord on its insurance policy.

 

11


6.4 Exclusions . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 6.2 above, Subtenant shall have no rights nor obligations under the following parts, Sections and Exhibits of the Master Lease: Section 1, 3.C (the last sentence), 4.A, 4.B, 5, 6.A, 18, 19, 20, 21.C, 21.N, 21.T, 21.Y, Exhibits C, D, E, F, G and H. The foregoing list may not be an all-inclusive or exhaustive list of Excluded Provisions, and to the extent that any provisions of the Master Lease not included in the foregoing list are by their own terms inconsistent with or contrary to the provisions of this Sublease, such provisions shall be deemed to constitute Excluded Provisions.

6.5 Modifications . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 6.2 above, the following provisions of the Master Lease are modified as described below for the purpose of their incorporation into this Sublease:

(a) Sections 8.A and 8.B . For purposes of Sections 8.A. and 8.B, the term “Landlord” shall continue to mean “Landlord” (and not Sublandlord), and the term “Tenant” shall continue to mean Sublandlord in its capacity as “Tenant” (and not Subtenant).

(b) Section 8.D . For purposes of Section 8.D, Sublandlord, in its capacity as “Tenant,” shall comply with all of the obligations of “Tenant” thereunder, including with respect to capital repairs and improvements; provided, however, that Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the net amount of any actual costs incurred by Sublandlord thereunder after reimbursement is paid by Landlord to Sublandlord pursuant to such Section 8.D.

6.6 CASp Inspection . As of the date of this Sublease, there has been no inspection on behalf of Sublandlord of the Subleased Premises by a Certified Access Specialist as referenced in Section 1938 of the California Civil Code.

6.7 Energy Disclosure Requirements . Subtenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and Sublandlord to comply with any and all guidelines or controls concerning energy management and usage disclosure imposed upon Landlord and/or Sublandlord by federal or state governmental organizations or by any energy conservation association to which Landlord and/or Sublandlord is a party or which is applicable to the Building, including, without limitation, the requirements of California’s Nonresidential Building Energy Use Disclosure Program, as more particularly specified in California Public Resources Code Sections 25402.10 et seq. and regulations adopted pursuant thereto. Further, Subtenant hereby authorizes (and agrees that Landlord and Sublandlord shall have the authority to authorize) any electric or gas utility company providing service to the Building to disclose from time to time so much of the data collected and maintained by it regarding Subtenant’s energy consumption data as may be necessary to cause the Building to participate in the ENERGY STAR ® Portfolio Manager system and similar programs; and Subtenant further authorizes Landlord and/or Sublandlord to disclose information concerning energy use by Subtenant as Landlord and/or Sublandlord determines to be necessary to comply with applicable laws pertaining to the Building or the ownership or operation thereof.

6.8 Signage . Throughout the Term, Subtenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, and otherwise in accordance with applicable laws and the terms of the Master Lease, to install and maintain reasonable exterior building, monument (no less than 2/3 portion of such monument signage) and directional signage within the project. In addition, subject to compliance with applicable laws and the terms of the Master Lease, the parties hereby expressly approve the signage set forth on the signage plan attached hereto as Exhibit G

 

12


7. Assignment and Subletting . Subtenant shall not assign this Sublease or further sublet all or any part of the Subleased Premises except subject to and in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, and Sublandlord (in addition to Landlord) shall have the same rights with respect to assignment and subleasing as Landlord has under the Master Lease. Subtenant shall pay all fees and costs payable to Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease in connection with any proposed assignment, sublease or transfer of the Subleased Premises, together with all of Sublandlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs relating to Subtenant’s request for such consent, regardless of whether such consent is granted, and the effectiveness of any such consent shall be conditioned upon Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s receipt of all such fees and costs.

8. Default . Except as expressly set forth herein with respect to the Excluded Provisions or otherwise, Subtenant shall perform all obligations in respect of the Subleased Premises that Sublandlord would be required to perform pursuant to the Master Lease. It shall constitute an event of default hereunder if Subtenant fails to perform any obligation hereunder (including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Rent), or any obligation under the Master Lease which has been incorporated herein by reference, and, in each instance, Subtenant has not remedied such failure (i) in the case of any monetary default, five (5) calendar days after delivery of written notice and (ii) in the case of any other default, thirty (30) calendar days after delivery of written notice (provided, however, if the nature of such default reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, then Subtenant shall not be in default if it commences such cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter prosecutes the same to completion).

9. Remedies . In the event of any default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) hereunder by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall have all remedies provided to the “Landlord” in the Master Lease as if a default had occurred thereunder and all other rights and remedies otherwise available at law and in equity. Sublandlord may resort to its remedies cumulatively or in the alternative.

10. Right to Cure Defaults . If Subtenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease after expiration of applicable grace or cure periods, then Sublandlord may, but shall not be obligated to, perform any such obligations for Subtenant’s account. All costs and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in performing any such act for the account of Subtenant shall be deemed Rent payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord upon demand, together with interest thereon at the lesser of (i) ten percent (10%) per annum or (ii) the maximum rate allowable under law from the date of the expenditure until repaid. If Sublandlord undertakes to perform any of Subtenant’s obligations for the account of Subtenant pursuant hereto, the taking of such action shall not constitute a waiver of any of Sublandlord’s remedies. Subtenant hereby expressly waives its rights under any statute to make repairs at the expense of Sublandlord.

11. Consents and Approvals . In any instance when Sublandlord’s consent or approval is required under this Sublease. Sublandlord’s refusal to consent to or approve any matter or thing shall be deemed reasonable if, among other matters, such consent or approval is required under the provisions of the Master Lease incorporated herein by reference but has not been obtained from Landlord; provided, however, if such consent by Landlord is required.

 

13


Sublandlord shall use diligent efforts to obtain it. Except as otherwise provided herein. Sublandlord shall not unreasonably withhold, or delay its consent to or approval of a matter if such consent or approval is required under the provisions of the Master Lease and Landlord has consented to or approved of such matter.

12. Sublandlord’s and Subtenant’s Liability .

12.1 Limitation of Liability . Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, the liability of Sublandlord to Subtenant for any default in Sublandlord’s obligations under this Sublease shall be limited to actual, direct damages, and under no circumstances shall Subtenant, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, sublessees, successors and/or assigns be entitled to recover from Sublandlord (or otherwise be indemnified by Sublandlord) for (a) any losses, costs, claims, causes of action, damages or other liability incurred in connection with a failure of Landlord, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, successors and/or assigns to perform or cause to be performed Landlord’s obligations under the Master Lease, except to the extent the same also constitutes a breach by Sublandlord under this Sublease, (b) lost revenues, lost profit or other consequential, special or punitive damages arising in connection with this Sublease for any reason, or (c) any damages or other liability arising from or incurred in connection with the condition of the Subleased Premises or suitability of the Subleased Premises for Subtenant’s intended uses. Subtenant shall, however, have the right to seek any injunctive or other equitable remedies as may be available to Subtenant under applicable law. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Sublandlord’s shareholders, directors, officers, or partners on account of any of Sublandlord’s obligations or actions under this Sublease. As used in this Sublease, the term “Sublandlord” means the holder of the tenant’s interest under the Master Lease and “Sublandlord” means the holder of sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease. In the event of any assignment or transfer of the Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease, which assignment or transfer may occur at any time during the Term in Sublandlord’s sole discretion, Sublandlord shall be and hereby is entirely relieved of all covenants and obligations of Sublandlord hereunder accruing subsequent to the date of the transfer and it shall be deemed and construed, without further agreement between the parties hereto, that any transferee has assumed and shall carry out all covenants and obligations thereafter to be performed by Sublandlord hereunder. Sublandlord may transfer and deliver the then existing Letter of Credit to the transferee of Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease, and thereupon Sublandlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect thereto. In addition. Sublandlord shall comply with all of its obligations as “Tenant” under the Master Lease except to the extent that any such obligation is the obligation of Subtenant pursuant to the terms of this Sublease. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, the liability of Subtenant to Sublandlord for any default in Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease shall be limited to actual, direct damages, and under no circumstances shall Sublandlord, its partners, members, shareholders, directors, agents, officers, employees, contractors, sublessees, successors and/or assigns be entitled to recover from Subtenant (or otherwise be indemnified by Subtenant) for lost revenues, lost profit or other consequential, special or punitive damages arising in connection with this Sublease for any reason, except for any breach by Subtenant under Section 12 of the Master Lease. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Sublease, no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Subtenant’s shareholders, directors, officers, or partners on account of any of Subtenant’s obligations or actions under this Sublease.

 

14


12.2 Sublandlord Default . Sublandlord shall be in default hereunder only if Sublandlord has not commenced and pursued with reasonable diligence the cure of any failure of Sublandlord to meet its obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Sublandlord of written notice from Subtenant of the alleged failure to perform in strict accordance with Section 17. Failure to provide the requisite notice and cure period by Subtenant under this paragraph shall be an absolute defense by Sublandlord against any claims, counterclaims or defenses of Subtenant based on the alleged failure by Sublandlord to perform any of its obligations.

13. Attorneys’ Fees . If Sublandlord or Subtenant brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party who recovers substantially all of the damages, equitable relief or other remedy sought in any such action on trial and appeal shall be entitled to receive from the other party its costs associated therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs from the other party.

14. Delivery of Possession .

14.1 Generally . Except with respect to the Sublandlord’s Work described in Exhibit H , Sublandlord shall deliver, and Subtenant shall accept, possession of each Phase of the Subleased Premises in their “AS IS” condition as each such Phase of the Subleased Premises exists on the date hereof. Sublandlord shall have no obligation to furnish, render or supply any tenant improvement work, labor, services, materials, furniture (other than the FF&E, as provided for in Section 18), fixtures, equipment, decorations or other items to make the Subleased Premises ready or suitable for Subtenant’s occupancy. In making and executing this Sublease, Subtenant has relied solely on such investigations, examinations and inspections as Subtenant has chosen to make or has made and has not relied on any representation or warranty concerning the Subleased Premises or the Building. Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord has afforded Subtenant the opportunity for full and complete investigations, examinations and inspections of the Subleased Premises and the common areas of the Building. Subtenant acknowledges that it is not authorized to make or do any alterations or improvements in or to the Subleased Premises except as permitted by the provisions of this Sublease and the Master Lease. Upon termination of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deliver the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord in reasonably good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

14.2 Compliance W ith Laws . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 14.1 above, Sublandlord hereby represents and warrants to Subtenant that, as of the Early Access Date for each Phase, all improvements within such Phase of the Subleased Premises comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and building codes as applicable thereto, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”). In the event that any governmental authority requires any modification of the Subleased Premises in order to correct any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and building codes, Sublandlord shall perform, or cause to be performed, such modification at no cost or expense to Subtenant (and such expense shall not be included in Additional Rent). In addition, during the Term, Sublandlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for any alterations, modifications, repairs or upgrades to the Subleased Premises required by any governmental

 

15


authority pursuant to the ADA or any rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto; provided, however, if any such alterations, repairs or upgrades are required as a result of any alterations performed by Subtenant or as a consequence of the manner of Subtenant’s use of the Subleased Premises, then Subtenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost, and expense, for any such alterations, repairs or upgrades within the Subleased Premises.

14.3 Subtenant’s Improvements .

(a) Generally . If Subtenant desires to construct improvements within the Subleased Premises (“ Subtenant Improvements ”), all Subtenant Improvements shall be carried out in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Master Lease. Sublandlord will have the right to approve the plans and specifications for any proposed Subtenant Improvements, as well as any contractors whom Subtenant proposes to retain to perform such work. Subtenant will submit all such information for Sublandlord’s review and written approval prior to commencement of any such work; Sublandlord will similarly submit such plans to Landlord for review and approval. Promptly following the completion of any Subtenant Improvements or subsequent alterations or additions by or on behalf of Subtenant, Subtenant will deliver to Sublandlord a reproducible copy of “as built’’ drawings of such work together with a CAD file of the “as-built” drawings in the then-current version of AutoCad.

(b) Code-Required Work . If the performance of any Subtenant Improvements or other work by Subtenant within the Subleased Premises “triggers” a requirement for code-related upgrades to or improvements of any portion of the Building. Subtenant shall be responsible for the cost of such code-required upgrade or improvements.

15. Holding Over . If Subtenant fails to surrender the Subleased Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, occupancy of the Subleased Premises after the termination or expiration shall be that of a tenancy at sufferance. Subtenant’s occupancy of the Subleased Premises during the holdover shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Sublease and Subtenant shall pay an amount (on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover) equal to 150% of the sum of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due for the period immediately preceding the holdover. No holdover by Subtenant or payment by Subtenant after the expiration or early termination of this Sublease shall be construed to extend the Term or prevent Sublandlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Subleased Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. In addition to the payment of the amounts provided above, if Sublandlord is unable to deliver possession of the Subleased Premises to Landlord as a result of Subtenant’s holdover, Subtenant shall be liable to Sublandlord for all actual damages, including, without limitation, contractual or holdover damages that Sublandlord suffers from the holdover; Subtenant expressly acknowledges that such damages may include all of the holdover rent charged by Landlord under the Master Lease as a result of Subtenant’s holdover, which Master Lease holdover rent may apply to the entire Master Lease Premises.

16. Parking . During the Term, Subtenant shall be permitted, without charge, to use the Subtenant’s Allocable Share of the parking spaces allocated to Sublandlord in the Master Lease. In addition, during the Term, Subtenant shall have the exclusive right, without charge, to those certain parking stalls designated on Exhibit I attached hereto for use by its employees, visitors, agents, employees (“ Exclusive Parking ”). Subtenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to post “exclusive parking” signage designating such Exclusive Parking, which signage shall be subject to Sublandlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

16


17. Notices : Any notice by either party to the other required, permitted or provided for herein shall be valid only if in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given only if (a) delivered personally, or (b) sent by means of Federal Express. UPS Next Day Air or another reputable express mail delivery service guaranteeing next day delivery, or (c) sent by United Slates certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed:

(i) if to Sublandlord, at the following addresses:

Netflix, Inc.

100 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Netflix, Inc.

100 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: General Counsel

and (ii) if to Subtenant, at the following address:

Prior to the Commencement Date:

ROKU, Inc.

12980 Saratoga Avenue, Suite D

Saratoga, California 95070

Attn: General Counsel

With a copy to:

ROKU, Inc.

12980 Saratoga Avenue, Suite D

Saratoga, California 95070

Attn: Director of Real Estate

After the Commencement Date:

ROKU, Inc.

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: General Counsel

With a copy to:

ROKU, Inc.

150 Winchester Circle

Los Gatos, California 95032

Attn: Director of Real Estate

 

17


or at such other address for either party as that party may designate by notice to the other. A notice shall be deemed given and effective, if delivered personally, upon hand delivery thereof (unless such delivery takes place after hours or on a holiday or weekend, in which event the notice shall be deemed given on the next succeeding business day), if sent via overnight courier, on the business day next succeeding delivery to the courier, and if mailed by United States certified mail, three (3) business days following such mailing in accordance with this Section.

18. FF&E . During the Term, and in consideration of the FF&E Rent payable by Tenant pursuant to Section 3.2, Subtenant shall be permitted to use the existing modular and office furniture, fixtures and equipment and associated data cabling described in more particular detail in Exhibit C attached hereto (such furniture, fixtures, and equipment together with any equipment and data cabling, being referred to collectively as the “ FF&E ”). The FF&E is currently located in the Subleased Premises, and additional and replacement items of FF&E are located at a storage facility operated by Vanguard Furniture (“ Vanguard ”) for Sublandlord (the “ Storage Facility ”). Subtenant shall accept the FF&E in its current condition without any warranty of fitness from Sublandlord (Subtenant expressly acknowledges that no warranty is made by Sublandlord with respect to the condition of any cabling currently located in or serving the Subleased Premises). Sublandlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the operation and maintenance of the Storage Facility; provided, however, that in the event that Sublandlord elects to discontinue its use of the Storage Facility, which Sublandlord may do at any time after April 1, 2016 (but not before then), Sublandlord shall so notify Subtenant and, at Subtenant’s option. Subtenant may arrange with Vanguard to continue to utilize the Storage Facility at Subtenant’s cost. So long as FF&E is stored in the Storage Facility. Subtenant shall have access to such FF&E, and may use, deposit, return, exchange and/or replace such FF&E, utilizing the online inventory control system operated by Vanguard, and Subtenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall work directly with Vanguard to coordinate Vanguard’s delivery and restocking of FF&E to and from the Storage Facility and the Subleased Premises. Sublandlord shall not be required to maintain any specific inventory levels of FF&E. For purposes of documenting the current condition of the FF&E in the Subleased Premises, Subtenant and Sublandlord shall, prior to the Commencement Date, conduct a joint walk-through of the Subleased Premises in order to inventory items of damage or disrepair. Subtenant shall use the FF&E only for the purposes for which such FF&E is intended and shall be responsible for the proper maintenance, insurance, care and reasonable repair of the FF&E used by Subtenant at the Subleased Premises, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Subtenant shall not materially modify, reconfigure or relocate any affixed cubicles located within the Subleased Premises (including, without limitation, changing the configuration of, “breaking down” or reassembly of cubicles) without first obtaining Sublandlord’s consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (by way of example, the parties agree that it would be reasonable for Sublandlord to withhold consent if the color palette of proposed additions or substitutions were not consistent with the existing FF&E (e.g., neutral colors would be acceptable), or if the number of cubicles were to be reduced (other than to an incidental extent), or if substitutions proposed by Subtenant were not of a quality consistent with the existing FF&E, or if Subtenant proposed to install non-adjustable workstations); provided, however, that Subtenant shall not be required to secure Sublandlord’s consent for cubicle reconfigurations of less than 15 cubicles, but in connection therewith. Subtenant must provide a plan for such reconfiguration to Sublandlord which will become the basis for delivery/restoration of the Subleased Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. Subtenant shall not be obligated to remove or restore any FF&E upon the expiration of the Term, unless required by Sublandlord in connection with any consent given by Sublandlord if required hereunder. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other regarding the use and storage of the FF&E.

 

18


19. Brokers . Subtenant represents that it has dealt directly with and only with CBRE, Inc. (Mike Charters and Jeff Houston) (“ Subtenant’s Broker ”), as a broker in connection with this Sublease. Sublandlord represents that it has dealt directly with and only with CBRE, Inc. (Jeff Black) ( Sublandlord’s Broker ”), as a broker in connection with this Sublease. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from all claims of any brokers other than Subtenant’s Broker and Sublandlord’s Broker claiming to have represented Sublandlord or Subtenant in connection with this Sublease. Subtenant and Sublandlord agree that Subtenant’s Broker and Sublandlord’s Broker shall be paid commissions by Sublandlord in connection with this Sublease pursuant to a separate agreement.

20. Complete Agreement . There are no representations, warranties, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties or their representatives relating to the subject matter of this Sublease which are not fully expressed in this Sublease. This Sublease cannot be changed or terminated nor may any of its provisions be waived orally or in any manner other than by a written agreement executed by both parties.

21. Interpretation . This Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Sublease and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected but rather shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law. The captions, headings and titles in this Sublease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This Sublease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Sublease or any part thereof to be drafted. If any words or phrases in this Sublease shall have been stricken out or otherwise eliminated, whether or not any other words or phrases have been added, this Sublease shall be construed as if the words or phrases so stricken out or otherwise eliminated were never included in this Sublease and no implication or inference shall be drawn from the fact that said words or phrases were so stricken out or otherwise eliminated. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Sublease shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of the party bound by, undertaking or making same, not dependent on any other provision of this Sublease unless otherwise expressly provided. All terms and words used in this Sublease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require. The word “person” as used in this Sublease shall mean a natural person or persons, a partnership, a corporation or any other form of business or legal association or entity.

22. USA Patriot Act Disclosures . Subtenant is currently in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) and any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action relating thereto.

 

19


23. Counterparts . This Sublease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is deemed an original but which together constitute one and the same instrument. This Sublease shall be fully executed when each party whose signature is required has signed and delivered to each of the parties at least one counterpart, even though no single counterpart contains the signatures of all of the parties hereto. This Sublease may be executed in so-called “pdf” format and each party has the right to rely upon a pdf counterpart of this Sublease signed by the other party to the same extent as if such party had received an original counterpart.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease as of the date first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:

    NETFLIX, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Amy Dee

      Print Name: Amy Dee
      Title: Director of procurement and facilities

SUBTENANT:

    ROKU, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Stephen H. Kay

      Print Name: Stephen H. Kay
      Title: SVP & General Counsel

 

20


EXHIBIT A

Subleased Premises


LOGO


LOGO


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

Commencement Agreement

Date                                          

Subtenant                                         

Address                                              

 

Re: Commencement Letter with respect to that certain Sublease dated as of                  ,         , by and between NETFLIX, INC ., a Delaware corporation, as Sublandlord, and ROKU , Inc ., a Delaware corporation, as Subtenant, for [Phase 1/Phase2] consisting of          rentable square feet on the          floor[s] of the Building located at 150 Winchester Circle, Los Gatos, California.

Dear                              :

In accordance with the terms and conditions of the above referenced Sublease, Subtenant accepts possession of [Phase 1 /Phase 2] of the Subleased Premises and agrees:

1. The Commencement Date for Phase 1/Phase 2]is:                 

2. The Expiration Date of the Sublease is:     December 31, 2020.

3. The rentable square footage of [Phase 1/Phase 2] is:     rentable square feet [and the rentable square footage of the entirety of the Subleased Premises is:                 ].

4. The Monthly Base Rent owing under the Sublease for [Phase 1] or [for Phase 1 and Phase 2 from and after the Phase 2 Commencement Date for the balance of the Term of the Sublease] is as follows:

5. Tenant’s Allocable Share [for Phase 1 is:                    %] or [for the entirety of the Subleased Premises is: 100%].

Please acknowledge your acceptance of possession and agreement to the terms set forth above by signing all 3 counterparts of this Commencement Letter in the space provided and returning 2 fully executed counterparts to my attention.

Sincerely,

 

 

Sublandlord Authorized Signatory

 

Agreed and Accepted:   
        Subtenant:   

 

     
        By:    [EXHIBIT — DO NOT SIGN]      
        Name:   

 

     
        Title:   

 

     
        Date:   

 

     


EXHIBIT C

FF&E

PHASE 1:

PHASE 2:


EXHIBIT C

FF&E

150 Winchester Circle

Phase 1

 

1st floor       1st floor Balcony
Workstations: 153       Couch: 1
Conference Tables: 13       Chairs: 2
Conference Chairs: 96       Coffee Table: 1
Soft Seating: 36      
Kitchen seating: 74      
2 nd floor       2nd floor Balcony
Workstations: 178       Tables: 11
Conference Tables: 10       Chairs: 38
Conference Chairs: 100      
Soft Seating: 25      
Kitchen seating: none      
Phase 2
3rd floor       3rd floor Balcony
Workstations: 184       Couch: 4
Conference Tables: 8       Tables; 6
Conference Chairs: 62       Side Tables: 2
Smaller tables: 2       Coffee Table: 1
Soft Seating: 16       Chairs: 24
Kitchen seating: none       Wicker Chairs: 8
      Soft Seating: 4


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


E XHIBIT D

L/C DRAFT LANGUAGE

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                     

ISSUE DATE:                 

ISSUING BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210

SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054

BENEFICIARY:

NETFLIX, INC.

100 WINCHESTER CIRCLE

LOS GATOS, CA 95032

ATTN: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

APPLICANT:

ROKU, INC.

12980 SARATOGA AVENUE, SUITE D

SARATOGA. CA 95070

EXPIRATION DATE:                 (ONE YEAR FROM ISSUANCE)

LOCATION:                 SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFTS DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

 

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.
2. BENEFICIARY’S DATED STATEMENT SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY STATING THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW ON THIS LETTER OF CREDIT PURSUANT TO THE SUBLEASE BETWEEN ROKU, INC. AND NETFLIX, INC., AS IT MAY BE AMENDED.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT CANNOT BE MODIFIED OR REVOKED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF BENEFICIARY.

PARTIAL DRAWS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS ARE ALLOWED.

THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL

 

 

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)

     

 

DATE

  

PAGE 1


THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT. FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST 60 DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS (OR ANY OTHER ADDRESS INDICATED BY YOU. IN A WRITTEN NOTICE TO US THE RECIEPT OF WHICH WE HAVE ACKNOWLEDGED, AS THE ADDRESS TO WHICH WE SHOULD SEND SUCH NOTICE) THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE, IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND                  . IN THE EVENT OF SUCH NOTICE OF NON-EXTENSION, YOU MAY DRAW HEREUNDER WITH A DRAFT STATED ABOVE AND ACCOMPANIED BY THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, ALONG WITH YOUR DATED STATEMENT SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF BENEFICIARY STATING THAT BENEFICIARY HAS NOT BEEN PRESENTED WITH A SUBSTITUTE LETTER OF CREDIT IN THE SAME PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, AND ON THE SAME TERMS AS THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FROM AN ISSUER REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO YOU.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE ONE OR MORE TIMES, BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT, ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED [NOTE: EXHIBIT B NEEDS TO BE ATTACHED ]. THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK. ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OR DATE OF EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR ABOVE SPECIFIED OFFICE. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT SO ENDORSED TO THE TRANSFEREE.

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE. SANTA CLARA. CA 95054, ATTENTION: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION.

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE BENEFICIARY THAT DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO US ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT OR ANY AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED EXPIRATION DATE.

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK. AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL

 

 

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)

     

 

DATE

  

PAGE 2


THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (ISP98). INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590.

 

 

     

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE       AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL

 

 

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)

     

 

DATE

  

PAGE 3


EXHIBIT A

 

DATE:                         REF. NO.                             
AT SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT   
PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                                                        US$                                                          
US DOLLARS                                                                                                       

DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, STANDBY

LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.                                  DATED                     

 

TO:  SILICON VALLEY BANK

     

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

     

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

  

 

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

  
     
  

 

Authorized Signature

  

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE DRAFT

 

1. DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.

 

2. REF. NO.: BENEFICIARY’S REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.

 

3. PAY TO THE ORDER OF: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C (MAKE SURE BENEFICIARY ENDORSES IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE).

 

4. US$: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES

 

5. USDOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

 

6. LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: SILICON VALLEY BANK’S STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

 

7. DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF THE STANDBY L/C.

 

8. BENEFICIARY’S NAME: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C.

 

9. AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER OF BENEFICIARY

IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS RELATED TO THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT PLEASE CONTACT US AT                        .

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                                                                                               

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL

 

 

 

APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)

     

 

DATE

  

PAGE 4


E XHIBIT E

150 W INCHESTER C IRCLE

Entry Control System

 

    Camera System:        Exacq Vision

The network video recorder will be turned over to Roku with full administrative rights and on its own network. Netflix will be fully disconnected from this machine. Cameras in common areas will be shared with video splitters, not software. Adjustments can be made to accommodate proper camera description.

 

    Access System:         Amag Symmetry access control server

                                   Amag MN-cab4+psu access panels

Amag Symmetry client will be used to control only Roku’s occupied spaces and floors.

The Access System shall be virtually demised such that Netflix and Roku shall each have separate access to the Amag access system allowing each to access only its respective designated access control hardware, card readers, alarm points and audible sounders.

To the extent necessary, Netflix shall install additional access control hardware, card readers, alarm points and audible sounders on each floor and at entry points to the Subleased Premises.


EXHIBIT F

Depiction of MPOE and IDF Rooms


LOGO


EXHIBIT G

Signage Plan


LOGO


EXHIBIT H

Sublandlord’s Work

 

1. Installation of the Entry Control System; and

 

2. Demising Subleased Premises which shall consist of lawfully shutting fire doors and installing readers in all necessary new locations.


EXHIBIT I

Depiction of Exclusive Parking Areas


LOGO

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated June 26, 2017 (August 22, 2017 as to Note 12) relating to the consolidated financial statements of Roku, Inc. and its subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

September 1, 2017